<?xml version="1.0"?>
<rss version="2.0">
   <channel>
      <title>Passport by Practical Language Mentor</title>
      <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25</link>
      <description>Made with the help you need</description>
      <language>en-us</language>
      <pubDate>2017-07-04 20:10:09 UTC</pubDate>
      <lastBuildDate>2026-07-01 00:27:47 UTC</lastBuildDate>
      <webMaster>hello@padlet.com</webMaster>
      <image>
         <url>https://padlet-assets.s3.amazonaws.com/icons/Shakinghands.png</url>
      </image>
      <item>
         <title>class 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3305642999</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>PART 1</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Ayesha<br></strong>Excuse me. How much is this clock?</p><p><strong>Trader<br></strong>For you I can do that clock for ten pound.</p><p><strong>Ayesha<br></strong>Ten pounds?</p><p><strong>Trader<br></strong>Yeah. That's right.</p><p><strong>Ayesha<br></strong>Thank you.</p><p>homework:</p><p>Discuss these questions:</p><ul><li><p>What <strong>should</strong> she do?</p><p>she <strong>should ask</strong> her money back</p></li><li><p>What could she say in English?</p></li><li><p>She could say: I would like to change my Watch. </p></li><li><p><strong>should</strong> = deveria</p></li><li><p>Ayesha should have her money back </p></li><li><p><strong>could</strong> = poderia</p></li><li><p>she could talk to the <strong>manager</strong></p></li><li><p>would = hipotetico / she would<strong> like </strong>to buy another clock.</p></li><li><p>i would <strong>like to rent</strong> a house or an apartment.</p></li></ul><p>i <strong>would</strong> like to work here in Dubai.</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Would you buy a clock at the market? (Why / Why not?) </p></li><li><p>Yes, I would buy it if it was at a good price. </p></li><li><p>No, I wouldn’t buy it because it’s not a specific Watch Store. </p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>PART2</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Ayesha<br></strong>Excuse me. This clock doesn’t work.</p><p><strong>Trader<br></strong>What's wrong with it?</p><p><strong>Ayesha<br></strong>Look.</p><p><strong>Trader<br></strong>Oh yes. I see. Well, I could give you a different one.</p><p><strong>Ayesha<br></strong>Can I have my money back?</p><p><strong>Trader<br></strong>Your money back? Well, as it's broken, OK. Here you are.</p><p><strong>Ayesha<br></strong>Thanks.</p><p><br/></p><p>Discuss these questions:</p><ul><li><p>Have you taken things back to the shop or market? (What? When? What happened?)</p></li></ul><p>once i<strong> bought (buy)</strong> a dress and this dress <strong>had </strong>a <strong>torn and i brought (bring) back to the store.</strong></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Where can you buy nice things for your home?</p></li></ul><p><strong>well,</strong> <strong>let me tell you </strong>i can buy nice things for my home <strong>at IKEIA</strong> because there you can buy beautiful things <strong>for </strong>your living room, your bedroom, your kitchen.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>i live at palm beach hotel</strong></p><p><strong>renan works at inter systems</strong></p><p><strong>renan works in a office</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you always <strong>keep</strong> receipts? (Why / Why not?)</p><p>well , i always<strong> keep</strong> the receipts because i can have my money back if a problem happens.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p><strong>keep the change! thank you very much for your service.</strong></p><p>Is there a good market where you live? (Tell us about it.)</p><p><br/></p><p>yes,<strong> there is is a good market where you can buy groceries and for a good price.</strong></p><p>grocery store/ super market</p></li></ul><p>have = ter / possessions </p><p>there is a market  - singular( reference of place)</p><p>there are parks = plural</p><ul><li><p><strong>How</strong> are markets in Dubai different to markets in other countries?</p><p><strong>here in Dubai</strong>, <strong>there are different markets</strong> around the city, where i live there is a market that i like is <strong>called</strong> Carrefour and you <strong>find</strong> everything you need.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>summary:  what happened to Ayesha at the store?</p><p>Ayesha <strong>went to</strong> the store and she bought a clock, when she <strong>came back</strong> home, she <strong>realized that the clock was broken.  </strong></p><p><strong>few hours later,  she went to talk with the trader (sales person) and she had her money back.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>highlight:</strong></p><p><strong>go to - went to</strong></p><p><strong>come back - came back</strong></p><p><strong>realize - realized</strong></p><p><strong>few hours - poucas horas</strong></p><p><strong>sales person/ trader</strong></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/course/emw/unit-1/session-4" />
         <pubDate>2025-01-27 13:49:18 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3305642999</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3310018658</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Muna<br></strong>So, do you have my address?</p><p><strong>Samina<br></strong>Yes, I have it here. 15 Leonard Street.</p><p><strong>Muna<br></strong>That's right. See you at three o'clock.</p><p><strong>Samina<br></strong>See you later.</p><p>Discuss these questions with your group:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What should Samina do?</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>What should she say in English?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>Part 2</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Samina<br></strong>Excuse me. Can you help me? I'm lost.</p><p><strong>Lady<br></strong>Of course. Where do you want to go?</p><p><strong>Samina<br></strong>I'm looking for Leonard Street? How do I get there?</p><p><strong>Lady<br></strong>Leonard Street? Go past the post office. Cross the road. Then turn right.</p><p><strong>Samina<br></strong>Go past the post office, cross the road and then turn right?</p><p><strong>Lady<br></strong>Yes. Then you'll be on Leonard Street.</p><p><strong>Samina<br></strong>Thank you very much.</p><p>Discuss these questions with your group:</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever been lost? (When? Where? What happened? What did you do?)</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Have you ever asked someone for directions? (What did you say?)</p><p>yes, i wanted to go the hotel and i was at the dubai festival mall.</p></li><li><p>Is it easy to find your way round in your area?</p><p>yes it is easy to <strong>walk around </strong>the area.</p></li><li><p>Are people helpful where you live?</p></li></ul><p>yes, the ´people are very pacient and helpful.</p><ul><li><p>Who helps you when you want to go somewhere?</p></li><li><p>i look for the map to walk around and to ask a taxi to go around the city.</p></li><li><p>Do people ever ask you for directions?</p><p>not yet. but i am getting ready for that.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>highlight:</p><p>turn left/ turn right</p><p>cross</p><p>go ahead / go straight on </p><p>next to </p><p>you´ll be </p><p>should/ could/ would/ will</p><p>i am looking for renan  </p><p>i am looking for a perfum </p><p>ask </p><p>helpful</p><p>pacient</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>summary:</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/course/emw/unit-1/session-5" />
         <pubDate>2025-01-30 16:09:44 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3310018658</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3310396946</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/course/how-to-speak-english/unit-1/session-6" />
         <pubDate>2025-01-30 21:40:18 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3310396946</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Complementary 3  Grammar </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3312768549</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Learning simple present: study the grammar and make your own annotation, use the practice worksheet! </p><p><br/></p><p>USES OF PRESENT SIMPLE&nbsp;</p><p>PRESENT meaning:&nbsp;</p><p><em>When something happens regularly. Habits and routines.&nbsp;</em></p><ul><li><p>She <strong>plays</strong> football every Monday.</p></li><li><p><strong>i don´t play soccer but i work out everyday.</strong></p></li><li><p>My cousins often&nbsp;<strong>stay</strong> at my house at the weekends.</p></li><li><p><strong>i don´t stay at my house at the weekends</strong></p></li><li><p>I <strong>brush</strong> my teeth twice a day.</p></li><li><p>We usually&nbsp;<strong>leave</strong> the house at 8AM.</p></li></ul><p><strong>Useful vocabulary for habits and routines:</strong> never, rarely, sometimes, often, usually, always, every ____, once/twice, three times a day/month/year, at the weekend, in the morning/afternoon/evening.</p><p><em>For something that is true now.</em></p><ul><li><p>I <strong>live</strong> in London./<strong> i don´t live in london  but i live in Du</strong>bai</p></li><li><p>Mum <strong>works</strong> <strong>as an </strong><a rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" href="http://engineer.my"><strong>engineer</strong>.my</a> mom works as a freelancer.</p></li><li><p>My grandparents <strong>are </strong>80 years old.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>want</strong> a hamster.</p></li></ul><p><em>For something that is always true, or a fact.</em></p><ul><li><p>Fire <strong>is</strong> hot.</p></li><li><p>Humans <strong>need</strong> oxygen to live.</p></li><li><p>The Earth <strong>moves</strong> around the Sun.</p></li><li><p>Light <strong>travels</strong> faster than sound.&nbsp;</p></li></ul><p>&nbsp;</p><p><strong>FUTURE meaning:<br></strong></p><p><em>When something is scheduled.&nbsp;</em></p><ul><li><p>My train <strong>leaves </strong>at 10am tomorrow.</p></li><li><p>The museum <strong>opens</strong> next week.</p></li><li><p>The concert <strong>starts</strong> at 8am this evening.</p></li><li><p>My friends from Bangladesh <strong>arrive </strong>in&nbsp;London in December.</p></li></ul><p><strong>Useful vocabulary for schedules</strong>: at ____ (time), next Monday, next week/month/year/season, this afternoon/evening, tonight, tomorrow, tomorrow morning.</p><p><em>In a first conditional.</em></p><ul><li><p>If it <strong>snows</strong>, we’ll go to the mountains.</p></li><li><p>If I <strong>see</strong> him, I'll tell him you called.</p></li><li><p>They can watch TV if they <strong>finish</strong> their homework.</p></li><li><p>The plants will die if you <strong>don’t water</strong> the plants.</p></li></ul><p>&nbsp;</p><p>PAST meaning:</p><p><em>When telling a story (usually we use past tenses, but occasionally we use present tenses).</em></p><ul><li><p>So, I<strong>'m</strong> at the park. There<strong>'s</strong> a kid on the slide. He <strong>falls</strong> off and <strong>hits</strong> his head. I <strong>call</strong> an ambulance.&nbsp;</p></li></ul><p><em>When you’re summarising books, films, series, plays etc.</em></p><ul><li><p>In the first Harry Potter book, Harry <strong>goes</strong> to Hogwarts school and <strong>makes</strong> friends with Ron and Hermione. They <strong>learn</strong> how to do magic and <strong>fight</strong> with You-Know-Who.</p></li></ul><p>&nbsp;<br><strong>STRUCTURE&nbsp;</strong></p><p>For <strong>positive</strong> sentences, use the main verb but add an ‘<strong>s</strong>’ for <strong>he</strong>, <strong>she</strong> and <strong>it</strong>.</p><ul><li><p>I walk</p></li><li><p>You walk</p></li><li><p>He walk<strong>s</strong></p></li><li><p>She walk<strong>s</strong></p></li><li><p>It walk<strong>s</strong></p></li><li><p>We walk</p></li><li><p>They walk&nbsp;</p></li></ul><p>For <strong>negative</strong> sentences, put ‘<strong>don’t’</strong> before the main verb for <strong>I</strong>, <strong>you</strong>, <strong>we</strong> and <strong>they</strong>, and ‘<strong>doesn’t’</strong> before the main verb for <strong>he</strong>, <strong>she</strong> and <strong>it. ‘</strong>Don’t’ and ‘doesn’t’ are a contracted form of the auxiliary verb ‘do/does’ plus ‘not’.</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>don’t</strong> walk</p></li><li><p>You <strong>don’t</strong> walk</p></li><li><p>He <strong>doesn’t</strong> walk</p></li><li><p>She <strong>doesn’t</strong> walk</p></li><li><p>It <strong>doesn’t</strong> walk</p></li><li><p>We <strong>don’t</strong> walk</p></li><li><p>They <strong>don’t</strong> walk</p></li></ul><p>To ask <strong>yes/no questions</strong>, add ‘do’ or ‘does’ before the pronoun.</p><ul><li><p><strong>Do</strong> I walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, I <strong>do</strong></p></li><li><p>No, I <strong>don’t</strong></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Do</strong> you walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, you&nbsp;<strong>do</strong></p></li><li><p>No, you&nbsp;<strong>don’t</strong></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Does</strong> he walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, he <strong>does</strong></p></li><li><p>No, he <strong>doesn’t</strong></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Does</strong> she walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, she <strong>does</strong></p></li><li><p>No, she <strong>doesn’t</strong></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Does</strong> it walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, it <strong>does</strong></p></li><li><p>No, it <strong>doesn’t</strong></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Do</strong> we walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, we <strong>do</strong></p></li><li><p>No, we <strong>don’t</strong></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Do</strong> they walk?&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</p><ul><li><p>Yes, they <strong>do</strong></p></li><li><p>No, they <strong>don’t</strong>&nbsp;</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>To ask for <strong>more information</strong>, add the ‘who, what, where, why, how, when’ question words before ‘do’.</p><ul><li><p><strong>Why</strong> do I walk?</p></li><li><p><strong>Who</strong> do you walk with?</p></li><li><p><strong>Where</strong> does he walk?</p></li><li><p><strong>When </strong>does she walk?</p></li><li><p><strong>How </strong>do they walk?</p></li><li><p><strong>When</strong> do we walk?</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/tenses_with_georgie/ep-240126" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-02 21:44:13 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3312768549</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Complementary 3 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3312769032</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>write the answers here: </p><ol><li><p>A always</p><p>B rarely</p><p>C never</p></li><li><p>Fire is hot.</p></li><li><p>I go to school at 9am</p></li><li><p>The train leaves at 7PM.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>she doesn't read romantic novels.</p></li><li><p>They always eat dinner late.</p></li><li><p>I remember my friend's birthday every year</p></li><li><p>cats doesn't fly.</p></li><li><p>we don't live in the city centre.</p></li><li><p>The train stops at every station.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Do you we play tennis on saturdays?</p></li><li><p>Do I like chocolate ice cream ?</p></li><li><p>Does the shop opens early?</p></li><li><p>Does she speaks spanish fluently?</p></li><li><p>Do they walk to work every day?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>I brush my hair every day.</p></li><li><p>I study english three time a week.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>I go to the mall tomorrow at 14PM.</p></li><li><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk//learningenglish/features/tenses_with_georgie/240126_twg_present_simple_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-02 21:45:30 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3312769032</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 3 Reading and speaking - why sitting is bad for health </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3312772652</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<pre><code>Answer these questions:</code></pre><ul><li><p> 1. Do you work <strong>standing</strong> or <strong>sitting</strong>?</p><ul><li><p>well , let me tell you that i work sitting most of the time .</p></li></ul><ol start="2"><li><p>how much time do work sitting or standing?</p><ul><li><p>let me think... <strong> i normally work 7 hours sitting</strong>/ I am working 7 hours sitting in a day</p></li></ul></li><li><p>Do you Think this can have a negative effect on </p><p>your Body?</p><ul><li><p><strong>well i think so</strong>,<strong> sitting is bad for your health.</strong></p></li></ul></li></ol></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>PODCAST SUMMARY:</p><p>o podcast fala sobre os exercicios fisicos, como no nosso corpo é afetado quando ficamos muito tempo parados, isso é prejudicial para saude.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>the podcast talks about physical exercise</strong>, how our body is affected when <strong>we stay a lot of time/ much time sitting</strong>, that is prejudicial for your health..</p><p><br/></p><pre><code>WORD BANK:</code></pre><p>behaviour/ behave</p><p>useful</p><p>stay fit </p><p>heart disease</p><p><strong>i do spend my money!</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>i need to have a good <strong>behaviour</strong> in dubai because people here are different.</p><p><br/></p><p>my teacher use<strong>s a useful platform to teach me english.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>i  need to work out everyday, so i stay fit</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>i need to take care of my body so i don´t suffer a heart disease.</strong></p><pre><code>GRAMMAR EXPLORATION:</code></pre><p><strong><br>When we sit, we stop using important muscles. This reduces blood circulation and causes a range of other effects like increased levels of glucose and fat, and decreased energy levels. The body uses 20% more energy when simply standing than when sitting down, and walking uses 92% more energy. And that’s not to mention the damage sitting too much causes to muscle movement and blood pressure.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>pronunciation: when/ using/muscles/reduces/ blood/ range/effects/increased/glucose/decreased/energy level/uses/simply/ simple/standing/ sitting down/mention/damage/movement/pressure.</strong></p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>WRITE THE SENTENCES IN PRESENT SIMPLE:</p><ul><li><p>we<strong> stop using</strong> important muscles.</p></li><li><p>we don´t stop using important muscles</p></li><li><p>the body <strong>uses</strong> 20% more energy when simply standing.</p></li><li><p>sitting too much <strong>is </strong>harmful to your health.</p></li><li><p><strong> sitting too much causes to muscle movement and blood pressure.</strong></p></li></ul><p>falar ingles atualmente é  importante</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p>simple present sentences based on my routine:</p><p><br/></p><p>everyday,<strong> i wake up at 6;30 am</strong> and<strong> i always walk or i always walk my dog.</strong> <strong>after that </strong>ave <strong> i have my breakast</strong> and it is my favorite part of the day because i have my coffee. the smell of my coffee<strong> makes</strong> my morning more active.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>highlight:</p><p>speaking english nowadays is very important. ( gerunds)</p><p>i am speaking english fluently. ( present  continous)</p><p>what would you like to have?</p><p>i would like/ i´d (aid) like to<strong> have</strong> a capucchino and a croissant please.</p><p><br/></p><p>the verb to have means  to drink and to eat too.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2024/ep-240404" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-02 21:52:33 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3312772652</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4 reading and grammar </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3316863532</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Does having more money make you happier?</p><p>Do you like having money? What do you spend it on? Some people say that having more money makes life much easier, but others say that it can't buy you happiness. What do you think? Here's an article about the possible link between our finances and our feelings.</p><p>While you're reading, decide which of these two statements is the best summary:</p><ul><li><p>Money&nbsp;helps us&nbsp;do a lot of things but it can't make&nbsp;our lives&nbsp;get better forever.</p></li><li><p>Money&nbsp;makes our lives get better and better all the time.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p>word bank:</p><p>spend/other/article/finances/decide/which/these/statements/unhappy/happy/rate race/wodge/ notes/fancy/luxury items/child/ children</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Session Grammar</strong></p><p><strong>Quantifiers</strong></p><p><br></p><p>All, every and each = the whole number of things in a group.</p><p>cada pessoa tem um jeito de falar</p><p>every/each person has a way to speak </p><p>every woman is respected.</p><p>every time i see you i feel happy</p><p> i need 100 dollars per each of you.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Every vs. each</p><p>every emphasises the whole number in a group; each emphasises members of the group as individuals</p><p><br></p><p>Both = this one AND the other one</p><p><strong>both</strong> my mother and my father are divorced.</p><p><br></p><p>Neither = NOT this one AND NOT the other one</p><p>neither Bianca nor jaque have children </p><p><br></p><p>Either = this one OR the other one</p><p>either renato or renan want to open a new business.</p><p><br></p><p>All (the) students have their own rooms</p><p>All (the) information is on the website</p><p><br></p><p>Every/Each student has their own room</p><p>I like both pictures</p><p><br></p><p>Neither picture is right for the room</p><p><br></p><p>She didn’t buy either picture</p><p><br></p><p>Patterns</p><p><br></p><p>Both... and</p><p><br></p><p>Neither... nor</p><p><br></p><p>Either... or</p><p><br></p><p>She plays both the violin and the guitar.</p><p>Neither me nor my brother are married.</p><p>You can wear either this shirt or that one.</p><p><br></p><p>highlight:</p><p>this one  = esse </p><p>that one = aquele   ( singlulares)</p><p>eu nao gosto nem desse vestido vermelho nem </p><p>i neither like this red dress nor this red yellow one </p><p>eu gosto dos dois </p><p>i like either red or the yellow one  </p><p><br></p><p>these ones  = esses </p><p>those  ones = aqueles ( plurales)</p><p><br></p><p>those cars are expensive </p><p>these jeans are from zara store</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/course/intermediate/unit-3/session-3" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-05 12:32:29 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3316863532</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5 exploration and grammar review </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3318450851</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Writing</strong></p><p>Now, write your own complete sentences using the following phrasal verbs. The prompts in italics are optional.</p><ol><li><p>sleep in, e.g. <em>Do you like sleeping in? Why/why not?</em></p><p>I like to sleep in because I wake up well.</p><p>I don't like to sleep in because I don't enjoy the day.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>work out, e.g. <em>Do you like working out? Why/why not?</em></p><p>I like to work out because it's good for my health</p><p>I don't like to work out because I get very tired.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>pick (something) out, e.g. <em>When was the last time you picked out a special gift for someone?</em></p><p>well, the last time i pick<strong>ed </strong>out something special was for my mother/ mom.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p> phrasal verbs:</p><p><br/></p><p>i learned to use phasal verbs for using in my morning routine;</p><p><br/></p><p>eu gosto de dormir, acordo cedo y nos finais de semana eu durmo um pouco mais.</p><p><br/></p><p>i <strong>like to sleep</strong>, i <strong>wake up early</strong> and<strong> on the weekends/weekdays </strong>I <strong>sleep in</strong> a<strong> little </strong>more.</p><p><br/></p><p>highlights:</p><p>little jhon </p><p>little more/ little bit </p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/phrasal_verbs_with_georgie/ep-240301" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-06 12:30:32 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3318450851</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>listening simple present and present continuous</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3318455809</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/course/lower-intermediate/unit-2/session-2/activity-3" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-06 12:35:36 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3318455809</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3318457052</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/course/lower-intermediate/unit-2/tab/grammar" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-06 12:36:38 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3318457052</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 6 simple present and present continuous</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3322477278</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>simple present sentences about your daily life </p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>and present continous sentences things that you are doing this month.</p><p><br/></p><p>me and renan are looking for a new apartment.</p><p>renan is preparing dinner every day after work</p><p> </p><p>I take care of my hair every day.</p><p>I workout every afternoon </p><p>I talk to employees every day</p><p>I am going to the shopping.</p><p>Renan is sleeping at night</p><p>I study every day for class</p><p>Renan works on weekdays</p><p>we ara very happy living in dubai.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/course/lower-intermediate/unit-2/session-2/activity-3" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-10 12:47:20 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3322477278</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>exploring language </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3322481676</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/course/lower-intermediate/unit-2/session-3" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-10 12:51:06 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3322481676</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 7 real life </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3322483917</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br></p><p><br></p><p>1. Warm-up (5-10 min)</p><p> Show pictures of different outfits (casual, formal, sporty, etc.).</p><p><br></p><p>What do you wear to window shopping? </p><p>(Elicit responses in Simple Present: I wear jeans and a T-shirt …</p><p><br></p><p>Introduce key vocabulary: shirt, pants, dress, shoes, jacket, hat, etc.</p><p><br></p><p>2. Presentation (10 min)</p><p> Simple Present: Explain that we use it for habits/routines.</p><p>She wears a dress to work </p><p> Present Continuous: Explain that we use it for actions happening now.</p><p>She is wearing a red dress today</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>summary: what does Emma wear for the occasions? </strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>3. Practice (15 min)</p><p> Matching Activity: Match clothes to situations: </p><p>I  wear a suit to work</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Short dialogue:</p><p> Sabrina: What do you wear to work?</p><p> Edu : I wear a uniform. And you?</p><p> Sabrina: I wear a dress. But today, I am wearing jeans!</p><p><br></p><p>4. Speaking Activity (10 min)</p><p> Role-play: One student is getting dressed for an event (party, school, gym). The other What are you wearing?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/course/lower-intermediate/unit-2/session-1" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-10 12:52:57 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3322483917</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 8 real life ( continuation of class 7)</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3325921244</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br></p><p><br></p><p>1. Warm-up (5-10 min)</p><p> Show pictures of different outfits (casual, formal, sporty, etc.).</p><p><br></p><p>What do you wear to window shopping? </p><p>(Elicit responses in Simple Present: I wear jeans and a T-shirt …</p><p><br></p><p>Introduce key vocabulary: shirt, pants, dress, shoes, jacket, hat, etc.</p><p><br></p><p>2. Presentation (10 min)</p><p> Simple Present: Explain that we use it for habits/routines.</p><p>She wears a dress to work </p><p> Present Continuous: Explain that we use it for actions happening now.</p><p>She is wearing a red dress today</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>summary: what does Emma wear for the occasions? </strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>3. Practice (15 min)</p><p> Matching Activity: Match clothes to situations: </p><p><br></p><p>I had a real problem to decide what to wear, i wanted to wear something smart for my boyfriend but i´m going out with my friend Erica in the afternoon so, i wanted to wear  something fancy, too.  i usually wear a dress, sandals and  a jumper  but today i chose  a skirt and a blouse humm but then i thought i look too scruffy, so i am wearing these pants instead.</p><p><br></p><p>had </p><p>thought</p><p>scruffy</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Short dialogue:</p><p> Sabrina: What do you wear to work?</p><p> Edu : I wear a uniform. And you?</p><p> Sabrina: I wear a dress. But today, I am wearing jeans!</p><p><br></p><p>4. Speaking Activity (10 min)</p><p> Role-play: One student is getting dressed for an event (party, school, gym). The other What are you wearing?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/course/lower-intermediate/unit-2/session-1" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-12 14:55:12 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3325921244</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3326181452</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Homework: Using “To Wear” and Clothing Vocabulary</p><p>1. Vocabulary Practice (Write the correct word)</p><p>Match each description to the correct clothing item:</p><p>1. You wear these on your feet in winter. → <strong>__socks________</strong></p><p>2. This is a formal piece of clothing men wear with a suit. → <strong>___tie_______</strong></p><p>3. You wear this on your head when it’s sunny. → <strong>___hat</strong>/<strong>cap_______</strong></p><p>4. Women often wear this in summer; it’s one piece. → <strong>_____swimsult</strong>/<strong>may_____</strong></p><p>5. This keeps you warm in cold weather. → <strong>_____jumper_____</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>2. Grammar Practice (Complete the sentences with the correct form of “to wear”)</p><p>1. Right now, I´<strong>m</strong> <strong>wearing_________</strong> a blue t-shirt and jeans. (Present Continuous)</p><p>2. Yesterday, she <strong>___wear /wore_______</strong> a beautiful red dress to the party. (Past Simple)</p><p>3. He/she/it always <strong>_____ wears_____</strong> a tie to work. (Present Simple) Renan <strong>doesn´t wear</strong> a tie to work.</p><p>4. They <strong>wore</strong> traditional clothes for the festival last week. </p><p>they <strong>didn´t wear</strong> traditional....</p><p>(Past Simple)</p><p>5. What _____are_____ you _<strong>_going to wear</strong> for the event </p><p>tomorrow? (Future with “going to”)</p><p><br/></p><p>what are you going to do tomorrow morning?</p><p>well, i´m going to take my son to the school.</p><p>i´m going to take food for my cat <strong>i miss my mother - her/ him very much!</strong></p><p>i am going to wear a red dress.</p><p>i am studying english right now.</p><p><br/></p><p>i am <strong>going to </strong>prepare dinner after class.</p><p>i am <strong>going to</strong> prepare the breakfast</p><p>renan is <strong>going to</strong> rent a house for me and little jhon</p><p>it is going to rain </p><p>i´m going to buy a new dress <strong>at</strong> zara</p><p><br/></p><p>3. Writing Task (Short Paragraph - 5-7 sentences)</p><p><br/></p><p>Describe what you and your boyfriend usually wear for different occasions (work, school, parties, or special events). Use the verb “to wear” and at least 5 clothing vocabulary words.</p><p>Example:</p><p>“On weekdays, I usually wear jeans and a t-shirt, but for special events, I wear a dress and <strong>high heels</strong>. My father wear<strong>s</strong> a suit to work, and my brother wear<strong>s</strong> a uniform to school…”</p><p><br/></p><p>let me tell you on weekdays, i usually wear sports clothing and in the evenings i usually wear a dress or shirts and a skirt.</p><p><br/></p><p>Renan, my handsome boyfriend usually wears black pants , white long sleeves shirts and black shoes to work.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-12 17:47:54 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3326181452</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3330367515</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p> First Conditional – Talking About Likely Future Situations</p><p><br/></p><p>Lesson Objectives:</p><p>• Understand the structure of the First Conditional.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Use the First Conditional to talk about possible future situations and consequences.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Practice forming sentences using the target structure in speaking and writing.</p><p><br/></p><p>1. Warm-up (10 minutes)</p><p>Review of Simple Present &amp; Present Continuous</p><p><br/></p><p>• What do you do on weekends? (Simple Present)</p><p>• What are you doing right now? (Present Continuous)</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>• Are they talking about the past, present, or future?</p><p><br/></p><p>2. Explanation of First Conditional (15 minutes)</p><p>Structure:</p><p>• If + Present Simple, will + base verb</p><p>• If it rains, I will stay inside.</p><p>• If she studies, she will pass the test.</p><p>Meaning:</p><p>• The First Conditional talks about real or likely situations in the future.</p><p>Practice:</p><p>• Give half-sentences and have the student complete them:</p><p>• If I wake up late, …</p><p>• If I don’t eat breakfast, …</p><p>• I will be happy if …</p><p><br/></p><p>3. Controlled Practice (15 minutes)</p><p>Matching Exercise:</p><p>• Provide sentence halves and have the student match them:</p><p>• If it’s sunny tomorrow, … → we will go to the beach.</p><p>• If I don’t study, … → I will fail the test.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Speaking Practice:</p><p>• Ask the student to create sentences using personal experiences:</p><p><br/></p><p>• If I eat too much chocolate, …</p><p>• If I don’t sleep well, …</p><p><br/></p><p>4. Freer Practice (15 minutes)</p><p>Speaking Game:</p><p><br/></p><p>• “What will happen if…?” (The student must answer using First Conditional)</p><p>• What will happen if you don’t do your homework?</p><p><br/></p><p>• What will happen if it rains tomorrow?</p><p>Writing Task:</p><p><br/></p><p>• The student writes three sentences using the First Conditional about their plans for the weekend.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>5. Wrap-up &amp; Homework (5 minutes)</p><p>• Review key points.</p><p>• Assign homework: Write five First Conditional sentences about everyday life.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/conditionals_with_georgie/ep-240823" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-16 17:00:29 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3330367515</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3336361269</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p> First Conditional – Talking About Likely Future Situations</p><p><br/></p><p>Lesson Objectives:</p><p>• Understand the structure of the First Conditional.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Use the First Conditional to talk about possible future situations and consequences.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Practice forming sentences using the target structure in speaking and writing.</p><p><br/></p><p>1. Warm-up (10 minutes)</p><p>Review of Simple Present &amp; Present Continuous</p><p><br/></p><p>• What do you do on weekends? (Simple Present)</p><p>• What are you doing right now? (Present Continuous)</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>• Are they talking about the past, present, or future?</p><p><br/></p><p>2. Explanation of First Conditional (15 minutes)</p><p>Structure:</p><p>• If + Present Simple, will + base verb</p><p>• If it rains, I will stay inside.</p><p>• If she studies, she will pass the test.</p><p>Meaning:</p><p>• The First Conditional talks about real or likely situations in the future.</p><p>Practice:</p><p>• Give half-sentences and have the student complete them:</p><p>• If I wake up late, i will miss the breakfast in the hotel</p><ul><li><p>If my mother calls me in the middle of the night, i will be worried./ i will answer the phone.</p></li><li><p>if i buy a house in Dubai, i will do a big party for my friends and i will invite all my friends from brazil to celebrate with me this victory.</p></li></ul><p>• If I don’t eat breakfast, i will be hungry.</p><p>stay = location</p><p>be = ser e estar</p><p>get = ficar / muda attitude </p><p>i will get pissed off.</p><p>• I will be happy if little jhon is at home.</p><p><br/></p><p>3. Controlled Practice (15 minutes)</p><p>Matching Exercise:</p><p>• Provide sentence halves and have the student match them:</p><p>• If it’s sunny tomorrow, … → we will go to the beach.</p><p>• If I don’t study, … → I will fail the test.</p><p>if renan buys a car, we will take a trip together.</p><p>if i speak english, i will be/get very fancy</p><p>if the price at zara decreases, i will buy very much</p><p>with my boyfriend´s credit card.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Speaking Practice:</p><p>• Ask the student to create sentences using personal experiences:</p><p><br/></p><p>• If I eat too much chocolate, i will put some weight</p><p>• If I don’t sleep well, i will wake up sad and bad temper.</p><p><br/></p><p>4. Freer Practice (15 minutes)</p><p>Speaking Game:</p><p><br/></p><p>• “What will happen if…?” (The student must answer using First Conditional)</p><p>• What will happen if you don’t do your homework?</p><p>if i dont do my homework, i will take time to learn english.</p><p>• What will happen if it rains tomorrow?</p><p>if it rains tomorrow, i will miss the little jhon visit.</p><p>Writing Task:</p><p><br/></p><p>• The student writes three sentences using the First Conditional about their plans for the weekend.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>5. Wrap-up &amp; Homework (5 minutes)</p><p>• Review key points.</p><p>• Assign homework: Write five First Conditional sentences about everyday life.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>for example:</p><p>if i wake up late, i will miss the breakfast.</p><p>if i dont't take care of my hair it will look ugly.</p><p>if i wear cold clothes in dubai i will feel hot/ warm.</p><p>if it's sunny during the day i´ll  go to the pool. </p><p>if i could travel i would go to salvador</p><p>if i can travel , i will go to  salvador </p><p><br/></p><p>verbs of everyday life</p><ol><li><p>eat/ have milk/ prepare breakfast/cook/drink/make the bed/clean/ do the cleaning/study lessons/write/read/listen/buy/post/speak/ work out/work/talk to people/take shower/ do skin care/do my hair/ do my nails/brush my teeth/put some makeup/make up/ sell/ send/ call/make love/</p></li><li><p>do /make </p></li><li><p>modal verbs review:</p></li></ol><p>will = future / inevitable </p><p>can = power to do something</p><p>be + going to = future based on evidences.</p><p><br/></p><p>situation one: how can you ask a person to give you directions?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>excuse me, can you help me, please?</p><p> i want to go to madisson 334 but i don´t know what direction i take ; how can i get to madisson 334?</p><p><br/></p><p>alright, i think you need to take your right and then turn left and you will find madisson street.</p><p><br/></p><p>thank you very much, you´re very kind!</p><p><br/></p><p>highlights:</p><p>take= pegar </p><p>ex: i need to take madisson street first and then look for 334.</p><p>need = precisar</p><p>i need to get to this address.</p><p>find = achar</p><p>i don´t find the number 334 in this street.</p><p>think = pensar</p><p>i think i am in the wrong direcction .</p><p><br/></p><p>i was in room 509 before, and now i am in room 816</p><p>get = chegar/ conseguir/</p><p>look for = procurar</p><p><br/></p><p>verb to be </p><p>eu sou / eu estou  = i am </p><p>i am married/ i am 34 years old / i am in this hotel /</p><p>i am good today; i am not very well today.</p><p>excuse me, i am not interested, i´m married! </p><p>please leave me alone! </p><p>is not your business !</p><p><br/></p><p>what´s your room number?</p><p>what do you need?</p><p>what do you want me to do?</p><p>what do you want me to cook , renan?</p><p>what do you want me to clean?</p><p>what do you want me to do for you?</p><p><br/></p><p>are you working tomorrow? ( present continuous)</p><p>yes, i´m working tomorrow very early</p><p>are you going to work tomorrow? ( futuro )</p><p>yes, i´m going to work tomorrow and after tomorrow.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p> </p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/conditionals_with_georgie/ep-240823" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-20 17:02:44 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3336361269</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>review 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3340687714</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>5. Wrap-up &amp; Homework (5 minutes)</p><p>• Review key points.</p><p>• Assign homework: Write five First Conditional sentences about everyday life.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>for example:</p><p>if i wake up late, i will miss the breakfast.</p><p>if i dont't take care of my hair it will look ugly.</p><p>if i wear cold clothes in dubai i will feel hot/ warm.</p><p>if it's sunny during the day i´ll  go to the pool. </p><p>if i could travel i would go to salvador</p><p>if i can travel , i will go to  salvador </p><p><br></p><p>verbs of everyday life</p><ol><li><p>eat/ have milk/ prepare breakfast/cook/drink/make the bed/clean/ do the cleaning/study lessons/write/read/listen/buy/post/speak/ work out/work/talk to people/take shower/ do skin care/do my hair/ do my nails/brush my teeth/put some makeup/make up/ sell/ send/ call/make love/</p></li><li><p>do /make </p></li><li><p>modal verbs review:</p></li></ol><p>will = future / inevitable </p><p>can = power to do something</p><p>be + going to = future based on evidences.</p><p><br></p><p>situation one: how can you ask a person to give you directions?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>excuse me, can you help me, please?</p><p> i want to go to madisson 334 but i don´t know what direction i take ; how can i get to madisson 334?</p><p><br></p><p>alright, i think you need to take your right and then turn left and you will find madisson street.</p><p><br></p><p>thank you very much, you´re very kind!</p><p><br></p><p>highlights:</p><p>take= pegar </p><p>ex: i need to take madisson street first and then look for 334.</p><p>need = precisar</p><p>i need to get to this address.</p><p>find = achar</p><p>i don´t find the number 334 in this street.</p><p>think = pensar</p><p>i think i am in the wrong direcction .</p><p><br></p><p>i was in room 509 before, and now i am in room 816</p><p>get = chegar/ conseguir/</p><p>look for = procurar</p><p><br></p><p>verb to be </p><p>eu sou / eu estou  = i am </p><p>i am married/ i am 34 years old / i am in this hotel /</p><p>i am good today; i am not very well today.</p><p>excuse me, i am not interested, i´m married! </p><p>please leave me alone! </p><p>is not your business !</p><p><br></p><p>what´s your room number?</p><p>what do you need?</p><p>what do you want me to do?</p><p>what do you want me to cook , renan?</p><p>what do you want me to clean?</p><p>what do you want me to do for you?</p><p><br></p><p>are you working tomorrow? ( present continuous)</p><p>yes, i´m working tomorrow very early</p><p>are you going to work tomorrow? ( futuro )</p><p>yes, i´m going to work tomorrow and after tomorrow.</p><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-24 17:56:58 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3340687714</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3340690514</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/the_london_to_edinburgh_challenge/episode-1" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-24 17:59:09 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3340690514</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 3 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3343521842</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Talking About Ungenerous/ generous People</p><p><br></p><p>do you consider yourself  a generous person?</p><p><br></p><p>well, i think that i am a very generous person because i like to share and donate <strong>when</strong> is necessary. i am not ungenerous.</p><p><br></p><p>Objective:</p><p><br></p><p>• Improve listening and vocabulary skills using a BBC Learning English podcast.</p><p><br></p><p>• Introduce and practice question words (who, what, when, where, why, how).</p><p><br></p><p>• Use Simple Present, Present Continuous, and Simple Past in questions.</p><p><br></p><p>1. Warm-up (10 minutes)</p><p>Activity:</p><p><br></p><p>• Ask students: What do you think makes a person generous?</p><p><br></p><p>a person that is generous doesn´t care giving money for example or attention.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>• Show pictures of different scenarios (e.g., someone giving money, someone refusing to share food). Ask students:</p><p><br></p><p>• What do you see?</p><p>• Do you think this person is generous or stingy? Why?</p><p><br></p><p>Target Vocabulary (Pre-teach words from the podcast):</p><p><br></p><p>• Generous – A person who likes to give or share.</p><p><br></p><p>• Stingy – A person<strong> that</strong>/<strong>who</strong> does not like to give or share.</p><p><br></p><p>• Tight – Another word for stingy.</p><p><br></p><p>• Penny-pinching – Not wanting to spend money.</p><p><br></p><p>2. Listening Activity (15 minutes)</p><p>• Play the BBC Learning English podcast (easy English level).</p><p><br></p><p>• First Listening: Students listen for general meaning.</p><p><br></p><p>• Second Listening: Give students a worksheet with gaps (fill in the missing words).</p><p><br></p><p>• Discuss: What did you understand? Do you know people like this?</p><p><br></p><p>3. Grammar Focus: <strong>Question Words</strong> (20 minutes)</p><p>Explanation:</p><p><br></p><p>• <strong>Who </strong>– for people (Who is stingy in your family?)</p><p><br></p><p>i think nobody is stingy in my family, we are all very generous. we don´t have much money to spend in luxury things but we like to save money and to share when necessary.</p><p><br></p><p>i am a person <strong>who</strong> likes to share.</p><p>Jaque is a person <strong>who/that likes</strong> to help people</p><p>jaque and bia are persons (people) who like to help and share.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>who</strong> is your boss?</p><p>my boss is wearing the black suit.</p><p><br></p><p>who is working with you this week?</p><p>this week carla and frank are working with me </p><p><br></p><p>who did you call this morning?</p><p>oh ...i called my mother this morning</p><p><br></p><p>highlights:</p><p>call = called (cold) i called you at work but you didn´t pick the phone, what <strong>did</strong> you <strong>do</strong> at 3pm?</p><p><br></p><p>hum at 3pm i worked with some other colleagues on a project. i´m very busy these days.</p><p><br></p><p>• What – for things (What do you think about stingy people?)</p><p>• Where – for places (Where do people spend the most money?)</p><p>• When – for time (When was the last time you <strong>gave</strong> money to someone?)</p><p>• Why – for reasons (Why do some people prefer to save money?)</p><p>• How – for manner/way (How can we be generous without spending money?)</p><p>Practice with Verb Tenses:</p><p>• Simple Present: Why do people save money?</p><p>• Present Continuous: Who is giving money to charity right now?</p><p>• Simple Past: What did you buy last weekend?</p><p>Activity:</p><p><br></p><p>• Give students question prompts. They must write and ask each other questions using the different tenses.</p><p><br></p><p>4. Speaking Practice (15 minutes)</p><p>• Students work in pairs and use new vocabulary and question words to discuss:</p><p>• Do you know a generous person?</p><p>• Do you think being stingy is always bad? Why/why not?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>5. Homework Assignment</p><p>• Writing: Write about a time you were generous or stingy. Use at least three question words in your paragraph.</p><p>• Listening: Listen to the podcast again and write three new words you learned.</p><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.instagram.com/reel/DGiGo_ri7ka/?igsh=MTU1NGpoMnRqNnhtYQ==" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-26 11:54:04 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3343521842</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3343529109</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Vocabulary Activity: Generous or Stingy?</p><p>Objective: Practice new vocabulary words in context (generous, stingy, tight, penny-pinching).</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Step 1: Sentence Completion (5 minutes)</p><p>Students must complete them with the correct word: generous, stingy, tight, penny-pinching.</p><p><br/></p><p>1. My uncle never gives tips at restaurants. He is very ______stingy____.</p><p><br/></p><p>2. Maria always donates money to charity. She is a very ___generous_______ person.</p><p><br/></p><p>3. John refuses to buy coffee because he thinks it’s too expensive. He is so ____penny-pinching_____.</p><p><br/></p><p>4. Some people say being ____tight______ is </p><p>good because it helps save money.</p><p><br/></p><p>Step 2: Discussion (10 minutes)</p><p>In pairs or small groups, students discuss:</p><p>• Would you rather be described as generous or penny-pinching? Why? well, i´d (would) prefer to be described as generous because i like helping people and animals.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Is there a situation where being stingy is a good thing?</p><p><br/></p><p>in my opinion, being stingy has no good side.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Describe a famous person who <strong>is known </strong>for being generous. </p><p>i searched some celebrities;</p><p> Elvis presley <strong>was</strong> a <strong>recognized famous</strong> person recognized for his <strong>generosity </strong>. carrying out various <strong>charities</strong> <strong>throughout</strong> his <strong>career.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>recognized</strong></p><p><strong>fame- famous</strong></p><p><strong>generous - generosity</strong></p><p><strong>through - throughout </strong></p><p><strong>career </strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>do you need/want a trole?</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>there is a blackout throughout the city</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Home work:</strong></p><p>Monika is a person <strong>who gives in </strong>donations and is a generous person.</p><p><br/></p><p>those guys who<strong> are paying the bill</strong> are stingy because <strong>they didn't pay the tip.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>those who saved money invested better in the trip. </p><p>simple past</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-26 12:00:42 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3343529109</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3343617221</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>• Show pictures of different scenarios (e.g., someone giving money, someone refusing to share food). Ask students:</p><p><br/></p><p>• What do you see?</p><p>• Do you think this person is generous or stingy? Why?</p><p>i think that the man is generous because he wants to pay the bill for his friend at the restaurant. he is not stingy.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>renan i want to have a cup of coffee at that restaurant </p><p><br/></p><p>renan: sabrina that restaurant is very expensive</p><p><br/></p><p>sabrina; please you work here in dubai and you <strong>earn</strong> much money, don´t be stingy with me . i am your wife, get me my coffee from  that restaurant my love.</p><p><br/></p><p>me, Sabrina i am going to <strong>earn </strong>a lot of money here in dubai.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Target Vocabulary (Pre-teach words from the podcast):</p><p><br/></p><p>• Generous – A person who likes to give or share.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Stingy – A person<strong> that</strong>/<strong>who</strong> does not like to give or share.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Tight – Another word for stingy.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Penny-pinching – Not wanting to spend money.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://images.app.goo.gl/uS57YJ3bP9zBaqfH8" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-26 13:16:31 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3343617221</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3343618729</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>• Show pictures of different scenarios (e.g., someone giving money, someone refusing to share food). Ask students:</p><p><br/></p><p>• What do you see?</p><p>• Do you think this person is generous or stingy? Why?</p><p>well, i think that this person in this picture is stingy because she doesn´t like to share.</p><p><br/></p><p>Target Vocabulary (Pre-teach words from the podcast):</p><p><br/></p><p>• Generous – A person who likes to give or share.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Stingy – A person<strong> that</strong>/<strong>who</strong> does not like to give or share.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Tight – Another word for stingy.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Penny-pinching – Not wanting to spend money.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://images.app.goo.gl/rgZhNb8twncZpB4c8" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-26 13:17:34 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3343618729</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4 review </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3345353921</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Talking About Ungenerous/ generous People</p><p><br/></p><p>do you consider yourself  a generous person?</p><p><br/></p><p>well, i think that i am a very generous person because i like to share and donate <strong>when</strong> is necessary. i am not ungenerous.</p><p><br/></p><p>Objective:</p><p><br/></p><p>• Improve listening and vocabulary skills using a BBC Learning English podcast.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Introduce and practice question words (who, what, when, where, why, how).</p><p><br/></p><p>• Use Simple Present, Present Continuous, and Simple Past in questions.</p><p><br/></p><p>1. Warm-up (10 minutes)</p><p>Activity:</p><p><br/></p><p>• Ask students: What do you think makes a person generous?</p><p><br/></p><p>a person that is generous doesn´t care giving money for example or attention.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>• Show pictures of different scenarios (e.g., someone giving money, someone refusing to share food). Ask students:</p><p><br/></p><p>• What do you see?</p><p>• Do you think this person is generous or stingy? Why?</p><p><br/></p><p>Target Vocabulary (Pre-teach words from the podcast):</p><p><br/></p><p>• Generous – A person who likes to give or share.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Stingy – A person<strong> that</strong>/<strong>who</strong> does not like to give or share.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Tight – Another word for stingy.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Penny-pinching – Not wanting to spend money.</p><p><br/></p><p>2. Listening Activity (15 minutes)</p><p>• Play the BBC Learning English podcast (easy English level).</p><p><br/></p><p>• First Listening: Students listen for general meaning.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Second Listening: Give students a worksheet with gaps (fill in the missing words).</p><p><br/></p><p>• Discuss: What did you understand? Do you know people like this?</p><p><br/></p><p>3. Grammar Focus: <strong>Question Words</strong> (20 minutes)</p><p>Explanation:</p><p><br/></p><p>• <strong>Who </strong>– for people (Who is stingy in your family?)</p><p><br/></p><p>i think nobody is stingy in my family, we are all very generous. we don´t have much money to spend in luxury things but we like to save money and to share when necessary.</p><p><br/></p><p>i am a person <strong>who</strong> likes to share.</p><p>Jaque is a person <strong>who/that likes</strong> to help people</p><p>jaque and bia are persons (people) who like to help and share.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>who</strong> is your boss?</p><p>my boss is wearing the black suit.</p><p><br/></p><p>who is working with you this week?</p><p>this week carla and frank are working with me </p><p><br/></p><p>who did you call this morning?</p><p>oh ...i called my mother this morning</p><p><br/></p><p>highlights:</p><p>call = called (cold) i called you at work but you didn´t pick the phone, what <strong>did</strong> you <strong>do</strong> at 3pm?</p><p><br/></p><p>hum at 3pm i worked with some other colleagues on a project. i´m very busy these days.</p><p><br/></p><p>• What – for things (What do you think about stingy people?)</p><p>• Where – for places (Where do people spend the most money?)</p><p>• When – for time (When was the last time you <strong>gave</strong> money to someone?)</p><p>• Why – for reasons (Why do some people prefer to save money?)</p><p>• How – for manner/way (How can we be generous without spending money?)</p><p>Practice with Verb Tenses:</p><p>• Simple Present: Why do people save money?</p><p>• Present Continuous: Who is giving money to charity right now?</p><p>• Simple Past: What did you buy last weekend?</p><p>Activity:</p><p><br/></p><p>• Give students question prompts. They must write and ask each other questions using the different tenses.</p><p><br/></p><p>4. Speaking Practice (15 minutes)</p><p>• Students work in pairs and use new vocabulary and question words to discuss:</p><p>• Do you know a generous person?</p><p>• Do you think being stingy is always bad? Why/why not?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>5. Homework Assignment</p><p>• Writing: Write about a time you were generous or stingy. Use at least three question words in your paragraph.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>well, i´m saving up for a new house.</strong></p><p><strong>and you know , i think i´m a generous person i like to be generous with my  friends and my family.</strong></p><p><strong>and finally, i would like to buy a new car but i can´t afford  for it in the moment</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>highlight:</strong></p><p><strong>well</strong></p><p><strong>you know </strong></p><p><strong>finally</strong></p><p><strong>with  = com </strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>• Listening: Listen to the podcast again and write three new words you learned.</p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.instagram.com/reel/DGiGo_ri7ka/?igsh=MTU1NGpoMnRqNnhtYQ==" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-27 14:52:18 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3345353921</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4 review</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3345364159</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Here’s a short speaking class based on the topic “Saving and Spending” for your students:</p><p>Objective:</p><p><br/></p><p>Practice speaking about saving and spending money using simple vocabulary and real-life situations.</p><p>Warm-up (5 min)</p><p><br/></p><p>• Ask: “Are you a saver or a spender? Why?”</p><ul><li><p>i think i am a saver because i think in the future, we don´t know how expensive life <strong>will</strong> be.</p></li><li><p>sabrina what about renan, is he a saver or a spender?</p><p>well, my dear is a very saver person, because he is a very <strong>humble</strong> person, minimalist and he saves money for the future, too.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>• Show two pictures: one of someone saving money and another of someone shopping. Ask: “Which one represents you more?”</p><p><br/></p><p>Listening &amp; Discussion (10 min)</p><p>• Play or summarize Neil and Georgie’s conversation (if available).</p><p>• Ask comprehension questions:</p><p>• “What do Neil and Georgie prefer: saving or spending?”</p><p>• “What do they usually spend their money on?”</p><p><br/></p><p>Speaking Practice (10 min)</p><p>• Role-play: Student A is a saver, Student B is a spender. They have a short conversation about how they use their money.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Discussion Questions:</p><p>• “Is saving money important? Why or why not?”</p><p><br/></p><p>• “What is something you would save money for?”</p><p><br/></p><p>• “Do you think young people today save more or spend more?”</p><p>Wrap-up (5 min)</p><p><br/></p><p>• Ask: “One tip for saving money?”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250221" />
         <pubDate>2025-02-27 14:59:04 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3345364159</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3352745163</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>1. Warm-up (5-10 min)</p><p>	•	 What time do you wake up? What is the first thing you do in the morning?</p><p>well, i wake up at 8am and i wash my face and brush teeth.</p><p><br/></p><p>	•	Show pictures of different morning activities (waking up, brushing teeth, drinking coffee, etc.).</p><p><br/></p><p>at 8 am every morning i am brushing my teeth and i am preparing some coffee for me and my boyfriend.</p><p><br/></p><p>first, second, third, after that ( afterwards), and then, and finally</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>so,</strong> <strong>let me tell you</strong> how is my morning everyday. first, i wake up very early, it <strong>depends on</strong> the day, <strong>after that</strong> i always go to the toilet and wash my face and <strong>of course i brush my teeth.</strong> and then, <strong>i head</strong> to my favorite place that is the kitchen, <strong>there</strong>, i prepare my coffee and the breakfast for me and my boyfriend, <strong>and finally</strong> i can say that my morning is starting well.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>	•	Students match the pictures with the correct phrases (e.g., “wake up at 7 AM,” “have breakfast”).</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Vocabulary Activity (10 min)</p><p>	•	Introduce key words and phrases:</p><p>	•	Wake up ex: i wake up at 8am v<strong>ery early</strong> for me.</p><p>	•	Get up  ex; get up, renan!</p><p>	•	Brush teeth ex; i brush my teeth everyday.</p><p>	•	Take a shower ex; i need to take a shower now</p><p>	•	Have breakfast ex; did you have breakfast?</p><p>	•	Drink coffee/tea ex; i like to drink coffee.</p><p>	•	Get dressed ex; i get dressed everyday for my husband. i always wear a nice dress for my husband.</p><p>	•	Leave home ex; i am leaving home now.</p><p><br/></p><p>	•	Practice pronunciation.</p><p>	•	Play a game: Students mime an action, and others guess.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Writing Activity (10-15 min)</p><p>	•	Task 1: Students write about their morning routine in 5-7 sentences.</p><p>	•	Task 2: Exchange writings with a partner and check for missing words or corrections.</p><p>	•	Task 3 (Challenge): Write a funny or unusual morning routine (e.g., “I wake up at 3 AM and dance before brushing my teeth!”).</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250228" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-05 16:18:45 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3352745163</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 7</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3354159513</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Lesson Plan: Talking About Relationships and Dates</p><p>Level: Basic</p><p>Skills Focus: Speaking and Listening</p><p>Vocabulary: Date, boyfriend, girlfriend, love, like, relationship, single, married, romantic, together, break up</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>1. Warm-up (5-10 min)</p><p>• Show pictures of couples, weddings, or romantic scenes. Ask:</p><p>• What do you see?</p><p>• Do you like romantic movies?</p><p>well, yeah i like it very movies, my favorite romantic movies is Titanic, i love the scenes when Jack and Rose are together.</p><p>• What is a “date”?</p><p>a date is when you meet with someone and you can start a relationship with this person if you like...</p><p><br/></p><p>2. Listening Activity (10-15 min)</p><p>• Play a short, simple conversation between Beth and Georgie talking about relationships.</p><p>• Ask students to listen and answer:</p><p>• Who are they talking about?</p><p>Georgie and Beth are talking about their relationship and Georgie is single and Beth is married.</p><p><br/></p><p>• Are they happy or sad?</p><p>they are happy, georgie is single and beth is married and they are very happy.</p><p>• What words do you understand?</p><p>pretend- engaged - partner - earrings- job interview- otherwise- seeing each other- awkward situation- siblings -couples -meals- break up - broke up -</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>4. Speaking Activity (15 min)</p><p>• Option 1: Role-play: One student asks about a friend’s relationship. Example:</p><p>• ERICA:“Do you have a boyfriend?”</p><p>• SABRINA: “No, I am single.”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>5. Writing Activity (10 min)</p><p>• Students complete sentences:</p><p>• “I like __earrings____.”</p><p>• “I want to get married with _Renan_____.”</p><p>• OR write a short dialogue about meeting someone.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>sa:Hi, I 'm sabrina and this  is my friend Erica. Today we're going to talk about relationships.</p><p><br/></p><p>Sa:Erica, are you married or single?</p><p><br/></p><p>ER:  I'm married and i have a daughter. and you Sabrina are you married or single?</p><p><br/></p><p>sa: Well, i'm single, but i want to get married! i'm currently/<strong>at the moment</strong> dating, but we have plans for the future.</p><p>and you Erica, <strong>how many years have you been married?</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>er: well, i have 8 years with Martin. we dated for about 4 years we could get married. And you sabrina are you happy in the relationship? </p><p><br/></p><p>sa: well,<strong> like every couple</strong>, we have our difficulties, but we always try to understand each other and you erica are happy in the relationship?</p><p><br/></p><p> er: well, i can say that we also have our difficulties, but we are always ready for a good conversation. </p><p><br/></p><p>sa:very good Erica thank you for sharing your experience. </p><p><br/></p><p>er: it´s my pleasure!</p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250214" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-06 11:56:52 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3354159513</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Review class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3354163097</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Match the Words with Their Definitions</p><p><br></p><p>Match the words in bold with their correct meanings.</p><p><br></p><p>1. Sleep in = dorme mais um pouco</p><p>2. Morning person = pessoa feliz de manha </p><p>3. Skip = pular rotina</p><p>4. Oversleep/overslept = perder a hora</p><p>5. Routine= rotina</p><p>6. Regularly =  regularmente</p><p>7. Motivated = motivado</p><ol start="8"><li><p>instead = em vez de </p></li><li><p>otherwise = do contrario.</p></li><li><p>grumpy = mal humorado</p></li><li><p>hungry= faminto</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p>A. A person who feels energetic and productive in the morning. is  a morning person.</p><p><br></p><p>B. To wake up later than usual or planned. oversleep</p><p>C. To stay in bed longer than usual. sleep in</p><p>D. To not do something that you normally do, such as a meal - skip</p><p>E. Something you do every day in the same way. routine</p><p>F. To do something often or on a schedule. regularly</p><p>G. Feeling inspired or ready to do something. energized/motivated.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>2. Fill in the Blanks</p><p><br></p><p>Complete the sentences using the correct vocabulary word from the list above.</p><p>1. I usually <strong>eat/have </strong>breakfast on busy mornings because I don’t have time to eat.  ( eat- have - take)</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>2. My friend is a __morning person____. She wakes up at 6 AM and feels happy and full of energy.</p><p><br></p><p>3. On weekends, I love to __sleep in____ and wake up late.</p><p>4. If I don’t set my alarm, I sometimes __oversleep____ and wake up too late.</p><p>5. My morning _routine_____ includes brushing my teeth and drinking coffee.</p><p>6. I don’t always exercise in the morning, but I try to do it _regularly__.</p><p>7. When I feel __energized/motivated____, I go for a run in the morning before work.</p><p><br></p><p>3. Discussion Questions</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Discuss the following questions with a partner or write your answers in a short paragraph.</p><p>• What is your morning routine like? </p><p>well, i wake up in the morning, i brush my teeth, clear/wash my face and get dressed for the day.</p><p>• Do you ever oversleep and wake up late?</p><p> yes, i oversleep every day but when i see my cat i wake up early.</p><p>• Are you a morning person, or do you prefer to sleep in? well, sometimes i'm a morning person sometimes i prefer to sleep in. </p><p>• Do you skip breakfast sometimes? Why or why not? </p><p>yes sometimes, i skip breakfast and sometimes not because i like to sleep in so much.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-06 12:00:10 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3354163097</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>What do you see? </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3354167859</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>what do you see in this picture?</p><p><br/></p><p>i see in the picture love, a long kiss, a  big hug, and much love.</p><p><br/></p><p>who are they?</p><p>they are a married couple,  they are very happy,</p><p><br/></p><p>where are they?</p><p>they are in the park or maybe they are in their first date.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://i2.pickpik.com/photos/723/155/794/couple-love-people-young-preview.jpg" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-06 12:04:25 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3354167859</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class  8</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3358744126</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Evening Routines</strong></p><p><strong>Level</strong>: Basic<br><strong>Skills</strong>: Speaking, Writing, Vocabulary</p><p><br></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (5-10 min) - Speaking</strong></p><ul><li><p> <strong>personalized questions</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>"What do you do after your english class?"</p></li><li><p>I'm speaking with my boyfriend after the class, and i do my routine the skincare and after i,m going to the bed.</p><p><br></p></li><li><p>"Do you go to bed <strong>early</strong> or <strong>late</strong>?"</p><p>well, i,m going to the bed late BECAUSE I stay watcing tv.</p></li><li><p>"Do you watch TV or read <strong>before</strong> sleeping?"</p></li><li><p>well, i,m watching tv <strong>until late</strong>.</p><p><br></p></li></ul></li></ul><p><strong>2. Vocabulary Introduction (10 min)</strong></p><ul><li><p><strong>Teach key words</strong> with definitions and examples:</p><ul><li><p><em>Stay up late</em> → " i like to stay up late every night."</p></li><li><p><em>Wind down</em> → "I wind down by reading a book."</p></li><li><p><em>Switch off</em> → "I switch off by watching TV."</p></li><li><p><em>Night owl</em> → "My brother is a night owl. He sleeps at 2 AM!"</p></li></ul><p><br></p></li></ul><p><strong>3. Listening &amp; Speaking (15 min)</strong></p><ul><li><p><strong>Listen to Neil and Georgie’s conversation</strong> (or read a simplified version).</p><p><br></p></li><li><p><strong>Comprehension questions</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>"What does Georgie do to wind down?"</p><p><br></p></li><li><p>"Is Neil a night owl?"</p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Pair practice (role-play)</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>Student acts as Neil, you act as Georgie.</p></li><li><p>Then switch roles.</p></li></ul></li></ul><p><strong>4. Writing Task (15 min)</strong></p><ul><li><p><strong>Sentence writing</strong>: Use new vocabulary to write sentences (e.g., "I stay up late on Fridays.").</p><p><br></p></li><li><p><strong>Short paragraph</strong>: "Write 5-6 sentences about your evening routine."</p></li></ul><p><strong>5. Speaking Expansion (10 min)</strong></p><ul><li><p><strong>Discussion</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>"Do you think it’s good to stay up late?" </p><p>well, i think that not good stay up late can harm our sleep and our mood.</p><p><br></p></li><li><p>"How do you switch off after a stressful day?"</p><p>well, after a stressful day i like to do meditation, ready a book, talk abouth the day my therapist and of corse eat a wandeful food. i really like this routine for relax.</p><p><br></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Find someone who…</strong> game (if in a group):</p><ul><li><p>"Find someone who stays up late."</p></li><li><p>"Find someone who is a night owl."</p></li></ul></li></ul><p><strong>6. Wrap-up &amp; Homework</strong></p><ul><li><p><strong>Review key vocabulary</strong> </p></li><li><p><strong>Homework</strong>: Write about <strong>what you do in the evening and if you are a night owl or not</strong>.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p>well, i usually in the evening talk with my boyfriend about the day.  we prepared dinner and we stay together, soon after i make my beauty routine and i get ready to go to bed.</p><p>well, i'm a night owl stay watcing tv for long time before the sleep.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250307" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-10 12:13:01 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3358744126</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Review class 1 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3362692037</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Task 1: Match the Definitions</p><p>Match the  words with their correct definitions.</p><p>1. Stay up late c) To not go to bed early and stay awake longer than usual.</p><p>2. Wind down a) To stop thinking about work or stress and relax.</p><p>3. Switch off d) To relax, especially after a busy or stressful day.</p><p>4. Night owl b) A person who prefers to stay awake late at night.</p><p><br/></p><p>Task 2: Fill in the Blanks</p><p>Complete the sentences with the correct vocabulary word.</p><p><br/></p><p>1. After a long day at work, I like to __wind down_____ by listening to music./<strong> i like to wind down by meditating</strong></p><p>2. My friend is a __night owl_____; he always studies until 3 AM.</p><p>3. I need to __switch off_____ before sleeping, so I take a warm shower.</p><p>4. On weekends, I usually __stay up late_____ because I <strong>don’t have to</strong> wake up early.</p><p><br/></p><p>Task 3: Sentence Transformation</p><p>Rewrite the sentences using the correct vocabulary word.</p><p><br/></p><p>1. “I go to bed really late every night.” → (Use “stay up late”)</p><p> i always go to to bed late because i like to stay up late.</p><p><br/></p><p>2. “She loves to relax after work by watching Netflix.” → (Use “wind down”)</p><p>i love to wind down by reading a book.</p><p>3. “Before bed, I stop thinking about work by listening to music.” → (Use “switch off”</p><p>after work i switch off practicing meditation.</p><p>4. “My sister never sleeps before midnight.” → (Use “night owl”)</p><p>i am a night owl person because i <strong>like to watch</strong> tv for a long time.</p><p><br/></p><p>Task 4: Discussion Questions</p><p>Use the vocabulary words to answer these questions:</p><p>1. Do you usually stay up late or sleep early? <strong>Why?</strong> </p><p>Well, i usually stay up late <strong>because</strong> i like watching tv and talk about things <strong>with</strong> my boyfriend.</p><p><br/></p><p>2. How do you wind down after a long day?</p><p>well, after a long day i <strong>wind down</strong> <strong>by</strong> reading de book.</p><p><br/></p><p>3. What do you do to switch off when you feel stressed?</p><p><br/></p><p>well, i switch off meditating to feel <strong>less</strong> stressed.</p><p>4. Do you consider yourself a night owl or a morning person?</p><p>well, i'm a night owl because i like to stay up for a long time of talk about something with my boyfriend.</p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-12 12:06:02 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3362692037</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3362700390</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Lesson Plan: Talking About Your House</p><p><br></p><p>Level: Basic</p><p>Objective: Students will learn to describe their homes and talk about their dream houses using comparative adjectives.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>1. Warm-Up (5 min)</p><p>• Ask students: “Where do you live? Do you like your house?”</p><p><br></p><p>• <strong>Show pictures of different types of homes (terraced house, flat, detached house, etc.).</strong></p><p><br></p><p>• Ask: “Which type of home do you live in?”</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>2. Vocabulary Introduction (10 min)</p><p><br></p><p>Introduce and explain the key words with pictures/examples:</p><p><br></p><p>1. Terraced house → A house attached to others on both sides.</p><p>• “My friend lives in a terraced house in the city.”</p><p>2. Flat → A home that is part of a larger building.</p><p>• “I live in a flat on the second floor.”</p><p>3. Downstairs → The lower, ground floor of a house.</p><p>• “The kitchen is downstairs.”</p><p>4. Upstairs → The higher floor of a house.</p><p>• “My bedroom is upstairs.”</p><p><br></p><p>Task: Students match words to pictures or definitions.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>3. Listening Practice (10 min)</p><p>• Play a conversation between Neil and Beth talking about their houses and dream homes.</p><p>• Listening task:</p><p>• True or False: “Beth lives in a terraced house.”</p><p>• Fill in the blank: “Neil wants a _______ garden.”</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>4. Grammar: Comparative Adjectives (10 min)</p><p><br></p><p>Explain the rule:</p><p>• Bigger / smaller / prettier + than</p><p>• More + adjective + than</p><p><br></p><p>Examples:</p><p>• “My dream house would be bigger than my house now.”</p><p>• “I want to live in a more beautiful place.”</p><p><br></p><p>Task:</p><p>• Students complete sentences:</p><p>1. “I want my house to be _______ than it is now.” (big)</p><p>2. “A house in the countryside is _______ than a house in the city.” (quiet)</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>5. Speaking Practice (15 min)</p><p><br></p><p>Pair Work:</p><p>• Part 1: Describe your home using the new vocabulary.</p><p>• Part 2: Describe your dream house using comparative adjectives.</p><p><br></p><p>Example conversation:</p><p>A: Where do you live now?</p><p>B: I live in a flat. It’s small.</p><p>A: What is your dream house?</p><p>B: My dream house would be bigger than my flat now.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>6. Wrap-Up &amp; Homework (5 min)</p><p>• Review vocabulary &amp; grammar.</p><p>• Homework: Write 5 sentences about your house and your dream house using comparative adjectives.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250117" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-12 12:12:38 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3362700390</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2 to be continued... </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3363234913</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Lesson Plan: Talking About Your House</p><p><br></p><p>Level: Basic</p><p>Objective: Students will learn to describe your home and talk about your dream house using comparative adjectives.</p><p><br></p><p>adj:  big/small  beautiful/ ugly  good/ bad  far/near  clean/dirty  short/tall  cheap/expensive  hot/cold.</p><p><br></p><p>er</p><p>my house is <strong>big</strong>g<strong>er than</strong> your house.</p><p><br></p><p>big (c-v-c) + er = bigger</p><p>small= small<strong>er</strong></p><p><br></p><p><strong>more than 3 sillables use more than</strong></p><p><strong>sabrina is more beautiful than the dubai women.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES</p><p><strong>good = better than</strong></p><p><strong>bad = worse than </strong></p><p><strong>far= farther than </strong></p><p><br></p><p><strong>ER</strong></p><p><strong>SMALLER</strong></p><p><strong>CALMER</strong></p><p><strong>SHY- SHIER</strong></p><p><strong>PRETTY- PRETTIER</strong></p><p><br></p><p><strong>LONG ADJECTIVES</strong></p><p><strong>MORE +  LONG ADJECTIVES + THAN </strong></p><p><strong>BRAZIL IS MORE BEAUTIFUL THAN ARGENTINA</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>1. Warm-Up (5 min)</p><p>• Ask students: “Where do you live? Do you like your house?”</p><p><br></p><p>• <strong>Show pictures of different types of homes (terraced house, flat, detached house, etc.).</strong></p><p><br></p><p>• Ask: “Which type of home do you <strong>live in</strong>?”  Where do you live?</p><p>i live in a flat <strong>near</strong> the Burj kalifa. i live with  my husband and my beautiful cat.</p><p><br></p><p>2. Vocabulary Introduction (10 min)</p><p><br></p><p>Introduce and explain the key words with pictures/examples:</p><p><br></p><p>1. Terraced house → A house attached to others on both sides.</p><p>• “My friend lives in a terraced house in the city.”</p><p>2. Flat → A home that is part of a larger building.</p><p>• “I live in a flat on the second floor.” which floor do you live?</p><p>i live on the fourth floor</p><p><strong>highlights:</strong></p><p>1 one - first = 1st - 2 two  second 2nd - 3 three third 3rd</p><p>4 four fourth   4th 5 five fifth  sixth seventh eithth nineth </p><p>tenth eleventh  twoelveth   21 twenty first.</p><p><br></p><p>3. Downstairs → The lower, ground floor of a house.</p><p>• “The kitchen is downstairs.”</p><p>4. Upstairs → The higher floor of a house.</p><p>• “My bedroom is upstairs.”</p><p><br></p><p>Task: Students match words to pictures or definitions.</p><p>tell me about your house:</p><p>well, in my house <strong>there is one floor but everything is well placed , i have an equiped kitchen, a comfortable living room, one spacy bathroom and one neat toilet, and a refreshing balcony and one dreamy bedroom.</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>3. Listening Practice (10 min)</p><p>• Play a conversation between Neil and Beth talking about their houses and dream homes.</p><p>• Listening task:</p><p>• True or False: “Beth lives in a terraced house.”</p><p>• Fill in the blank: “Neil wants a ___bigger____ garden.”</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>4. Grammar: Comparative Adjectives (10 min)</p><p><br></p><p>Explain the rule:</p><p>• Bigger / smaller / prettier + than</p><p>• More + adjective + than</p><p><br></p><p>Examples:</p><p>• “My dream house would be bigger than my house now.”</p><p>• “I want to live in a more beautiful place.”</p><p><br></p><p>Task:</p><p>• Students complete sentences:</p><p>1. “I want my house to be ___bigger____ than it is now.” (big)</p><p>2. “A house in the countryside is ___quieter____ than a house in the city.” (quiet)</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>5. Speaking Practice (15 min)</p><p><br></p><p>Pair Work:</p><p>• Part 1: Describe your home using the new vocabulary.</p><p>• Part 2: Describe your dream house using comparative adjectives.</p><p><br></p><p>Example conversation:</p><p>A: Where do you live now?</p><p>B: I live in a flat. It’s small.</p><p>A: What is your dream house?</p><p>B: My dream house would be bigger than my flat now.</p><p><br></p><p>Well, my dream house would be <strong>A</strong> house <strong>IN</strong> a countryside with  <strong>A </strong>swimmipool and a bigger garden that IS MY CURRENT FLAT. with thRee bedrooms and a living room more beautiful than my flat <strong>without </strong>forgetING a massage room, this is my dream house.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>AFTER</strong> TAKING SHOWER  ( DEPOIS DE TOMAR BANHO)</p><p>I USE MY COMPUTER <strong>FOR TAKING </strong>MY ENGLISH CLASSES</p><p> </p><p>I WOULD GO IF I HAD MONEY</p><p><br></p><p>I <strong>DIDN´T</strong> GO TO IKEIA WITH RENAN ( NEG)</p><p><strong>DID YOU GO</strong>?</p><p>YES, I<strong> WENT  </strong>TO THE SHOPPING MALL TODAY.( AFF)</p><p><br></p><p>WITH = COM</p><p>I GO WITH RENAN </p><p>WHICH = QUAL/QUAIS/ OPTIONS</p><p>I DON´T KNOW<strong> WHAT </strong>DRESS TO CHOOSE</p><p><strong>WHICH</strong> LANGUAGE DO YOU SPEAK?</p><p>I SPEAK ENGLISH AND PORTUGUES</p><p><strong>WITCH = BRUJA</strong></p><p><br></p><p>6. Wrap-Up &amp; Homework (5 min)</p><p>• Review vocabulary &amp; grammar.</p><p>• Homework:<strong> Write 5 sentences about your house and your dream house using comparative adjectives.</strong></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250117" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-12 17:58:06 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3363234913</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>CLASS 3</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3373190465</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Lesson Plan: Talking About Food and Flavours</strong></p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Basic<br><strong>Objective:</strong> The student will learn food-related vocabulary and practice comparing different foods using adjectives.</p><p><br><strong>Skills:</strong> Listening, Speaking, Vocabulary Expansion</p><p><strong>1. Warm-Up (5 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Activity:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Ask the student: <em>What is your favorite food?</em> / <em>What food don’t you like?</em></p></li><li><p><em>WELL MY FAVORITE IS PIZZA, AND CUPS NOODLES, CHINESE FOOD AND  ALSO  I LIKE PASTA.</em></p></li><li><p><em>I DON´T LIKE SPICY FOOD, INDIAN FOOD, I DON´T LIKE LAMB MEAT.</em></p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Show pictures of different foods (sweet=DOCE, salty =SALGADO, spicy =APIMENTADO, sour =ACIDO, bitter =AMARGO, etc.) and ask: <em>Do you like this? Why or why not?</em></p></li><li><p><em>DO YOU LIKE BITTER CHOCOLATE?</em></p></li><li><p><em>I LIKE EVERY KIND/TYPE  OF CHOCOLATE.</em></p></li></ul><p>DO YOU LIKE SALTY BREAD?</p><p>I LIKE SALTY BREAD AND SWEET BREAD.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. Listening Activity (10-15 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Resource:</strong> Neil and Georgie’s conversation on food and flavours (simplified real conversation).</p><p>TASTE - FLAVOR</p><p><br/></p><p>WHAT /<strong> FLAVOR</strong> WOULD YOU LIKE ?</p><p><br><strong>Steps:</strong></p><ol><li><p>Listen to the conversation once without stopping.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Listen again and ask the student to identify words they recognize.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>Discuss: <em>What foods do Neil and Georgie like? What foods do they dislike?</em></p></li></ol><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>Write down key words (e.g., sweet, spicy, sour, bitter, delicious, disgusting, etc.).</p></li></ol><p><strong>3. Vocabulary Practice (10 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Activity:</strong> Match words to pictures</p><ul><li><p>Show images of foods (e.g., lemon, chocolate, chili, ice cream, coffee, sushi).</p></li><li><p>The student matches the word (sweet, sour, spicy, etc.) to the correct food.</p></li><li><p>Introduce sentence frames:</p><ul><li><p><em>I like _chocolate __ because it is __sweet_.</em></p></li><li><p><em>I don’t like chili___ because it is spicy .</em></p></li></ul></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>4. Comparing Foods (15 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Grammar Focus:</strong> Comparatives (-er / more ___ than)</p><ul><li><p>Introduce comparisons:</p><ul><li><p><em>Chocolate is sweeter than lemon</em></p></li><li><p><em>Spicy food is more exciting than bland food.</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p>Practice: Show food pairs and ask the student to compare (e.g., lemon vs. ice cream, pizza vs. salad).</p></li><li><p>Student completes sentences:</p><ul><li><p><em>Pizza is __saltier__ than a salad.</em></p></li><li><p><em>Lemon is sourer___ than ice cream.</em></p></li></ul></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>5. Speaking Practice (10 min)</strong></p><p><em> Create  a dialogue using Do you like and compare flavors and tastes.</em></p><p><br/></p><p>EXAMPLE:</p><ul><li><p><em>Do you like coffee or tea more?</em></p><ul><li><p><em>Which is sweeter: chocolate or lemon?</em></p><p><br/></p></li></ul></li></ul><p><strong>6. Wrap-Up &amp; Homework (5 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Review:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Ask: <em>What new words did you learn today?</em></p></li><li><p>Quick game: You say a word (e.g., sweet, spicy), and the student names a food that matches.</p></li></ul><p><strong>Homework:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Write 5 sentences comparing foods (e.g., <em>Ice cream is colder than soup.</em>) </p></li><li><p>Bread is saltier than a cake ;</p></li><li><p>Chocolate is sweeter than milk:</p></li><li><p>Coffee is bitterer than orange juice;</p></li><li><p>Pasta is saltier than sushi;</p></li><li><p>Strawberry is sourer than grapes;</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>OR record a short audio: </p></li><li><p><em>I like __pasta_ because it is salty___. I don’t like __india’s food_ because it is __spicy_.</em></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250314" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-19 14:06:42 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3373190465</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Review class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3375269002</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Task: Food Vocabulary - Writing and Speaking Practice</p><p><br/></p><p>the use of articles:</p><p>the/ the food / the other people.</p><p>a ( singular) a banana</p><p>an egg</p><p>she studies in a university.</p><p>as pessoas sao dificeis hoje em dia.</p><p>people are difficult nowadays. ( the is not used in unspecific situation)</p><p>the people in brazil are very hot and beautiful. ( the is used in specific situation)</p><p><br/></p><p>versity1. Writing Activity (15 min)</p><p>Task: Food Review</p><p>• The student will write a short food review (5-7 sentences) about a dish they like or dislike.</p><p>• They should include:</p><p>• The name of the dish.</p><p>• A description of its taste (e.g., sweet, spicy, salty, sour, bitter).</p><p>• A comparison with another dish (e.g., Pizza is saltier than pasta).</p><p>• Whether they recommend it or not, and why.</p><p>Example:</p><p>I love pizza because it is delicious and has many flavors. It is saltier than pasta, and I prefer it with a crispy crust. Compared to burgers, pizza is lighter and has more variety. My favorite topping is pepperoni because it makes the pizza tastier. I highly recommend trying Italian-style pizza!</p><p><br/></p><p>well, I like pasta because it is <strong>delicious </strong>and very easy to prepare. It is saltier than bread, and I prefer it with <strong>a lot of</strong> cheese.</p><p>compared to cake, pasta is delicious and have many<strong> flavors</strong>.</p><p>my favorite pasta is chiken and cheese because it is very easy to prepare. I <strong>highly recommmed</strong> trying a pasta with chiken and cheese.</p><p><br/></p><p>hi</p><p>higher</p><p>highly</p><p><br/></p><p>2. Speaking Activity (15 min)</p><p>Task: Food Debate</p><p>• Present the student with two different foods (e.g., sushi vs. pizza, chocolate vs. fruit, spicy food vs. mild food).</p><p>• The student must express their opinion and compare the two using adjectives.</p><p>• Encourage the student to use phrases like:</p><p><br/></p><p>• I think acaraje is more delicious than pamonha because it is very salty and i highly recommend trying in salvador de bahia.</p><p>• In my opinion, sushi <strong>is healthier</strong> than pizza because<strong> it is</strong> natural food and <strong>its preparation is made of</strong> natural food.</p><p>• I prefer chocolate to fruit because it is sweeter and very delicious.</p><p>• Spicy food is more <strong>exciting</strong> than mild food because it is very savoury and tasty.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Alternative Speaking Task:</p><p>• Have the student pretend they are a restaurant owner creating a special menu.</p><p>• They must describe 3 dishes and use adjectives to make them sound appealing.</p><p>• Example: Our chocolate cake is the sweetest dessert on the menu. It is softer than cookies and richer than ice cream.</p><p><br/></p><p>introduction of superlatives:</p><p>ivete sangalo for me me is <strong>the best</strong>/ singer of bahia.</p><p><br/></p><p>adj = good- better- the best ( irregular)</p><p><br/></p><p>calm - calmer - <strong>the calmest</strong></p><p><strong>curitiba is the calmest city in brazil</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>pretty- prettier - the prettiest</strong></p><p>t<strong>he prettiest</strong> woman in the world is giselle bunchen.</p><p><br/></p><p>beautiful - more beautiful - the most beautiful</p><p><strong>the most</strong> beautiful city in the world is Dubai.</p><p><br/></p><p>3. Wrap-Up (5 min)</p><p>Activity:</p><p>• Quick review of new vocabulary and expressions.</p><p>• Ask: What new words or phrases did you use today?</p><p>• Have the student summarize their favorite food in 2-3 sentences using comparative and descriptive adjectives.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>opinions using superlatives;</strong></p><p>beautiful = the most</p><p>for me Brazil is <strong>the most beautiful</strong> place in the world</p><p><br/></p><p>important = the most </p><p><strong>the most important</strong> thing in my life is my family</p><p><br/></p><p>calm = <strong>the</strong> calm<strong>est</strong> </p><p><br/></p><p>big= the bigg<strong>est</strong></p><p><strong>the biggest country in south america is Brazil.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>pretty = iest / the prettiest</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>i wore the prettiest dress from the store.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>for me dubai is the calmest country.</p><p><br/></p><p> comparatives:</p><p><br/></p><p>brazil is better than argentina</p><p><br/></p><p>calm= calmer than </p><p>pretty = prettier than </p><p>tasty = tastier than </p><p>hot= hotter than</p><p>rich= richer  than </p><p>poor = poorer than </p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Homework (Optional):</p><p>• Write a short dialogue between two people discussing their favorite foods and comparing them.</p><p>• Example:</p><p>• A: Do you like pizza?</p><p>• B: Yes, I love it! It is tastier than pasta.</p><p>• A: I think sushi is better because it is fresher.</p><p><br/></p><p>S: Do you like hamburguers?</p><p>R: yes, i really like, it is delicious and saltier than pizza.</p><p>R: Do you like pizza ?</p><p>S: I love it! pizza is tastier than hamburger and crunchy.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://livingfreelab.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/ThanksgivingTable.jpeg" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-20 16:37:47 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3375269002</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 5</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3379447192</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Lesson Plan: The Nature</strong></p><p><br></p><p><strong>future </strong></p><p><strong>culture                 ture = cher </strong></p><p><strong>infrastructure</strong></p><p><strong>structure</strong></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Objective:</strong><br>By the end of the lesson, the student will be able to talk about the countryside, describe natural places, and discuss activities they can do there.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (5 min)</strong></p><ul><li><p>Show pictures of a river, mountain, hiking, and wild swimming.</p></li><li><p>i  like to see rivers i like that nature.</p></li><li><p>i don´t like go hiking but it looks relaxing.</p></li><li><p>go + activity</p></li></ul><p>i like to go swimming on the beach , but i don´t like go hiking; it´s not relaxing for me i think the most relaxing thing is go swimming.</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Ask: <em>Do you like nature, sabrina? Have you been to the countryside?</em></p></li></ul><p>yes, i like. i feel so relaxing in nature. i prefer go hiking than wild swimming.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>for me <strong>nature</strong> is necessary, the most beautiful things you see <strong>inside nature</strong>, like in the forest, in the jungle with a lot of animals.<strong> i love that, you know..</strong>. the most beautiful thing that God <strong>ever created </strong>was<strong> nature! </strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li><p><em>country/ countryside/ county/ neighborhood/neighbor</em></p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>2. Vocabulary (10 min)</strong></p><p>Introduce and explain each word with examples:</p><ol><li><p><strong>River</strong> – <em>A flow of water from the land to the sea.</em></p><ul><li><p><em>Example: </em></p></li><li><p><em>i think t</em><strong><em>he most beautiful river</em></strong><em> is Satu river.( superlative)</em></p></li><li><p>for me satu river is<strong> more beautiful than</strong> maranhon river. <strong>(comparison)</strong></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Mountain</strong> – <em>A raised part of the Earth's surface that is much bigger than a hill.</em></p><ul><li><p><em>Example: The mountain is high and has snow.</em></p></li><li><p><em>the everest montain </em><strong><em>is higher than</em></strong><em> the montain in Chile.</em></p></li><li><p><em>for me the montain everest is </em><strong><em>the highest.</em></strong></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Hike</strong> – <em>A long, sometimes difficult, walk in the countryside.</em></p><ul><li><p><em>Example: We like to hike in the mountains.</em></p></li><li><p><em>i don´t like go hiking.</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Wild swimming</strong> – <em>Swimming in nature, for example, in a river or lake.</em></p><ul><li><p><em>Example: Wild swimming is fun in summer!</em></p></li></ul></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Activity:</strong> Show a mix of pictures and ask, <em>What is this?</em> Let the student answer.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>3. Dialogue (10 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Beth and Georgie Talk About the Countryside</strong></p><p><strong>Beth:</strong> Hi, Georgie! Do you like the countryside?<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Yes, I love it! It is very peaceful. Do you like it?<br><strong>Beth:</strong> Yes! I like the fresh air and the green fields.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Me too! There are many trees and flowers. I like walking in nature.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> That sounds nice! I like to have picnics in the countryside.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Oh, I love picnics! What do you bring for a picnic?<br><strong>Beth:</strong> I bring sandwiches, fruit, and juice.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> That sounds delicious! I like to take photos of the river and the mountains.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> Oh yes! The river is so beautiful.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Yes! Some people go wild swimming there.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> That sounds fun, but I like to hike in the mountains.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Hiking is great! The view is amazing.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> The countryside is a great place to relax.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Yes! We should go there this weekend!<br><strong>Beth:</strong> That is a great idea!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>4. Speaking Practice (10 min)</strong></p><ul><li><p><strong>Role-play</strong>: The student reads the dialogue with you.</p></li><li><p><strong>Personal questions</strong>: Ask the student:</p><ul><li><p><em>Do you like rivers or mountains more?</em></p></li><li><p><em>Do you want to try wild swimming? Why?</em></p></li><li><p><em>Have you ever gone on a hike?</em></p></li></ul></li></ul><p><strong>5. Writing Activity (5 min)</strong></p><ul><li><p>The student writes 3 sentences using the new words.<br><em>Example:</em></p><ul><li><p>The <strong>river</strong> is long.</p></li><li><p>I like to <strong>hike</strong> in the mountains.</p></li><li><p><strong>Wild swimming</strong> is exciting.</p><p><br></p></li></ul></li></ul><p><strong>6. Wrap-up (5 min)</strong></p><ul><li><p>Review vocabulary.</p></li><li><p>Ask: <em>What did you learn today?</em></p></li><li><p>Suggest homework: <em>Draw and label a picture of the countryside with the words: river, mountain, hike, wild swimming.</em></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250207" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-24 12:20:25 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3379447192</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 6 extra review</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3383160641</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>	Class Plan: Nature and Comparisons</p><p>Level: Basic Student</p><p>Duration: ~40 minutes</p><p><br/></p><p>1. Vocabulary Review (10 min)</p><p>	•	Quickly review the previously learned words: river, mountain, hike, wild swimming</p><p>	•	Ask the student to describe each word using comparison and superlative forms.</p><p>	•	Example: Which is the highest mountain you know?</p><p>	•	Example: Is the Amazon River longer than the Nile?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>2. New Vocabulary (10 min)</p><p>Introduce three new words with comparisons:</p><p>	1.	Lake – A large area of water surrounded by land.</p><p>	•	Example: Lake Victoria is bigger than Lake Tahoe.</p><p>	•	For me, the biggest lake is the Caspian Sea.</p><p>	2.	Forest – A large area covered with trees.</p><p>	•	Example: The Amazon rainforest is larger than many countries!</p><p>	•	The Amazon is the most famous forest in the world.</p><p>	3.	Valley – A low area between mountains or hills.</p><p>	•	Example: This valley is greener than the others.</p><p>	•	The Yosemite Valley is the most beautiful place I have seen.</p><p>Activity:</p><p>	•	Show a mix of pictures and ask: What is this?</p><p><br/></p><p>	•	The student describes them using a comparison or superlative sentence.</p><p>3. Dialogue Practice (10 min)</p><p>New Dialogue: Exploring Nature</p><p>(Adapted for new vocabulary and comparisons)</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Emma: Do you like the mountains or the valley more?</p><p>Tom: I think the mountains are higher and more exciting!</p><p>Emma: Yes, but the valley is greener and quieter.</p><p>Tom: That’s true. Have you been to a big lake before?</p><p>Emma: Yes! Last summer, I visited the largest lake in my country.</p><p>Tom: Wow! I want to go wild swimming in a lake one day!</p><p>Emma: That sounds fun! Let’s go hiking this weekend.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Speaking Practice</p><p>	•	Role-play the dialogue.</p><p>	•	Ask personal questions:</p><p>	•	Do you like forests or rivers more? Why?</p><p>	•	What is the most beautiful place you have visited?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>4. Writing Activity (10 min)</p><p>Task 1: Fill in the blanks with comparatives or superlatives.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>	1.	This mountain is __higher____ (high) than the one <strong>near</strong> my house. </p><p>	2.	The Amazon rainforest is the __largest____ (large) forest in the world. (large- larger- the largest)</p><p>	3.	Wild swimming is __funnier____ (fun) than hiking for me.</p><p>Task 2: The student writes 3 sentences using new words.</p><p>Example:</p><p>	1.	The lake near my city is the biggest.</p><p>salvador has the biggest beach in the world.</p><p>	2.	I think forests are more interesting than rivers.</p><p>for me Dubai has places more interesting than salvador.</p><p>	3.	Hiking in the mountains is the best weekend </p><p>for me the best thing in dubai is the waterfall font in front of BURJ KALIFA THE BIGGEST HILL OF THE WORLD.</p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250207" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-26 12:20:03 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3383160641</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3383170367</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://cdn.stocksnap.io/img-thumbs/960w/lake-landscape_ZSXZEB0SWX.jpg" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-26 12:26:51 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3383170367</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3383171688</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://img.goodfon.com/original/3200x2132/a/24/nature-landscape-scenery-sky-3298.jpg" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-26 12:27:51 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3383171688</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3383583961</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>USES OF PAST SIMPLE</p><p><em>A common use is to talk about one completed action at a specific time in the past.</em></p><ul><li><p>I <strong>went ( GO)</strong> to Germany <strong>last summer</strong>.</p></li><li><p><strong>when did you go to Germany?</strong></p></li><li><p>She <strong>met</strong> ( meet) her best friend<strong> in 2007.</strong>&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>what year/ when did she meet her best friend?</p></li><li><p>I <strong>finished</strong> reading my book <strong>last night.</strong>&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>when did you finish your book?</p></li><li><p>i didn´t finish reading my book yet<sup>.</sup></p></li><li><p>I <strong>saw ( see - seen)</strong> some dolphins two weeks ago in the sea.</p></li><li><p>when did you see any dolphins?</p></li></ul><p><strong>Useful vocabulary for past completed actions at a specific time:</strong>&nbsp;this morning, yesterday, last night/week/month/year, two weeks ago, in (year)</p><p><em>Something that happened multiple times in the past (similar to 'used to').</em></p><ul><li><p>My sister and I <strong>went/used to</strong> ( past habit)to school by bus every day.</p></li><li><p>They <strong>ate- eat</strong> a lot of local food while on holiday.</p></li><li><p>You <strong>used to have</strong> guitar lessons every Thursday when you were little.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p><br/></p></li><li><p>He <strong>watched</strong> that movie whenever he was sad.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>whenever/ wherever/ whoever/ whatever/ whichever</p></li></ul><p><em>Something that was true for a period of time in the past.</em></p><ul><li><p>Mum <strong>worked</strong> in finance when she <strong>was</strong> younger.</p></li><li><p>I really <strong>enjoyed</strong> university life.</p></li><li><p>My grandfather <strong>owned</strong> a bakery before he retired.</p></li><li><p>We <strong>lived</strong> in a small town growing up.&nbsp;</p></li></ul><p><em>For a sequence of events.&nbsp;</em></p><ul><li><p>He <strong>woke up</strong>, <strong>had</strong> breakfast and then <strong>left</strong> for work.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>The team <strong>practised</strong>, <strong>had</strong> a strategy meeting, and then <strong>played</strong> the match.</p></li></ul><p><strong>Useful vocabulary for sequences</strong>: first, then, after that, later, following this, finally</p><p><em>It can be used with the past continuous to interrupt an action.</em></p><ul><li><p>I was cooking when my phone <strong>rang</strong>.</p></li><li><p>She was studying when a storm <strong>started</strong> outside.</p></li><li><p>The teacher <strong>walked</strong> into the room as the students were chatting.&nbsp;</p></li></ul><p><strong>Useful vocabulary for when the past simple interrupts an action</strong>: while, when, as, suddenly</p><p><strong>STRUCTURE&nbsp;</strong></p><p>For <strong>positive</strong> sentences, add ‘ed’ to the main verb for <em>regular</em> verbs.&nbsp;</p><ul><li><p>I walk<strong>ed&nbsp;</strong></p></li><li><p>You walk<strong>ed</strong></p></li><li><p>He walk<strong>ed</strong></p></li><li><p>She walk<strong>ed</strong></p></li><li><p>It walk<strong>ed</strong></p></li><li><p>We walk<strong>ed</strong></p></li><li><p>They walk<strong>ed</strong></p></li></ul><p>For <strong>negative</strong> sentences, add ‘didn’t’ before the main verb in its basic form.</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>didn't</strong> walk</p></li><li><p>You <strong>didn't</strong> walk</p></li><li><p>He <strong>didn't</strong> walk&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>She <strong>didn't</strong> walk&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>It <strong>didn't</strong> walk&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>We <strong>didn't</strong> walk&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>They <strong>didn't</strong> walk&nbsp;</p></li></ul><p>To ask&nbsp;<strong>questions</strong>, add ‘did’ at the beginning.</p><ul><li><p><strong>Did</strong>&nbsp;I walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, you did&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>No, you didn't</p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Did</strong> you walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, I did</p></li><li><p>No, I didn't&nbsp;</p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Did&nbsp;</strong>he walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, he did</p></li><li><p>No, he didn't</p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Did&nbsp;</strong>she walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, she did</p></li><li><p>No, she didn't</p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Did&nbsp;</strong>it walked?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, it did</p></li><li><p>No, it didn't</p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Did</strong> we walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, we did</p></li><li><p>No, we didn't&nbsp;</p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>Did</strong> they walk?</p><ul><li><p>Yes, they did</p></li><li><p>No, they didn't&nbsp;</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>To ask for more information, add the ‘who, what, where, why, how, when’ question words at the beginning.</p><ul><li><p><strong>Why</strong> did I walk?</p></li><li><p><strong>Who</strong> did you walk with?</p></li><li><p><strong>Where</strong>&nbsp;did she walk?</p></li><li><p><strong>When </strong>did she walk?</p></li><li><p><strong>How </strong>did they walk?</p></li></ul><p><strong>Irregular verbs</strong></p><p>Irregular verbs are... irregular. They don't follow the rules and you just have to learn them. However, some do fall into categories which can make them easier to remember, like these:</p><p>spoke, broke, chose, froze, woke up</p><p>began, drank, rang, sang, sank</p><p>blew, grew, knew, threw, flew.</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>I spoke to my boss at the meeting . aff</p></li><li><p>I didn´t speak to my boss at the meeting.</p></li></ol><p>Did you speak to your boss? int.</p><p><br/></p><p>He broke the company. aff</p><p>i didn´t break the company neg</p><p>Did he break the company? int</p><p><br/></p><p>she chose many shoes for your children.</p><p>what did she choose/shoes for her children?</p><p><br/></p><p>I <strong>froze</strong> with the cold weather.</p><p>Did you freez with the cold weather?</p><p>i didn´t freeze with the cold weather</p><p><br/></p><p>The show began today.</p><p>the show didnt begin today</p><p>did the show begin today?</p><p><br/></p><p>Yes,he drank in the party</p><p>Did he drink in the paryy?</p><p>he didn´t drinlk in the party.</p><p><br/></p><p>yes, she rang me last week</p><p>Did she ring to you ?</p><p>no, she didn´t ring  the phone </p><p><br/></p><p>He sang a beautiful song</p><p>He didn't sing a beautiful song</p><p>did he sing a beautiful song?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/tenses_with_georgie/ep-240329" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-26 16:56:39 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3383583961</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 7 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3385350273</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Past Simple &amp; Irregular Verbs – Practice Task</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1. Complete the sentences with the correct past simple form of the verb in parentheses</strong>.</p><p><br/></p><p>a) Yesterday, I ___woke up____ (wake up) very early.</p><p>b) She _chose____ (choose) a red dress for the party.</p><p>c) We __began_____ (begin) the meeting at 9 a.m.</p><p>d) He __flew__ (fly) to London last week.</p><p>e) The kids _sang___ (sing) a song at the school event.</p><p><br/></p><p>2. Rewrite the sentences in the past simple.</p><p>a) I drink coffee every morning. → _i drank coffee every morning_________________________</p><p>b) They throw the ball to each other. → ___thet threw the ball to each other_______________________</p><p>c) She knows the answer. → ____she knew the answer______________________</p><p>d) We speak English in class. → ___we spoke in class_______________________</p><p>e) He breaks his phone. → _____he broke his phone_____________________</p><p>3. Match the base form with the past simple form.</p><p>1. wake up</p><p>3. ring</p><p>4. freeze</p><p>5. blow/ blew</p><p>a) grew/ grow</p><p>b) froze</p><p>c) rang</p><p>e) woke up</p><p><br/></p><p>Reading: </p><p><strong>Comprehension questions: </strong></p><p>	1.	Why did the narrator wake up early?</p><p>                The narrator woke up early because his phone </p><p>                 rang loudly.</p><p><br/></p><p>	2.	What was Sarah’s surprise?</p><p>               there was a tiny plant</p><p><br/></p><p>	3.	What happened to the lake overnight?</p><p>                i saw that the lake near my house had completely </p><p>                froze.</p><p><br/></p><p>	4.	What did the strong wind do?</p><p>               a strong wind blew through the trees.</p><p><br/></p><p>	5.	How did the narrator feel at the end of the story?</p><p>he  said it was a simple moment but he would always remember.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>A Strange Morning</strong></p><p>Yesterday, I woke up earlier than usual because my phone rang loudly. It <strong>was</strong> my friend, Sarah. She <strong>sounded</strong> <strong>excited</strong> and <strong>said</strong>, “Get ready! I just chose a surprise for you!”</p><p>I <strong>quickly</strong> got dressed and<strong> threw </strong>on my jacket. When I stepped outside, I saw that the lake near my house had completely froze overnight. It looked beautiful, but I was <strong>worried</strong> because some kids were playing on the ice.</p><p><br/></p><p>As I walked towards them, a strong wind blew <strong>through</strong> the trees, making the branches shake. Just then, Sarah arrived and handed me a small box. “Open it!” she said. Inside, there was a tiny plant. “I grew this for you!” she explained <strong>proudly.</strong></p><p>I smiled and thanked her. We sat by the frozen lake, talking and laughing. It was a simple moment, but one I would always remember.</p><p><br/></p><p>talk- talk<strong>ed</strong> - t</p><p>call - call<strong>ed </strong>- d</p><p>wan<strong>t</strong> - wan-<strong>ted</strong> - extra sillaba</p><p>soun<strong>d - sounded-</strong></p><p>experience - experien<strong>ced</strong>- T</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Vocabulary Exercises</strong></p><p>1. Find the past simple form of these verbs in the text:</p><p>	•	wake up → __________</p><p>	•	ring → __________</p><p>	•	choose → __________</p><p>	•	throw → __________</p><p>	•	freeze → __________</p><p>	•	blow → __________</p><p>	•	grow → __________</p><p>2. Match the words to their meanings:</p><p>a) froze</p><p>b) blew</p><p>c) grew</p><p>d) threw</p><p>e) chose</p><p>	1.	To select something</p><p>	2.	To move air strongly</p><p>	3.	To turn into ice</p><p>	4.	To develop over time</p><p>	5.	To send something through the air</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>home:</p><p><br/></p><p>1 I traveled to the beach with my family yesterday.</p><p><br/></p><p>2 Jonh bought a new car last month.</p><p><br/></p><p>3 We watched a very exciting movie at the cinema.</p><p><br/></p><p>4 Maria cooked a deliciuos cake for her mother's birthday.</p><p><br/></p><p>5 They arrived late from the party and were very tired.</p><p><br/></p><p>6 did you study a lot for the math test?</p><p><br/></p><p>7 The teacher explained the lesson very clearly.</p><p><br/></p><p>8 I told him about my feelings.</p><p><br/></p><p>9 I remembered i didn't take a shower.</p><p><br/></p><p>10 she forgot the book in your friend's house.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://img.goodfon.com/original/1920x1080/9/4d/life-is-strange-bench-sunset.jpg" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-27 16:10:50 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3385350273</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 8</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3389282259</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Lesson Plan: Pronunciation of Past Tense Regular Verbs (-ed)</strong></p><p><strong>Objective</strong></p><p>Help the student recognize and correctly pronounce the three different sounds of <em>-ed</em> endings in regular past tense verbs.</p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (5 min)</strong></p><ul><li><p>Ask: <em>What did you do yesterday?</em></p><ul><li><p><em>Yesterday, I watched a movie. I playe</em><strong><em>d</em></strong><em> soccer.</em></p></li></ul></li></ul><p>talked = talkt ( </p><p>watched = watcht</p><p>believed = believt</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. Explanation of "-ed" Pronunciation (10 min)</strong></p><p>Explain the three different sounds of <em>-ed</em>:</p><ol><li><p><strong>/t/</strong> → When the base verb ends in <em>p, k, s, sh, ch, f, x</em></p><ul><li><p>Examples: <em>helped</em> (/helpt/), <em>talked</em> (/tɔːkt/), <em>watched</em> (/wɒtʃt/).</p></li></ul></li></ol><p> he pushed (t) me and i fell down,</p><p> he wacthed (T)me on tv</p><p>we talked (T) 2 hours</p><p>we experienc<strong>ed (t)</strong> a beautiful moment.</p><p>we walked (T) by the lake together</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p><strong>/d/</strong> → When the base verb ends in <em>b, g, v, z, m, n, l, r, vowels</em></p><ul><li><p>Examples: <em>played</em> (/pleɪd/), <em>cleaned</em> (/kliːnd/), <em>loved</em> (/lʌvd/).</p></li><li><p>i repaired my car - i cleaned (d) the house - i played with the cats all day long. i loved to go to the barbecue.</p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>/ɪd/</strong> → When the base verb ends in <em>t</em> or <em>d</em></p><ul><li><p>Examples: <em>wanted</em> (/ˈwɒn.tɪd/), <em>needed</em> (/ˈniː.dɪd/</p></li><li><p>i avoided you for a long time </p></li><li><p>i wanted to work now</p></li><li><p>my first job was saturday and i needed to work.</p></li></ul></li></ol><p><strong>3. Listening &amp; Classification Activity (10 min)</strong></p><ul><li><p>Say different past tense verbs and have the student categorize them into /t/, /d/, or /ɪd/.</p></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4_s12MkuvFQ" />
         <pubDate>2025-03-31 13:04:23 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3389282259</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3399084101</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Simple Past Reading Comprehension Activity</strong></p><p><strong>Title:</strong> <em>A Day at the Beach</em></p><p><strong>Text:</strong></p><blockquote><p>Last Sunday, Maria went to the beach with her family. They arrived at 10 a.m. and found a good place near the water. Maria swam in the sea and played with her little brother. Her mother prepared sandwiches and juice for lunch. They stayed at the beach all day and went home in the evening. Maria was very happy and tired.</p></blockquote><p><strong>Comprehension Questions</strong></p><p><em>(Yes/No and Wh- questions)</em></p><ol><li><p><strong>Did</strong> Maria go to the beach last Saturday?</p><p> no, she didn't go to the beach last saturday, <strong>she went last sunday.</strong></p></li><li><p>what time did they arrive at the beach? </p><p> they arrived at 10 a.m.</p></li><li><p>Who did Maria play with?</p><p>Maria <strong>played</strong> with her little brother and <strong>swam</strong> in the sea.</p></li><li><p>What did her mother prepare?</p><p>Her mother <strong>prepared</strong> sandwiches and juice for lunch.</p></li><li><p>Did they stay at the beach all night?</p><p>They stayed at the beach all day and went home in the evening.</p></li><li><p>How did Maria feel at the end of the day?</p><p>Maria was very happy and tired.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><strong>Verb <em>to be</em> in the past</strong></p><p>In the past, the verb <em>to be</em> changes to:</p><ul><li><p><strong>was</strong> – for <strong>I, he, she, it  </strong></p></li></ul><p>i am sabrina , i am 34 years , i am engaged, i am a brazilian woman.</p><p><br/></p><p>i was another sabrina in brazil,  i was 30 when i opened bemmequero, i was single when i met Renan, and i was a brazilian busness woman with 30 years.</p><ul><li><p><strong>were</strong> – for <strong>you, we, they</strong></p></li></ul><p>bianca  and Jaque were very little when we moved to itapuan, they were very united and i was the oldest sister.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Examples:</strong></p><ul><li><p>I <strong>was</strong> tired yesterday. ( the verb to in conditions)</p></li><li><p>She <strong>was</strong> at home last night.</p></li><li><p>It <strong>was</strong> cold last week./ it was summer</p></li><li><p>You <strong>were</strong> happy this morning.</p></li><li><p>We <strong>were</strong> at school on Monday.</p></li></ul><p>📝 <strong>Mini Exercise – Complete with <em>was</em> or <em>were</em></strong>:</p><ol><li><p>I ______ at home yesterday.</p></li><li><p>They ______ in the park last Sunday.</p></li><li><p>She ______ happy this morning.</p></li><li><p>You ______ late for class.</p></li><li><p>It ______ cold last night.</p></li><li><p>We ______ on vacation.</p></li></ol><p>✅ <em>Answers:</em></p><ol><li><p>was</p></li><li><p>were</p></li><li><p>was</p></li><li><p>were</p></li><li><p>was</p></li><li><p>were</p></li></ol><p>renan´s  friend birthday</p><p><strong>Follow-up Practice (Speaking or Writing)</strong></p><p>Ask the student to answer:</p><ul><li><p>What did you do last weekend?</p></li><li><p>we stayed at home. </p></li><li><p>Did you go out or stay home?</p></li><li><p>I went out to renan's friend birthday</p></li><li><p>What did you eat?</p></li><li><p>I ate beef and rice today</p></li><li><p>Who did you talk to?</p></li><li><p>I talked with my father about plomplom´s health.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>If she's not ready for open-ended questions, you can give her prompts to complete:</p><ul><li><p>Last weekend, I __did my first service _.</p></li><li><p>I watched a movie yesterday.</p></li><li><p>I ate  pizza in breakfast__.</p></li><li><p>I was _blond 8 years ago __.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>✅ <strong>Extension Tasks for Basic Learners</strong></p><p>1. <strong>Sentence Scramble</strong></p><p>scrambled sentences from the story and ask her to put them in the correct order:</p><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>went / Maria / to the beach → <strong>Maria went to the beach.</strong></p></li><li><p>sandwiches <strong>/ </strong>prepared <strong>/ </strong>Her mother </p></li><li><p><strong>Her mother prepared sandwiches.</strong></p></li></ul><p>2. <strong>Find the Verbs</strong></p><p>Ask your student to find all the verbs in the past in the text. Then, match them with their base forms:</p><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>went → go</p></li><li><p>swam → swim</p></li><li><p>prepared → prepare</p></li><li><p>stayed - stay</p></li><li><p>fly - flew</p></li><li><p>forget - forgot</p></li><li><p>freeze - froze</p></li><li><p>break - broke</p></li><li><p>bear - bore</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>4.  <strong>Mini Writing Task</strong></p><p>Give her sentence starters so she can write her own short story using past simple:</p><blockquote><p>“Yesterday, I woke up at _9 a.m__. I ate _bread and egg in breakfast__. Then I _went to the gym__. It was a __good_ day.”</p></blockquote>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-04-07 15:42:39 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3399084101</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3402505142</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧾 <strong>Reading Text (Basic Level)</strong></p><p><strong>Title:</strong> <em>A Strange Night</em></p><p><br/></p><p>Last night, Sarah was at home. She was tired, so she went to bed early. At 10:30 pm, while she was sleeping, she <strong>heard</strong> a strange noise. It was coming from the kitchen.</p><p>She got up and walked slowly to the kitchen. The lights were off, and everything was quiet. But while she was looking around, the cat jumped from the table! It was just the cat! Sarah <strong>laughed</strong> and went back to bed.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>tips for reading</strong></p><p>has - was</p><p>strange</p><p>noise</p><p>heard - hear</p><p>here</p><p>kitchen - chicken</p><p>laugh (laf)</p><p>jump/ jumped</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>🧠 <strong>Comprehension Questions</strong></p><ol><li><p>Where was Sarah last night?</p></li><li><p>Why did she go to bed early?</p></li><li><p>What happened at 10:30?</p></li><li><p>What was Sarah doing when the noise started?</p></li><li><p>What was making the noise?</p></li></ol><p>🔤 <strong>Grammar Focus</strong></p><p>🔹 <strong>Past Simple</strong></p><ul><li><p>She <strong>went</strong> to bed.</p></li><li><p>She <strong>heard</strong> a noise.</p></li><li><p>The cat <strong>jumped</strong>.</p></li></ul><p>🔹 <strong>Past Continuous</strong></p><ul><li><p>She <strong>was sleeping</strong> at 10:30.</p></li><li><p>sub- was/were/ ing verb</p></li><li><p>i was cook<strong>ing </strong>at 9pm yesterday</p></li><li><p>She <strong>was looking</strong> around.</p></li></ul><p>🔹 <strong>Verb "to be" in the Past</strong></p><ul><li><p>Sarah <strong>was</strong> at home.</p></li><li><p>The lights <strong>were</strong> off.</p></li></ul><p>✍️ <strong>Practice Tasks</strong></p><p>📝 Task 1 – Fill in the blanks (Past Simple or Past Continuous)</p><ol><li><p>At 9 PM, I __was watching____ (watch) a movie.</p></li><li><p>My friends __came____ (come) to my house <strong>yesterday.</strong></p></li><li><p>While I _was walking_____ (walk) to school, it started to rain.</p></li><li><p>She _was cooking_____ (cook) dinner when the phone rang.</p></li><li><p>We __were____ (be) very happy at the party.</p></li></ol><p>📝 Task 2 – Make Sentences</p><p>Using the past continuous:</p><ol><li><p>I / study / when / my phone / ring →<br><em>I was studying when my phone rang.</em></p></li><li><p>They / play / football / when / it / start / to rain</p></li><li><p>they were playing football when it started to rain.</p></li><li><p>He / sleep / when / the dog / bark</p></li><li><p>he was sleeping when the dog barked.</p></li><li><p>She / watch / TV / when / her mom / call</p></li><li><p>she was watching tv when her mom called.</p></li></ol><p>📝 Task 3 – Mini Writing</p><p>Write <strong>4–5 sentences</strong> about <strong>what you were doing yesterday at 8 PM</strong>.<br>(Encourage using <strong>past continuous</strong>, e.g., “I was watching TV.”)</p><p>i have a car</p><p>i had a bike</p><p>I was<strong> at</strong> the gym yesterday at 8pm. and,  at 9pm Renan was cooking for dinner while I was playing with Little Jon. we had a very full and happy day we were talking for a long time.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-04-09 11:42:16 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3402505142</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 3 reading </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3402510554</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>📝 <strong>TASKS BASED ON “Sick day”</strong></p><p>🧠 <strong>1. Comprehension – True or False</strong></p><p>Read the sentences. Write <strong>T (True)</strong> or <strong>F (False)</strong>:</p><ol><li><p>Joe’s elbow was hurting when he woke up.</p></li><li><p>Mum immediately listened to Joe about his elbow.</p></li><li><p>Bella wanted to go to school.</p></li><li><p>Bella ate all the sweets before breakfast.</p></li><li><p>Joe’s teacher noticed his arm was hurt.</p></li><li><p>Joe broke his leg.</p></li><li><p>Bella was sick because she had a fever.</p></li><li><p>Joe couldn’t move his arm at school.</p></li></ol><p>✍️ <strong>2. Grammar Focus – Fill in the blanks</strong></p><p>Use <strong>was / were / wasn’t / weren’t</strong>:</p><ol><li><p>Joe ___was___ hurt when he woke up.</p></li><li><p>Bella ____was__ very sick in the morning.</p></li><li><p>The sweets __were____ under the bed.</p></li><li><p>Mum/mom _was_____ home with Bella.</p></li><li><p>The teachers ___weren't___ surprised when they saw Joe’s arm.</p></li><li><p>Joe _wasn't_____ playing football when he hurt his elbow.</p></li></ol><p>🧾 <strong>3. Past Simple vs Past Continuous</strong></p><p>Choose the correct verb form:</p><ol><li><p>Joe (woke up / was waking up) with a sore elbow.</p><p>Joe woke up with a sore elbow.</p></li><li><p>i have  a sore throat/ i have sore voice/ my face is all sored/ i have sore eyes.</p></li><li><p>Mum (looked / was looking) for cereal in the cupboard.</p><p>Mum was looking for cereal in the cupboard.</p></li><li><p>Bella (cried / was crying) when she entered the kitchen.</p><p>Bella was crying when she entered the kitchen.</p></li><li><p>While Joe (tried / was trying) to talk, Bella interrupted.</p><p>While joe was trying to talk, Bella interrupted.</p></li><li><p>Mum (found / was finding) sweet wrappers under the bed.</p><p>Mum found sweet wrappers under the bed.</p></li><li><p>Joe (sat / was sitting) in the hospital waiting room.</p><p>Joe was sitting in the hospital waiting room.</p></li></ol><p>🧠 <strong>4. Think and Write – Short Writing Task</strong></p><p><strong>Write 4–5 sentences</strong> answering this question:</p><p><strong>"Have you ever had an accident or felt sick?"</strong><br>Use <strong>past simple</strong> and <strong>past continuous</strong>.<br>Start like this:</p><blockquote><p>One time, I was feeling sick because...<br>I was playing... when...</p></blockquote>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/childrens-stories/sickday" />
         <pubDate>2025-04-09 11:47:18 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3402510554</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3403131422</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>📢 English</strong></p><p>Dear students,</p><p>From now on, we will have new policies for Spanish and English classes.<br>If a class is not cancelled at least <strong>24 hours in advance</strong>, it will be charged as part of your current package.<br>Thank you very much for your understanding and commitment.</p><p>Best regards,</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://storage.needpix.com/rsynced_images/attention-297169_1280.png" />
         <pubDate>2025-04-09 19:16:21 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3403131422</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3404565608</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>✏️ <strong>Explanation for Basic Students:</strong></p><p>👉 <strong>Adjectives</strong> are words that describe <strong>nouns</strong>.<br>👉 We put the <strong>adjective before the noun</strong>.</p><p><strong>Structure:</strong><br><strong>Adjective + Noun</strong></p><p>✅ <strong>Examples:</strong></p><ul><li><p>a <strong>big</strong> house</p></li><li><p>a <strong>red</strong> car</p></li><li><p>a <strong>nice</strong> teacher</p></li><li><p>an <strong>old</strong> phone</p></li><li><p>a <strong>beautiful</strong> city</p></li></ul><p>🗣️ "Beautiful" tells us more about the city.<br>🗣️ "Old" tells us more about the phone.</p><p>💬 <strong>Use in a sentence:</strong></p><ul><li><p>I have a <strong>small</strong> cat.</p></li><li><p>She lives in a <strong>modern</strong> apartment.</p></li><li><p>We saw a <strong>scary</strong> movie.</p></li></ul><p>📌 <strong>Rules to Remember:</strong></p><ol><li><p>The adjective comes <strong>before</strong> the noun:<br>✅ a <em>fast</em> car<br>❌ a car fast</p></li><li><p>One adjective or more:</p><ul><li><p>a <em>big</em> dog</p></li><li><p>a <em>big black</em> dog</p></li><li><p>a <em>beautiful old</em> house</p></li></ul></li></ol><p><br></p><p>📝 <strong>TASK: Describe the Things Around You</strong></p><p><strong>Instructions:</strong><br>Look around your room (or house). Write <strong>5 sentences</strong> using <strong>adjective + noun</strong>.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong></p><ol><li><p>I see a <strong>blue chair</strong>.</p></li><li><p>I have a <strong>small table</strong>.</p></li><li><p>This is a <strong>nice lamp</strong>.</p></li><li><p>There is a <strong>big window</strong>.</p></li><li><p>I have a <strong>comfortable bed</strong>.</p></li></ol><p>🔁 <strong>Extra (Optional Challenge):</strong></p><p>Add <strong>one more adjective</strong> to describe each thing.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong></p><ul><li><p>a <strong>small brown table</strong></p></li><li><p>a <strong>comfortable old bed</strong></p></li></ul><p><br></p><p>Perfect! Let’s level it up just a little by introducing <strong>adverbs</strong>—but still keeping it <strong>simple and clear</strong> for a basic student.</p><p>Here’s a full version of the explanation <strong>with a task</strong> that now includes <strong>adjectives, nouns, and adverbs</strong>.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 <strong>Explanation for Basic Students: Adjectives + Nouns + Adverbs</strong></p><p>1. ✅ <strong>Adjectives</strong> describe <strong>nouns</strong></p><ul><li><p>a <strong>beautiful</strong> house</p></li><li><p>a <strong>small</strong> dog</p></li><li><p>an <strong>old</strong> phone</p></li></ul><p>2. ✅ <strong>Adverbs</strong> describe <strong>adjectives</strong> (how much / how strong)</p><p>We often use <strong>“very”</strong>, <strong>“really”</strong>, or <strong>“quite”</strong> before an adjective.</p><p>📌 <strong>Structure:</strong></p><p><strong>Adverb + Adjective + Noun</strong></p><p>✅ <strong>Examples:</strong></p><ul><li><p>a <strong>very big</strong> house</p></li><li><p>a <strong>really nice</strong> teacher</p></li><li><p>a <strong>quite old</strong> phone</p></li><li><p>a <strong>very beautiful</strong> city</p></li></ul><p><strong>In a sentence:</strong></p><ul><li><p>I live in a <strong>very small house</strong>.</p></li><li><p>She has a <strong>really expensive phone</strong>.</p></li><li><p>We met a <strong>very funny man</strong>.</p></li></ul><p>✏️ <strong>TASK: Describe 5 Things Using Adverbs, Adjectives, and Nouns</strong></p><p><strong>Instructions:</strong><br>Write 5 short sentences. Use this structure:<br>👉 <strong>Adverb + Adjective + Noun</strong></p><p>🖊️ Example:</p><ol><li><p>I have a <strong>very comfortable chair</strong>.</p></li><li><p>He drives a <strong>really fast car</strong>.</p></li><li><p>She bought a <strong>quite big bag</strong>.</p></li><li><p>This is a <strong>very interesting book</strong>.</p></li><li><p>We saw a <strong>really scary movie</strong>.</p></li></ol>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-04-10 13:50:10 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3404565608</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3404914591</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/childrens-stories/rainyday" />
         <pubDate>2025-04-10 17:59:21 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3404914591</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>BASIC GRAMMAR CHECKLIST</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3419688206</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>📚 <strong>Basic English Grammar Checklist (A1–A2)</strong></p><p>🟡 <strong>1. Verb To Be (am, is, are)</strong></p><ul><li><p>Affirmative, negative, and questions<br>👉 <em>I am happy. / She isn’t tired. / Are you at home?</em></p></li><li><p><strong> i am sad that i am not</strong> in brazil for my sister´s birthday.</p></li><li><p>people <strong>are</strong> very happy in my country</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>🔵 <strong>2. Subject Pronouns &amp; Object Pronouns</strong></p><ul><li><p>I, you, he, she, it, we, they</p></li><li><p>me, you, him, her, it, us, them<br>👉 <em>She loves him. / They help us.</em></p></li></ul><p>🔴 <strong>3. Possessive Adjectives &amp; Pronouns</strong></p><ul><li><p>my, your, his, her, its, our, their</p></li><li><p>mine, yours, his, hers, ours, theirs<br>👉 <em>This is her book. / That bag is mine.</em></p></li><li><p><em>invited/ you are invited/ sheila is not invited to jaque´s birthday.</em></p></li></ul><p>🟢 <strong>4. Simple Present</strong></p><ul><li><p>Regular verbs and common irregulars</p></li><li><p>Affirmative, negative, questions<br>👉 <em>He plays football. / She doesn’t like coffee. / Do you study English?</em></p></li><li><p>Usage: habits, routines, facts</p></li><li><p>Third person ‘s’</p></li><li><p>Jaque celebrates her birthday every year.</p></li><li><p>i always wake up early.</p></li><li><p>i feel so beautiful at home.</p></li></ul><p>🟣 <strong>5. Adverbs of Frequency</strong></p><ul><li><p>always, usually, sometimes, rarely, never<br>👉 <em>I usually wake up at 7. / She never eats meat.</em></p></li></ul><p>🟡 <strong>6. There is / There are = existence</strong></p><ul><li><p>Singular and plural, affirmative, negative, questions<br>👉 <em>There is a cat. / There are two apples. / Is there a bus? </em></p></li></ul><p>🔵 <strong>7. Articles: a / an / the / (zero article)</strong></p><ul><li><p>Use of a/an with singular nouns</p></li><li><p>The for specific things</p></li><li><p>Zero article for general ideas<br>👉 <em>I have a cat. / The cat is sleeping. / Cats are cute.</em></p></li><li><p><em>the people in brazil are very happy; </em></p></li><li><p><em>people are crazy nowadays.</em></p></li><li><p><em>actually = na verdade</em></p></li></ul><p>🔴 <strong>8. Plurals (Regular and Irregular)</strong></p><ul><li><p>apples, boxes, children, men<br>👉 <em>One child, two children. One box, two boxes.</em></p></li><li><p><em>mouse - mice</em></p></li><li><p><em>man - men</em></p></li><li><p><em>woman - women </em></p></li><li><p><em>bag- bags</em></p></li></ul><p>🟢 <strong>9. Prepositions of Place &amp; Time</strong></p><ul><li><p>in, on, at (places and times)</p></li><li><p>under, next to, behind, in front of<br>👉 <em>The book is on the table. / I work at 9 a.m.</em></p></li><li><p><em>my apartment is on 4th floor. i live in a beautiful apartment at al badia living condominium.</em></p></li></ul><p>🟣 <strong>10. Demonstratives</strong></p><ul><li><p>this, that, these, those<br>👉 <em>This is my phone. / Those are your shoes.</em></p></li></ul><p>🟡 <strong>11. Present Continuous</strong></p><ul><li><p>be + verb-ing</p></li><li><p>Actions happening now or temporary actions<br>👉 <em>I’m studying English. / She’s working today.</em></p></li></ul><p>🔵 <strong>12. Can / Can’t (Ability &amp; Permission)</strong></p><ul><li><p>👉 <em>I can swim. / She can’t drive. / Can I open the window?</em></p></li></ul><p>🔴 <strong>13. Like / Love / Hate + Verb-ing</strong></p><ul><li><p>👉 <em>I </em><strong><em>like</em></strong><em> read</em><strong><em>ing.</em></strong><em> i</em><strong><em> like</em></strong><em> to read / He </em><strong><em>loves</em></strong><em> cooking./ he loves to cook.</em></p></li></ul><p>🟢 <strong>14. Simple Past (Regular and Irregular Verbs)</strong></p><ul><li><p>Verb + -ed and common irregular verbs</p></li><li><p>Affirmative, negative, questions<br>👉 <em>She walked to school. / They didn’t go. / Did you watch the movie?</em></p></li><li><p><em>did you like your trip to brazil?</em></p></li><li><p><em>yes i</em><strong><em> liked</em></strong><em> it very much, i</em><strong><em> saw </em></strong><em>my family, and my friends and i </em><strong><em>ate</em></strong><em> deliously...</em></p></li><li><p><em>i </em><strong><em>made</em></strong><em>  all my cosmetic procedures, i made my hair repair and i am happy now.</em></p></li></ul><p>🟣 <strong>15. Past of Verb to Be (was/were)</strong></p><ul><li><p>👉 <em>I was tired. / They were happy. / Were you at the party?</em></p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>🟡 <strong>16. Countable and Uncountable Nouns</strong></p><ul><li><p>Much / many / a lot of / some / any</p></li><li><p>i have much love for my cat.</p></li><li><p>i have <strong>many</strong> house<strong>s</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>i eat 3 slices of bread</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>i eat much bread</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>i eat  a lot of bread rolls</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>do you have any bread roll in your shelf?</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>i have some ... do you want? i don´t need any</strong></p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>i don´t have any gut to eat in a cafeteria here because there isn´t any good bread.<br>👉 <em>How much water do you drink? i drink 3 liters of water today / Do you have any apples in the basket ?</em></p></li></ul><p>🔵 <strong>17. Comparatives and Superlatives</strong></p><ul><li><p>small → smaller → the smallest</p></li><li><p>good → better → the best<br>👉 <em>This city is bigger. / She is the best studdent</em></p></li><li><p><em>in brasil you eat</em><strong><em> more delicious than</em></strong><em> dubai.</em></p></li><li><p><em>but dubai is </em><strong><em>more secure</em></strong><em> </em><strong><em>than</em></strong><em> brasil.</em></p></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>🔴 <strong>18. Future with “Going to”</strong></p><ul><li><p>Plans and intentions<br>👉 <em>I’m going to travel next week.</em></p></li></ul><p>🟢 <strong>19. Modals: Should / Must (Advice and Obligation)</strong></p><ul><li><p>👉 <em>You should study. / You must wear a helmet.</em></p></li></ul><p>🟣 <strong>20. First Conditional (Introductory)</strong></p><ul><li><p>If + present simple → will<br>👉 <em>If it rains, I’ll stay home.</em></p></li><li><p><em>simple past:</em></p></li><li><p>you  celebrated luca´s birthday yesterday</p></li></ul><p>Would you like this list in a <strong>checklist format for the student</strong> (printable)? Or I can also create a <strong>progress tracker</strong> or <strong>review worksheet series</strong> based on these topics.</p><p>4o</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://elvis.padletcdn.com/1/fetch/e_in/images.pexels.com/photos/5676740/pexels-photo-5676740.jpeg" />
         <pubDate>2025-04-22 13:32:17 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3419688206</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>CLASS 4 REVIEW AFTER TRIP TO BRAZIL</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3452665282</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Sure! Here’s a basic, fun class plan with emojis to teach phrasal verbs about eating using Georgie’s lesson. It’s perfect for beginner to pre-intermediate students 🍽️😊</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🍴</strong></p><p><strong>Phrasal Verbs About Eating – With Georgie!</strong></p><p><strong>🐶</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🎯 Objective:</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Students will learn 6 common phrasal verbs related to eating, with simple examples and fun practice.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🗣️</strong></p><p><strong>Warm-Up (5 mins)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Question:</p><p>👉 What do you usually eat in a day? Do you like snacks?</p><p><br></p><p>Use emojis or draw foods on the board.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🎥</strong></p><p><strong>Watch Georgie Explain (Optional)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>If there’s a video of Georgie (the dog) teaching, play it here! 🐶</p><p>If not, you can pretend Georgie is “your assistant” and say:</p><p><br></p><p>🗯️ “Georgie loves food and will help us today!”</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🧠</strong></p><p><strong>Learn the Phrasal Verbs (10–15 mins)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>1️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>snack on (something)</strong></p><p><strong>🍪</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>➡️ eat small amounts between meals</p><p>🗨️ She likes to snack on almonds.</p><p>🗨️ The kids are snacking on biscuits.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>2️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>munch on (something)</strong></p><p><strong>🍎🍿</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>➡️ eat noisily (crunch, crunch!)</p><p>🗨️ He’s munching on an apple.</p><p>🗨️ They munched on popcorn.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>3️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>dig in / tuck in</strong></p><p><strong>🍝</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>➡️ start eating with excitement!</p><p>🗨️ Let’s dig in!</p><p>🗨️ The kids tucked into their pancakes.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>4️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>eat up / eat (something) up</strong></p><p><strong>🥦</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>➡️ finish all your food</p><p>🗨️ Eat up! You need energy!</p><p>🗨️ Eat up your vegetables!</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>5️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>pig out (on something)</strong></p><p><strong>🍩🍕</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>➡️ eat a lot (too much!)</p><p>🗨️ She pigged out on doughnuts.</p><p>🗨️ We pig out on snacks on movie nights.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>6️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>eat out</strong></p><p><strong>🍽️🏨</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>➡️ eat in a restaurant or café</p><p>🗨️ I love eating out.</p><p>🗨️ Let’s eat out tonight!</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🧩</strong></p><p><strong>Practice Time (10 mins)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🗯️ Match &amp; Mime:</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Match the phrasal verb to the picture or emoji</p></li><li><p>Act it out and classmates guess:<br>👤 “I’m munching on something.” — Class guesses!</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>✍️ Fill-in-the-blank:</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>When I go to the cinema, I like to ______ on popcorn.</p></li><li><p>My mom always tells me to ______ my dinner.</p></li><li><p>On Fridays, we love to ______ at our favorite pizza place.</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🎲</strong></p><p><strong>Fun Speaking Game (5–10 mins)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>“What Would Georgie Do?” 🐶🍖</p><p>Give students situations:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>“Georgie finds a table full of snacks.”</p></li><li><p>“It’s dinner time after a long walk.”<br>Ask:<br>👉 Would Georgie dig in? Pig out? Snack on something?</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🏁</strong></p><p><strong>Wrap-up (2 mins)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Ask:</p><p>✅ Which verb was your favorite?</p><p>✅ Can you use one in a sentence?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/phrasal_verbs_with_georgie/ep-241004" />
         <pubDate>2025-05-15 14:36:43 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3452665282</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3457288748</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Sure! Here’s a basic, fun class plan with emojis to teach phrasal verbs about eating using Georgie’s lesson. It’s perfect for beginner to pre-intermediate students 🍽️😊</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🍴</strong></p><p><strong>Phrasal Verbs About Eating – With Georgie!</strong></p><p><strong>🐶</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Objective:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Students will learn 6 common phrasal verbs related to eating, with simple examples and fun practice.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🗣️</strong></p><p><strong>Warm-Up (5 mins)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Question:</p><p>👉 What do you usually eat in a day? Do you like snacks?</p><p><br/></p><p>Use emojis or draw foods on the board.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎥</strong></p><p><strong>Watch Georgie Explain (Optional)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>If there’s a video of Georgie (the dog) teaching, play it here! 🐶</p><p>If not, you can pretend Georgie is “your assistant” and say:</p><p><br/></p><p>🗯️ “Georgie loves food and will help us today!”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🧠</strong></p><p><strong>Learn the Phrasal Verbs (10–15 mins)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>snack on (something)</strong></p><p><strong>🍪</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>➡️ eat small amounts between meals</p><p>🗨️ She likes to snack on almonds.</p><p>🗨️ The kids are snacking on biscuits.</p><p>       I love <strong>to</strong> snack on cake and coffee <strong>in the</strong> afternoon.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>munch on (something)</strong></p><p><strong>🍎🍿</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>➡️ eat noisily (crunch, crunch!)</p><p>🗨️ He’s munching on an apple.</p><p>🗨️ They munched on popcorn.</p><p>      she's munching on popcorn while <strong>she</strong> was watching tv.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>dig in / tuck in</strong></p><p><strong>🍝</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>➡️ start eating with excitement!</p><p>🗨️ Let’s dig in!</p><p>🗨️ The kids tucked into their pancakes.</p><p>      My mother prepared a delicious food. let's dig in !</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>eat up / eat (something) up</strong></p><p><strong>🥦</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>➡️ finish all your food</p><p>🗨️ Eat up! You need energy!</p><p>🗨️ Eat up your vegetables!</p><p>     Renan eat up  your bread !</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>pig out (on something)</strong></p><p><strong>🍩🍕</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>➡️ eat a lot (too much!)</p><p>🗨️ She pigged out on doughnuts.</p><p>🗨️ We pig out on snacks on movie nights.</p><p>       I pigged out barbecue on friday </p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6️⃣</strong></p><p><strong>eat out</strong></p><p><strong>🍽️🏨</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>➡️ eat in a restaurant or café</p><p>🗨️ I love eating out.</p><p>🗨️ Let’s eat out tonight!</p><p>      Let's eat out in my birthday</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🧩</strong></p><p><strong>Practice Time (10 mins)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🗯️ Match &amp; Mime:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Match the phrasal verb to the picture or emoji</p></li><li><p>Act it out and classmates guess:<br>👤 “I’m munching on something.” — Class guesses!</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>✍️ Fill-in-the-blank:</strong></p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>When I go to the cinema, I like to __munch ____ on popcorn.</p></li><li><p>My mom always tells me to ___eat up/dig in___ my dinner.</p></li><li><p>On Fridays, we love to __eat out____ at our favorite pizza place.</p></li><li><p>I heard Little jon munch on <strong>his</strong> food.</p></li><li><p>I pigged out pasta at lunch.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎲</strong></p><p><strong>Fun Speaking Game (5–10 mins)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>“What Would Georgie Do?” 🐶🍖</p><p>Give students situations:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Georgie finds a table full of snacks.”</p></li><li><p>“It’s dinner time after a long walk.”<br>Ask:<br>👉 Would Georgie dig in? Pig out? Snack on something?</p></li><li><p>Yes, Geogie snack on .</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🏁</strong></p><p><strong>Wrap-up (2 mins)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p>✅ Which verb was your favorite? Eat out </p><p>✅ Can you use one in a sentence? Last night we ate out.</p><p><br/></p><p>i liked .....</p><p> create a sentence with your favorite phrasal verb:</p><p><br/></p><p>Eat out every day is my dream. because i don´t need to prepare food at home.</p><p><br/></p><p>extra sentences:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>my favorite food to pig out is pizza</p></li><li><p>i ate out on friday</p></li><li><p>ate cake and barbecue is delicious food</p></li><li><p>my favorite <strong>snack</strong> is cookies and coffee. i always <strong>snack on </strong>cookies at  Kaprina is my favorite place in dubai.</p></li></ol>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/phrasal_verbs_with_georgie/ep-241004" />
         <pubDate>2025-05-19 12:43:41 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3457288748</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Complementary 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3457291698</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk//learningenglish/features/phrasal_verbs_with_georgie/241004_pvwg_eating_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-05-19 12:46:10 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3457291698</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 7 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3461610765</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🏋️‍♀️</strong></p><p><strong>Basic English Lesson – Healthy Routines &amp; Exercise Habits</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Objectives:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Understand and use key fitness-related phrasal verbs</p></li><li><p>Practice four verb tenses: Simple Present, Present Continuous, Simple Past, and Past Continuous</p></li><li><p>Use personal experiences to produce short spoken or written sentences</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🕒</strong></p><p><strong>Lesson Plan (60 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔹 1. Warm-Up – Introduction &amp; Vocabulary (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Visual support: Show pictures or short video clips of people:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>stretching</p></li><li><p>jogging</p></li><li><p>lifting weights</p></li><li><p>drinking water</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Do you like to exercise?” Yes, i like to exercise.</p></li><li><p>“What exercises do you do?” I do bodybuilding, i lift weight, i run, i strech my body.</p></li><li><p>research exercises that you do in the gym:</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Teach vocabulary (with actions or pictures):</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>warm up 🏃‍♂️ aquecer</p></li><li><p>work out 💪treinar/ malhar</p></li><li><p>cool down 🧘‍♀️ baixar intensidade</p></li><li><p>stick to/ ficar constante alguma coisa</p></li><li><p>give up/ se render</p></li><li><p>give (something) up/ eliminar da nossa vida</p></li><li><p>cut down (on) reducir</p></li><li><p>cut (something) out tirar algo da tua vida</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>➡️ Student repeats and acts out as they hear each phrase in context.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔹 2. Grammar Review (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔹 3. Speaking Practice – Guided Questions (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask the student to answer using the correct tense:</p><p><br/></p><p>Simple Present</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What do you usually do to stay healthy?</p></li><li><p>I pratice exercise and i eat healthy food.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>Present Continuous</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What are you doing to stay healthy this week?</p></li><li><p>I  am practicing exercise, drinking water and stretching  my body every day.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>Simple Past</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What exercises did you do last weekend?</p></li><li><p>I did exercise and went jogging . </p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>go - went</p><p>Past Continuous</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What were you doing yesterday at 6pm?</p></li><li><p>Yesterday at 6pm i was preparing my food</p><p>and playing with LJ.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>i was watch<strong>ing </strong>tv at that time</p><p>renan was preparing food for me at that time</p><p>and little jhon was playing with his toys.</p><p>we were having a good time together</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔹 4. Task: My Fitness Story 🧠🗣️ (20 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Activity: “Then and Now” Fitness Timeline</p><p><br/></p><p>Create a simple two-part timeline together:</p><p><br/></p><p>Part 1 – In the past:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Last year, I didn’t exercise. I was eating too much sugar.”</p></li><li><p>“I gave up soda. I cut out chips.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Part 2 – Now:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Now I work out twice a week.”</p></li><li><p>“I’m sticking to my new routine.”</p></li><li><p>“I’m cutting down on sugar.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>➡️ Student writes 4–6 short sentences about their fitness journey or a made-up character using all four tenses and the phrasal verbs. Support them with sentence starters and visuals.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔹 5. Cool Down – Review Game (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Game: “What am I doing?” 🧩</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Teacher mimes an activity (e.g. jogging, stretching, resting)</p></li><li><p>Student guesses using the correct tense:<br></p><ul><li><p>“You’re working out!”</p></li><li><p>“You’re cooling down!”</p></li><li><p>“You were working out!”</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>➡️ Quick review of vocabulary: matching game or multiple choice.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📚 Homework (Optional)</strong></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Write 5 sentences about what you did last week and what you’re doing this week to stay healthy.</p></li></ul><p> </p><p>      Last week i <strong>cut down on</strong> sugar and sweet of my diet i increase<strong>d</strong> my water intake. i praticed exercise, i did stretch my body through yoga. i lifted weights and cut out of my life everything that wasn't good for me. </p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/phrasal_verbs_with_georgie/ep-240705" />
         <pubDate>2025-05-21 17:00:10 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3461610765</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3463469091</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br></p><p><strong>🌤️</strong></p><p><strong>Lesson Plan: Talking About the Seasons</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Level: Basic / A1-A2</p><p>Topic: The Seasons and Weather</p><p>Time: 45–60 minutes</p><p>Focus: Vocabulary, Speaking, Listening</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🎯</strong></p><p><strong>Objectives</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>By the end of this lesson, the student will be able to:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Understand and use vocabulary related to seasons and weather</p></li><li><p>Express personal preferences about seasons</p></li><li><p>Talk about what they look forward to during the year</p><p><br></p></li></ul><p>🌍 The four seasons are:</p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>Spring 🌸 – flowers bloom and the weather gets warmer</p></li><li><p>Summer ☀️ – hot and sunny, great for swimming and holidays</p></li><li><p>Autumn / Fall 🍂 – leaves change color and fall, weather gets cooler</p></li><li><p>Winter ❄️ – cold, sometimes snowy, people wear warm clothes</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🔑</strong></p><p><strong>Target Vocabulary</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>season – a time of year with the same kind of weather 🌸☀️🍁❄️</p></li><li><p>can’t stand (something) – really hate something 🙅‍♂️</p><p><br></p></li><li><p>look forward to (something) – be excited about something 😊</p></li><li><p>(be) a big fan of – like something a lot 👍</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🗣️</strong></p><p><strong>Warm-Up (5-10 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Task: Quick chat!</p><p>Ask your student:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>What season is it now where you are?</p></li><li><p>it´s summer, here is very hot in summer it  increased the tempertature.</p></li><li><p>What’s the weather like today?</p></li><li><p>well, today the weather is very hot and sunny and at night is very disgusting.</p><p><br>Use emojis to help them answer:</p><p><br></p></li></ul><p>“it´s 🌞 sunny / 🌧️ rainy / ❄️ cold / 🌬️ windy / 🌡️ hot!”</p><p><br></p><p>what is the weather like in salvador?</p><p>in Salvador the weather is rainy and windy because is May and in may and june we have low temperatures this is fall.</p><p><br></p><p>what is your sister like? description</p><p>well bianca is very talkative and very picky and i love her</p><p><br></p><p>what does your sister like?preference gostar</p><p>bianca likes to wear fancy clother and wear nice perfumes.</p><p><br></p><p>what is your sister in law like?/what is she like?</p><p>she´s very generous, she´s tall, she is very friendly...</p><p><br></p><p>what is your house like?</p><p><br></p><p>my house is beautiful, is big, is modern and clean </p><p>mother in law</p><p>father in law</p><p>brother in law</p><p><br></p><p><strong>🎧</strong></p><p><strong>Listening Task (10-15 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Task: Listen to the Georgie and Neil conversation</p><p>(Link or play recording if you have it)</p><p><br></p><p>After Listening: Ask comprehension questions:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>What season does Georgie like?</p></li><li><p>she likes and prefers autumn and spring but principally spring because she likes to see the blossoms in the trees and she likes to walk through parks.</p></li><li><p>What can’t Neil<strong> stand</strong>?</p></li><li><p>Neil can´t stand winter because is cold and dark.</p></li><li><p>What do they look forward to?</p></li></ul><p>they are looking forward to summer season because they have long light nights and beautiful evenings, the sky is very orange and you can enjoy more.</p><p><br></p><p>Use thumbs up/down emojis for understanding:</p><p>👍 = understand / 👎 = don’t understand</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>📚</strong></p><p><strong>Vocabulary Practice (10-15 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Task: Match or mime!</p><p>Say a word (like “can’t stand”) and ask your student to:</p><p>a) give an example (“I can’t stand hot weather!”)</p><p>b) mime or act it out 🤯🙅‍♀️🎭</p><p><br></p><p>Practice sentences:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>I’m a big fan of spring! 🌸</p></li><li><p>I´m a big fan of winter because is cold and fresh and i like to run very much in winter.</p></li><li><p>I can’t stand cold weather! ❄️🙅‍♂️</p></li><li><p>i  <strong>can´t stand </strong>summer is very hot here.</p></li><li><p>I look forward to summer holidays! ☀️🏖️</p></li><li><p>i look forward to winter because i wear fancy clothes and nice perfumes it´s very charming!</p></li><li><p>Winter is my favorite season! ⛄</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🧠</strong></p><p><strong>Speaking Practice (10-15 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p>homework:</p><p>Task: Let’s talk! Use these questions:</p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>What’s your favorite season? Why? </p><p>My favorite season is winter because the days are cool and we dress better;</p></li><li><p>What season can you not stand?</p><p>I can't stand summer;</p></li><li><p>What do you look forward to every year?</p><p>I am forward to winter;</p></li><li><p>Are you a big fan of winter activities?</p><p>I am not because i never preticed;</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Encourage use of vocabulary in answers! 👍</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>✍️</strong></p><p><strong>Mini Writing Task / Homework</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Task: Write 3–5 short sentences using today’s vocabulary with the third person.</p><p><br></p><p>Example:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>I am a big fan of summer.</p></li><li><p>I look forward to my birthday in July.</p></li><li><p>I can’t stand rainy weather.</p></li><li><p>I am a big fan of spring </p></li><li><p>I love winter </p></li><li><p>I can't stand summer because is very hot.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🏁</strong></p><p><strong>Wrap-Up (5 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Quick review!</p><p>Ask:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>What’s one new word you learned today? </p><p>i learned many word but the one i liked the most is (forward)</p></li><li><p>Which season do you like best now?</p><p>It's still winter!</p></li></ul><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250516" />
         <pubDate>2025-05-22 16:01:51 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3463469091</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8 complementary</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3467632101</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🌦️ Real Easy English – Seasons</p><p>✏️ Worksheet with Emojis</p><p>1️⃣ Match the questions and answers 🔄</p><p>Write the correct <strong>letter (A–G)</strong> next to each <strong>number (1–7)</strong>.</p><p><strong>❓ Questions:</strong></p><ol><li><p>What’s your favourite season? 🌸🌞🍂❄️</p></li><li><p>Do you like cold weather? 🥶</p></li><li><p>What do you usually do in the summer? 🏖️</p><p>I <strong>am go to</strong> the beach for fresh and join my friends.</p><p>(<strong> i usually go </strong>to the beach for a fresh day and join my friends)</p></li><li><p>are you looking forward to spring? 🌼</p><p>Yes, because/ it´s  a season more beautiful of the year.</p></li><li><p>Do you like the rain? 🌧️</p><p>Yes, i like the rain is a better time to stay at home and watch tv.</p></li><li><p>What’s winter like where you live? ❄️🏠</p><p>The winter where i live is very cold with temperature very low.</p></li><li><p>Can you ski? 🎿</p><p>where i live I can't ski because is very hot .</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p>Use the words from the box and the pictures to help you! 🧩🖼️</p><p><strong>🧰 Word box:</strong></p><ul><li><p>big fan of 💕 i am a big fan of cosmetic and perfumes</p></li><li><p>can’t stand 😠 i can´t stand bad people and talkative people, people that gossip/gossiper.</p></li><li><p>not keen on/ not interested 😕 i am not keen on that product/ i am not interested in that product. i´m not keen<strong> on</strong> going to the beach/ i am not interested<strong> in </strong>going to the beach</p></li><li><p>looking forward to 🤩i am looking forward to this week meeting my friends, specially Monica and talk to her about the trip to Brazil and the trip she went to portugal.</p></li><li><p>like 👍 i <strong>Like</strong> eating/ i like<strong> to </strong>eat hamburguers and watch tv series  with my lovely husband and crumpy cat.</p></li><li><p>hate ❌ i hate the mess where i live, so i pay attention to messy. i hate a messy person/ i am not messy/</p></li><li><p>enjoy 😃 i enjoy swimming with my lovely boyfriend at night under the moon, the water in the swimming is warm at night.</p></li></ul><p><strong>📝 Sentences:</strong></p><ol><li><p>I’m a _______________ winter. I love skiing and snowboarding. 🎿</p></li><li><p>I _______________ it when it’s really hot. 🔥</p></li><li><p>I’m _______________ summer. I can’t wait to go to the beach! 🏖️</p></li><li><p>I _______________ autumn. The colours are beautiful. 🍁</p></li><li><p>I’m _______________ cold weather. 🥶</p></li><li><p>I _______________ the spring. It’s not too hot and not too cold. 🌸</p></li><li><p>I’m _______________ wearing lots of clothes in winter. 🧣🧤🧥</p></li></ol><p>3️⃣ What about you? 🗣️💭</p><p>Write your own answers! 🖊️✍️</p><ul><li><p>What’s your favourite season? Why? 🌞❄️🍁🌷</p></li><li><p>What do you usually do in the summer? 🏊‍♂️🍦</p></li><li><p>What do you usually do in the winter? ☕🧣</p></li><li><p>Do you like the rain? Why or why not? ☔😊😖</p></li><li><p>Are you looking forward to the next season? Why / why not? 🔜🌼</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_seasons_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-05-26 13:55:39 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3467632101</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3472615595</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🧸✨</strong></p><p><strong>English Class: Childhood Memories</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>child - she is a beautiful <strong>child.</strong></p><p>fernando has 3 <strong>children</strong></p><p>my <strong>childhood</strong> in Peru was beutiful. i played on the street every day. and i played with my friends.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>brotherhood</p><p>sisterhood</p><p>neighborhood</p><p>man - men </p><p>woman - women</p><p><strong>🎯 Goal of the Lesson:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Talk about what you were like when you were younger and how your life has changed.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🟣 1. Warm-Up (5–7 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Start with a fun conversation to get the student thinking about the past.</p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Did you have a happy childhood?</p></li><li><p>yes i do / <strong>yes i did </strong>/ yes i was </p></li><li><p>i played with my sisters at home, i played on the street with my friends ( pass the ball), and i played amarelinha.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>What was your favorite <strong>toy</strong>?</p></li><li><p>when i was a child  my favorite toy was a make up kit.  i  loved it.</p></li><li><p>What games did you play when you<strong> were little?</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>i played amarelinha, and hide and seek and pass the ball and and i wore  my mother´s dress.</strong></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Tip: Show pictures of old toys, kids playing, or cartoons to activate memory.</p><p><strong>toys</strong>/ <strong>dolls</strong>/ <strong>hot wheels</strong>/ lego /<strong>safari video games</strong>.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🟢 2. Vocabulary (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Teach three new words in context. Speak slowly, give examples, and ask the student to repeat:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p><strong>Childhood</strong> – the time when you <strong>were</strong> a child.<br>“My childhood was fun. I played outside every day.”</p></li><li><p><strong>Memory </strong>– something you remember from the past.<br>“One memory I have is riding my first bike.”</p></li><li><p><strong>Brings back memories </strong>– when something makes you think of the past.<br>“This song brings back memories of school.”</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p>Practice Tip: Say a sentence and ask, “what things Do bring back memories for you?”</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>the things that bring back memories for me are </strong>music, my bike, my best friend Carol, the neighborhood, breakfast in the childhood.</p><p><br/></p><p>what does it bring back memories for you?</p><p><br/></p><p>i used to play on the street = habits in the past</p><p>i played on the street. = simple past.</p><p><br/></p><p>would = i would like </p><p><br/></p><p>when i was i child i used to watch cartoons all day, and my mother <strong>would</strong> prepare pop corn for me..</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔵 3. Listening Practice (7–10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Activity: Listen to a real conversation (Neil and Beth talking about their childhood).</p><p><br/></p><p>Before listening, say:</p><p>“Let’s listen to two people talking about their childhoods. What do you think they will say?”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Did they play outside?</p></li><li><p>Did they have pets?</p></li><li><p>What did they remember?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>You can pause the audio to ask questions or repeat for understanding.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🟠 4. Grammar Focus (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Explain grammar in a simple way and model it.</p><p><br/></p><p>Past Simple – for facts from the past:</p><p><br/></p><p>“I lived in Canada.”</p><p>“I played with my friends.”</p><p><br/></p><p>Used to – for repeated things you did in the past (but not now):</p><p><br/></p><p>“I used to watch cartoons every Saturday.”</p><p><br/></p><p>Would / ’d – for repeated actions in stories:</p><p><br/></p><p>“I’d make up songs with my sister.”</p><p>“We would play in the park every day.”</p><p><br/></p><p>Practice: Ask the student to make 2 or 3 sentences using each one, or turn your own sentences into a game:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“I say: I used to play soccer. You say one about you!”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🟡 5. Speaking Practice (10–15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Now it’s time for the student to use what they’ve learned. Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Did you use to watch cartoons?</p><p>Yes, i watched cartoons it and loved.</p></li><li><p>What food did you love as a child?</p><p>I loved lasagna when i was childhood.</p></li><li><p>Did you live in a house or apartment?</p><p>I lived in a house. i have many memories of that time.</p></li><li><p>Who did you play with?</p><p>I played with my sister and my friends </p></li><li><p>What was your favorite game?</p><p>My favorite game was hide and seek.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Optional activity: “Back in Time” Game</p><p>You pretend you’re 8 years old. The student does too. Ask each other questions:</p><p><br/></p><p>“What did you use to do when you were little?”</p><p>“I used to ride my bike. What about you?”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🟤 6. Wrap-Up and Homework (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Quick Review:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Tell me one thing you used to do.”</p></li><li><p>“Tell me one memory you have from your childhood.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Homework Idea:</p><p>Ask the student to write 4 or 5 short sentences about their childhood:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Two with past simple (I played…, I had…)</p><p>I played very much with my friends in my childhood.</p><p>i had dificult moments in my childhood.</p></li><li><p>Two with used to</p><p>I used to take a shower with a hose in the street when i was child.</p><p>I used to play with my bike.</p></li><li><p>One with would</p><p>I would like to live my childhood again.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250523" />
         <pubDate>2025-05-29 13:58:42 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3472615595</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title> complementary</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3478921648</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br></p><p><strong>🧸✨</strong></p><p><strong>English Class: Childhood Memories</strong></p><p><br></p><p>child - she is a beautiful <strong>child.</strong></p><p>fernando has 3 <strong>children</strong></p><p>my <strong>childhood</strong> in Peru was beutiful. i played on the street every day. and i played with my friends.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>brotherhood</p><p>sisterhood</p><p>neighborhood</p><p>man - men </p><p>woman - women</p><p><strong>🎯 Goal of the Lesson:</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Talk about what you were like when you were younger and how your life has changed.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>🟣 1. Warm-Up (5–7 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Start with a fun conversation to get the student thinking about the past.</p><p><br></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Did you have a happy childhood?</p></li><li><p>yes i do / <strong>yes i did </strong>/ yes i was </p></li><li><p>i played with my sisters at home, i played on the street with my friends ( pass the ball), and i played amarelinha.</p><p><br></p></li><li><p>What was your favorite <strong>toy</strong>?</p></li><li><p>when i was a child  my favorite toy was a make up kit.  i  loved it.</p></li><li><p>What games did you play when you<strong> were little?</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>i played amarelinha, and hide and seek and pass the ball and and i wore  my mother´s dress.</strong></p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Tip: Show pictures of old toys, kids playing, or cartoons to activate memory.</p><p><strong>toys</strong>/ <strong>dolls</strong>/ <strong>hot wheels</strong>/ lego /<strong>safari video games</strong>.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>🟢 2. Vocabulary (10 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Teach three new words in context. Speak slowly, give examples, and ask the student to repeat:</p><p><br></p><ol><li><p><strong>Childhood</strong> – the time when you <strong>were</strong> a child.<br>“My childhood was fun. I played outside every day.”</p></li><li><p><strong>Memory </strong>– something you remember from the past.<br>“One memory I have is riding my first bike.”</p></li><li><p><strong>Brings back memories </strong>– when something makes you think of the past.<br>“This song brings back memories of school.”</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p>Practice Tip: Say a sentence and ask, “what things Do bring back memories for you?”</p><p><br></p><p><strong>the things that bring back memories for me are </strong>music, my bike, my best friend Carol, the neighborhood, breakfast in the childhood.</p><p><br></p><p>what does it bring back memories for you?</p><p><br></p><p>i used to play on the street = habits in the past</p><p>i played on the street. = simple past.</p><p><br></p><p>would = i would like </p><p><br></p><p>when i was i child i used to watch cartoons all day, and my mother <strong>would</strong> prepare pop corn for me..</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🔵 3. Listening Practice (7–10 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Activity: Listen to a real conversation (Neil and Beth talking about their childhood).</p><p><br></p><p>Before listening, say:</p><p>“Let’s listen to two people talking about their childhoods. What do you think they will say?”</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Did they play outside?</p></li><li><p>Did they have pets?</p></li><li><p>What did they remember?</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>You can pause the audio to ask questions or repeat for understanding.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🟠 4. Grammar Focus (10 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Explain grammar in a simple way and model it.</p><p><br></p><p>Past Simple – for facts from the past:</p><p><br></p><p>“I lived in Canada.”</p><p>“I played with my friends.”</p><p><br></p><p>Used to – for repeated things you did in the past (but not now):</p><p><br></p><p>“I used to watch cartoons every Saturday.”</p><p><br></p><p>Would / ’d – for repeated actions in stories:</p><p><br></p><p>“I’d make up songs with my sister.”</p><p>“We would play in the park every day.”</p><p><br></p><p>Practice: Ask the student to make 2 or 3 sentences using each one, or turn your own sentences into a game:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>“I say: I used to play soccer. You say one about you!”</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🟡 5. Speaking Practice (10–15 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Now it’s time for the student to use what they’ve learned. Ask:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Did you use to watch cartoons?</p></li><li><p>What food did you love as a child?</p></li><li><p>Did you live in a house or apartment?</p></li><li><p>Who did you play with?</p></li><li><p>What was your favorite game?</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Optional activity: “Back in Time” Game</p><p>You pretend you’re 8 years old. The student does too. Ask each other questions:</p><p><br></p><p>“What did you use to do when you were little?”</p><p>“I used to ride my bike. What about you?”</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🟤 6. Wrap-Up and Homework (5 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Quick Review:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>“Tell me one thing you used to do.”</p></li><li><p>“Tell me one memory you have from your childhood.”</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Homework Idea:</p><p>Ask the student to write 4 or 5 short sentences about their childhood:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Two with past simple (I played…, I had…)</p></li><li><p>Two with used to</p></li><li><p>One with would</p></li></ul><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250523" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-04 13:28:35 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3478921648</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3478923058</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧑‍🏫 <strong>Class Plan: Talking About Favourite Teachers (Basic Level)</strong></p><p>🎯 <strong>Objective:</strong></p><p>Students will learn how to talk about a teacher who inspired them, using easy English and key vocabulary.</p><p>🗣️ <strong>Warm-Up (5 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Ask your student:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you remember your favourite teacher?</p></li><li><p>i remember my favorite teacher, he was a biology teacher and his name is André Freitas.  MR. FREITAS.</p></li><li><p>MRS. FREITAS / MS. FREITAS.</p></li><li><p>What <strong>subject</strong> did they teach?</p></li><li><p>mr. freitas used to teach me biology.</p></li><li><p>Why did you like MR. freitas?</p></li><li><p>i liked him because he was very funny, and he had a dynamic that intertained us in the class.</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>Use visuals or mime if needed to support understanding.</p><p>🎧 <strong>Listening: Neil and Beth Talk (10 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Option A:</strong> Use a short dialogue you record or read yourself.<br><strong>Option B:</strong> Create a simple dialogue like this:</p><p><strong>Beth:</strong> I really liked my music teacher. She inspired me.<br><strong>Neil:</strong> That’s great! What did she do?<br><strong>Beth:</strong> She was very kind and wise. She helped us learn, and we had fun.<br><strong>Neil:</strong> I had a teacher like that, too. He respected the students.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> That’s nice. A good teacher puts in a lot of effort.</p><p><strong>Task:</strong><br>Ask the student to listen and answer:</p><ol><li><p>Who did Beth like?</p></li><li><p>What was her teacher like?</p></li><li><p>What did Neil say about his teacher?</p></li></ol><p>🧠 <strong>Vocabulary Focus (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>💬 <strong>Speaking Practice (10–15 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Ask the student:</strong></p><ol><li><p>Did a teacher inspire you?</p></li><li><p>Was your teacher wise? Kind?</p></li><li><p>Did they put in effort to help the class?</p></li><li><p>Do you respect them?</p></li></ol><p>Support with sentence frames:</p><ul><li><p>"My ___ teacher inspired me because..."</p></li><li><p>"He/She was very ___ and helped me to ___."</p></li></ul><p>🧩 <strong>Grammar Focus (Optional - Simple Past)</strong></p><p>Use some of the student’s sentences to show:</p><ul><li><p>“She helped me.”</p></li><li><p>“He inspired me.”</p></li><li><p>“They put in a lot of effort.”</p></li></ul><p>✍️ <strong>Homework (optional)</strong></p><p>Ask the student to write 3–5 short sentences about a teacher they liked.<br>Example:</p><blockquote><p>My math teacher inspired me.<br>She was very kind.<br>She helped me a lot.</p></blockquote>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250328" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-04 13:29:54 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3478923058</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Complementary 3 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3479635735</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_teachers_worksheet_.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-05 02:18:18 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3479635735</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 3 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3479638996</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_childhood_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-05 02:19:50 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3479638996</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3483618729</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br></p><p><strong>🧑‍🏫</strong></p><p><strong>Lesson Plan: Talking About Mistakes and Regrets</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🎯 Objective:</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>By the end of the lesson, the student will be able to:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Understand and use simple expressions with “used to” and “would”</p></li><li><p>Talk about mistakes and regrets</p></li><li><p>Use vocabulary like mistake, by mistake, regret, and learn from your mistakes in conversation</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>🟣</strong></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (5 mins)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Topic: Talking about small accidents or mistakes</p><p><br></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Did you ever commit a mistake by mistake? 😅</p></li><li><p>yes i think so,  i commit a mistake by mistake when i misunderstand someone and i am rude.</p></li><li><p>Did you ever forget something important, like your phone or keys?</p></li><li><p>yes, and it irritates me but these are <strong>common</strong> and daily mistakes that we <strong>commit</strong> in our lives.</p></li><li><p>Do you think it’s OK to make mistakes?</p></li></ul><p>yes i do. i think it´s ok to make mistakes because it´s not always that we know about what we are <strong>commiting with mistakes.</strong></p><p><br></p><p>Let the student respond in simple sentences. Help them build or correct if needed.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🟠</strong></p><p><strong>2. Vocabulary Review (10 mins)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Introduce or review the key words through questions and examples:</p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>Mistake – something wrong that you do<br>👉 What’s a small mistake people make every day?</p></li><li><p>i am right/ you´re wrong!</p></li><li><p>i did commit many <strong>mistakes </strong>in my life, i was very<strong> wrong</strong> in many decisions in my life and now i am learning from those mistakes <strong>i commited.</strong></p></li><li><p>By mistake – accidentally<br>👉 <strong>Have you ever sent </strong>a message to the wrong person by mistake?</p></li></ol><p>yes i have sent a message to a wrong person generally i so that with my therapist or clients by mistake.</p><ol><li><p>Regret – feel bad about something you did<br>👉 Is there something you regret?</p></li></ol><p>yes i have some regrets about my life and my relationships. and i am still learning from my mistakes.</p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>Learn from your mistakes – remember and not repeat a mistake<br>👉 Why is it good to learn from your mistakes?</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>✔️ Use examples from the transcript to support meaning. No charts, just natural examples.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🔵</strong></p><p><strong>3. Listening Practice (15–20 mins)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>🎧 Play the podcast episode OR read selected parts aloud (you can be Neil, let the student be Beth, or vice versa).</p><p><br></p><p>➡️ After each section, ask:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>What happened? </p><p>commit a big mistake forgetting your suitcase on the train .</p></li><li><p>Was it a small or big mistake?</p><p>A big mistakes. She will not commit that mistake again.</p></li><li><p>Did they regret it?</p><p>yes, Neil regret, because he loved music and played guitar and he thought had would like playing the piano.</p></li><li><p>What did they learn from the mistakes?</p><p>They learned from their mistakes.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p>You can focus on these key parts:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Beth’s suitcase mistake</p></li><li><p>Neil’s job decision</p></li><li><p>Neil’s piano lessons regret</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>✅ Comprehension Questions (use simple English):</p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>What did Beth do by mistake?</p></li><li><p>Did she get her suitcase back?</p></li><li><p>Why did Neil want to leave his job?</p></li><li><p>What happened when Neil changed his mind?</p></li><li><p>What does Neil regret from his childhood?</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🟢</strong></p><p><strong>4. Grammar Practice: “Used to” and “Would” (10 mins)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Give the student simple prompts to respond using used to or would:</p><p><br></p><p>🗣️ Complete the sentences or answer:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>I used to commit  mistake.</p></li><li><p>When I was a child, I would always i regretted.</p></li><li><p>I didn’t use to understood my mistakes.</p></li><li><p>I would often make mistakes when i had clarity.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Let the student give short answers. Correct gently, model clearly.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🟡</strong></p><p><strong>5. Speaking Practice (10 mins)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Ask the student to respond to these prompts:</p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>Tell me about a mistake you made.<br>→ What happened?<br>→ Was it big or small?<br>→ Did you regret it?</p></li><li><p>What is something you used to do, but now you don’t?</p></li><li><p>What is something you would often do when you were a child?</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🧩 Optional Game: “True or False – Mistake Edition”</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>You say 2 things: one real mistake you made and one fake. The student guesses which is true. Then the student tries with their own examples.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>✍️ Homework Suggestion</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Writing prompt:</p><p>Write about a small mistake you made. What happened? Did you learn something? Use “used to,” “would,” and at least 3 of today’s vocabulary words.</p><p><br></p><p>I commit a lot of mistakes in my relationship. I didn't know how to value myself or set boundaries. I learned that it's important to love yourself before loving someone else.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>✅ Wrap-Up (2 mins)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>What new words did you learn today? mistake,commit,regret..</p></li><li><p>Do you think making mistakes is good? Why?</p></li></ul><p>       yes i think so. Commit mistake is very important </p><p>       for our learning.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250502" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-09 15:07:55 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3483618729</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>homework - complementary</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3483748954</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Recently,i left my suitcase on a train by mistake. it was a nightmare.</p><p>When i was younger, i quit my job when i wanted to stay. that was a big mistake!</p><p>I regret not learning to play piano.</p><p>I always learn from my mistakes. i won't leave my suitcase on a train again.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>I recently commit the mistake of fighting with my mother.</p><p>In the past i committed the mistake of not loving myself.</p><p>I don't regret it, i learned from my mistakes.</p><p>I learned a lot from all my mistakes and became better.</p><p><br/></p><p>this is a regretment.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_mistakes_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-09 17:54:18 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3483748954</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5 I used to be.. </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3486920835</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>I used to think life was easy .</p><p>i grew up to understand and find my way, </p><p>life doesn´t   always  go your way      .</p><p><br></p><p>i´m not a little girl but i am a woman now  and  i will find     happiness on my own.            .</p><p><br></p><p>way - find - believe - always - your way- used -</p><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://lyricstraining.com/en/play/britney-spears/im-not-a-girl-not-yet-a-woman/HnMdGuRHGn#b7c" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-11 17:00:25 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3486920835</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3487147445</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🏞️ <strong>Lesson Plan: Talking About Places You Like to Visit</strong></p><p>🎯 <strong>Level:</strong> Basic</p><p>⏰ <strong>Time:</strong> 60 minutes</p><p>📘 <strong>Topic:</strong> Day trips and favorite places</p><p>🎧 <strong>Source:</strong> Real Easy English – BBC Podcast (Neil &amp; Beth)</p><p>👩‍🏫 <strong>Focus:</strong> Listening comprehension, vocabulary, speaking practice</p><p>📌 <strong>Grammar Focus:</strong> Simple Present + "like to" / "want to"</p><p>1. 🗣️ <strong>Warm-Up (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><strong>Objective:</strong> Activate vocabulary and speaking</p><p>Ask your student:</p><ul><li><p>Do you like visiting new places?</p></li><li><p>yes i do, i <strong>like to visit/visiting</strong> new places like restaurants, other cultures, new people, i am very receptive and i also like to go to beautiful places.</p></li><li><p>Where do you go on the weekend?</p></li><li><p>i always go to the shopping mall, restaurants and touristic points  here in Dubai.</p></li><li><p>Do you like the beach / museums / nature?</p></li><li><p>yes i do. i like very much nature, i like museums a little bit and also the beach.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>2. 🎧 <strong>Listening Task 1 – First Listen (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><strong>Objective:</strong> General comprehension</p><blockquote><p>🎧 Play the podcast from the beginning to about minute 4:00.</p></blockquote><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What kind of trip did Beth <strong>take/took</strong>? take/took a trip</p><p>-Beth took a day trip, she went to the museum and theatre.</p></li><li><p>Did Neil <strong>enjoy</strong> his weekend?</p><p>-Yes he did. He watched sport with his friends.</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>Keep it light. Allow guesses if needed. Accept simple answers: “Museum”, “Not interesting”, “Yes, he liked.”</p><p>3. 📚 <strong>Vocabulary Focus (10 minutes)</strong></p><p>Introduce and practice these words using examples and miming where possible:</p><ol><li><p><strong>Day trip</strong> – “I go to the beach for one day.”</p></li><li><p><strong>Sightseeing</strong> – “Look at Big Ben, Eiffel Tower, walk and look!”</p></li><li><p><strong>Thrill seeker</strong> – “Do you like roller coasters?”</p></li><li><p><strong>Adventurous</strong> – “Do you like doing new, exciting things?”</p></li></ol><p>🎲 <strong>Activity:</strong> Give the student mini-scenarios and ask:</p><ul><li><p>Is this adventurous or boring?</p></li><li><p>Is this sightseeing or a day trip?</p></li></ul><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>“Visit a museum for one hour” → “Day trip?”</p></li><li><p>“Ride a roller coaster?” → “Thrill seeker?”</p></li></ul><p>4. 🎧 <strong>Listening Task 2 – Detailed Listen (10 minutes)</strong></p><blockquote><p>🎧 Play another section: From 4:00 to the end (around 8:50)</p></blockquote><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>What place does Beth want to visit?</p><p> She wants to visit brighton.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>What place does Neil want to visit? </p><p>He wants to visit paris </p><p><br/></p><p>Does Beth like roller coasters?</p><p> No,she doesn't like a roller coasters. it Scares her and she feels a bit sick.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>What places did Beth visit in London? </p><p>She visited museum and teather. </p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>review:</p><p><br/></p><p>i wake up very early to work.</p><p>i don´t wake up very early to work</p><p>do i wake up early to work?</p><p>does she wake up early?</p><p>certainly she does!/ yes she does. no she doesn´t.</p><p><br/></p><p>she woke up very late</p><p>she didn´t wake up very late</p><p>she did wake up late!</p><p>did she wake up late?</p><p><br/></p><p>Let them answer using short answers. Pause and repeat if needed.</p><p>5. 💬 <strong>Speaking Practice – My Day Trip (10 minutes)</strong></p><p>Give your student a template and help them fill it out:</p><p>📝 <strong>Model:</strong></p><ul><li><p>I want to visit _Abu dhabi_________.</p></li><li><p>I like _sightseeing_________.</p></li><li><p>I don’t like __adventurous________.</p></li><li><p>I want to go with _____my boyfriend____.</p></li><li><p>I want to see ___a mosque_______.</p></li></ul><p>Let them speak using this script. You can model first with your own example.</p><p>6. 🧠 <strong>Quick Recap Game (5 minutes)</strong></p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>What is “sightseeing”? </p><p>Visit tourist attractions and walk around.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Are you a thrill seeker? </p><p>No I´m not a thrill seeker.</p><p><br/></p><p>What is a day trip? </p><p> A short trip. </p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Where do you want to go? </p><p>I want to go to Abu dhabi</p></li></ul><p>Encourage repetition. Use gestures or simple rephrasing if needed.</p><p>7. 🏠 <strong>Homework Suggestion (5 minutes)</strong></p><p>Ask your student to write 4 sentences:</p><ul><li><p>A place they like</p><p> I like caraiva .it´s a beautiful place.</p></li><li><p>A place they want to visit</p><p>I want to visit Abu dabhi.</p></li><li><p>What they like doing on weekends</p><p>I like sightseeing, visit restaurants and watch tv with my boy friend and my cat at home.</p></li><li><p>If they are adventurous or not</p><p>I am not adventurous.  (i´m not)</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250530" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-11 23:34:48 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3487147445</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3491891423</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_days_out__worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-16 13:51:56 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3491891423</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 7</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3494742660</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🎯 Lesson Focus:</p><p><strong>Topic</strong>: Brothers, Sisters, and Siblings<br><strong>Level</strong>: Basic (A2)<br><strong>Skills</strong>: Vocabulary, Listening, Speaking<br><strong>Time</strong>: 45–60 minutes</p><p>🧩 1. Warm-up Questions (5 min)</p><p>family members: father (dad, daddy) mother ( mom) sister ( sis) brother ( bro) grandmother ( granny) grandfather ( grandpa) uncle, aunt (auntie) cousins, nephew, niece, brother in law, sister in law, mother in law, father in law, step father, step mother, step brother, step sister. god father, god mother.</p><p>Ask your student:</p><ul><li><p>Do you have brothers or <strong>sisters</strong>?</p></li><li><p>i have 2 sisters. very diferent sisters.</p></li><li><p>Do you see <strong>them</strong>/sisters often?</p></li><li><p>actually in the moment not because i´m living in another country and they are living in Brazil, very distant from here. i miss <strong>them </strong>very much.</p></li><li><p>Do you <strong>get on well</strong> with them?</p></li></ul><p>yes, <strong>i get on well </strong>with my sisters <strong>but</strong>/however/on the other hand we have our differences. and this is normal. </p><p><br/></p><p>well let me tell you something nowadays i don´t see or talk to my brother, he lives in Spain and he has his family. we are not close  anymore, and i think<strong> we don´t ge</strong>t on well.</p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage short, clear answers using <strong>Simple Present</strong> or <strong>Simple Past</strong>.</p><p>🎧 2. Listening Task (10–15 min)</p><p><strong>Instructions</strong>:<br>Tell your student: <em>You will listen to a conversation between Georgie and Neil. They talk about their sisters. Try to understand the general idea.</em></p><p>🎙️ Link: BBC Learning English – Real Easy English: Siblings</p><p><strong>After listening</strong>, ask:</p><ul><li><p>Who is going to a birthday party?</p></li><li><p>Do Georgie and Neil have siblings?</p></li><li><p>Are they close with their siblings?</p></li></ul><p>Encourage the student to answer in short sentences.</p><p>🧠 3. Vocabulary Focus (15–20 min)</p><p>Teach the new words/phrases from the podcast using definitions + example sentences:</p><ol><li><p><strong>Sibling</strong> – brother or sister<br><em>“Do you have any siblings?”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Get on (well) with someone</strong> – to have a good relationship<br><em>“I get on well with my sister.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Close</strong> – have a good, strong relationship<br><em>“We are very close.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Similar</strong> – almost the same<br><em>“My sister and I are similar.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Responsible</strong> – someone who does the right things<br><em>“My sister is more responsible than me.”</em></p></li></ol><p><strong>Practice Activity</strong>:<br>Ask your student to:</p><ul><li><p>Repeat each word</p></li><li><p>Say if the word describes <strong>them</strong> or <strong>their sibling</strong><br>For example: <em>“I get on well with my brother.”</em></p></li></ul><p>🗣️ 4. Speaking Practice (10–15 min)</p><p>Give your student simple speaking prompts:</p><ul><li><p>Do you get on well with your sibling(s)?</p></li><li><p>Are you and your brother/sister similar?</p></li><li><p>Who is more responsible: you or your sibling?</p></li><li><p>Do you see your sibling(s) often?</p></li></ul><p>You can also ask follow-up questions like:<br><em>Why?</em> / <em>When did you last see them?</em></p><p>Encourage full but short answers like:<br><em>"Yes, I get on well with my brother because he is funny."</em></p><p>📝 5. Optional Homework</p><p>Write 5 short sentences using today’s vocabulary.<br>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I have two siblings.</p></li><li><p>We are close.</p></li><li><p>I get on well with my sister.</p></li><li><p>We are similar.</p></li><li><p>She is more responsible than me.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>WORD BANK AND EXPRESSIONS:</strong></p><p><strong>OFTEN- </strong></p><p><strong>I MEAN </strong></p><p><strong>GET ON WELL</strong></p><p><strong>THEN </strong></p><p><strong>WHOSE</strong></p><p><strong>WHO</strong></p><p><strong>EXCITED</strong></p><p><strong>CLOSE- CLOSED - CLOSER</strong></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250613" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-18 14:28:00 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3494742660</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Review </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3499415196</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>CREATE A EXTRA SENTENCE WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS:</strong></p><p><strong>OFTEN</strong></p><p><strong>EXAMPLE: I OFTEN EAT BANANAS.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>I MEAN </strong></p><p><strong>EXAMPLE; I MEAN THAT I LOVE YOU.</strong></p><p><strong>MEAN = ADJ.=MÁ</strong></p><p><strong>I HAVE A VERY MEAN MOTHER IN LAW.</strong></p><p><strong>SHE´S VERY MEAN.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>GET ON WELL</strong></p><p><strong>EXAMPLE: I GET ON WELL WITH MY SIBLINGS ( SISTERS)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>THEM</strong></p><p><strong>EXAMPLE: I HAVE MANY FRIENDS, I LOVE THEM.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>WHOSE</strong></p><p><strong>EXAMPLE: WHOSE THIS BAG?</strong></p><p><strong>THIS BAG IS RENAN´S </strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>WHO</strong></p><p><strong>EXAMPLE: WHO WOKE ME UP?</strong></p><p><strong>WHO SPEAKS ENGLISH?</strong></p><p><strong>WHO SPOKE TO RENAN?</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>EXCITED</strong></p><p><strong>I AM VERY EXCITED TODAY. I AM IN A GOOD MOOD.</strong></p><p><strong>I AM IN A MOOD FOR A COFFEE AND BISCUITS.</strong></p><p><strong>I´M NOT IN A GOOD MOOD.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>CLOSE- CLOSED - CLOSER</strong></p><p><strong>I AM CLOSE TO YOU</strong></p><p><strong>THE DOOR IS CLOSED</strong></p><p><strong>AND I POSTED A STORY ONLY FOR MY CLOSER FRIENDS.</strong></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_siblings_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-23 16:43:04 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3499415196</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3499415938</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🧑‍🏫</strong></p><p><strong>Lesson Plan: Spending Time with Friends</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Time: 60 minutes</p><p>Main skills: Listening, Vocabulary, Writing, Speaking</p><p>Vocabulary Focus: socialise, small talk, awkward, embarrassed, have (something) in common</p><p>Based on: BBC Learning English - Real Easy English: “Spending Time with Friends”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔹 1. Warm-up (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Goal: Introduce the topic and activate background knowledge.</p><p><br/></p><p>Ask the student these questions to start a conversation:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you like spending time with friends?</p></li><li><p>yes, i do. not everyday but i usually spend time with them.</p></li><li><p>What do you usually do when you meet them?</p></li><li><p>i usually meet with them and play in their house and we have <strong>gatherings.</strong></p></li><li><p>Do you prefer big parties or small get-togethers?</p></li><li><p>i prefer small get togethers because is relaxing, and it´s not noisy and you can talk face to face and listen to them with attention. and play with the children at home is really exciting.</p></li><li><p>How do you feel when you meet new people?</p></li><li><p>i feel very excited and i like to meet new people and talk with them is great is good for socializing. and also good for networking speacially in a foreing country.( abroad)</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage complete answers using structures like “I like ___” or “I prefer ___ because…”</p><p><br/></p><p>i like to visit my friends/family</p><p>i like to talk with therapist/ about my future/about everything</p><p>i like to <strong>listen to </strong>people and their challenges and their lives.</p><p>i like to <strong>go to</strong> the beach</p><p><br/></p><p>i prefer to talk with mother on sundays.</p><p>i prefer to eat chicken <strong>rather than</strong> the fish.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔹 2. Vocabulary Introduction (15 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Goal: Teach key vocabulary from the podcast.</p><p><br/></p><p>Introduce the five words:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p><strong>Socialise</strong> – to spend time with people for fun.</p></li><li><p><strong>Small talk </strong>– casual conversation about unimportant things, often with strangers.</p></li><li><p><strong>Awkward </strong>– feeling uncomfortable or unsure in a situation.</p></li><li><p>Embarrassed – feeling shy, ashamed, or nervous.</p></li><li><p><strong>Have (something) in common</strong> – to share interests or experiences with someone.</p></li><li><p><strong>shy- timido</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>very often - com frequencia</strong></p></li><li><p>grown up - adults - adultos</p></li><li><p><strong>deeper- mais profundo</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>mainly- princilpalmente</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>lack-</strong> lacking - falta de  ( lack of )</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>For each word:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>Say the word aloud and ask the student to repeat.</p></li><li><p>Give a simple example sentence.</p></li><li><p>Ask the student to give their own example, or help them create one.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Example:</p><p>Teacher: “Awkward means feeling uncomfortable. For example: ‘I felt awkward when no one spoke at the dinner.’ Can you give me your own sentence?”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔹 3. Listening Focus (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Goal: Understand the vocabulary in context.</p><p><br/></p><p>Play or read short parts of the transcript from the podcast. After each part, ask the student questions to check understanding.</p><p><br/></p><p>Example questions:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What does Georgie say about socialising?</p></li><li><p>Does Neil like small talk?</p></li><li><p>Who prefers small gatherings?</p></li><li><p>What does “social burnout” mean?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>You can also pause and ask, “What does the word ‘awkward’ mean here?” or “Why does Neil feel embarrassed sometimes?”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔹 4. Writing Task (15 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Goal: Practice using new vocabulary in written form.</p><p><br/></p><p>Ask the student to write a short paragraph (5–6 sentences) answering these questions:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you enjoy socialising?</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>What kind of social events do you prefer: big parties or small groups?</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Do you ever feel awkward or embarrassed when meeting new people?</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>What do you and your friends have in common?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250606" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-23 16:44:22 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3499415938</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3499417517</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_socialising_worksheet_.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-23 16:46:56 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3499417517</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3501988553</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯</strong></p><p><strong>Lesson Plan: Talking About Personality and Feelings</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Level: Basic (A2)</p><p>Student knows: Simple Present and Simple Past</p><p>Goal: Use vocabulary about personality, talk about your feelings, and understand the difference between -ed and -ing adjectives.</p><p>Time: 60 minutes</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🌞 1. Warm-up Conversation (5–10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask your student:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Are you a quiet person or a talkative person?”</p></li><li><p>i am a talkative person, i like to talk about everything but i prefer deep coversation.</p></li><li><p>“Do you like funny people?”</p></li><li><p>i like funny people, the world needs funny people and relaxing people and good people.</p></li><li><p>“What do you usually do in your free time?”</p></li><li><p>in my free time i usually talk to my family and study english and work out everyday.</p></li><li><p>“What kind of movies or music do you like?”</p></li><li><p>i kind of like relaxing music like mantras and music to meditate,and movies i like very much funny movies.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage answers in full sentences:</p><p><br/></p><p>“I’m a little shy, but I like talking to friends.”</p><p>“I love comedy movies. They make me laugh.”</p><p><br/></p><p>well, talking about myself is very simple i guess... i like to spend time alone now but before i used to spend time with lot of people. in my free time i like watering the plants and play with my dog. spending  30 minutes at least playing makes my life very<strong> rewarding</strong>. i am a very funny person when i am in a good mood and if i don´t want to socialize i stay home most of the time. i guess is important our time alone when is necessary.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎧 2. Listening – Beth and Neil Talk (10–12 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Tell your student:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Beth and Neil are friends. They are talking about their personalities and what they enjoy.”</p><p><br/></p><p>Read or play a short, slow dialogue like this one:</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Beth: Hi Neil! I think I’m a calm person. I don’t like loud places.</p><p>Neil: That’s cool. I’m more talkative! I love meeting new people.</p><p>Beth: Do you like music?</p><p>Neil: Yes! I love live music. It makes me excited.</p><p>Beth: Me too! I think live music is exciting.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>After the dialogue, ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Is Beth calm or talkative?”</p></li><li><p>“Does Neil like meeting people?”</p></li><li><p>“How do they feel about live music?”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage short answers using “He is…”, “She likes…”, etc.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🧠 3. Vocabulary Focus (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Teach or review these personality words in context. Use real examples or ask about friends and family.</p><p><br/></p><p>Examples:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“My brother is very funny. He always tells jokes.”</p></li><li><p>“My best friend is very friendly. She talks to everyone.”</p></li><li><p>“I’m a little shy when I meet new people.”</p></li><li><p>“My dad is very calm. He never gets angry.”</p></li><li><p>“My cousin is very talkative. She speaks all the time!”</p></li><li><p>(silly/ talkative/ clever/ smart/ gentle/ charming/trustworthy/ loyal/ open-minded/ narrow-minded.)</p></li><li><p>i have a friend that is narrow minded because she is very traditional in her thoughts. ( think- thought- thoughts).</p></li><li><p>my boyfriend is very smart i admire <strong>him</strong> because <strong>his mind is very complex and i like this very much. and he has a charming look.</strong></p></li><li><p>i have a sister that is very clever because she is very a good thinker ans sensitive and she looks around everything.</p><p><strong>well, i will talk about me, i am a person that is very trustworthy and i like to listen to other people and their problems and i like to understand them and have the opportunity to help them!</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>Ask your student:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Who is funny in your family?”</p><p>i have one uncle that is very funny, he tells jokes all the time and i laugh very much/ a lot.</p><p>“Are you more calm or talkative?”</p><p>well, i am talkative because i like to talk to everyone. i consider myself open minded and trustworthy and people like this because i am not a person that<strong> judges</strong> you.</p><p>“Do you like friendly people?”</p><p>yes i do. i like friendly people is very interesting because they are relaxing people that facilitate the communication.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📘 4. Grammar Tip – Feelings and Adjectives (10–12 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Explain with simple examples:</p><p><br/></p><p>“When you talk about your feeling, use words that end in -ed.”</p><p>For example:</p><p>“I’m bored.” i felt bored</p><p>“She’s excited.” she felt excited/ </p><p>“He was surprised.”</p><p><br/></p><p>“When you talk about the thing that gives you the feeling, use -ing.”</p><p>For example:</p><p>“The book is boring.”</p><p>“The concert is exciting.”</p><p>“The movie was surprising.”</p><p><br/></p><p>Now give a few short sentences and ask your student to complete them:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“The book is _boring____ (boring or bored)?”</p></li><li><p>“She is __excited___ because the party was great.”</p></li><li><p>“I feel __scared___ when I watch horror movies.”</p></li><li><p>“The news was very _sad_ yesterday.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Then ask:</p><p><br/></p><p>“What makes you feel bored?”</p><p>“What was the last thing that made you excited?”</p><p>“Do you find romantic movies boring or interesting?”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎤 5. Speaking Practice (10–15 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask your student to complete and talk about these:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“I feel happy when…”</p></li><li><p>“I was surprised when…”</p></li><li><p>“Live music is…”</p></li><li><p>“I think I’m a _____ person.” (shy, calm, funny, etc.)</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage longer answers using what they already know:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Last weekend I watched a movie. It was funny. I felt happy.”</p><p><br/></p><p>Correct gently and encourage complete ideas.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📝 6. Wrap-up and Homework (5 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“What new words did you learn today?”</p></li><li><p>“What do you remember about -ed and -ing adjectives?”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Give her a short writing task:</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Homework: Write five sentences:</strong></p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>Two sentences about how you feel (for example, “I was surprised.”)</p></li><li><p>Two about what makes you feel that way (for example, “That movie was surprising.”)</p></li><li><p>One sentence about your personality (for example, “I’m a friendly person.”)</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/240830" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-25 16:37:30 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3501988553</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3503241180</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🎯 <strong>Lesson Goal</strong></p><p>Talk about worries and stress in simple English using new vocabulary and real-life examples.</p><p>👤 <strong>Level</strong>: Basic</p><p>🕐 <strong>Duration</strong>: 45–60 minutes</p><p>🎧 Resource: <a rel="noopener" href="https://www.bbclearningenglish.com">BBC Real Easy English: Worries Episode</a> <em>(optional, can be played in parts)</em></p><p>📚 1. <strong>Warm-up (5–10 min)</strong></p><p>Start with easy conversation to activate speaking.</p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>“Are you feeling good today?”</p></li><li><p>yes, i am feeling good because my life is very fine and no problems around the house and my personal life.</p></li><li><p>“Do you sometimes worry?”</p></li><li><p>yes sometimes i feel worries about my mother because her life is very confusing in the moment she is not working what she likes. that worries me a lot! ( i am worried)</p></li><li><p>“What do you do when you feel stressed?”</p></li><li><p>when i feel stressed.... i do meditation, i talk to my therapist, i read something about the problem that i am living, i pray about the worry.</p></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>Keep it light and help with words if needed.</p><p>🧠 2. <strong>Vocabulary Introduction (10 min)</strong></p><p>Teach each word with gestures, simple examples, and repetition.</p><ul><li><p><strong>worry VERB</strong>– a problem that makes you feel bad<br><em>“I worry about money.” </em></p></li><li><p><strong>worried</strong>  ADJECTIVE– how you feel when something makes you scared or nervous<br><em>“I’m worried about my CAT.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>chilled</strong> – relaxed, calm<br><em>“I’m chilled when I watch TV.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>take your mind off</strong> – do something to stop thinking about stress<br><em>“Music takes my mind off problems.”</em></p></li></ul><p><strong>Mini Practice</strong>:<br>Give short sentences with a gap:</p><ul><li><p>“I ______ about my family.” (<em>worry</em>)</p></li><li><p>“She is ______ about her test.” (<em>worried</em>)</p></li><li><p>“He watches movies to ______ his mind ______ work.” (<em>take – off</em>)</p></li><li><p>“After yoga, I feel ______.” (<em>chilled</em>)</p></li></ul><p>🎧 3. <strong>Listening Practice – Audio or Read Aloud (10–15 min)</strong></p><p>🎧 Play the <strong>first part of the podcast</strong> (up to “So shall we start the conversation?”) or read it slowly yourself.<br>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>“Who is worried?”</p></li><li><p>“Why is Neil worried?”</p></li><li><p>“Is Georgie worried?”</p></li></ul><p>💬 Tip: Let the student answer in basic English or even mix with Portuguese if needed—then repeat in English.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>🗣️ 4. <strong>Speaking Practice (15 min)</strong></p><p>Ask simple personal questions using the new words:</p><ul><li><p>“What makes you feel worried?”</p></li><li><p>“What do you do to feel better?”</p></li><li><p>“What helps you take your mind off stress?”</p></li><li><p>“Are you a chilled person or a worried person?”</p></li></ul><p>✨ Encourage full sentences:<br><em>“I feel worried when I take a test.”</em><br><em>“I listen to music to take my mind off work.”</em></p><p>🧩 5. <strong>Roleplay (5–10 min)</strong></p><p>You say:<br><em>“Hi, I’m worried about my job.”</em><br>The student replies:<br><em>“Oh no! Maybe watch a movie to take your mind off it.”</em></p><p>Let the student try starting too:<br><em>“I’m worried about my exam.”</em><br>You reply with something chilled and supportive.</p><p>✅ 6. <strong>Review &amp; Goodbye (5 min)</strong></p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>“What new words do you remember?”</p></li><li><p>“Are you feeling more chilled now?” 😄<br>Review vocabulary with gestures or flashcards again.</p></li></ul><p>🏠 Optional Homework</p><p>Give the student 3 sentence starters to complete orally at home:</p><ol><li><p>“I <strong>worry</strong> about my mother because this life is very unstable and she doesn´t have a job. ”</p></li><li><p>“When I feel <strong>worried</strong>,  I connect with me and talk to my therapist and talk to my boyfriend and friends about my questions and i share my <strong>worries</strong> and i feel better and less worried .</p></li><li><p>she <strong>worries</strong> too much.</p></li><li><p>“I feel chilled when my life and my family is fine. ”</p></li></ol><p>They can share next class.</p><p>Let me know if you want printable flashcards or a short fill-in-the-gap worksheet!</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250620" />
         <pubDate>2025-06-26 16:45:14 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3503241180</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 3 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3508501721</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p>🎥 “Do we expect too much from our brains?”</p><p>🔗 <a rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" href="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250627">Watch here</a></p><p><br/></p><p>This class helps the student understand key vocabulary, practice pronunciation, and talk about their own life with short, clear sentences.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🧠 Class Plan – Brain Overload!</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Level: Very Basic (A1–A2)</p><p>Length: 45–60 minutes</p><p>Main Goals:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Understand the idea of brain overload</p></li><li><p>Learn and use 5–6 key words and expressions</p></li><li><p>Practice short speaking with personal examples</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🟡 1. Warm-up (5–10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask simple questions:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Are you busy every day?</p></li><li><p>i am not busy every day but i am busy some days.</p></li><li><p>Do you use your phone a lot?</p></li><li><p>yes, i do . i use the phone a lot because my lessons and my work is there in the phone.</p></li><li><p>Do you feel tired sometimes?</p></li></ul><p>yes, i do. i feel tired sometimes because my routine is very intense some days.</p><p><br/></p><p>🎯 Help student answer using:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Yes, I’m <strong>very/so/much/fucking/danm/too</strong> busy.” verb to be </p></li><li><p>“I <strong>always/sometimes/rarely/usually</strong> use my phone <strong>every day.</strong>” ( adverbs of frequency)</p></li><li><p>“Yes, I <strong>feel </strong>tired/ annoyed/ hungry/thirsty/ </p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔤 2. Key Vocabulary (10–15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Teach and repeat these words/phrases with examples and gestures:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Brain – “My brain is tired/confused/blank.”</p></li><li><p>Tired – “I’m tired/  demotivated/sad/ not encouraged today.”</p></li><li><p>Too much – “I have <strong>too much</strong>/<strong> a lot of</strong> work/love for my boyfriend/</p></li><li><p>Busy – “I’m busy <strong>in the morning/ in the afternoon/in the evening .</strong>” in the night ( at night)</p></li><li><p>Phone – “I use my phone every day.”</p></li><li><p>Think – “I think a lot/ much.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>🗣 Repeat words out loud. Use real objects or pictures if possible. Ask yes/no or short answer questions:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Are you tired now?”</p></li><li><p>yes. i am tired because my workout was very intense today.</p></li><li><p>“Do you think too much?”</p></li><li><p>yes i do. i think a lot of about life, work, relationship about everything.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📺 3. Watch the Video (2 times)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>First time:</p><p>Let the student watch and listen. Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Is she busy?” (Yes)</p></li><li><p>“Does she use her brain a lot?” (Yes)</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Second time:</p><p>Help student repeat 2–3 short sentences from the video:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“I use my brain a lot.”</p></li><li><p>“I’m very busy.”</p></li><li><p>“I don’t stop.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>✅ Encourage repeating with good pronunciation.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>💬 4. Speaking Practice (10–15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask personal yes/no or multiple choice questions. Support with gestures or examples.</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Do you feel tired in the morning or night?”</p></li><li><p>“What do you do a lot? Think, work, talk?”</p></li><li><p>“Do you like to rest? What do you do to rest?”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>🎯 Practice these full answers:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“I feel tired in the morning.”</p></li><li><p>“I think a lot at work.”</p></li><li><p>“I like to rest and listen to music.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎨 5. Activity – My Brain Day! (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Draw (or describe) what the student does in one day. Example:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Morning – work</p></li><li><p>Afternoon – class</p></li><li><p>Evening – phone and TV</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Do you think a lot in the morning?”</p></li><li><p>“Is your brain busy at night?”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Help them build a sentence:</p><p>“My brain is busy in the afternoon.”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🏁 6. Wrap-Up (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Is your brain busy today?”</p></li><li><p>“What will you do to rest today?”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Review the words:</p><p>brain, tired, too much, busy, phone, think</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📚 Optional Homework</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>📝 Student writes or records (with help):</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“I feel tired when I…”</p></li><li><p>“My brain is busy when I…”</p></li><li><p>“I like to rest by…”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250627" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-02 13:34:51 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3508501721</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3508502342</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_your_brain_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-02 13:35:46 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3508502342</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 5</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3512609614</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧑‍🏫 <strong>Class Title:</strong> Talking about waste!</p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Basic (A1–A2)<br><strong>Focus:</strong> Vocabulary + Sentence Order<br><strong>Grammar Target:</strong> Present Simple<br><strong>Skills:</strong> Speaking, Listening, Writing<br><strong>Estimated Time:</strong> 45–60 minutes</p><p>1️⃣ WARM-UP (5–10 min) – <strong>Let’s Talk Trash</strong> ♻️</p><p><br/></p><p>throw away = jogar fora</p><p><br/></p><p>i need to throw  the garbage away.</p><p>put </p><p>put away all the groceries</p><p>and throw away all the unneccesary items but remember to separate to recycle.</p><p><br>Ask slowly and clearly:</p><ul><li><p>Do you throw things away?</p></li><li><p>yes  i do. I throw away many things like the garbage,empty glasses, rotten food, food leftovers.</p></li><li><p>Do you recycle bottles or paper?</p></li><li><p>Yes i do. i commonly recycle bottles and i put them in the right bin. here in the condominium we have different garbage bins for recycling.</p></li><li><p>Do you use plastic bags or cups every day?</p><p>yes i use plastic bags because in the supermarket is easier to put away/ carry the groceries. i don´t use plastic cups at home.</p></li></ul><p>Show or describe items like a plastic bottle, a trash can, or a recycling bin. Ask:<br>“What is this?” “What do you do with it?”</p><p>Support them with sentence starters:</p><ul><li><p>This is a glass bottle.</p></li><li><p>essa é uma garrafa de vidro.</p></li><li><p>I throw it away./ throw away the garbage/throw the garbage away.</p></li><li><p>jogue fora o lixo </p></li><li><p>I recycle it./  we need to recycle more!</p><p>do you recyle? or do you need to reinforce your recycle system at home?</p></li><li><p>i need to reinforce the recycle system at my home.</p></li><li><p>precisamos reciclar mais </p></li></ul><p>2️⃣ VOCABULARY INTRO (10–15 min) – <strong>Learn 5 Useful Words</strong></p><p>Introduce the words one by one. Use a clear example and a simple question for each:</p><ol><li><p><strong>Waste</strong> – “We waste food when we throw it away.”<br>Ask: Do you waste food?</p></li><li><p><strong>Recycle</strong> – “We recycle paper and bottles to use them again.”<br>Ask: What do you recycle?</p></li><li><p><strong>Single-use plastic</strong> – “A straw or plastic spoon used one time.”<br>Ask: Do you use plastic cups or forks?</p></li><li><p><strong>Rely on</strong> – “I rely on my phone. I need it every day.”<br>Ask: What do you rely on?</p></li><li><p>i rely on my husband. he helps me in everything i need.</p></li><li><p><strong>Cut back on / Cut down on</strong> – “I want to use less plastic. I want to cut down on plastic bags.” ( to reduce- to eliminate)<br>Ask: What do you want to cut down on?</p></li><li><p>i want to cut down on the use of straws at home.</p><p>and i need to cut down on sweets.</p></li></ol><p>Help them repeat the sentences and then create one of their own. For example:</p><blockquote><p>“I recycle paper.”<br>“I want to cut back on sugar.”</p><p><br/></p></blockquote><p>3️⃣ SENTENCE ORDER PRACTICE (10–15 min) – <strong>Fix the Sentence!</strong></p><p>Tell the student that words in English need to be in the right order.<br>Give them jumbled sentences. Have them fix the order.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>"always / I / plastic / use"<br>Student corrects: "I always use plastic."</p></li><li><p>"we / never / food / waste"<br>Correct version: "We never waste food."</p></li><li><p>"cut back on / bags / I / plastic"<br>Correct: "I cut back on plastic bags."</p></li></ul><p>Practice a few more. Encourage them to make 2 new sentences using the vocabulary.</p><p>4️⃣ PRACTICE ACTIVITY (5–10 min) – <strong>True or False for Me</strong> 🗣️</p><p>Say some sentences using the new words. The student must say if it's <strong>true</strong> or <strong>false</strong> for them.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>"I use single-use plastic every day."</p></li><li><p>"I recycle plastic bottles."</p></li><li><p>"I want to cut down on waste."</p></li><li><p>"I rely on my phone a lot."</p></li></ul><p>The student answers:</p><ul><li><p>Yes, that’s true!</p></li><li><p>No, that’s not true.</p></li><li><p>Not every day.</p></li></ul><p>You can make it fun by exaggerating and letting them correct you.</p><p>5️⃣ PRODUCTION TASK (10–15 min) – <strong>My Life and Plastic</strong></p><p>Now it’s time for them to speak more freely, using everything they’ve learned.</p><p>Ask them to answer simple questions:</p><ul><li><p>What do you waste at home?</p></li><li><p>What do you recycle?</p></li><li><p>Do you use single-use plastics?</p></li><li><p>What do you rely on every day?</p></li><li><p>What do you want to cut down on?</p></li></ul><p>Support them with sentence starters like:</p><ul><li><p>I waste...</p></li><li><p>I recycle...</p></li><li><p>I want to cut down on...</p></li><li><p>I rely on...</p></li></ul><p>Optional writing task (if they can):<br>Ask them to write 3–4 short sentences using the new words.</p><p><br/></p><p>🏠 HOMEWORK</p><p>Ask your student to look around their house and choose 3 objects. For each one, they should decide:</p><p> Leftover food </p><p><br/></p><p>At home normally we do not have leftovers, sometime on the weekends my boyfriend orders pizza and we eat it watching a movie. sometime we have pizza leftovers, but we don´t want to<strong> throw it away.</strong> because we don´t want to <strong>waste</strong> food. so, we sometime have the pizza leftover in the breakfast.</p><p><br/></p><p>At home we usually recycle plastic bottles. Recycling is very important for the health of our planet, we separate the garbage and recycle all the plastic bottles and avoid buying them and throw them away.</p><p><br/></p><p>Glass cup can be recycled but normally we use it to store leftover food, decorate it with flowers and organize some things in the cupboards. </p><p><br/></p><p> Plastic bottle</p><p> Glassy cup</p><ul><li><p>Is it waste? Yes, it waste.| It's not waste.| It's not waste.</p></li><li><p>Can you recycle it? No, i can't recycle.| Yes, i can recycle.| Yes, i can reclycle making a beautiful decoration.</p></li><li><p>Is it single-use plastic? No. it is a letover food.|Yes is a single-use-plastic.| No it is a glass.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>Ask them to write 3 short sentences for next class:</p><ul><li><p>“This is a plastic cup. It is single-use.”</p></li><li><p>“I recycle this bottle.”</p></li><li><p>“I want to waste less food.”</p></li><li><p>I hate food waste.</p></li><li><p>I usually recicly all the plastic in my house.</p></li><li><p>Using straws is a terrible for our planet .</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250704" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-07 15:19:26 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3512609614</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 6 REVIEW</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3515019156</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_waste_worksheet__.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-09 15:59:27 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3515019156</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 7</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3515019973</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Phrasal verbs mentioned</strong></p><p><strong>heat up - aquecer- esquentar - subir a temperatura<br></strong>increase in temperature</p><ul><li><p>The planet <strong>is heating up</strong> due to a high level of CO2 in the atmosphere.</p></li><li><p>If you put food in the microwave, <strong>it heats up.</strong>&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>during the summer in salvador we have a very strong weather. <strong>it heats up</strong> very much.</p></li><li><p>in the summer the temperature heats up in dubai.</p></li></ul><p><strong>rely on (something)<br></strong>depend on something; need something for another thing to function&nbsp;</p><ul><li><p>Humans<strong> rely on</strong> fossil fuels to heat our homes and fuel our cars.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>When I broke my ankle, I relied on my family to help me around the house.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>i rely on my husband and my friends here because i need help with my work.</p></li></ul><p><strong>dry up<br></strong>lose liquid and become dry</p><ul><li><p>This valley used to be a lake but it dried up centuries ago.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>The juice you spilled on the floor has finally dried up.</p></li><li><p>my clothes that i washed finally dried up.</p></li><li><p>i need to put my dress to dry up. ( to be dried up)</p></li></ul><p><strong>die out<br></strong>gradually become extinct e.g. species&nbsp;</p><ul><li><p>If we don't protect their habitats, many species will die out before the end of the century.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>Some traditional skills are dying out in modern society.</p></li><li><p>some professions will <strong>die out</strong> because AI is increasing a lot and some  jobs will be replaced by AI.&nbsp;</p></li></ul><p><strong>wipe (something) out&nbsp;<br></strong>eliminate something, e.g. a species, in a sudden and destructive way.</p><ul><li><p>Pollution and deforestation have wiped out entire ecosystems.</p></li><li><p>The hurricane wiped out the entire neighbourhood, leaving only destruction and debris.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>the new system will wipe out bars , restaurants and beach vendors in the beach.</p></li><li><p>the brazilian government needs to <strong>wipe out/ eliminate</strong> corruption.</p></li></ul><p><strong>cut down on (something)<br></strong>use or do less of something&nbsp;</p><ul><li><p>One way to combat climate change is to cut down on our use of fossil fuels.</p></li><li><p>I'm going to start cutting down on sugar to improve my health.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>i cut down my screen time because i need to study more.</p></li></ul><p><strong>fight for (something)<br>push for (something)<br></strong>try really hard to achieve something or make it happen&nbsp;</p><ul><li><p>The community is fighting for cleaner air and water in their neighbourhood.</p></li><li><p>The workers are pushing for higher <strong>wages/salary</strong>  and better conditions.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>i fight for new opportunity about my work and push for learn<strong>ing</strong> how to drive in dubai.</p></li></ul><p><strong>take part in (something)<br></strong>partiicipate in an activity or event</p><ul><li><p>I took part in a beach clean-up event and together we removed 200 bags of rubbish/garbage.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>Every year, we take part in a fundraising challenge to raise money for sustainability projects.&nbsp;</p></li><li><p>i take part in a cosmetic team in dubai </p></li><li><p>i would <strong>like to take part in</strong> a cosmetic team here in Dubai.</p></li></ul><p>&nbsp;</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/features/phrasal_verbs_with_georgie/ep-241107" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-09 16:00:56 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3515019973</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>HOMEWORK</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3515020433</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk//learningenglish/features/phrasal_verbs_with_georgie/pvwg_climate_change_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-09 16:01:54 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3515020433</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 8</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3518949410</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧑‍🏫 <strong>Class Plan: Talking About Confidence</strong></p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Basic A1–A2<br><strong>Skills:</strong> Listening, Speaking, Vocabulary<br><strong>Duration:</strong> 45–60 minutes<br><strong>Theme:</strong> What makes you feel confident or shy?</p><p>🎯 <strong>Objectives</strong></p><p>By the end of the class, students will be able to:</p><ul><li><p>Understand and use vocabulary related to confidence and shyness</p></li><li><p>Talk about situations where they feel confident or shy</p></li><li><p>Use basic sentence patterns to express feelings</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>🧠 <strong>Warm-up (5–7 minutes)</strong></p><p><strong>Ask students:</strong></p><blockquote><p>How do you feel when you speak in front of many people?</p><p>i feel very confident because i feel secure about the topic/subject.<br>Do you feel confident or shy?</p></blockquote><p>i feel confident because i have mindfullness and that permit me be very confident when i speak. </p><p><br/></p><p>do you ever feel shy?</p><p>yes, i feel shy when i was a child and i had to show  my work in front of the class and the teacher and i remember that i used to feel very shy.</p><p><br/></p><p>💬 Write the two words on the board:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Confident = secure/ mindfullness/ knowlegeable/ trustworthy.</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>Shy= afraid/ scare/ confused/blush/</strong></p></li></ul><p>Let students give short examples (yes/no or one-word answers if necessary).</p><p><br/></p><p>📚 <strong>Vocabulary Presentation (10 minutes)</strong></p><p>Teach the following words with simple definitions and examples:</p><ol><li><p><strong>Confident</strong> – You feel good, sure about yourself.</p><blockquote><p>"She is confident when she sings."</p><p>i´m confident when i talk on my instagram.</p></blockquote></li><li><p><strong>Confidence</strong> – The noun. The feeling of being sure.</p><blockquote><p>"I have confidence in my English."</p><p>i have confidence in my boyfriend.</p></blockquote></li><li><p><strong>Shy</strong> – You feel nervous around people.</p><blockquote><p>"He is shy in new situations."</p><p>i am shy with new people.</p></blockquote></li><li><p><strong>Nerve-racking</strong> – Something very stressful or scary.</p><blockquote><p>"Speaking in public is nerve-racking!"</p><p>i feel nerve racking when i am talking english with people.</p></blockquote></li><li><p><strong>Boost your confidence</strong> – To help you feel better or stronger.</p><blockquote><p>"A smile can boost your confidence."</p><p>your breathing boosts your confidence in the right moment.</p></blockquote></li></ol><p><br/></p><p>NEW WORDS:</p><p>noun - abilities - ability - weird -opposite -audience -foreing city- stance- unless.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>💡 <strong>Optional</strong>: Use pictures or mime expressions (confident posture vs. shy body language).</p><p>🎧 <strong>Listening: Neil &amp; Beth’s Conversation (10–15 minutes)</strong></p><p><strong>Play or read a simple adapted conversation:</strong></p><p><strong>Beth:</strong> Do you feel confident speaking English?<br><strong>Neil:</strong> Sometimes. But speaking in front of a class is very <strong>nerve-racking</strong>!<br><strong>Beth:</strong> Yes! I feel very <strong>shy</strong> in big groups.<br><strong>Neil:</strong> I feel <strong>confident</strong> when I know the topic.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> Me too. Practicing really <strong>boosts my confidence</strong>.<br><strong>Neil:</strong> I feel more confident when people smile and listen.</p><p><strong>Comprehension Questions (oral or written):</strong></p><ol><li><p>Does Neil feel confident all the time?</p></li><li><p>What makes Beth feel shy?</p></li><li><p>What helps Beth feel more confident?</p></li><li><p>What helps Neil feel confident?</p></li></ol><p>🗣️ <strong>Speaking Practice (10–15 minutes)</strong></p><p><strong>Activity: “Confident or Shy?”</strong></p><p>Ask:</p><blockquote><p>In these situations, do you feel confident or shy? Why?</p></blockquote><p>Situations:</p><ul><li><p>Speaking English in class</p></li><li><p>Talking to a new person</p></li><li><p>Singing in front of people</p></li><li><p>Asking for help</p></li><li><p>Using English at work</p></li></ul><p>📝 Let students answer with:</p><blockquote><p>"I feel confident when…" / "I feel shy when…"<br>"Speaking in public is nerve-racking."<br>"My teacher's smile boosts my confidence."</p></blockquote><p>You can model examples and let them repeat and personalize.</p><p>✍️ <strong>Short Writing (Optional – Homework or in class)</strong></p><p>Ask students to write 3 short sentences:</p><ol><li><p>One thing that makes you feel confident</p></li><li><p>One thing that makes you feel shy</p></li><li><p>What helps boost your confidence</p></li></ol><p>✅ <strong>Wrap-up (5 minutes)</strong></p><p>Ask students:</p><blockquote><p>What new words did you learn today?<br>How can you boost your confidence this week?</p></blockquote><p>💡 Option: End with a positive message:</p><blockquote><p>"Confidence grows with practice!" 🌱✨</p></blockquote>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250711" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-14 13:12:35 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3518949410</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2 Review</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3521293987</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧑‍🏫 BASIC ENGLISH LESSON – “Social Media Habits”</p><p>🎧 <em>Based on the BBC Real Easy English podcast</em></p><p>🎯 OBJECTIVE</p><p>Students will:</p><ul><li><p>Understand and use four new vocabulary words: <em>maybe</em>, <em>probably</em>, <em>definitely</em>, <em>catch up with</em></p></li><li><p>Practice talking about their social media habits</p></li><li><p>Improve listening and speaking fluency in everyday conversation</p><p><br></p></li></ul><p>🧠 1. WARM-UP (5–7 min)</p><p><strong>Ask your student:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you use social media?</p></li><li><p>yes i do, i like to use/using social media my favorite social media is instagram because is better for me.</p></li><li><p>Which app do you use the most? (Instagram, TikTok, WhatsApp…) why?</p></li></ul><p>i use the most instagram and whatsapp because i talk with my friends and family on my instagram i post about my life and tips for beuty, fashion and my work as a cosmetician, and permanent make up artist.</p><ul><li><p>How many hours a day do you use your phone?</p></li><li><p>well more or less than 6 hour a day / per day.</p></li></ul><p>Use simple English and allow short, open answers. Help with vocabulary as needed.</p><p><br></p><p>📚 2. VOCABULARY (10 min)</p><p>Teach these 4 words/phrases from the conversation:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Maybe</strong> – not sure / <strong>perhaps</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>Probably</strong> – more than 50% sure</p></li><li><p><strong>Definitely</strong> – 100% sure</p></li><li><p><strong>Catch up with someone</strong> – talk to a friend you haven’t seen in a long time/ let´s catch up any time?</p><p><br></p></li></ul><p>someone</p><p>somebody</p><p>everybody</p><p>anybody</p><p>anyone</p><p>nothing</p><p>something</p><p>some/ any?</p><p>do you have any friend in france?</p><p>yes i have some( 2.,3,4 .5)</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Practice</strong>:<br>Say each sentence and ask the student to choose the right word:</p><ul><li><p>"__maybe_ I will stop using TikTok… but I’m not sure."</p></li><li><p>"I will definitely___ use my phone tomorrow. I have many messages!"</p></li><li><p>"I _probably__ want to take a break from Instagram. I’m sure about it."</p></li><li><p>"On the weekend, I will __catch up with_ my cousin. We haven’t talked in a long time."</p></li></ul><p>🎧 3. LISTENING TASK (10–12 min)</p><p>Play a short part of the audio (you can choose 1–2 minutes, e.g. from “Today we’re talking about social media…” until “...you can waste a lot of time watching TikTok”).</p><p><strong>Ask basic comprehension questions</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>What is the topic?</p></li><li><p>Who likes social media?</p></li><li><p>What app is Georgie talking about?</p></li><li><p>Does she like or hate it?</p></li></ul><p>Then ask:</p><ul><li><p>Does Neil watch TikTok?</p></li><li><p>What does Neil think about his phone use?</p></li></ul><p>Go slowly and pause often for clarification or repetition.</p><p>💬 4. SPEAKING PRACTICE (10–15 min)</p><p><strong>Ask your student</strong> to answer these using the vocabulary:</p><ul><li><p>Do you <em>maybe</em>, <em>probably</em>, or <em>definitely</em> use your phone too much?</p></li><li><p>What do you <em>definitely</em> like about social media?</p></li><li><p>Do you <em>probably</em> want to stop using your phone so much?</p></li><li><p>Who do you like to <em>catch up with</em>?</p></li></ul><p>Give your own example before they respond, e.g.:<br>"I definitely use my phone too much! I love watching short videos. Maybe I will stop someday."</p><p>✍️ 5. OPTIONAL WRITING TASK (Homework or quick in-class)</p><p>Write 4 sentences:</p><ol><li><p>One with <strong>maybe</strong></p></li><li><p>One with <strong>probably</strong></p></li><li><p>One with <strong>definitely</strong></p></li><li><p>One with <strong>catch up with</strong></p></li></ol><p>Example:<br>"I probably use my phone 3 hours a day."<br>"I catch up with my friend on WhatsApp."</p><p>🔁 6. REVIEW &amp; WRAP-UP</p><p>Review the 4 new expressions. Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Which new word do you remember best?</p></li><li><p>Will you <em>maybe</em> change your phone habits?</p></li></ul><p>Remind them:<br><strong>Maybe = not sure</strong><br><strong>Probably = more than 50% sure</strong><br><strong>Definitely = 100% sure</strong><br><strong>Catch up with = talk to someone after a long time</strong></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/240621" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-16 13:17:17 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3521293987</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3522315135</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧑‍🏫 BASIC ENGLISH LESSON – “Social Media Habits”</p><p>🎧 <em>Based on the BBC Real Easy English podcast</em></p><p>🎯 OBJECTIVE</p><p>Students will:</p><ul><li><p>Understand and use four new vocabulary words: <em>maybe</em>, <em>probably</em>, <em>definitely</em>, <em>catch up with</em></p></li><li><p>Practice talking about their social media habits</p></li><li><p>Improve listening and speaking fluency in everyday conversation</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>🧠 1. WARM-UP (5–7 min)</p><p><strong>Ask your student:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you use social media?</p></li><li><p>yes i do, i like to use/using social media my favorite social media is instagram because is better for me.</p></li><li><p>Which app do you use the most? (Instagram, TikTok, WhatsApp…) why?</p></li></ul><p>i use the most instagram and whatsapp because i talk with my friends and family on my instagram i post about my life and tips for beuty, fashion and my work as a cosmetician, and permanent make up artist.</p><ul><li><p>How many hours a day do you use your phone?</p></li><li><p>well more or less than 6 hour a day / per day.</p></li></ul><p>Use simple English and allow short, open answers. Help with vocabulary as needed.</p><p><br/></p><p>📚 2. VOCABULARY (10 min)</p><p>Teach these 4 words/phrases from the conversation:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Maybe</strong> – not sure / <strong>perhaps</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>Probably</strong> – more than 50% sure</p></li><li><p><strong>Definitely</strong> – 100% sure</p></li><li><p><strong>Catch up with someone</strong> – talk to a friend you haven’t seen in a long time/ let´s catch up any time?</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>someone</p><p>somebody</p><p>everybody</p><p>anybody</p><p>anyone</p><p>nothing</p><p>something</p><p>some/ any?</p><p>do you have any friend in france?</p><p>yes i have some( 2.,3,4 .5)</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Practice</strong>:<br>Say each sentence and ask the student to choose the right word:</p><ul><li><p>"__maybe_ I will stop using TikTok… but I’m not sure."</p></li><li><p>"I will definitely___ use my phone tomorrow. I have many messages!"</p></li><li><p>"I _probably__ want to take a break from Instagram. I’m sure about it."</p></li><li><p>"On the weekend, I will __catch up with_ my cousin. We haven’t talked in a long time."</p></li></ul><p>🎧 3. LISTENING TASK (10–12 min)</p><p>Play a short part of the audio (you can choose 1–2 minutes, e.g. from “Today we’re talking about social media…” until “...you can waste a lot of time watching TikTok”).</p><p><strong>Ask basic comprehension questions</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>What is the topic?</p></li><li><p>The topic is about the use of social media.</p></li><li><p>Who likes social media?</p></li><li><p>Geogie likes to use social media more. </p></li><li><p>What app is Georgie talking about?</p></li><li><p>Georgie is talking about tiktok.</p></li><li><p>Does she like or hate it?</p></li><li><p>She likes and hates because can be very addictive and can waste a lot of time watching tiktok videos.</p></li></ul><p>Then ask:</p><ul><li><p>Does Neil watch TikTok?</p></li><li><p>he thinks he is very old for that.</p></li><li><p>What does Neil think about his phone use?</p></li><li><p>Neil thinks his phone makes him waste a lof of time in front of the screen.</p></li></ul><p>Go slowly and pause often for clarification or repetition.</p><p>💬 4. SPEAKING PRACTICE (10–15 min)</p><p><strong>Ask your student</strong> to answer these using the vocabulary:</p><p><br/></p><p>I USE A LOT OF SOCIAL MEDIA, I LIKE INSTAGRAM BECAUSE <strong>I LIKE TO POST</strong> AND GIVE TIPS <strong>FOR </strong> BEAUTY AND <strong>I LIKE TO SHARE </strong>MY ROUTINE, <strong>BESIDES THAT</strong> MY WORK.</p><ul><li><p>Do you <strong><em>maybe</em>, <em>probably</em>, or <em>definitely</em></strong> use your phone too much?</p></li><li><p>I definitely use my phone a lot <strong>for selling</strong> my beauty products.</p><p><br/></p><p>What do you <em>definitely</em> like about social media?</p></li><li><p>Maybe i think  social media is addictive and a way to waste  your time. but i like to use because i know the things i can do and the things<strong> i shouldn´t do.</strong></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you <em>probably</em> want to stop using your phone so much?</p></li><li><p>yes, because I<strong> could</strong> have more free time for reading, for meditating/meditaion, and creating new possibilities for my work/ area/ field.</p></li><li><p>Who do you like to <em>catch up with</em>?</p></li><li><p>i want to catch up with my sister because  we don´t talk for a long time and i miss her.</p></li></ul><p>Give your own example before they respond, e.g.:<br>"I definitely use my phone too much! I love watching short videos. Maybe I will stop someday."</p><p>✍️ 5. OPTIONAL WRITING TASK (Homework or quick in-class)</p><p>Write 4 sentences:</p><ol><li><p>One with <strong>maybe</strong></p><p>Maybe i will work at salon.</p></li><li><p>One with <strong>probably</strong></p><p>I will probably go to bed early today.</p></li><li><p>One with <strong>definitely</strong></p><p>I definitely can't stand lies.</p></li><li><p>One with <strong>catch up with</strong></p><p>I need <strong>to</strong> catch up with my mom.</p></li></ol><p>Example:<br>"I probably use my phone 3 hours a day."<br>"I catch up with my friend on WhatsApp."</p><p><br/></p><p>🔁 6. REVIEW &amp; WRAP-UP</p><p>Review the 4 new expressions. Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Which new word do you remember best?</p></li><li><p>maybe - probably - definitely - catch up with- doubt -since - to share - besides that - stay in touch.</p></li><li><p>Will you <em>maybe</em> change your phone habits?</p></li></ul><p>Remind them:<br><strong>Maybe = not sure</strong><br><strong>Probably = more than 50% sure</strong><br><strong>Definitely = 100% sure</strong><br><strong>Catch up with = talk to someone after a long time</strong></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/240621" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-17 11:49:50 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3522315135</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3522319415</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🌟 Easy English: Someone / Somebody / Everyone / Everybody</p><p>🟣 Someone / Somebody</p><p>✅ They mean <strong>one person</strong>, but we <strong>don’t know who</strong>.<br>✅ They are the <strong>same</strong> — you can use either.</p><ul><li><p><strong>Use with "is"</strong> (third person singular).</p></li><li><p>👀 <em>Examples:</em></p><ul><li><p>Someone is at the door.</p></li><li><p>Somebody is calling you.</p></li><li><p>I need someone to help me.</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>🟢 Everyone / Everybody</p><p>✅ They mean <strong>all the people</strong>.<br>✅ They are the <strong>same</strong> — you can use either.</p><ul><li><p><strong>Use with "is"</strong> (even though it means many people!)</p></li><li><p>👀 <em>Examples:</em></p><ul><li><p>Everyone is happy.</p></li><li><p>Everybody is ready.</p></li><li><p>I love when everyone sings!</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>🧠 Grammar Tip!</p><p>After these words, we often use <strong>"they" / "them" / "their"</strong> (not “he” or “she”):</p><ul><li><p>❌ <em>Someone forgot his book.</em></p></li><li><p>✅ <em>Someone forgot </em><strong><em>their</em></strong><em> book.</em></p></li><li><p>✅ <em>Everybody brought </em><strong><em>their</em></strong><em> phones.</em></p></li></ul><p>✍️ Task: Fill in the Blanks</p><p><strong>Choose:</strong> someone / somebody / everyone / everybody</p><ol><li><p>_someone/somebody__ is knocking at the door.</p></li><li><p>I see/<strong>saw</strong> everyone/everybody_at the park yesterday.</p></li><li><p>__everyone/everybody___ is very tired today.</p></li><li><p>Pedro is not here. Maybe __someone/somebody__took his pen.</p></li><li><p>It’s Ana’s birthday. __everyone/everybody_singing to her!</p></li><li><p>I need _someone/somebody_________ to help me with this bag.</p></li><li><p>__everybody/everyone__ in my class likes music.</p></li><li><p>Can __someone/somebody__ please answer the phone?</p></li></ol><p>✅ Answer Key (for teacher)</p><ol><li><p>Someone / Somebody</p></li><li><p>Someone / Somebody</p></li><li><p>Everyone / Everybody</p></li><li><p>Someone / Somebody</p></li><li><p>Everyone / Everybody</p></li><li><p>Someone / Somebody</p></li><li><p>Everyone / Everybody</p></li><li><p>Someone / Somebody</p></li></ol><p>💬 Speaking Practice (Optional)</p><p>Ask your student:</p><ul><li><p>Do you know <strong>someone</strong> famous?</p></li><li><p>no, i don´t know <strong>anyone</strong> famous.</p></li><li><p>Is there <strong>somebody</strong> in your family who plays an instrument?</p><p>yes i have someone special that plays an instrument, he plays the guitar.</p></li><li><p>What does <strong>everyone</strong> in your house do on Sundays?</p></li><li><p>everyone/everybody on sunday watch tv, or play and go to the swimming pool.</p></li><li><p>Does <strong>everybody</strong> in dubai wear a baya?</p></li><li><p>no, because who wears a baya are arabic women, and practices islamic religion. Everyone wears normal clothes in dubai including myself, <strong>however/ i wear a baya sometimes.</strong></p><p><br/></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/$s_!Yjd9!,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F93d0d735-a93b-47f1-99d1-ccb2c644fe5c_1000x662.jpeg" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-17 11:58:12 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3522319415</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 3</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3525155877</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>💄✨ ESL LESSON – EYEBROW LAMINATION &amp; BEAUTY TECHNIQUES</p><p><strong>Level</strong>: Basic (A1–A2)<br><strong>Student profile</strong>: Cosmetician working with eyebrow design<br><strong>Duration</strong>: 60 minutes<br><strong>Goal</strong>: Learn beauty-related vocabulary, face parts, techniques, and basic verbs to describe her work routine.<br><strong>Grammar focus</strong>: Simple Present</p><p>1. Warm-up Questions (5–7 minutes)</p><p>Begin with simple questions to introduce the topic and activate background knowledge:</p><ul><li><p>What do you do?</p></li><li><p>Do you work with eyebrows?</p></li><li><p>What tools do you use?</p></li><li><p>What do you like about your job?</p></li></ul><p>Let her speak freely. Offer support with vocabulary and pronunciation.</p><p>2. Vocabulary – Parts of the Face (10 minutes)</p><p>Teach these words using visuals or gestures. Encourage repetition and pronunciation practice.</p><p><strong>Vocabulary with Portuguese translations</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>Eyebrow – sobrancelha</p></li><li><p>Eyelid – pálpebra</p></li><li><p>Eyelashes – cílios</p></li><li><p>Eye – olho</p></li><li><p>Forehead – testa</p></li><li><p>Nose – nariz</p></li><li><p>Cheek – bochecha</p></li><li><p>Lips – lábios</p></li><li><p>Mouth – boca</p></li><li><p>Chin – queixo</p></li><li><p>Skin – pele</p></li></ul><p><strong>Practice ideas</strong>:<br>Ask her to point to each part on her own face or on a printed face diagram. Example prompts: “Touch your nose.” / “Where are your eyebrows?”</p><p>3. Vocabulary – Tools and Techniques (10 minutes)</p><p>Introduce tools and verbs used in beauty routines. Use real items, images, or miming to reinforce understanding.</p><p><strong>Vocabulary with Portuguese translations</strong>:</p><p><strong>Beauty tools</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>Tweezers – pinça</p></li><li><p>Thread – linha (para depilação)</p></li><li><p>Brush – escova ou pincel</p></li><li><p>Comb – pente</p></li><li><p>Scissors – tesoura</p></li><li><p>Mirror – espelho</p></li><li><p>Cream – creme</p></li><li><p>Gel – gel</p></li><li><p>Tape – fita adesiva</p></li><li><p>Tint – tinta (para sobrancelhas)</p></li><li><p>Spoolie – escovinha de sobrancelha</p></li></ul><p><strong>Beauty verbs</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>Shape – moldar / dar forma</p></li><li><p>Laminate – laminar / alinhar os fios</p></li><li><p>Tint – tingir / colorir</p></li><li><p>Clean – limpar</p></li><li><p>Brush – escovar / pentear</p></li><li><p>Cut – cortar</p></li><li><p>Remove – remover</p></li><li><p>Apply – aplicar</p></li></ul><p><strong>Practice</strong>:<br>Help her build basic phrases using the vocabulary, such as:<br>“I brush the eyebrows.”<br>“I apply the gel.”<br>“I use tweezers.”<br>“I shape the eyebrow with thread.”</p><p>4. Reading – What is Brow Lamination? (10 minutes)</p><p>Use this short, simplified reading to reinforce vocabulary and reading comprehension.</p><p><strong>Reading text</strong>:<br><strong>Brow</strong> lamination is a <strong>beauty treatment</strong>. It makes <strong>eyebrows </strong>look full and clean. The <strong>cosmetician</strong> uses cream, brush, and gel. The <strong>eyebrows</strong> go up and look perfect!</p><p><strong>Comprehension questions</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>What is brow lamination?</p></li><li><p>What products do you use?</p></li><li><p>Is this part of your work?</p></li></ul><p>5. Speaking Practice – My Beauty Routine (10–15 minutes)</p><p>Guide the student in describing a basic work routine using the present simple.</p><p>Examples:<br>“I clean the skin.”<br>“I brush the eyebrow.”<br>“I apply the cream.”<br>“I tint the eyebrow.”<br>“I laminate the eyebrow.”</p><p>If she’s confident, ask her to describe the full process of brow lamination in her own words using simple phrases.</p><p><br/></p><p>First, i clean the skin with water and cotton, after that  i apply the cream on the first step of the treatment.</p><p> for 15 minutes, we wait for lamminating the eyebrows.</p><p><br/></p><p>second, i remove the water and the cotton, and apply the second treatment, this is a neutralized step for 15 minutes and remove it.</p><p><br/></p><p>third step, i apply the moustourized cream and it stays on the eyebrows for 15 minutes and  i remove it after.</p><p><br/></p><p>finally, we shape the eyebrows with the technique i hold.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>6. Final Task – Speaking or Writing (10 minutes)</p><p><strong>Option A – Speaking</strong>:<br>Describe your favorite beauty technique using 4–6 sentences. Use the vocabulary and verbs from class.</p><p><strong>Option B – Writing</strong>:<br>Write a short paragraph about your eyebrow routine. You can start with:<br>“I clean… I apply… I brush… I shape…”</p><p><br/></p><p>*My eyebrow routine is: i clean my face with neutral soap and Brush my eyebrow every day in the night and apply moisturizer to increase circulation and improve growth.</p><p>Optional Homework</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Take photos of your tools and write their names in English.</p></li><li><p>Record an audio or video describing how you do eyebrow lamination.</p></li><li><p>Draw a face and label the parts in English.</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://images.pexels.com/photos/3762664/pexels-photo-3762664.jpeg?auto=compress&amp;cs=tinysrgb&amp;dpr=1&amp;w=500" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-21 15:24:13 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3525155877</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3525156247</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>💋 Lesson Plan: <strong>Neutralized Lips for Cosmeticians (Basic Student)</strong></p><p>🎯 Objective:</p><ul><li><p>Understand what the <strong>Neutralized Lips</strong> technique is.</p></li><li><p>Learn how to explain the <strong>basic steps</strong> in English.</p></li><li><p>Use key <strong>vocabulary with meanings in Portuguese</strong> to talk about the process.</p></li></ul><p>🔤 Vocabulary (with definitions in Portuguese):</p><ul><li><p><strong>Lips</strong> – Lábios</p></li><li><p><strong>Pigment</strong> – Pigmento</p></li><li><p><strong>Undertone</strong> – Subtom</p></li><li><p><strong>Dark spots</strong> – Manchas escuras</p></li><li><p><strong>Lip line</strong> – Linha dos lábios</p></li><li><p><strong>Numb cream</strong> – Creme anestésico</p></li><li><p><strong>Color corrector</strong> – Corretor de cor</p></li><li><p><strong>Healing</strong> – Cicatrização</p></li><li><p><strong>Swelling</strong> – Inchaço</p></li><li><p><strong>Touch-up</strong> – Retoque</p></li><li><p><strong>Session</strong> – Sessão</p></li><li><p><strong>Fade</strong> – Desbotar</p></li><li><p><strong>Needle</strong> – Agulha</p></li><li><p><strong>Even (color)</strong> – Uniforme (cor)</p></li></ul><p>🪞 Simple Steps: How to Do Neutralized Lips</p><ol><li><p><strong>Prepare the lips</strong><br>Say: “I clean the lips and apply numb cream.”<br>(Clean = limpar, apply = aplicar)</p></li><li><p><strong>Analyze the color</strong><br>Say: “I check the undertone and dark areas on the lips.”<br>(Check = verificar)</p></li><li><p><strong>Choose pigment</strong><br>Say: “I choose a pigment that corrects the dark color.”<br>(Corrects = corrige)</p></li><li><p><strong>Use the machine</strong><br>Say: “I use a needle to insert the pigment slowly.”<br>(Insert = inserir)</p></li><li><p><strong>Let the lips heal</strong><br>Say: “The lips may swell. Healing takes 7 to 10 days.”<br>(May swell = pode inchar)</p></li><li><p><strong>Do a touch-up</strong><br>Say: “After one month, I do a touch-up session to make the color even.”<br>(Make even = deixar uniforme)</p></li></ol><p>🗣️ Practice Sentences</p><p>Let your student complete and repeat:</p><ul><li><p>“I use _numb cream__ before the treatment.”</p></li><li><p>“Her lips have a _dark__ undertone.”</p></li><li><p>“After the session, the lips may _swell__.”</p></li><li><p>“A _healing__ is done after 4–6 weeks.”</p></li></ul><p>You can also ask questions like:</p><ul><li><p>“What do you do first?”</p></li><li><p>first, i clean the lip with water and cotton after that i apply the numb cream. i wait for 20 minutes and i start the technique.</p></li><li><p>“What pigment do you use for dark lips?”</p></li><li><p>i use the orange pigment for neutralizing the lips because the orange color in contact with the dark undertone, we get to reach the red natural color.</p></li><li><p>“How long does healing take?”</p></li><li><p>it heals between 30 and 60 days, i do a touch up sesssion to the even color.</p></li></ul><p>💡 Optional Activity</p><p>Have your student <strong>role-play</strong> a consultation:</p><p>client: “Hi! I want to neutralize my lips.”<br>cosmetician: “OK! First, I clean your lips and use numb cream after that I prepare my machine and the needles.</p><p>i prepare the design and apply the pigment indicated for your lips at the and i apply the moistureizer and finish the procedure. We will meet later for touch up.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://cdn.stocksnap.io/img-thumbs/960w/beauty-skincare_LRSAT4NCLS.jpg" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-21 15:25:02 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3525156247</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4 + review</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3527114109</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🌟 Full Lesson: The Verb <strong>"To Get"</strong> – Many Uses (Basic Level)</p><p>🎯 Lesson Goal</p><p>By the end of the class, your student will understand different meanings of <strong>"get"</strong> in English, including how to use <strong>"get to + verb"</strong> to talk about opportunities.</p><p><br/></p><p>🔤 Part 1: The Main Uses of “Get”</p><p><strong>1. Get = Receive</strong><br>We use "get" when we receive something.<br>Example: I get many messages every day.</p><p><strong>2. Get = Obtain / Buy</strong><br>We use "get" when we buy or take something.<br>Example: She got a new dress.</p><p><strong>3. Get = Arrive</strong><br>We use "get" when we arrive somewhere.<br>Example: What time did you get home?</p><p><strong>4. Get = Become (Change of State)</strong><br>We use "get" when someone or something changes.<br>Example: It’s getting cold.<br>Example: He got angry.</p><p>✨ Part 2: “Get to + Verb” = Have the Opportunity To</p><p>This means you have the chance, the opportunity, or the permission to do something. It often feels special or exciting.</p><p>Example:<br>I get to travel for work. → I have the opportunity to travel.<br>She gets to meet new people. → She has the chance to meet them.<br>They don’t get to go out. → They don’t have permission.<br>We got to see the concert. → We had the opportunity (past).</p><p>It’s a very common phrase in daily life!</p><p>🧠 Vocabulary Support (English to Portuguese)</p><ul><li><p>get home → chegar em casa</p></li><li><p>get cold → ficar frio</p></li><li><p>get messages → receber mensagens</p></li><li><p>get tired → ficar cansado</p></li><li><p>get to eat → poder comer</p></li><li><p>get to travel → ter a oportunidade de viajar</p></li><li><p>get to meet → ter a chance de conhecer</p></li></ul><p>🗣️ Task 1 – Match the Use</p><p>Say the sentence and ask: What does <strong>“get”</strong> mean?</p><ol><li><p>I got a present for my birthday. → receive</p></li><li><p>We got to the restaurant at 8pm. → arrive</p></li><li><p>She’s getting tired. → become</p></li><li><p>He got a coffee before work. → buy</p></li><li><p>I get to work from home. → have the opportunity</p></li></ol><p>✏️ Task 2 – Fill in the Blank</p><p>Help your student complete these:</p><ol><li><p>I always _____get___ a coffee in the morning.</p></li><li><p>What time did you ___get_____ home yesterday?</p><p>i got at 7 pm</p></li><li><p>She´s __getting______ very tired after work.</p></li><li><p>They __get______ many emails every day.</p></li><li><p>I ____got____ to relax on weekends.</p></li></ol><p>🎤 Task 3 – Personal Questions</p><p>Ask these to your student and encourage full-sentence answers:</p><ul><li><p>What do you usually get for your birthday?</p></li><li><p>i usually get a lot of presents from my family, etc.</p></li><li><p>Do you get to travel?</p></li><li><p>yes i get to travel in my holidays...</p></li><li><p>What time do you get to gym everyday?</p></li><li><p>i get to the gym at 7 pm every night.</p></li><li><p>Do you get tired at night?</p></li><li><p>yes i normally get tired after my english class</p></li><li><p>What do you get to do on weekends?</p></li><li><p>i get to walk around the shopping mall, drink some coffee and chill out a little.</p></li></ul><p>🎨 Task 4 – Creative Practice</p><p>Ask your student to make 4 short sentences using:</p><ol><li><p>get + something (receive)</p><p>I get flowers in my birthday.</p></li><li><p>get + place (arrive)</p><p>I get at my home at 7pm.</p></li><li><p>get + adjective (become)</p><p>I am getting hungry.</p></li><li><p>get to + verb (opportunity)</p><p>I<strong> will</strong> get to travel next year.</p></li></ol><p>Example answers:<br>– I get gifts at Christmas.<br>– I get home at 6.<br>– I get sleepy at night.<br>– I get to eat pizza on Fridays.</p><p>📝 Homework (Optional)</p><p>Ask your student to write <strong>5 sentences</strong> using “get”.<br>At least <strong>one sentence</strong> should use <strong>“get to + verb”</strong>.</p><p><br/></p><p>She gets pizza for the meeting.</p><p>They got at home 8pm.</p><p>I am getting nervous with this situation.</p><p>I  will get to visit my family in the holidays.</p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/$s_!Yjd9!,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F93d0d735-a93b-47f1-99d1-ccb2c644fe5c_1000x662.jpeg" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-23 16:11:38 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3527114109</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3527127491</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🌟 <strong>Lesson Plan: Introduction to Dermaplaning</strong></p><p><strong>Level</strong>: Basic<br><strong>Duration</strong>: 60 minutes<br><strong>Theme</strong>: Beauty Procedures – Dermaplaning</p><p>🎯 <strong>Lesson Objectives</strong></p><p>By the end of the lesson, the student will be able to:</p><ul><li><p>Understand and describe what dermaplaning is</p></li><li><p>Learn tools and steps in simple English</p></li><li><p>Use basic verbs to describe a routine</p></li><li><p>Talk about safety and results using basic vocabulary</p></li></ul><p>🧠 <strong>Warm-up (10 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Topic</strong>: “Skin Care Routine”<br>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Do you have a skin care routine?</p></li><li><p>What do you use: cream, soap, oil?</p></li><li><p>What do you know about <strong>exfoliating</strong>?</p></li><li><p>it´s a procedure for your skin and it makes whiter your skin and you have an oil control in your skin. you rub your face with the exfoliation.</p></li></ul><p>💬 Vocabulary for review:</p><ul><li><p>Skin</p></li><li><p>Face</p></li><li><p>Clean</p></li><li><p>Cream</p></li><li><p>Oil</p></li><li><p>Wash</p></li></ul><p>📘 <strong>Part 1 – What is Dermaplaning? (15 min)</strong></p><p>Use a short and simple explanation:</p><blockquote><p><strong>Dermaplaning</strong> is a beauty treatment. A professional uses a small blade to remove dead skin and  <strong>Peach fuzz from the skin,</strong> The skin looks clean and smooth after.</p></blockquote><p>🧴 <strong>Vocabulary</strong> (with Portuguese meaning):</p><ul><li><p><strong>Blade</strong> – lâmina</p></li><li><p><strong>Dead skin</strong> – pele morta</p></li><li><p><strong>Peach fuzz</strong> – penugem do rosto</p></li><li><p><strong>Smooth</strong> – macio(a)</p></li><li><p><strong>Exfoliate</strong> – esfoliar</p></li><li><p><strong>Glow</strong> – brilho (da pele)</p></li></ul><p>📸 Show simple pictures of the tools and procedure.</p><p>Ask yes/no or short-answer questions:</p><ul><li><p>Do you like smooth skin?</p></li></ul><p>yes i like very much to have smooth skin, i feel very pretty.</p><ul><li><p>Would you like to try this?</p></li><li><p>yes i would like to try the procedures of dermaplaning.</p></li><li><p>Is it safe to do it alone?</p></li><li><p>yes, you can do it by yourself with a blade which is dangerous but if you follow the technique you can succeed.  </p></li></ul><p>this is a dangerous procedure so, it´s better you look for a professional with a nice technique.</p><p><br/></p><p>🧼 <strong>Part 2 – Steps of Dermaplaning (20 min)</strong></p><p>Introduce the steps in simple English:</p><ol><li><p>Wash your face. 🧼</p></li><li><p>Dry your face with a clean towel.</p></li><li><p>Hold the blade at an angle. 🪒</p></li><li><p>Move the blade slowly on the skin.</p></li><li><p>Clean the face again.</p></li><li><p>Apply moisturizer or serum. 💧</p></li></ol><p>🗣️ <strong>Practice</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>Match pictures to the steps.</p></li><li><p>Repeat the steps with correct pronunciation.</p></li><li><p>Ask: <em>“What do you do first?”</em>, <em>“What do you do last?”</em></p></li></ul><p>🧪 <strong>Part 3 – Safety Tips (10 min)</strong></p><p>Talk about basic precautions:</p><blockquote><ul><li><p>Use a <strong>clean</strong> blade.</p></li><li><p>Don’t do it if you have <strong>acne</strong>.</p></li><li><p>Use <strong>sun protection</strong> after.</p></li><li><p>It’s better to go to a <strong>professional</strong>.</p></li></ul></blockquote><p><strong>Vocabulary</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>Clean – limpo</p></li><li><p>Acne – acne</p></li><li><p>Sun protection – protetor solar</p></li><li><p>Professional – profissional</p></li></ul><p>✍️ <strong>Wrap-Up Activity (5-10 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Writing Task</strong> (simple sentence practice):</p><ul><li><p>“I want to try dermaplaning because my skin needs<strong> to</strong> be smooth”</p></li><li><p>do you want to try dermaplaning, so your face is smooth?</p></li><li><p>“After dermaplaning, the skin is smooth, pretty and very glow!</p></li><li><p>“You need to use a blade and cotton, and alcohol 70 percent, to clean the skin and prepare your skin for the procedure”</p></li></ul><p>📌 Homework (Optional)</p><p>Ask your student to:</p><ul><li><p>Watch a 2–3 min video (with simple English or visual steps)</p></li><li><p>Write 3 new words she learned</p></li><li><p>Bring one question or opinion about dermaplaning for next class</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://glenrosebeautygallery.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/glenrose-beauty-gallery-Dermaplanning-1-755x1024.webp" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-23 16:40:42 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3527127491</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3527984007</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Class 1: “Talk”, “Speak”, “Say”, “Tell”</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎓 Objective:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Help the student understand and practice the different uses of the verbs talk, speak, say, and tell.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🕐 Duration:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>30–45 minutes</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🌟 Step-by-step:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p>👉 “Do you like talking to people?”</p><p>👉 “Who do you usually talk to?”</p><p>(Encourage use of “talk” or “speak” naturally.)</p><p><br/></p><p>eduardo, can you tell me everything that happened yesterday?</p><p> i am sorry but i can´t tell you</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. Guided Discovery: Simple Examples (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>🗣️ Talk – use for informal conversation:</p><p><br/></p><p>I talk to my friends every day.</p><p>Can we talk later?</p><p><br/></p><p>🗣️ Speak – more formal or one-way communication:</p><p><br/></p><p>I speak English.</p><p>The teacher is speaking now.</p><p><br/></p><p>💬 Say – focus on the words:</p><p><br/></p><p>She says “hello” every morning.</p><p>What did he say?</p><p><br/></p><p>📣 Tell – focus on giving information to someone (use with a person):</p><p><br/></p><p>He told me the truth.</p><p>I told my mom about the trip.</p><p><br/></p><p>🧠 Emphasize:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Say + something</p></li><li><p>Tell + someone + something</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3. Practice Task (10–15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>✅ Fill in the blank with the correct verb (talk, speak, say, tell).</p><p>Let the student try. Help if needed.</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>My sister always ___tells_____ the truth.</p></li><li><p>Can I __speak______ with you?</p></li><li><p>He __told me/ said______ he was tired.</p></li><li><p>I don’t ___speak_____ French.</p></li><li><p>Please __say__ your name.</p></li><li><p>She ___told me_____ me a story.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p>✅ Short speaking:</p><p>Ask your student to:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Tell me something you told someone yesterday.</p></li><li><p>i told my friend here in Dubai that my sister is pregnant.</p></li><li><p>Say one sentence you remember from a movie.</p></li><li><p>he said in the movie; I WILL LOVE YOU FOREVER.</p></li><li><p>Talk about a fun conversation YOU had recently.</p></li><li><p>RECENTLY  ONE GUY ASKED ME ABOUT MY PROFESSION AND HE SAID, ARE YOU A PERSONAL TRAINER? BECAUSE YOU ARE STRONG AND YOU CARRY MUCH WEIGHT AND I LAUGHED IN THE MOMENT.</p></li><li><p>Speak a sentence in English using “I speak…”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>I ANSWERED </p><p><br/></p><p>I AM NOT A PERSONAL TRAINER, I AM A NORMAL PERSON IN THE GYM, I STARTED TRAINING  A LONG TIME AGO, WHEN I WAS 14 YEARS AND I LOVE WORKING OUT.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4. Homework Idea:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Write 4 sentences:</p><p>One with talk, one with speak, one with say, and one with tell.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Class 2: “Make” vs. “Do”</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎓 Objective:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Understand the difference between make and do with practical examples.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🕐 Duration:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>30–45 minutes</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🌟 Step-by-step:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p>👉 “Do you like making things?”</p><p>👉 “What do you do every day?”</p><p>(Elicit natural examples.)</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. Guided Discovery: Simple Examples (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>🛠️ Make – create or produce something:</p><p><br/></p><p>I made a cake.</p><p>Let’s make a plan.</p><p>She made a mistake.</p><p>1 I MADE MEAT BALLS</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>🧹 Do – general actions, tasks or work:</p><p><br/></p><p>I do my homework every night.</p><p>He does the dishes.</p><p>She does yoga in the morning.</p><p>1</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p><br/></p><p>🧠 Tip for remembering:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Make = create</p></li><li><p>Do = perform / action</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3. Practice Task (10–15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>✅ Complete the sentences with make or do: MADE / DID</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>I always __MAKE______ my bed in the morning.</p></li><li><p>He ___MADE_____ a lot of noise at the party.</p></li><li><p>I need to __DO______ my homework.</p></li><li><p>She __made______ a phone call.</p></li><li><p>We do  the shopping every Saturday.</p></li><li><p>Can you ____make____ coffee?</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p>✅ Quick speaking game:</p><p>Ask your student:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What do you do at work/home?</p></li><li><p>Can you make something in the kitchen?</p></li><li><p>Tell me one thing you made last weekend.</p></li><li><p>Do you make or do mistakes sometimes?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4. Homework Idea:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Write 5 sentences:</p><p>3 using do and 2 using make (with different meanings)</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>eu preciso fazer dinheiro</p><p>i need to make money</p><p><br/></p><p>ela precisa parar de fazer barulho</p><p>she needs to stop to make noise/noisy</p><p><br/></p><p>eu preciso fazer compras</p><p>i need to do groceries</p><p><br/></p><p>renan so faz  a cama</p><p>renan makes the bed </p><p><br/></p><p>renan nao faz a lavanderia</p><p>renan doesn´t do the laundry</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/$s_!Yjd9!,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F93d0d735-a93b-47f1-99d1-ccb2c644fe5c_1000x662.jpeg" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-24 15:10:24 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3527984007</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3531355578</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🎯 <strong>Lesson Goal</strong></p><p>By the end of the lesson, the student will be able to:</p><ul><li><p>Use <em>"wanted to be"</em> to talk about childhood job dreams.</p></li><li><p>Use <em>Second Conditional</em> to talk about job dreams today.</p></li><li><p>Talk about what is important in a job using simple expressions.</p></li></ul><p>🧩 PART 1 – Warm-up: Let's talk about jobs! (5–7 min)</p><p>💬 Ask:</p><ul><li><p>What is your job now (or what do you do)?</p></li><li><p>my job now is transforming eyesbrows and souls.</p></li><li><p>Do you like your job? Why or why not?</p></li><li><p>i love my job because i get to transform people´s lives and boost their self-steem.</p></li><li><p>Do you know these jobs? (Show images or say words: doctor, teacher, pop star, football player, chef, photographer, etc.)</p></li><li><p>i work as a cosmetician and eyebrow designer and micripigmentation professional.</p></li></ul><p>🔤 PART 2 – Grammar Input (15 min)</p><p>1️⃣ PAST SIMPLE + INFINITIVE</p><p>👉 Use: to talk about childhood dreams</p><p><strong>Form</strong>:</p><blockquote><p>I <strong>wanted to be</strong> a [job].</p></blockquote><p>🧠 Examples:</p><ul><li><p>When I was younger, I <strong>wanted to be</strong> a doctor.</p></li><li><p>When I was a child, I <strong>wanted to be</strong> a football player.</p></li><li><p>when i was a child, i wanted to be a dentist, it was my dream, i changed my mind  because of my father, he didn´t have money  but i liked the profession.</p></li><li><p>now i think if i had the money, i would be a dentist because i always wanted and study the profession and the esthetic procedures.</p></li></ul><p>👄 Student practice:</p><ul><li><p>Complete the sentence:</p></li></ul><blockquote><p>When I was younger, I wanted to be a _______.</p></blockquote><ul><li><p>Practice 3 jobs. You can say: “I wanted to be a singer. I also wanted to be a vet.”</p></li></ul><p>2️⃣ SECOND CONDITIONAL</p><p>👉 Use: to talk about job dreams today (imagination)</p><p><strong>Form</strong>:</p><blockquote><p>If I could do any job, I <strong>would be</strong> a dentist.<br><em>(Second Conditional: If + past, would + base verb)</em></p></blockquote><p>🧠 Examples:</p><ul><li><p>If I could do any job, I <strong>would be</strong> a nature photographer.</p></li><li><p>If I could choose, I <strong>would be</strong> a travel blogger.</p></li></ul><p>👄 Practice:</p><ul><li><p>Ask the student:</p></li></ul><blockquote><p>If you could do any job in the world, what would you be?<br>Give them examples, help them choose 2 or 3.</p></blockquote><p>3️⃣ EXPRESSING JOB VALUES</p><p>👉 Use: to say what is important in a job</p><p><strong>Form</strong>:</p><blockquote><p>[Gerund] is important to me.</p></blockquote><p>🧠 Examples:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Helping people</strong> is important to me.</p></li><li><p><strong>Having good work colleagues</strong> is important to me.</p></li><li><p><strong>Working from home</strong> is important to me.</p></li></ul><p>👄 Practice:<br>Give the student options:</p><blockquote><p>What is important to you? Choose:<br>🔲 Helping people<br>🔲 Earning a lot of money<br>🔲 Having fun<br>🔲 Working outside<br>🔲 Learning new things</p></blockquote><p>Have them create full sentences:</p><blockquote><p>“Helping people is important to me.”</p></blockquote><p>🎭 PART 3 – Speaking Practice (15–20 min)</p><p>🗣️ <strong>TASK 1 – MEMORY CHALLENGE</strong><br>You say a sentence:</p><blockquote><p>When I was younger, I wanted to be a singer.<br>They repeat and add their own:<br>When I was younger, I wanted to be a singer. I wanted to be a teacher.</p></blockquote><p>Keep it going for 3–4 rounds!</p><p>🗣️ <strong>TASK 2 – MINI INTERVIEW</strong></p><p>Create this dialogue together. Practice the structure.<br>You can type and have the student read too.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong></p><blockquote><p>👩 Teacher: When I was a child, I wanted to be a vet.<br>👨 Student: Oh, nice! I wanted to be a football player.<br>👩 Teacher: If I could do any job now, I would be a travel blogger.<br>👨 Student: Cool! I would be a pilot.<br>👩 Teacher: What’s important to you in a job?<br>👨 Student: Helping people is important to me.</p></blockquote><p>🧠 Repeat with roles reversed.</p><p>🏠 HOMEWORK (optional)</p><p>Write 3 short sentences:</p><ol><li><p>When I was younger, I wanted to be...</p></li><li><p>If I could do any job, I would be...</p></li><li><p>[Something] is important to me.</p></li></ol>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250725" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-29 19:43:46 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3531355578</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 7 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3532029795</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🏫 Basic English Class: “What Are You Doing This Summer?”</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Level: Basic (A1–A2)</p><p>Focus: Speaking, listening, vocabulary, and grammar</p><p>Topic: Talking about summer plans</p><p>Time: 50–60 minutes</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1. 🔥 Warm-up – Talking About Summer (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask your student:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you like summer?</p></li><li><p>i don´t like summer very much because is very hot, i like the cold people dress better and your skin looks better, too.</p></li><li><p>What do people usually do in summer in your Dubai?</p></li><li><p>they usually go to the beach, they usually go to the mesquita, they also usually look around for icecream stores and they like to go to fountain  and see the beautiful view. The name of this place is sky view.</p></li><li><p>Do you go to the beach? The mountains? Stay home? what do you prefer?</p></li><li><p>here there isn´t any mountain, here there is a desert and beautiful beaches. i prefer go around places like restaurants, malls and cafes and also watch tv at home with my husband.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>📸 Tip: Show pictures of people having a picnic, doing a barbecue, or mowing the lawn to spark ideas.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. 💡 Vocabulary Focus – Summer Words (15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Introduce each new word with a simple definition and an example. Ask the student to repeat after you and make their own sentence if possible.</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What are you up to?<br>This means: What are you doing?<br>Example: “Hi, Sarah! What are you up to today?”</p></li><li><p>Barbecue<br>This is: When you cook food outside, usually on a grill.<br>Example: “We’re going to have a barbecue this weekend.”</p></li><li><p>Picnic<br>This is: When you eat outside, usually in a park or garden, sitting on a blanket.<br>Example: “Let’s have a picnic in the park.”</p></li><li><p>DIY<br>This means: Do It Yourself – when you fix or make things at home.<br>Example: “He’s going to do some DIY and paint the kitchen.”</p></li><li><p>Mow the lawn<br>This means: Cut the grass in your yard using a machine called a lawn mower.<br>Example: “On Saturday, I need to mow the lawn.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>🎧 You can now ask your student to listen and repeat each phrase for pronunciation practice.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3. 🎧 Listening Activity – Neil and Georgie’s Summer Plans (10–15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Tell your student they will hear a short conversation between Neil and Georgie talking about their summer plans. (You can read it or play the audio if available.)</p><p><br/></p><p>Before listening, ask:</p><p>“Listen and try to hear: What are Neil and Georgie going to do this summer?”</p><p><br/></p><p>📝 After listening, ask comprehension questions like:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Is Neil going to travel?</p></li><li><p>no he isn´t. His family and him <strong>are going to</strong> stay at home, they<strong> are going to</strong> do day trips like going to the beach or play sports.</p></li><li><p>What does Georgie want to do at home?</p></li><li><p>She has a roof terrace, the place is not interesting but her roomates and her are going to change the furniture and do DIY things.</p></li><li><p>Who wants to have a barbecue?</p></li><li><p>Neil  wants to do barbecue, he likes different barbecues <strong>like </strong>fish, chicken and hamburguers.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>4. 🧱 Grammar Point – Future Plans with “Going to” (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Explain simply:</p><p>We use “going to” + verb to talk about plans for the future.</p><p><br/></p><p>Examples: plans based on evidences.</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I’m going to have a picnic.</p></li><li><p>She’s going to do some DIY.</p></li><li><p>They’re going to mow the lawn.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>will = inevitable plans </p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Let the student try to create 2–3 sentences with “going to” using their own ideas.</p><p><br/></p><p>it is going to rain </p><p><br/></p><p>it will rain </p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5. 🗣️ Speaking Practice – Your Summer Plans (10–15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask the student questions like:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What are you going to do this summer?</p></li><li><p>in the summer i´m goint to go to Paris, i´m going to euro summer because there are beautiful placces.</p></li><li><p>Are you going to travel alone?</p></li><li><p>i´m going to travel with my boyfriend to enjoy my holiday.</p></li><li><p>Are you going to have a barbecue or picnic this weekend?</p></li><li><p>i´m going to prepare a barbecue at home, i am going to call some friends.</p></li><li><p>Are you going to do any DIY this weekend?</p></li></ul><p>yes, i´m going to organize my jewelry and make some Diy.</p><p><br/></p><p>Let them respond using the vocabulary and “going to.”</p><p><br/></p><p>🎯 Tip: Support them with vocabulary if they hesitate or repeat words incorrectly.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6. 🏠 Optional Homework</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask your student to write 5 sentences about their plans using “going to” and the new vocabulary</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>in 2030  ( what do you think it is going to happen with the future of the planet?)</p><p><br/></p><p>i think about the future of the planet has big problems because we don´t repect  the planet and i think that we can get extinted. so, if we do not change, the world is going to die.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250718" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-30 11:54:24 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3532029795</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Review </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3532035847</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_dream_jobs_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-30 12:08:06 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3532035847</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3533198086</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🎧 LESSON PLAN – “GET LUCKY” (Basic English – Verb “to Get”)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>⏱ Duration: 60 minutes</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Objective: Understand and identify the verb</strong></p><p><strong>“get”</strong></p><p><strong>in context (with a focus on basic meanings like obtain/achieve).</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1. 🎬 Warm-up (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Topic: “GET” - Brainstorming</p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What do you know about the verb “get”?</p></li><li><p>i use get to obtain- receive - buy - arrive- to have chance - become </p></li><li><p>Is it formal or informal?</p></li><li><p>both </p></li><li><p>Can you give any examples?</p></li><li><p>i get angry when little jhon asks me milk</p></li><li><p>i want to get a new a crem </p></li><li><p>renan gets today very late</p></li><li><p>i will get to meet my nephew/niece in march</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>📍Write on the board some meanings:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>get = receive (get a gift)</p></li><li><p>get = become (get tired)</p></li><li><p>get = arrive (get home)</p></li><li><p>get = obtain/achieve (get a job)</p></li><li><p>get = understand (get it)</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. 🎤 Pre-Listening: Vocabulary (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Teach the key phrases from the song:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“get lucky” = to have good fortune or success</p></li><li><p>“the legend has it” = people say that (story or rumor)</p></li><li><p>“we’re up all night” = we are awake all night</p></li><li><p>“fun” / “sun” / “come” = review pronunciation</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What does “lucky” mean?</p></li><li><p>What kind of situations make you feel lucky?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3. 🎧 Listening Task #1 (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>First Listen – General Idea</p><p>Play the song once.</p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Did you like the song?</p></li><li><p>What do you think it’s about?</p></li><li><p>How many times did you hear the word “get”?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4. 📝 Listening Task #2 (15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Lyric Worksheet (Gap-fill with “get”)</p><p><br/></p><p>You provide the chorus with missing “get” phrases:</p><p><br/></p><p>We’re up all night to ___ lucky</p><p>We’re up all night to ___ some</p><p>We’re up all night to ___ fun</p><p>We’re up all night to ___ lucky</p><p><br/></p><p>Let student listen again and fill in the blanks.</p><p><br/></p><p>✅ Then check answers together and review meaning of each line.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5. 🎯 Grammar Focus – Meanings of “Get” (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>In this song, what does “get lucky” mean?<br>→ (To have good luck or success)</p></li><li><p>What other meanings of “get” do you know now?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask your student to create 3 new sentences using “get”:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I get up at…</p></li><li><p>I get happy when…</p></li><li><p>I want to get a…</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6. 🗣️ Speaking Practice (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>When was the last time you “got lucky”?<br>(In a positive way — got a gift, won something, etc.)</p></li><li><p>What do you want to get this year?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🧩 Optional Homework:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Create a list of 5 phrasal verbs with “get” (e.g., get up, get in, get out, get along, get away).</p></li><li><p>Write a short paragraph using “get” in different ways</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://lyricstraining.com/play/daft-punk-pharrell-williams/get-lucky-audio/HVxsilz28V#b7c" />
         <pubDate>2025-07-31 16:19:28 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3533198086</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3535059327</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🗓️ Class Title: Talking About Lunch – Preferences and Habits</p><p>🎯 Objectives:</p><ul><li><p>Talk about lunch preferences</p></li><li><p>Practice “prefer to” and “would rather”</p></li><li><p>Learn lunch-related vocabulary (e.g., leftovers, working lunch, skip)</p></li><li><p>Practice speaking and listening</p></li></ul><p>🧩 Warm-Up (5 min)</p><p><strong>Ask the student: for breakfast/ for lunch/ for dinner/ for snack </strong></p><ol><li><p>What do you usually prepare for lunch?</p></li><li><p> i usually prepare <strong>for lunch</strong> chicken, rice and beans, some salad sometimes pasta, i prepare fish and boiled/ baked/ grilled vegetables.</p></li><li><p>Do you always <strong>eat</strong> lunch at the same time?</p></li><li><p>i normally eat lunch at the same time is about 2 pm everyday, except on sundays i eat my lunch at 12pm;</p></li><li><p>Where do you have lunchn on sundays? (home, work, outside?)</p></li><li><p>on sunday i eat lunch outside in a shopping mall i have a fovorite place that serve steak, pasta and salads i love this place. it is very healthy.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p>🎧 Listening Practice (10 min)</p><p><strong>Dialogue: Neil &amp; Beth – “Our Lunch Plans”</strong> <em>(Simplified)</em></p><p>👉 Read aloud or play a slow recording if possible. Then check understanding.</p><p><strong>Neil:</strong> What are you having for lunch today, Beth?<br><strong>Beth:</strong> I’m thinking of having a sandwich. I prefer sandwiches to soup.<br><strong>Neil:</strong> Really? I would rather eat something hot.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> Yeah, but it’s quick. I don’t want a working lunch today.<br><strong>Neil:</strong> Me too. I’d rather go out than eat at my desk.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> Same! Let’s go to that café.<br><strong>Neil:</strong> Good idea! I prefer to buy lunch instead of bringing leftovers.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> Yes, leftovers are okay… but not today.</p><p><strong>Comprehension Questions:</strong></p><ol><li><p>What does Beth prefer for lunch?</p></li><li><p>What does Neil want to do today?</p></li><li><p>Do they want a working lunch?</p></li><li><p>What are leftovers?</p></li></ol><p>🧠 Vocabulary Focus (5–7 min)</p><p><strong>Say and Repeat (with examples):</strong></p><ul><li><p><strong>Leftovers</strong> – Food you didn’t finish yesterday.<br><em>Example: I ate pizza leftovers today.</em></p></li><li><p><em>i only like </em><strong><em>pizza leftovers</em></strong><em> for breakfast</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Working lunch</strong> – Eating <strong>while</strong> working.<br><em>Example: I hate working lunches.</em></p></li><li><p><em>Renan has a working lunch at 12 pm he has 1 hour to have lunch.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Skip</strong> – Not do something.<br><em>Example: I sometimes skip lunch.</em></p></li><li><p><em>I never skip lunch but i skip the snack or the brunch.</em></p></li></ul><p>🔧 Grammar Practice (10–12 min)</p><p>👄 <strong>Practice Together:</strong></p><ol><li><p>I <strong>prefer </strong>____pizza___________ to ____hamburguers___________.<br>(e.g., rice to pasta / sandwiches to soup)</p></li><li><p>I prefer to ____eat out___________ rather than ___cook____________.<br>(e.g., eat out / cook)</p></li><li><p>I <strong>would rather</strong> ___skip lunch_______ than __eat fast food_____________.<br>(e.g., skip lunch / eat fast food)</p></li></ol><p>🤹 <strong>Roleplay:</strong></p><blockquote><p>You are Neil. I am Beth. Ask me about lunch and try to use "prefer" and "would rather."</p></blockquote><p>🗣️ Speaking Practice (8–10 min)</p><p>Ask your student to answer or expand:</p><ul><li><p>Do you prefer hot or cold lunches? Why?</p></li><li><p>i prefer hot lunches because the food is more delicious when is hot.</p></li><li><p>Would you rather bring lunch from home or go out to have lunch?</p></li><li><p>i would rather go out to lunch because when you bring your lunch from home the food is sometimes messy or smelly and i don´t like that specially when there´s eggs.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever skipped lunch? When?</p></li><li><p>yes i´ve skipped lunch once when i had to go somewhere...</p></li></ul><p>✅ Encourage full sentences:</p><blockquote><p>I prefer to eat rice for lunch.<br>I would rather go to a café than eat at home.</p></blockquote><p>🏁 Wrap-Up (5 min)</p><p><strong>Quick Recap Questions:</strong></p><ol><li><p>What does “leftovers” mean?</p></li><li><p>Say 1 sentence with “prefer”.</p></li><li><p>Say 1 sentence with “would rather”.</p></li></ol><p>🎒 <strong>Homework Suggestion:</strong><br>Write 4 sentences about what you usually eat for lunch and your preferences. Use <strong>prefer</strong> and <strong>would rather</strong>.</p><p><br/></p><p>For breakfast i prefer to eat egg and berries.</p><p>For lunch i would rather eat steak than chicken.</p><p>For dinne i woud rather eat healthy food.</p><p>I prefer sweet to salty.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250801" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-04 12:40:41 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3535059327</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3536843551</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🐶🐱 <strong>Class Plan – Talking About Pets</strong> (Basic English)</p><p><strong>🎯 Goals:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Learn basic vocabulary from the podcast in context</p></li><li><p>Practice correct sentence order for questions and answers</p></li><li><p>Talk about past, present, and future pets</p></li></ul><p>🧠 1. Warm-Up (5–7 min)</p><p><strong>Start with a friendly chat:</strong><br>Ask your student:</p><ul><li><p>Do you like animals? and do you try not to consume products that tested on animals?</p></li><li><p>yes i do animals, yes i try to because is very important and the animals weren´t  created for this.</p></li><li><p>Do you have a pet now? yes i have a cat and i want one more pet, it will be a cat or a dog. i´m in love with the   brown mini poodle breed.</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>Encourage full but short answers:</p><ul><li><p>“Yes, I have a dog.”</p></li><li><p>“No, I don’t. But I want a cat.”</p></li></ul><p>🗣️ 2. Vocabulary Focus (10 min)</p><p>Teach the new words through <strong>spoken definitions and examples</strong>:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Ever</strong><br>Say: <em>"Ever" means "at any time."</em><br>Ask: <em>“Have you ever had a pet?”</em><br>Help them answer: <em>“Yes, I have” or “No, never.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Never</strong><br>Say: <em>"Never" means "not at any time."</em><br>Example: <em>“I have never had a dog.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Man’s best friend</strong><br>Say: <em>This is a common expression. It means “dog.” People say this because dogs are friendly and loyal.</em><br>Example: <em>“Dogs are man’s best friend.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Purring</strong><br>Say: <em>“Purring” is the soft sound that cats make when they are happy or calm. It’s not a meow. It’s a low, vibrating sound.</em><br>Example: <em>“The cat sat on my lap and started purring.”</em></p></li></ul><p>👉 <strong>Practice:</strong><br>You say a sentence with the word. Student guesses the meaning. Then they try to make their own sentence with help.</p><p>🎧 3. Listening Practice (Optional – 5–7 min)</p><p>You can play part of the BBC podcast or read a short section aloud (keep it simple):</p><p>Example (you read it):</p><blockquote><p>Georgie: Yes, I do. I have a black dog called Rafi.<br>Neil: Did you choose the name?<br>Georgie: It was a family decision.</p></blockquote><p><strong>Ask after reading:</strong></p><ul><li><p>What animal does Georgie have?</p><p> Geoge has a dog.</p></li><li><p>What is the dog’s name?</p><p>what's you dog name is called.</p></li><li><p>Did Neil have pets when he was a child?</p><p>Yes he did. He did a fish when he has a child.</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>🔀 4. Sentence Order Practice (15 min)</p><p><strong>Explain:</strong><br>In English, we use this order for questions:<br>👉 <strong>Do/Did/Will + subject + verb + rest of sentence</strong></p><p>Examples (say slowly and clearly):</p><ul><li><p>“Do you have a pet?”</p></li><li><p>“Did you have a pet as a child?”</p></li><li><p>“Will you get a pet in the future?”</p></li></ul><p><strong>Now practice</strong>:</p><p>Say jumbled versions like:</p><ul><li><p>“You / a / pet / do / have?”<br>Have them correct it:</p></li><li><p>“Do you have a pet?”</p></li></ul><p>Other examples to correct:</p><ul><li><p>“You / did / a dog / have?”</p></li><li><p>“Will / get / you / a pet?”</p></li><li><p>“Never / get / I / will / a snake.”</p></li></ul><p>✅ Help them repeat the correct version each time, and then answer it.</p><p>💬 5. Speaking Practice (10–15 min)</p><p>Ask them to answer the following using full sentences:</p><ul><li><p>Do you have a pet?</p><p>Yes, i do. i have a beautiful persian cat.</p></li><li><p>Did you have one when you were younger?</p><p>Yes i did. when i has a child i had three cats. </p></li><li><p>Will you get a pet in the future?</p><p>Yes i will. i want another pet in future.</p></li><li><p>What kind of pet do you want?</p><p>I want another cat or a dog .</p></li></ul><p><strong>Encourage vocabulary use:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Use “ever” and “never”</p></li><li><p>Talk about “purring” or “man’s best friend” if possible</p></li></ul><p>You can model:</p><blockquote><p>“I had a cat. She liked to purr when I watched TV.”<br>“I will never get a snake. I’m scared!”</p></blockquote><p>🧠💡 6. Review (5 min)</p><p>Quick questions to check:</p><ul><li><p>What does “ever” mean? </p><p>Ever means if i have had or will have something.</p></li><li><p>What sound do cats make when they are happy?</p><p>When the cat is happy the sound its make is purri.</p></li><li><p>What do people say about dogs?</p><p>The people say about dogs that they are man's best friends.</p></li></ul><p>Then ask them:</p><ul><li><p>Tell me one thing you learned today.</p></li><li><p>Say one sentence using “never” or “ever.”</p></li></ul><p>✍️ Homework Suggestion</p><p>Write 3 sentences about pets:</p><ol><li><p>A pet you have (or had)</p></li><li><p>A pet you will or will not get</p></li><li><p>A sentence using “ever” or “never”</p></li></ol>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/240802" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-06 11:26:15 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3536843551</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 3</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3537817337</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🚌🚇 Basic English Lesson Plan: <strong>Talking About Journeys – Buses and Trains</strong></p><p><strong>Level</strong>: A2 – Basic<br><strong>Grammar Focus</strong>: Present Perfect (for experiences)<br><strong>Vocabulary Focus</strong>: Public transport adjectives<br><strong>Skills</strong>: Listening, Speaking, Writing</p><p>1️⃣ Vocabulary Introduction – (10 minutes)</p><p>Introduce the following <strong>adjectives</strong>. Give <strong>simple spoken definitions</strong> and <strong>examples</strong> using public transport context.</p><ul><li><p><strong>Crowded</strong>: A place is full of people and there is little space to move.<br>➤ Example: "The train was crowded this morning. I couldn’t sit down."</p></li><li><p>the beach is crowded/ today i saw the restaurant of favorite food very crowded.</p></li><li><p><strong>Packed</strong>: Very full, even more intense than "crowded".<br>➤ Example: "The bus was packed with tourists."</p></li><li><p><strong>Reliable</strong>: Something that works well and you can trust it.<br>➤ Example: "The Tube/ train/subway is reliable — it's always on time."</p></li><li><p>the place where i buy my plant is reliable</p></li><li><p>Dubai is a very reliable country, because its security makes people to trust it. so, you can come and feel safe.</p></li><li><p>trustworthy </p></li><li><p><strong>Unreliable</strong>: The opposite of reliable; something you can’t trust to work well.<br>➤ Example: "My local bus is unreliable. It often arrives late."</p></li><li><p>when you buy products on the street you may buy unreliable items.</p></li><li><p><strong>Frequent/frequently</strong>: Happens many times or at short intervals.<br>➤ Example: "Trains in the city are frequent. There’s one every few minutes."</p></li><li><p>i drink coffee frequently.</p></li><li><p><strong>Delayed</strong>: Happens or arrives later than expected.<br>➤ Example: "My train was delayed this morning by 20 minutes." fly -flew       (have a nice flight)</p></li><li><p>you were delayed in the class/ i had a delayed flight.</p></li></ul><p><strong>Activity</strong>:<br>Ask students to say if transport in their city is crowded, reliable, frequent, etc.</p><p>2️⃣ Grammar Focus – Present Perfect (15 minutes)</p><p><strong>Goal</strong>: Introduce Present Perfect to talk about personal experiences with public transport.</p><ul><li><p><strong>Structure</strong>:<br>Subject + <strong>have ( you/ i /we/they)/has (he/she it)</strong> + past participle</p></li><li><p><strong>Examples from the transcript</strong>:<br>"I <strong>used to walk </strong>when the public transport <strong>has been</strong> unreliable."</p><p><br>"Some of my best travel experiences <strong>have been</strong> on long-distance trains."</p></li><li><p><strong>Use</strong>:<br>Present Perfect is used when:</p><ul><li><p>The time is not specific (general life experience)</p></li><li><p>i traveled for 100 countries 15 years ago.</p></li><li><p>i have traveled for 100 countries.</p></li><li><p>You’re talking about <strong>what</strong> you’ve done, not <strong>when</strong><br>➤ Example: "I have taken the Tube many times." (we don’t say when)</p></li></ul></li></ul><p><strong>Activity</strong>:<br>Complete sentences like:</p><ul><li><p>I _have taken__ (take) the train many times.</p></li><li><p>Renan has taken me for many restaurants.</p></li><li><p>She _has traveled______ (travel) to Manchester by bus./ (on foot)</p></li><li><p>We _didn´t use_ (not use) the Tube this week.</p></li><li><p>__have_____ you ever __been_____ (be) on a crowded bus?</p></li><li><p>have you ever been on a crowded party?</p></li><li><p>have you ever eaten insects? eat - ate - eaten</p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ Listening and Comprehension – (10 minutes)</p><p><strong>Activity</strong>: Play short parts of the original dialogue and ask these questions:</p><ul><li><p>What transport does Neil use?</p></li><li><p>What does Georgie say about the Tube in the morning?</p></li><li><p>What long journey did Neil talk about?</p></li></ul><p><strong>Quick True or False check</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>Georgie always gets a seat on the Tube. (False)</p></li><li><p>Neil has taken a train from Prague to Moscow. (True)</p></li><li><p>Buses are always reliable. (False)</p></li></ul><p>4️⃣ Speaking Practice – (10 minutes)</p><p>Use the vocabulary and Present Perfect structure for conversation.</p><p><strong>Prompts</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever taken a crowded train or bus?</p></li><li><p>What public transport have you used this week?</p></li><li><p>Has your bus or train ever been delayed?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever traveled by train in another country?</p></li></ul><p><strong>Pair work</strong>: Students ask and answer the questions with a partner.</p><p>5️⃣ Writing Practice – (10 minutes)</p><p><strong>Task</strong>: Students write 5 sentences about their own transport experiences using:</p><ul><li><p>Present Perfect</p></li><li><p>At least 3 of the new vocabulary words</p></li></ul><p><strong>Examples</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>"I have been on a packed train in the morning."</p></li><li><p>"My bus has been delayed many times this month."</p></li></ul><p>✅ Optional Homework</p><p>Ask students to write a <strong>short paragraph</strong> about a journey they have taken.<br>They should describe:</p><ul><li><p>What transport they used</p></li><li><p>If it was reliable or not</p></li><li><p>Any delays or problems</p></li><li><p>Use at least <strong>2 Present Perfect</strong> sentences and <strong>3 new words</strong> from class</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250509" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-07 13:27:42 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3537817337</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3540356367</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Lesson Plan: Talking About Creativity and Hobbies</strong></p><p>1️⃣ Warm-up (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p><em>Do you like art?</em></p></li><li><p><em>yes i do . i love arts because is very emotional and make you think and feel the art.</em></p></li><li><p><em>Do you make/create/invent things?</em></p></li><li><p><em>yes i do. i am  creative with my things that i like.</em></p></li><li><p><em>What hobbies do you have?</em></p></li><li><p><em>i have hobies like gardening, i like to create accessories,  transform my dressess i like it very much. i want to buy my sewing machine. sew - costurar.</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p>Show pictures of people painting, sewing, making pottery, and ask:</p><ul><li><p><em>What are they doing?</em> (Guide them to say: <em>painting, sewing, making pottery, colouring, etc.</em>)</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>2️⃣ Vocabulary (10 min)</p><p>Explain in <strong>simple definitions</strong> and give <strong>example sentences</strong>.<br>Encourage repetition after you.</p><ol><li><p><strong>creative</strong> – when someone likes art, making things, or has many ideas.</p><ul><li><p><em>My sister is very creative. She paints and writes stories/ histories  story of brazil/ history of brazil</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>sewing</strong> – making things from fabric (clothes, blankets/ matress).</p><ul><li><p><em>My grandmother is sewing a dress.</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>ceramics / pottery</strong> – making things from clay (plates, cups, pots).bowls  - saucers -cups- coffee mug -</p><ul><li><p><em>We made a coffee mug in ceramics class. </em></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>take up</strong> – to start doing something new for the first time.</p><ul><li><p><em>I want to take up guitar lessons.</em></p></li><li><p><em>i want to take up the driving lessons.</em></p></li></ul></li></ol><p>3️⃣ Listening (10 min)</p><ul><li><p>Play or read part of the transcript slowly.</p></li><li><p>Ask comprehension questions:</p><ul><li><p><em>What hobby did Beth do for her friend’s baby?</em> (Sewing a blanket)</p></li><li><p><em>What hobby would Beth like to try?</em> (Ceramics)</p></li><li><p><em>What did Georgie do when she was at school?</em> (Photography)</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>4️⃣ Grammar Focus – Sentence Order (10 min)</p><p><strong>Pattern for talking about hobbies:</strong><br><strong>Subject + like/love/enjoy + activity</strong></p><ul><li><p>I like sewing.</p></li><li><p>She enjoys making pottery.</p></li></ul><p><strong>Pattern for starting a new hobby:</strong><br><strong>Subject + want to take up + hobby</strong></p><ul><li><p>I want to take up painting.</p></li><li><p>They want to take up photography.</p></li></ul><p>Practice: Give your student hobby words and have them make sentences.</p><p>5️⃣ Speaking Practice (10 min)</p><p><strong>Role play</strong> – Ask and answer about hobbies.<br>Questions for student:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Are you</strong> a creative person?</p><p>yes, i am. I <strong>like</strong> creat<strong>ing</strong>/ <strong>to create;</strong></p></li><li><p>What hobbies do you have now?</p><p>I like to sew, take care of plants and recording videos.</p></li><li><p>What hobby did you have when you were younger?</p><p>I liked to <strong>paint</strong> ceramics and sew my clothes.</p></li><li><p>What hobby would you like to take up? Why?</p><p> i want to take up creative videos about tips because </p><p> i love  recording for my instragram.</p></li><li><p>Encourage follow-up questions:</p></li><li><p><em>What colours?</em></p></li><li><p><em>When do you do it?</em></p></li><li><p><em>Do you use your hands?</em></p></li></ul><p>6️⃣ Writing (5 min)</p><p>Student writes <strong>5 sentences</strong> about their hobbies using today’s vocabulary:<br>Example:</p><ol><li><p>I am a creative person.</p></li><li><p>I like sewing.</p></li><li><p>I want to take up ceramics.</p></li><li><p>My mother is sewing a blanket.</p></li><li><p>I enjoy colouring books.</p></li></ol><p>7️⃣ Wrap-up &amp; Homework (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Review vocabulary.</p></li><li><p>Homework: Draw or find a picture of a creative activity you like and write 3 sentences using <strong>creative</strong>, <strong>sewing</strong>, <strong>ceramics</strong>, or <strong>take up</strong>.</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250808" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-11 12:41:51 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3540356367</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3542900325</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🎨 Creativity – Pre-Intermediate Lesson (with want + object + to do something)</p><p><strong>Focus:</strong> Talking about hobbies, starting new hobbies, grammar practice, speaking &amp; writing</p><p>1️⃣ Warm-up Questions</p><p>💬 <strong>Ask and answer in full sentences:</strong><br>a) Are you a creative person? Why or why not?<br>b) Is your job creative? How?<br>c) Do you have any creative hobbies?<br>d) Are there any creative hobbies you want to try?</p><p>2️⃣ Vocabulary</p><ul><li><p><strong>Creative</strong> 🎨 – good at thinking of new ideas</p></li><li><p><strong>Artistic</strong> 🖌 – good at painting, music, or other arts</p></li><li><p><strong>Inventive</strong> 💡 – able to make or design new things</p></li><li><p><strong>Sewing</strong> 🧵 – making or repairing clothes</p></li><li><p><strong>Ceramics</strong> 🍶 – making objects from clay</p></li><li><p><strong>Take up</strong> ✨ – to start a hobby</p></li><li><p><strong>Come up with</strong> 💭 – to think of an idea</p></li><li><p><strong>Work on</strong> 🛠 – to spend time improving something</p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ Grammar Patterns</p><p>A) Talking about hobbies</p><p><strong>Pattern:</strong> Subject + like/love/enjoy + activity</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>like sewing</strong>.</p></li><li><p>She <strong>enjoys making pottery</strong>.</p></li></ul><p>B) Want + object + to do something</p><p><strong>Pattern:</strong> Subject + want + object + to + verb</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>want my friend to take up photography</strong>.</p></li><li><p>She <strong>wants her children to try painting</strong>.</p></li><li><p>They <strong>want me to join a creative class</strong>.</p></li><li><p>renan do you want me to prepare dinner for you?</p></li><li><p>renan want<strong>s</strong> <strong>me to make</strong> the groceries today.</p></li><li><p>i want my mother <strong>to prepare</strong> lasagna. who will prepare the lasagna </p></li><li><p>the doctor <strong>wants me to make</strong> a new checkup.</p></li><li><p>what do you want me to do?</p></li><li><p>i want my sisters to visit me.</p></li><li><p>pay a visit./ pay me a visit!</p></li></ul><p>💬 <strong>Practice:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Ask: “Do you want anyone to take up a hobby?” → “I want my brother to try ceramics.”</p></li></ul><p>4️⃣ Present Simple vs. Present Continuous</p><p><strong>Present Simple:</strong> habits &amp; routines</p><ul><li><p>“I <strong>usually work on ceramics</strong> at weekends.”</p></li></ul><p><strong>Present Continuous:</strong> things happening now</p><ul><li><p>“I <strong>am working on a painting</strong> this week.”</p></li><li><p>i like cooking/ i am cooking </p></li></ul><p>5️⃣ Real-Life Role-plays</p><p><strong>Role-play 1 – At a creative class</strong></p><ul><li><p>A: “What hobbies do you like?”</p></li><li><p>B: “I enjoy sewing and ceramics. At the moment, I’m working on a clay vase.”</p></li></ul><p><strong>Role-play 2 – Talking about friends/family</strong></p><ul><li><p>A: “Do you want anyone to try a new hobby?”</p></li><li><p>B: “Yes, I want my sister to take up painting.”</p></li><li><p>A; but your sisters is pregnant and she is very tired,  do you really want her to do painting?</p></li><li><p>B)i have another sister her name is Jaque, she wants to take up a new hobby maybe is good for her;</p></li><li><p>A) trying a new hobby is interesting because she has many ideas she´s very creative and she can earn money with that hobby as well.</p></li><li><p>B) i think you are very right!</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>Role-play 3 – At a hobby store</strong></p><ul><li><p>A: “Do you sell materials for painting?”</p></li><li><p>B: “Yes! I want my students to be able to practice at home.”</p></li></ul><p>6️⃣ Extended Speaking Task – “My Creativity Profile”</p><p>Use <strong>all grammar patterns</strong>:</p><ol><li><p>My most creative hobby is…</p></li><li><p>I usually… (present simple)</p></li><li><p>At the moment, I’m… (present continuous)</p></li><li><p>I like/love/enjoy…</p></li><li><p>I want my … to … (want + object + to do something)</p></li></ol><p>7️⃣ Writing Homework</p><p><strong>Task:</strong> Write a paragraph (6–8 sentences) using:</p><ul><li><p><strong>like/love/enjoy + hobby</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>want + object + to do something</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>present simple and present continuous</strong></p></li><li><p>At least <strong>3 new vocabulary words</strong></p></li></ul><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>“I like sewing and making jewelry. I usually work on my projects on weekends. At the moment, I’m working on a clay pot. I want my brother to take up painting. I enjoy being creative because it helps me come up with new ideas.”</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_creativity_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-14 01:52:07 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3542900325</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 7 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3546288924</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🚗 English for Driving Lessons in Dubai</p><p>🎯 Objective</p><p>Learn the most common <strong>verbs and instructions</strong> you will hear in a driving lesson, and practice using them in short dialogues.</p><p>1️⃣ Warm-up</p><p>👩‍🏫 Teacher: “Do you know how to drive?”<br>👩 Student: (answers yes/no)<br>👩‍🏫 Teacher: “What do you want to learn today about driving?”</p><p>2️⃣ Useful Verbs (with emojis &amp; short definitions)</p><ul><li><p><strong>start</strong> 🟢 → begin the car. <em>“Start the engine.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>stop</strong> 🛑 → make the car still. <em>“Stop at the sign.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>turn</strong> ↩️ → change direction. <em>“Turn left.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>slow down</strong> 🐢 → go more slowly. <em>“Slow down, please.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>speed up</strong> 🐇 → go faster. <em>“Speed up a little.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>park</strong> 🅿️ → put the car in a parking place. <em>“Park on the right.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>check</strong> 👀 → look at mirrors or signs. <em>“Check your mirror.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>change</strong> 🔄 → move gear or lane. <em>“Change to second gear.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>follow</strong> 🚘🚘 → go behind / obey. <em>“Follow the car ahead.”</em></p></li><li><p><strong>signal</strong> 👉💡 → use the indicator light. <em>“Signal before you turn.”</em></p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ Instructions from the Instructor</p><p>👩‍🏫 You may hear:</p><ul><li><p>“Buckle your seatbelt.” 🔗</p></li><li><p>“Check the mirror.” 👀</p></li><li><p>“Start the car.” 🟢</p></li><li><p>“Move slowly.” 🐢</p></li><li><p>“Turn right at the traffic light.” ➡️🚦</p></li><li><p>“Stop at the stop sign.” 🛑</p></li><li><p>“Change lane to the left.” ⬅️</p></li><li><p>“Park here, please.” 🅿️</p></li></ul><p>👉 Activity: Teacher gives an instruction, student <strong>acts or repeats</strong> it.</p><p>4️⃣ Role Play</p><p>👩‍🏫 <strong>Instructor</strong>: Good morning. Please start the car.<br>👩 <strong>Student</strong>: Okay. (pretends to start)</p><p>👩‍🏫 <strong>Instructor</strong>: Now, check the mirror and move slowly.<br>👩 <strong>Student</strong>: (pretends to drive slowly)</p><p>👩‍🏫 <strong>Instructor</strong>: Turn right at the stop sign.<br>👩 <strong>Student</strong>: (pretends to turn)</p><p>5️⃣ Road Signs Vocabulary</p><ul><li><p>🚦 <strong>Traffic light</strong> → red = stop, green = go.</p></li><li><p>🛑 <strong>Stop sign</strong> → always stop completely.</p></li><li><p>🚸 <strong>Pedestrian crossing</strong> → let people walk.</p></li><li><p>🅿️ <strong>Parking</strong> → you can park here.</p></li><li><p>🔄 <strong>Roundabout</strong> → circle road, go around.</p></li></ul><p>6️⃣ Wrap-Up</p><ul><li><p>Review: start, stop, turn, slow down, park, signal.</p></li><li><p>Homework: Write 5 short sentences. Example:</p><ul><li><p>“I stop at the red light.”</p></li><li><p>“I check my mirror.”</p></li></ul></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://padlet-uploads-usc1.storage.googleapis.com/207909999/9551ef1d7e8374a08533f69851e9ed8d/driving_english_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-18 13:15:16 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3546288924</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3546294905</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>a)2 b)3 c)1 d)4</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_visiting_places_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-18 13:20:47 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3546294905</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3546306900</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🌍 English Class: City or Countryside?</p><p>🎯 Objective</p><ul><li><p>Learn how to <strong>use the Present Perfect</strong> to talk about life experiences.</p></li><li><p>Practice vocabulary about <strong>places</strong> (city / countryside).</p></li><li><p>Speak about places you <strong>have visited</strong> in your own country and abroad.</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>1️⃣ Warm-up (5 minutes)</p><p>👩‍🏫 Teacher asks:</p><ul><li><p>Do you like the <strong>city</strong> 🏙️ or the <strong>countryside</strong> 🌳 more? Why?</p></li><li><p>i live in a city, it´s a very beautiful  and luxurious city this city is Dubai, i live in Dubai Festival city, my neighborhood is very green and very safe, i love it.</p></li><li><p>What places have you visited recently?</p></li><li><p><strong>i have visited</strong> many beautiful places like for example dubai marina, creek harbor, and D I F C.</p></li><li><p>CLEANED -WATCHED- WASHED- WORKED - PAID - COOKED.</p></li><li><p>WHERE HAVE YOU WATCHED SEX AND THE CITY?</p></li><li><p>WHAT DID YOU WATCH YESTERDAY?</p></li></ul><p>DO YOU WATCH JN every day?</p><p>2️⃣ Vocabulary (with definitions + emojis)</p><ul><li><p><strong>countryside</strong> 🌳 → land outside of towns, with nature.</p></li><li><p><strong>rural</strong> 🐄 → far from towns, in the countryside.</p></li><li><p><strong>hustle and bustle</strong> 🚦👥👥 → noise and busyness of a city.</p></li><li><p><strong>picturesque</strong> 🏞️ → very beautiful, like a picture.</p></li><li><p><strong>visit</strong> ✈️ → go to a place for a short time.</p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ Grammar Focus: Present Perfect</p><p>🔹 Structure</p><p><strong>have/has + past participle</strong></p><p>👉 I have visited the countryside.<br>👉 She has been to London.</p><p>🔹 When do we use it?</p><ol><li><p><strong>Life experiences</strong> (no time mentioned):</p><ul><li><p>“I have visited Paris.”</p></li><li><p>“She has never been to the countryside.”</p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>With ever / never</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>“Have you ever visited the countryside?”</p></li><li><p>“I have never been to New York.”</p></li></ul></li></ol><p>4️⃣ Listening/Reading (Transcript Adapted)</p><p>Beth: “I have visited many cities in the UK.”<br>Georgie: “I have been to Kent. I really enjoyed it.”<br>Beth: “The villages I have seen are so picturesque.”</p><p>👉 Notice: they use <strong>have + past participle</strong> to talk about life experiences.</p><p>5️⃣ Practice Activities</p><p>✍️ Controlled Practice</p><p>Complete the sentences with <strong>have/has + past participle</strong>:</p><ol><li><p>I _have visited____ (visit) the countryside many times.</p></li><li><p>She _has never seen_____ (never/see) a picturesque village.</p></li><li><p>We _have been_____ (be) to a big city abroad.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever _visited_____ (visit) Italy?</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p>eu ja fui para paris varias vezes. ( experiencia de vida)</p><p>i have been to paris many times. </p><p>alguma vez voce visitou paris </p><p>have you ever visited paris?</p><p>i have just read the book</p><p><br/></p><p>read - read - read</p><p>put - put - put</p><p>eu fui para londres o ano pasado ( action in the past)</p><p>i went to london last year.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>🗣️ Speaking Pair Work (Role Play)</p><p><strong>Student A (Beth):</strong> Ask questions.</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever visited the countryside?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever been abroad?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever seen a picturesque village?</p></li></ul><p><strong>Student B (Georgie):</strong> Answer.</p><ul><li><p>Yes, I have. I have visited…</p></li><li><p>No, I haven’t.</p></li></ul><p>6️⃣ Personalisation (5–10 minutes)</p><p>👩‍🏫 Teacher asks students to talk about their own experiences:</p><ul><li><p>Where have you been in your own country?</p></li><li><p>i have been in brazil in cities like Caraiva, morro de paulo, itacare.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever been to another country?</p></li><li><p>yes i have. i have been in dubai.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever visited a big city?</p></li><li><p>yes i have, i have visited abu dabhi.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever been to the countryside?</p></li><li><p>yes i have, i have been to feira de santana in brazil.</p></li><li><p>i have never been to dubai</p></li><li><p>i never went to dubai</p></li></ul><p>Encourage use of <strong>ever/never</strong>.</p><p>7️⃣ Wrap-up &amp; Homework</p><ul><li><p>Review: Present Perfect for life experiences.</p></li><li><p>Homework: Write <strong>5 sentences</strong> about your own experiences. Example:</p><ul><li><p>I have visited the countryside in Minas Gerais.</p></li><li><p>I have never been to London.</p></li><li><p>I have visited Rio de Janeiro twice.</p></li></ul></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250418" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-18 13:32:04 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3546306900</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3550591827</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_games_worksheet_.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-21 16:41:42 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3550591827</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3550600278</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🌟 Class Plan: More Practice with Present Perfect</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Quick chat questions (short answers in present perfect):</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Have you ever <strong>eaten</strong> sushi?</p></li><li><p>yes i have, i have <strong>eaten</strong> sushi in brazil my last time was there, because the sushi here is disgusting.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever <strong>lost</strong> your phone?</p></li><li><p><strong>yes i have</strong>, i´ve lost it once. ( the phone) when i went to market and they returned it for me.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever spoken to a foreign person?</p></li><li><p>yes i have. i have spoken to a foreign person, she is from india and she is now living in dubai, she is my foreign friend now.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever stayed up all night?</p></li></ul><p>yes i have. i have stayed up every day because i like to study late,  i prefer to study in a quiet place.</p><p><br/></p><p>quite - quiet </p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Encourage/ answers like: Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t./ yet</p><p><br/></p><p>i haven´t gone to paris <strong>yet</strong>. but i will...</p><p> i have <strong>already</strong> visited paris 3 times. so, i will be quiet in this trip and i will make my mom happy.</p><p>i have <strong>never been</strong> to Dubai.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. New Vocabulary (linked to situations)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>try (new food, new activity) - tried</p></li><li><p>lose (something important)- lost</p></li><li><p>download (apps, music)- downloaded</p></li><li><p>meet (a new friend) -met</p></li><li><p>travel (visit new places)- traveled</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3. Grammar Reminder (2 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>have/has + past participle</p></li><li><p>Used for life experiences.</p></li><li><p>I’ve tried sushi. / She has never lost her phone.</p></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>4. Controlled Practice (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Fill in with<strong> Present Perfect:</strong></p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p><strong>I´ve</strong>/have__never _tried_______ (never/try) Japanese food.</p></li><li><p><strong>she has already lost her keys 3 times this week.</strong></p></li><li><p>We´ve downloaded __ (download) two new apps today.</p></li><li><p>They´ve already met _ (already/meet) their new teacher.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever _traveled_________ (travel) by plane?</p><p><br/></p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><strong>5. Discussion Practice (10–12 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Questions to generate conversation:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What new foods have you tried recently?</p></li><li><p>i´ve tried the arabian food</p></li><li><p>Have you ever forgotten something important?</p></li><li><p>yes , i´ve forgotten my needdle for my treatment.</p></li><li><p>What countries have you visited?</p></li><li><p>i´ve visited for now only dubai.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever met someone famous?</p></li><li><p>no, i haven´t.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever downloaded an app and never used it?</p></li><li><p>yes i have. i´ve downloaded many apps and never used it.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Encourage full answers:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“I’ve tried Brazilian feijoada.”</p></li><li><p>“Yes, I’ve lost my wallet once.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6. Roleplay (Beth &amp; Georgie – New Topic)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Beth: I’ve just tried Thai food. It was delicious!</p><p>Georgie: Really? I haven’t eaten Thai food yet.</p><p>Beth: Have you ever cooked something new at home?</p><p>Georgie: Yes, I’ve cooked pizza with my family.</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Then student makes their own short dialogue with you.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>7. Wrap-up / Homework</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Homework writing:<br><strong>“Write 6 sentences using present perfect:</strong></p></li><li><p>3 things you have done in your life.</p></li><li><p>3 things you have never done but want to try.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/$s_!Yjd9!,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F93d0d735-a93b-47f1-99d1-ccb2c644fe5c_1000x662.jpeg" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-21 16:50:53 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3550600278</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3550634038</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_visiting_places_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-21 17:27:25 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3550634038</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class music  1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3553803719</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🎵 Class Plan: <em>Have You Ever Seen the Rain</em> (CCR)</p><p>1. Warm-up (5–10 min)</p><ul><li><p>Ask simple <strong>“Have you ever…?”</strong> questions with gestures/pictures.<br>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever <strong>eaten</strong> peruvian food?</p></li><li><p>yes i have . i´ve eaten peruvian food once in Brazil.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever traveled by train?</p></li><li><p>no i haven´t. I haven´t traveled by train yet.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever <strong>seen</strong> the rain in summer?</p></li><li><p>YES, i  have. i´ve seen the rain in summer in my tropical country.</p></li></ul></li><li><p>Let the student answer with short phrases: <em>Yes, I have.</em> / <em>No, I haven’t.</em></p></li></ul><p>2. Vocabulary preview (10 min)</p><p>Go over a few words from the song that might be new but are essential:</p><ul><li><p>rain 🌧️</p></li><li><p>shining ☀️</p></li><li><p>storm ⛈️</p></li><li><p>trouble 😟</p></li><li><p>sunny day ☀️</p></li></ul><p>👉 Use images or quick sketches if possible, and check understanding with simple yes/no questions.</p><p><br/></p><p>3. Listening task (15 min)</p><ul><li><p><strong>First listening</strong>: Play the song without the lyrics. Ask: <em>What words do you recognize?</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Second listening</strong>: Give a <strong>gap-fill lyrics sheet</strong> where you remove some present perfect verbs (<em>Have you ever… / I have…</em>) and a few easy nouns (rain, sun, day).</p></li><li><p>Student fills in while listening.</p></li></ul><p>4. Grammar focus (10–15 min)</p><ul><li><p>Highlight the structure: <strong>Have/Has + past participle</strong><br>Example from the song: <em>Have you ever seen the rain?</em></p></li><li><p>Practice short Q&amp;A:</p><ul><li><p>Teacher: <em>Have you ever seen the rain at night?</em></p></li><li><p>Student: <em>Yes, I have.</em> / <em>No, I haven’t.</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p>Make 3–4 personalized questions for the student.</p></li></ul><p>5. Speaking extension (10–15 min)</p><ul><li><p>Play a quick “Have you ever…?” game:<br>Write prompts on slips of paper:</p><ul><li><p>…ridden a horse</p></li><li><p>…eaten pizza for breakfast</p></li><li><p>…visited another country</p></li></ul></li><li><p>Student picks a card and answers.</p></li></ul><p>6. Wrap-up (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Re-listen to the chorus and sing along if they’re comfortable.</p></li><li><p>Ask: <em>Do you like this song? Have you ever heard it before?</em></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://lyricstraining.com/en/play/rod-stewart/have-you-ever-seen-the-rain/HzhbW8n2Vz#ibc" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-25 12:15:19 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3553803719</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3553808466</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🌟 Class Plan: <em>Secrets &amp; Present Perfect</em> (Basic Level)</p><p>1. Warm-up (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Quick intro chat:<br><em>Do you have a secret? (Don’t tell me, just yes/no!)</em><br><em>Have you ever told a secret?</em></p></li></ul><p>👉 This already brings in <strong>Have you ever…?</strong></p><p>2. Vocabulary (10 min)</p><p>Use the list you provided. Teach with examples and simple Q&amp;A.</p><ul><li><p><strong>secret</strong> – "I have a secret." / "Do you have a secret?"</p></li><li><p><strong>keep a secret</strong> – "I can keep a secret."</p></li><li><p><strong>open book</strong> – "I am an open book. I tell everything."</p></li><li><p><strong>lie</strong> – "He lied. That is not true."</p></li><li><p><strong>liar</strong> – "A liar lies a lot."</p></li></ul><p>💡 Mini-practice: Hold up fingers — <em>Secret? Yes or no?</em> / <em>Liar? Yes or no?</em> (student answers quickly).</p><p>3. Listening (10–12 min)</p><ul><li><p>Play part of the conversation (or read aloud).</p></li><li><p>Ask: <em>What words did you hear?</em> (student recognizes secret, keep, lie, etc.).</p></li><li><p>Listen again with transcript. Underline any <strong>have/has + past participle</strong> (examples: <em>I’ve had to keep a big secret</em>, <em>I’ve told my mum by accident</em>).</p></li></ul><p>4. Grammar Focus – Present Perfect (15 min)</p><ul><li><p>Write the structure on the board:<br><strong>Have/Has + Past Participle</strong></p></li></ul><p>Examples from transcript:</p><ul><li><p><em>I’ve had to keep a big secret.</em></p></li><li><p><em>I’ve told my mum.</em></p></li></ul><p>👉 Contrast:</p><ul><li><p>Present perfect = experience / connection to now.</p></li><li><p>Past simple = finished past.</p></li></ul><p>💡 Practice with <em>Have you ever…?</em></p><ul><li><p>Have you ever kept a secret?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever lied?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever told your mum a secret?<br>(Encourage <strong>Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t.</strong>)</p></li></ul><p>5. Controlled Practice (10 min)</p><p><strong>Secret game</strong>: Prepare slips of paper with prompts. Student must answer in <strong>present perfect</strong>.</p><ul><li><p>…told a lie?</p></li><li><p>…kept a secret?</p></li><li><p>…told a secret by mistake?</p></li><li><p>…lied to a friend?</p></li></ul><p>👉 Teacher can model: <em>I have told a lie. I have not kept a big secret.</em></p><p>6. Speaking Extension (8–10 min)</p><p>Role-play:</p><ul><li><p>Student is <em>Beth</em> and you are <em>Georgie</em>.</p></li><li><p>Ask each other:<br><em>Have you ever kept a big secret?</em><br><em>What has happened when you told a secret?</em></p></li></ul><p>Keep it short and simple.</p><p>7. Wrap-up (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Review new vocab (secret, lie, liar, open book, keep a secret).</p></li><li><p>Review grammar: <em>Have you ever…? Yes, I have / No, I haven’t.</em></p></li><li><p>Quick exit question: <em>Have you ever told a secret by accident?</em></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250815" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-25 12:20:44 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3553808466</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3553809512</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_secrets__worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-25 12:21:51 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3553809512</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3557198524</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🔐</p><p>✨ <strong>Teaching tip:</strong></p><ul><li><p>First, review the difference:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Must</strong> = obligation, very strong. </p></li><li><p>every month i <strong>must</strong> pay the bills ( payments)</p></li><li><p><strong>Have to</strong> = external obligation/rule/ <strong>necessity</strong></p></li><li><p>i <strong>have to</strong> learn english fast because i need to work in my area./ (has to) she <strong>has to</strong> learn how to survive.</p></li><li><p><strong>Should</strong> = advice, recommendation.  ( based on your opinion)</p></li><li><p>i think people <strong>should</strong> be more indenpent emotionally.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>An accident with a secret.</strong></p><ul><li><p>You promised not to tell your mum, but you did.</p></li><li><p>You <strong>must</strong> apologise.- (an apology) -<strong> mustn´t </strong>( must not)</p></li><li><p>you <strong>should</strong> apologise with your mother. -<strong> shouln´t </strong>( should not)</p></li><li><p>i should offer my <strong>apology.</strong></p></li><li><p>You <strong>should</strong> explain it was a mistake.</p></li><li><p>You <strong>don’t</strong> <strong>have to</strong> tell all the details, but you should say sorry.</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>ACTIVITY:</p><p>🔑 Prompts <strong>for Using <em>must / should / have to</em> with Secrets</strong></p><ol><li><p>Your best friend tells you a secret about their family.<br>👉 What must you do? What should you not do?</p></li></ol><p>i <strong>must </strong>keep the secret and i <strong>shouldn´t</strong> tell anyone.</p><ol><li><p>Someone told you a secret that made you feel uncomfortable.<br>👉 What do you have to do in this situation? </p></li><li><p>I have to keeping a secret about this.</p></li><li><p>You are planning a surprise birthday party for your friend.<br>👉 What must people do? What should they avoid?</p></li><li><p>The people must keeping a secret. They should avoid a talk about the paty.</p></li><li><p>Your classmate cheated on a test and asked you not to tell.<br>👉 What do you have to do? What should you think about? </p></li><li><p>You accidentally told a secret in front of other people.<br>👉 What must you do now? I must apologise for that.</p></li><li><p>Your sister tells you she wants to quit school, but she doesn’t want your parents to know.<br>👉 What should you do? I should tell her about this. What must you not do? </p></li><li><p>Your family is preparing a surprise trip, but one person in the family hates surprises.<br>👉 What should you do about the secret? I should keeping the secret.</p></li><li><p>Your friend tells you a secret about someone else.<br>👉 What must you remember? I must remember to keep a secret.</p></li><li><p>You overheard two teachers talking about a big change at school.<br>👉 What should you do with this information? I should't tell my classmates.</p></li><li><p>A stranger online asks you to keep a secret.<br>👉 What must you do in this situation? I must avoid to talk with stranger online.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://substackcdn.com/image/fetch/$s_!Yjd9!,f_auto,q_auto:good,fl_progressive:steep/https%3A%2F%2Fsubstack-post-media.s3.amazonaws.com%2Fpublic%2Fimages%2F93d0d735-a93b-47f1-99d1-ccb2c644fe5c_1000x662.jpeg" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-27 14:47:10 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3557198524</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>CLASS 3</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3557219392</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧹 Class Plan: <strong>Messy or Tidy?</strong></p><p>🎯 Objectives</p><ul><li><p>Practice vocabulary: <em>mess, messy, tidy, to-do list</em>.</p></li><li><p>Practice speaking about habits and preferences.</p></li><li><p>Practice listening/reading through a short dialogue.</p></li><li><p>Practice simple questions: <em>Are you tidy? Is your room messy? Do you make a to-do list?</em></p></li></ul><p>🗣️ Step 1 – Warm-up (5 min)</p><p>Ask the student:</p><ul><li><p><em>Is your room tidy or messy today?</em></p></li><li><p><em>Do you like cleaning?</em></p></li><li><p><em>Do you make a to-do list?</em></p></li></ul><p>📖 Step 2 – Vocabulary (10 min)</p><p>Introduce and drill pronunciation:</p><ol><li><p><strong>mess</strong> → <em>something dirty or untidy</em></p><ul><li><p>Example: <em>My desk is a mess.</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>messy</strong> → <em>untidy place or person</em></p><ul><li><p>Example: <em>My brother is messy. He never cleans his room.</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>tidy</strong> → <em>clean place or person</em></p><ul><li><p>Example: <em>My friend is tidy. She always organizes her books.</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>to-do list</strong> → <em>list of jobs you need to do</em></p><ul><li><p>Example: <em>I write a to-do list every morning.</em></p></li></ul></li></ol><p>👉 Quick check: Show 2–3 pictures (messy room, tidy room, to-do list) and ask: <em>“Is this messy or tidy?”</em></p><p>🎬 Step 3 – Dialogue (Beth &amp; Georgie style, easy English)</p><p><strong>Beth:</strong> Hello, Georgie! How are you?<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Hi, Beth. I’m OK, but my room is a big mess.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> Oh no! Is your room messy?<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Yes, very messy. Clothes are on the floor, and my desk is a mess.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> I like my room tidy. I always clean it.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Really? I don’t like cleaning.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> I make a to-do list every day. “Make the bed. Wash the dishes. Clean the desk.”<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> A to-do list? Good idea! Maybe I should try that.<br><strong>Beth:</strong> Yes! Then your room will be tidy.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> OK, I will try.</p><p>🤓 Step 4 – Comprehension Questions (5 min)</p><p>Ask your student:</p><ol><li><p>Is Georgie’s room tidy or messy?</p></li><li><p>Does Beth like cleaning?</p></li><li><p>What does Beth write on her to-do list?</p></li><li><p>Will Georgie try to use a to-do list?</p></li></ol><p>✍️ Step 5 – Practice &amp; Personalization (10 min)</p><p><strong>A. Yes/No questions</strong></p><ul><li><p>Is your bedroom tidy?</p></li><li><p>Is your desk messy?</p></li><li><p>Do you make a to-do list?</p></li></ul><p><strong>B. Sentence practice</strong><br>Give prompts and let the student finish:</p><ul><li><p><em>My room is…</em></p></li><li><p><em>My friend is very…</em></p></li><li><p><em>Today my desk is…</em></p></li><li><p><em>On my to-do list, I have to…</em></p></li></ul><p>🎲 Step 6 – Fun Activity (5–7 min)</p><p><strong>“Messy or tidy game”</strong></p><ul><li><p>Teacher says an item or place → student answers <em>“messy”</em> or <em>“tidy”</em>.<br>Example: <em>“The kitchen has dirty dishes.” → Messy!</em><br><em>“The books are on the shelf.” → Tidy!</em></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250822" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-27 15:03:26 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3557219392</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3558785065</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_mess__worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-28 14:01:12 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3558785065</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3558789101</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🎄 <strong>Class Plan: Christmas and New Year Traditions</strong></p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Lower Intermediate / Intermediate<br><strong>Topic:</strong> Family Celebrations – Christmas and New Year<br><strong>Time:</strong> 60 minutes</p><p>1. Warm-up (10 minutes)</p><ul><li><p>Write on the board: <strong>Christmas / New Year</strong></p></li><li><p>Ask students:</p><ul><li><p>Do you celebrate Christmas or New Year?</p></li><li><p>Yes i do, i celebrate this important festivity with family but this year is going to be different because i am living far away from my original family, now i have another family and i will also enjoy christmas.</p></li><li><p>What traditions do you have with your family?</p></li><li><p>no, i dont have traditions, all of us stay together for this time and maybe we might exchange presents on this night of christmas.</p></li><li><p>Do you make New Year’s resolutions?</p></li><li><p>i do, this year´s resolution was to be more independent and start a new beginning in a different country and new plans and new work objectives ans also make a lot of money, become rich!</p><p> </p></li></ul></li></ul><p>2. Vocabulary Introduction (10 minutes)</p><p>Teach and check understanding with examples:</p><ul><li><p><strong>tradition</strong> – something we do every year for a celebration or have done for a long time.</p></li><li><p><strong>festive</strong> – something connected to a holiday that makes us feel good.</p></li><li><p><strong>New Year’s resolutions</strong> – promises to be better in the New Year.</p></li><li><p>new year´s eve - happy new year!</p></li><li><p><strong>always</strong> – every time.</p></li></ul><p>➡️ Quick activity: Give a sentence stem and let students complete:</p><ul><li><p>“A tradition in my family is to speak beautiful words for someone´s birthday.</p></li><li><p>“I feel very festive when is my birthday”</p></li><li><p>“My New Year’s resolution is growing up in my job and speak english fluently.</p></li><li><p>“I always dream about this” dreams come true with actions - dream construct with actions.</p></li></ul><p>3. Listening / Reading (15 minutes)</p><ul><li><p>Students listen to the podcast clip (or teacher reads short parts aloud) while following the transcript.</p></li><li><p>Comprehension questions:</p><ol><li><p>What do Neil’s kids do before Christmas?</p></li><li><p>Does Georgie still get a stocking?</p></li><li><p>What food does Georgie’s family eat at Christmas?</p></li><li><p>How do Neil and Georgie usually celebrate New Year’s Eve?</p></li><li><p>What is a New Year’s resolution?</p></li></ol></li></ul><p>4. Language in Use (10 minutes)</p><p>Focus on <strong>always</strong> (frequency adverb).</p><ul><li><p>From the transcript: <em>“I always make resolutions.”</em> / <em>“I always visit my family at Christmas.”</em></p></li><li><p>Practice: Students write 3 sentences with <em>always</em> about their own life. Example:</p><ul><li><p>I always eat chocolate at Christmas.</p></li><li><p>I always call my grandparents on New Year’s Day.</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>5. Speaking Practice (10 minutes)</p><p>Pair activity – <strong>Interview your partner</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>What traditions does your family have at Christmas or New Year?</p></li><li><p>What do you usually eat?</p></li><li><p>Do you make New Year’s resolutions? Do you keep them?</p></li></ul><p>Then, some students share answers with the class.</p><p>6. Wrap-up (5 minutes)</p><ul><li><p>Review new vocabulary (tradition, festive, New Year’s resolutions, always).</p></li><li><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>What did you learn about British traditions?</p></li><li><p>What tradition is most important in your family?</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>✅ <strong>Homework (optional):</strong><br>Write a short paragraph (6–8 sentences) about your family’s Christmas or New Year traditions, including at least two vocabulary words from today.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/241220" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-28 14:04:09 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3558789101</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3558789651</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_s3e11_traditions_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-28 14:04:41 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3558789651</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3559061999</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>messy person </p><p>tidy room</p><p>hoover</p><p>swipe the floor</p><p>mop the floor</p><p>wash up</p><p>do the laundry</p><p>dishwasher machine </p><p>dirty</p><p>disgusting</p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-08-28 17:57:49 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3559061999</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3567479311</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🌟 Class Plan – Talking About Meetings (Basic Level)</p><p>1. Warm-up (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Teacher asks:</p><ul><li><p><em>Do you have meetings online?</em></p></li><li><p><em>Do you like meetings? Why or why not?</em></p></li><li><p>Show two pictures: one of a <strong>video call</strong> and one of a <strong>face-to-face meeting</strong> → Ask: <em>Which do you prefer?</em></p></li></ul></li></ul><p>2. Vocabulary Focus (10 min)</p><p>Introduce with examples + gestures/pictures:</p><ol><li><p><strong>brainstorm</strong> → "talk together to find ideas"</p><ul><li><p>Example: <em>We brainstorm ideas for a party.</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>speak up</strong> → "say your opinion loudly and clearly"</p><ul><li><p>Example: <em>Please, speak up in class.</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>in-person / face-to-face meeting</strong> → "meeting in the same room"</p><ul><li><p>Example: <em>I like face-to-face meetings.</em></p></li></ul></li><li><p><strong>remote meeting</strong> → "meeting on video call/phone"</p><ul><li><p>Example: <em>We have a remote meeting on Zoom.</em></p></li></ul></li></ol><p>👉 Quick check: Teacher says definition → student says the word.</p><p>3. Chunks (Useful Phrases) (8 min)</p><p>Write on board and drill pronunciation:</p><ul><li><p><em>I have a lot of meetings.</em></p></li><li><p><em>I don’t have many meetings.</em></p></li><li><p><em>It depends on the project.</em></p></li><li><p><em>I think meetings are useful when…</em></p></li><li><p><em>I prefer in-person / remote meetings.</em></p></li></ul><p>👉 Short role-play: Student practices saying them.</p><p>4. Grammar in Use (10 min)</p><p>Focus: <strong>How many = COUNTABLE NOUNS |?</strong></p><blockquote><p><strong>HOW MANY HOURS</strong> DOES RENAN WORK A DAY?</p></blockquote><p>RENAN WORKS MANY HOURS, ABOUT 14 - 16 HOURS A DAY</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>HOW MUCH = UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS</strong> </p><p><strong>HOW MUCH LOVE</strong> DO YOU HAVE FOR LITTLE JHON?</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>/ a lot of / many / not many/  A FEW / LOADS OF </strong><br>Examples from transcript:</p><ul><li><p><em>I have a lot of meetings.</em></p></li><li><p><em>I don’t have many meetings.</em></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>DO YOU PRACTICE ENGLIH EVERYDAY?</p><p>YES I DO, I PRACTICE <strong>MANY HOURS </strong>OF ENGLISH EVERYDAY.</p><p><br/></p><p>I HAVE NOT MANY FRIENDS </p><p>I HAVE NOT MANY HOURS TO STUDY ENGLISH</p><p>I HAVE NOT MANY CLIENTS THIS WEEK </p><p>I HAVE A FEW FRIENDS IN DUBAI BUT THEY ARE SPECIAL.</p><p>IN BRAZIL I HAVE LOADS OF CLIENTS AND VERY SPECIAL TOO.</p><p><br/></p><p>I WILL DO A NEW COURSE ABOUT LIPS, MY TEACHER IS A VERY WELL-KNOWN PERSON IN THE MARKET.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Practice:</p><ul><li><p>Teacher asks:</p><ul><li><p><em>Do you have a lot of free time?</em></p><p><em>No i don't. i have not many/ </em><strong><em>a few free time</em></strong><em>. i am busy all day;</em></p></li><li><p><em>Do you have many friends ?</em></p><p>Yes, i do. i have many friends at work.</p></li><li><p><em>Do you have many classes this week?</em></p><p>yes, i do. i have a lot of classes this week.<br>(Student answers with “a lot of / many / not many”)</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>5. Listening/Reading (7 min)</p><ul><li><p>Teacher reads <strong>short adapted part of transcript</strong> (Beth: “I am very busy. I have a lot of meetings. How are you?” Georgie: “I don’t have many meetings today.”)</p></li><li><p>Student listens → then reads aloud.<br>👉 Focus on pronunciation of <strong>meetings</strong>, <strong>busy</strong>, <strong>many</strong>.</p></li></ul><p>6. Discussion (10 min)</p><p>Guided questions:</p><ol><li><p><em>When are meetings useful?</em></p></li><li><p><em>Do you like to speak up in meetings or stay quiet?</em></p></li><li><p><em>Do you prefer face-to-face meetings or remote meetings? Why?</em></p></li></ol><p>Encourage student to use <strong>chunks</strong>: <em>I think… / I prefer… / It depends…</em></p><p>7. Wrap-up &amp; Recap (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Review vocabulary with quick quiz: Teacher says definition → student says word.</p></li><li><p>Review grammar: ask 2–3 “How many…?” questions.</p></li><li><p>Homework idea: Write 4 sentences about your meetings (real or imagined) using:</p><ul><li><p><em>a lot of / many / not many</em></p></li><li><p><em>I think… / I prefer…</em></p></li></ul></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250829" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-03 18:43:20 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3567479311</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3573913885</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_meetings_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-08 13:32:13 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3573913885</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 7</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3578318746</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🏠 Class: Talking About Housemates</p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Basic (A2)<br><strong>Focus:</strong> Speaking with <em>present simple, past simple, present perfect</em></p><p>1. Warm-up (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p><em>Who do you live with?</em></p></li><li><p>i live with my husband, and my cat.</p></li><li><p><em>What are they like? renan and little jhon?</em> (funny, easy-going, noisy, etc.)</p></li><li><p>Renan is easygoing, and very calm he´s not much romantic and i am not very much but he´s sometimes a person that surprises you.</p></li><li><p>and little jhon  is totally independent and he runs away from me when i want to cuddle.</p></li></ul></li><li><p>Write answers on the board in 3 columns: <strong>Present – Past – Present Perfect</strong>.<br>Example:</p><ul><li><p>Present → <em>I live with my sister.</em></p></li><li><p>Past → <em>I lived with friends at university.</em></p></li><li><p>Present Perfect → <em>I have lived with many people.</em></p></li></ul></li></ul><p>2. Vocabulary (10 min)</p><p>Introduce with pictures or simple definitions:</p><ul><li><p><strong>housemate / flatmate</strong> → a person you live with (not family)</p></li><li><p><strong>rent</strong> → money you pay every month to live somewhere</p></li><li><p><strong>landlord / landlady</strong> → the person who owns the place you rent</p></li><li><p><strong>easy-going</strong> → relaxed, not angry easily</p></li></ul><p>🗣 Practice: Give a situation, student uses the word.</p><ul><li><p><em>“My ____ is very friendly.”</em> (housemate)</p></li><li><p><em>“I pay ____ every month.”</em> (rent)</p></li><li><p><em>“The ____ is very strict.”</em> (landlord)</p></li><li><p><em>“My sister is ____.”</em> (easy-going)</p></li></ul><p>3. Grammar Focus (15 min)</p><p><strong>Present Simple</strong> – talk about now<br>👉 <em>I live with my parents. They are easy-going.</em></p><p><strong>Past Simple</strong> – talk about before<br>👉 <em>I lived with a friend when I was 18.</em></p><p><strong>Present Perfect</strong> – experience in life (no exact time)<br>👉 <em>I have lived with three different housemates.</em></p><p>🗣 Mini-practice: Teacher gives a time marker → student makes sentence.</p><ul><li><p><em>now</em> → (present)</p></li><li><p><em>last year</em> → (past)</p></li><li><p><em>in my life</em> → (present perfect)</p></li></ul><p>4. Guided Speaking Practice (15 min)</p><p>Use the transcript ideas but simplified.</p><p><strong>Questions:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you live with family, housemates, or alone?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever lived with housemates?</p></li><li><p>Did you enjoy it? Why / Why not?</p></li><li><p>What kind of person is good to live with?</p></li><li><p>Are you easy-going?</p></li></ul><p>Encourage mixing tenses:</p><ul><li><p><em>I live with…</em> (present)</p></li><li><p><em>I lived with… when…</em> (past)</p></li><li><p><em>I have lived with…</em> (present perfect)</p></li></ul><p>5. Role-play (10 min)</p><p>👥 Pair work (teacher + student if 1-to-1):</p><ul><li><p>One is the landlord, the other is a student looking for a room.</p></li><li><p>Include: <em>rent, housemate, easy-going, landlord</em>.</p></li><li><p>Example dialogue:</p><ul><li><p>A: <em>Do you pay rent on time?</em></p></li><li><p>B: <em>Yes, I have always paid my rent on time.</em></p></li></ul></li></ul><p>6. Wrap-up (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Quick review:</p><ul><li><p><em>housemate, rent, landlord, easy-going</em></p></li><li><p>present, past, present perfect</p></li></ul></li><li><p>Exit question: <em>Have you been a good housemate in your life?</em></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250905" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-10 14:34:32 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3578318746</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3578320263</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_housemates_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-10 14:35:25 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3578320263</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3578636026</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🏠 Class: Talking About Housemates</p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Basic (A2)<br><strong>Focus:</strong> Speaking with <em>present simple, past simple, present perfect</em></p><p>1. Warm-up (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p><em>Who do you live with?</em></p></li><li><p>i live with my husband, and my cat.</p></li><li><p><em>What are they like? renan and little jhon?</em> (funny, easy-going, noisy, etc.)</p></li><li><p>Renan is easygoing, and very calm he´s not much romantic and i am not very much but he´s sometimes a person that surprises you.</p></li><li><p>and little jhon  is totally independent and he runs away from me when i want to cuddle.</p></li></ul></li><li><p>Write answers on the board in 3 columns: <strong>Present – Past – Present Perfect</strong>.<br>Example:</p><ul><li><p>Present → <em>I live with my sister.</em></p></li><li><p>Past → <em>I lived with friends at university.</em></p></li><li><p>Present Perfect → <em>I have lived with many people.</em></p></li></ul></li></ul><p>2. Vocabulary (10 min)</p><p>Introduce with pictures or simple definitions:</p><ul><li><p><strong>housemate / flatmate</strong> → a person you live with (not family)</p></li><li><p><strong>rent</strong> → money you pay every month to live somewhere</p></li><li><p><strong>landlord / landlady</strong> → the person who owns the place you rent</p></li><li><p><strong>easy-going</strong> → relaxed, not angry easily</p></li></ul><p>🗣 Practice: Give a situation, student uses the word.</p><ul><li><p><em>“My ____ is very friendly.”</em> (housemate)</p></li><li><p><em>“I pay ____ every month.”</em> (rent)</p></li><li><p><em>“The ____ is very strict.”</em> (landlord)</p></li><li><p><em>“My sister is ____.”</em> (easy-going)</p></li></ul><p>3. Grammar Focus (15 min)</p><p><strong>Present Simple</strong> – talk about now<br>👉 <em>I live with my parents. They are easy-going.</em></p><p><strong>Past Simple</strong> – talk about before<br>👉 <em>I lived with a friend when I was 18.</em></p><p><strong>Present Perfect</strong> – experience in life (no exact time)<br>👉 <em>I have lived with three different housemates.</em></p><p>🗣 Mini-practice: Teacher gives a time marker → student makes sentence.</p><ul><li><p><em>now</em> → (present)</p></li><li><p><em>last year</em> → (past)</p></li><li><p><em>in my life</em> → (present perfect)</p></li></ul><p>4. Guided Speaking Practice (15 min)</p><p>Use the transcript ideas but simplified.</p><p><strong>Questions:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you live with family, housemates, or alone?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever lived with housemates?</p></li><li><p>Did you enjoy it? Why / Why not?</p></li><li><p>What kind of person is good to live with?</p></li><li><p>Are you easy-going?</p></li></ul><p>Encourage mixing tenses:</p><ul><li><p><em>I live with…</em> (present)</p></li><li><p><em>I lived with… when…</em> (past)</p></li><li><p><em>I have lived with…</em> (present perfect)</p></li></ul><p>5. Role-play (10 min)</p><p>👥 Pair work (teacher + student if 1-to-1):</p><ul><li><p>One is the landlord, the other is a student looking for a room.</p></li><li><p>Include: <em>rent, housemate, easy-going, landlord</em>.</p></li><li><p>Example dialogue:</p><ul><li><p>A: <em>Do you pay rent on time?</em></p></li><li><p>B: <em>Yes, I have always paid my rent on time.</em></p></li></ul></li></ul><p>6. Wrap-up (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Quick review:</p><ul><li><p><em>housemate, rent, landlord, easy-going</em></p></li><li><p>present, past, present perfect</p></li></ul></li><li><p>Exit question: <em>Have you been a good housemate in your life?</em></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250905" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-10 17:56:50 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3578636026</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3585597481</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🌟 Class Plan – Talking About Happiness (Basic Level)</p><p>1. Warm-up (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Teacher shows a happy and sad face 🙂☹️ and asks:</p><ul><li><p><strong>“Are you happy today?”</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>“What makes you happy?”</strong> (students can answer with simple words: music, food, family).</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>2. Vocabulary (10 min)</p><p>Introduce words with pictures or simple examples:</p><ol><li><p><strong>positive</strong> → “I smile. I think good things.” 🙂</p></li><li><p><strong>negative</strong> → “I think bad things. I don’t smile.” ☹️</p></li><li><p><strong>cheer up</strong> → “I’m sad, but music makes me happy. Music cheers me up.” 🎶</p></li><li><p><strong>grumpy</strong> → “I’m angry in the morning. I’m grumpy.” 😡</p></li><li><p><strong>take time out</strong> → “Stop. Relax. Drink water. Go for a walk.” 🚶</p></li></ol><p>🔹 Practice: Teacher says situations, students say the word.</p><ul><li><p>“I’m sad. Music helps me.” → cheer up.</p></li><li><p>“I don’t think good things.” → negative.</p></li></ul><p>3. Listening (Transcript Part) (10 min)</p><p>Play or read <strong>short part of the transcript</strong> (simplified if needed):</p><p>Beth: <em>“What makes you happy, Neil?”</em><br>Neil: <em>“My family and friends.”</em><br>Beth: <em>“Me too. Music and dancing cheer me up.”</em></p><p>🔹 Activity: Students listen and circle words they know (happy, family, music).</p><p>4. Speaking Practice (10 min)</p><ul><li><p>Model Q&amp;A with the teacher:</p><ul><li><p><strong>“What makes you happy?”</strong> – “Music makes me happy.”</p></li><li><p><strong>“Are you positive or negative?”</strong> – “I’m positive.”</p></li></ul></li><li><p>Pair work: Students ask each other:</p><ul><li><p>What makes you happy?</p></li><li><p>What do you do when you are sad?</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>5. Controlled Practice – Fill in the Blank (5 min)</p><p>Example exercise:</p><ol><li><p>When I am sad, music ______cheer____ me up.</p></li><li><p>My dad is ___grumpy_______ in the morning.</p></li><li><p>A ______positive____ person thinks about good things.</p></li></ol><p>6. Wrap-up (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Quick review of vocabulary.</p></li><li><p>Ask: <strong>“What will you do today to cheer up?”</strong></p></li><li><p>End with a happy song clip (optional). 🎵</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250912" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-15 14:18:30 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3585597481</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3585599784</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/250912_REE_happiness_worksheet_.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-15 14:19:05 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3585599784</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Review 1 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3590173180</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_health_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-17 16:02:36 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3590173180</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3592341200</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Subtitles help deaf people understand movies and TV. They also let you watch films in foreign languages. But in recent years, the creativity in describing sounds has reached new levels. Learn more about the art of subtitling and pick up some new vocabulary at the same time.</p><p>This week's question</p><p>Sometimes there are funny mistakes in subtitles. What was written on a BBC News programme in 2019? Was it:</p><p>a) We can’t allow Spiderman to become prime minister?</p><p>b) We can’t allow Superman to become prime minister?, or,</p><p>c) We can’t allow Batman to become prime minister?</p><p>Listen to the programme to find out the answer.&nbsp;</p><p>Vocabulary</p><p><strong>genre<br></strong>style of film, music or book with its own particular set of characteristics</p><p><strong>upbeat<br></strong>cheerful, hopeful and light-hearted</p><p><strong>jaunty<br></strong>full of energy and confidence</p><p><strong>gasp<br></strong>take in a short, quick breath of air to show shock, surprise or pain</p><p><strong>gobsmacked<br></strong>(slang) so surprised that you cannot speak</p><p><strong>high five<br></strong>two people lifting their arms and clapping hands together as a greeting, or a way of saying, ‘well done!’</p><p><strong>TRANSCRIPT</strong></p><p>Note: This is not a word-for-word transcript.</p><p><strong>Neil</strong><br>Hello. This is 6 Minute English from BBC Learning English. I’m Neil.</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>And I’m Beth.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>If you’re deaf or hard of hearing, watching television would be impossible without subtitles - the words of dialogue added at the bottom of the screen explaining what the characters are saying.</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>Subtitled captions aren’t only for dialogue. In the most dramatic, action-packed scenes of a movie, there might be no-one speaking, but there are plenty of sounds - a scream, a thrilling car chase… And all these sounds need to be described as well.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>In this programme, we’ll be meeting Karli Witkowska, a subtitler who works on the Stranger Things show, to find out more. And of course, we’ll be learning some useful new vocabulary as well.</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>But first I have a question for you, Neil. Movie subtitles are written ahead of time, but subtitling for live TV has to be done in the moment, as the person is speaking. &nbsp;This can lead to mistakes - sometimes very funny ones, including a subtitle which appeared in an interview for the BBC Six O’Clock News in 2019. But what did the subtitle say? Was it:</p><p>a)&nbsp; &nbsp; We can’t allow Spiderman to become prime minister?</p><p>b)&nbsp; &nbsp; We can’t allow Superman to become prime minister?, or,</p><p>c)&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;We can’t allow Batman to become prime minister?</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Hmmm, I guess the subtitling mistake involved Spiderman.</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>I’ll reveal the answer later in the programme. Of course, it’s not just deaf audiences that subtitles help. The translated subtitles of foreign films are great for learning languages, letting you read a word and hear how its pronounced at the same time. And because subtitles describe everything, from monster squelches to bombs exploding, it’s a great way to learn new adjectives. Here’s subtitler Karli Witkowska explaining to BBC Radio 4 programme Word of Mouth how her choice of adjective creates emotion for the viewer:</p><p><strong>Karli Witkowska&nbsp;<br></strong>It depends on the <strong>genre</strong> and depends on the shows, and so if you have a very upbeat period piece where the music is very <strong>jaunty</strong>… you would use the word ‘jaunty’ to describe the music. It’s creating an idea of what a sound is like and using a very, very descriptive word in order to do so.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Karli bases her descriptions on the film’s <strong>genre</strong> – a style of film, music or book with its own particular set of features. The sound effects needed for a thriller like Stranger Things – creaking stairs and sudden screams - are very different from the sounds used in historical period dramas which are more <strong>upbeat</strong> – light-hearted and cheerful.</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>This influences the adjective Karli chooses to describe a sound. For example, upbeat music might be described as <strong>jaunty</strong> - full of energy and confidence.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Subtitles started out as an accessibility feature for deaf audiences, and to translate foreign language films into English. But since the growth of online streaming services like Netflix, subtitling has become something of an art.</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>Karli belongs to a team of subtitlers who try to make their descriptions as close as possible to the sounds they hear. Here she tells BBC Radio 4’s Word of Mouth about a time her team found exactly the right word:</p><p><strong>Karli Witkowska&nbsp;<br></strong>…so I loved ‘<strong>gobsmacked</strong> silence’ because you were able to tell that people were almost on the verge of a <strong>gasp</strong>, or on the verge of a shock, and that was the atmosphere, but there wasn’t actually a sound, so when my colleague came up with that one I definitely wanted to give him a virtual <strong>high five.</strong></p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>In this scene, the surprised characters were about to <strong>gasp</strong> – take in a short, quick breath of air. There was no speech or sound in the scene, but Karli’s team found the perfect adjective to describe the silence - <strong>gobsmacked</strong>, which is slang for being so surprised you can’t speak.</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>This was definitely one description that deserved a <strong>high five</strong> – lifting up your hand to clap hands with someone else as a greeting or to say ‘well done’. In fact, the phrase ‘gobsmacked silence’ was so good it went viral and started being used in all kinds of situations.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Maybe gobsmacked was how the viewers of that TV news programme felt, you know, the mistaken subtitle you asked me about in your question. I guessed the incorrect subtitle was: We can't allow Spiderman to become prime minister.</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>Which was… the wrong answer, I’m afraid. In fact the interviewee said, “we can't allow <em>that man</em> to become prime minister”, speaking about Boris Johnson, but the misheard subtitle appeared as Batman.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>OK, let's recap the vocabulary we’ve learnt from this programme on subtitles, starting with <strong>genre</strong> – a style of film, music or book with its own particular set of characteristics.</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>Something which is <strong>upbeat </strong>ischeerful, hopeful and light-hearted.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>The adjective <strong>jaunty</strong> means full of energy and confidence.</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>If you <strong>gasp</strong>, you take in a short, quick breath of air in surprise or in pain.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>You can use the slang expression <strong>gobsmacked </strong>when someone is so surprised they can’t speak.</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>And finally, if you give someone a <strong>high five</strong>, you hold up your hand above your head, clapping hands with somebody else as a greeting, or to say ‘well done!’</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Once again our 6 minutes are up. Goodbye for now!</p><p><strong>Beth<br></strong>Bye</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://padlet-uploads-usc1.storage.googleapis.com/207909999/caf74aac20fc6d4e76324dcc320b2a08/IMG_0641.png" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-18 16:15:51 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3592341200</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3592344042</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🎬 Class Plan:</strong></p><p><strong>Subtitles and Surprises</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>(Level: Basic / Time: 60–75 minutes)</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (5–10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Teacher shows pictures / gestures: someone clapping a high five, someone gasping, someone looking gobsmacked.</p></li><li><p>Ask:<br></p><ul><li><p>What is happening? What do you think these words mean?</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Objective: create curiosity before listening.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. Vocabulary Presentation (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Introduce the words from the programme with simple definitions + gestures:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>upbeat = happy, positive</p></li><li><p>jaunty = full of energy, confident</p></li><li><p>gasp = quick breath of surprise</p></li><li><p>gobsmacked = very surprised (slang)</p></li><li><p>high five = clap hands together to say “well done”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Practice:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Students repeat pronunciation.</p></li><li><p>Quick mini-questions:<br></p><ul><li><p>When do you feel upbeat?</p></li><li><p>What makes you gasp?</p></li><li><p>Who would you give a high five to?</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3. Listening + Reading (15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Step 1: Play the audio (or read the transcript aloud dramatically). Student follows with transcript.</p></li><li><p>Step 2: Stop at key moments and ask comprehension checks:<br></p><ul><li><p>Who is Karli Witkowska?</p></li><li><p>What does gobsmacked silence mean?</p></li><li><p>Which superhero appeared in the subtitle mistake?</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4. Vocabulary in Action (10–15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Matching game: match word → definition → picture (teacher provides).</p></li><li><p>Fill in the gap (oral practice):<br></p><ul><li><p>“The music in Stranger Things can be scary, but in a comedy it is more _______.” (upbeat)</p></li><li><p>“When I saw the surprise party, I was _______.” (gobsmacked)</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5. Speaking Practice (15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>A. Personal questions:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Tell me about a time you felt gobsmacked.</p></li><li><p>What makes you feel upbeat?</p></li><li><p>When was the last time you gave someone a high five?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>B. Mini role-play:</p><p>Teacher describes a situation, student reacts using the new words.</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>You open the door and see your best friend after many years → gasp!</p></li><li><p>You pass a very hard test → high five!</p></li><li><p>You win free concert tickets → gobsmacked!</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6. Wrap-up (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Review the five words again quickly with gestures.</p></li><li><p>Ask: Which word is your favorite? Why?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔑 Why this works</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Listening + reading together = builds comprehension and confidence.</p></li><li><p>Visual + emotional vocabulary = easy to remember.</p></li><li><p>Role-play + personal connection = encourages speaking, even at basic level.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-18 16:17:07 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3592344042</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3600829865</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br></p><p><strong>🏋️‍♀️ Class Plan – Staying Healthy</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (5 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Teacher asks:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Do you like sports?</p></li><li><p>yes i do, generally work out,  i love to work out i always did, and i love to ride a bike.</p></li><li><p>What do you do to stay healthy?</p></li><li><p>i do natural healthy eating i practice exercise everyday and i ride a bike in the gym for 40 min everyday, and i drink a lot of water to stay healthy.</p></li><li><p>Do you eat healthy food?</p></li><li><p>yes i do. i ear healthy foods i follow the diets and sometimes on the weekends i eat junk food  or i pif out but generally i follow my diet.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Encourage short answers with examples: Yes, I run. / I eat fruit. / I don’t like sugar.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>2. Vocabulary (10 min)</strong></p><p>in this house <strong>there isn´t</strong> sugar/ we don´t<strong> have</strong> sugar in this house.</p><p><br></p><p>Write on the board / screen with pictures:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>healthy diet – eating food that is good for you</p></li><li><p>advice – opinions about what you <strong>should</strong> do</p></li><li><p>sweet tooth – a liking for sweet foods</p></li><li><p>sweet treat – something sugary that you enjoy</p></li></ul><p>trick or treat</p><p><br></p><p>💡 Ask her to give examples from her life:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Healthy diet = “I eat chicken and vegetables.”</p></li><li><p>Sweet treat = “I like cake.”</p><p><br></p></li></ul><p><strong>3. Language Tip (5 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>soon → something in a short time<br></p><ul><li><p>Example: I will go to the gym soon.</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br></p></li><li><p>still → something that continues<br></p><ul><li><p>Example: I eat vegetables, but I still like chocolate.</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br></p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Practice: Ask her to make 2 sentences with soon and still about her health.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>4. Listening / Reading Practice (8 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Read (or play) short adapted part of the transcript:</p><p><br></p><p>Georgie: I had a healthy lunch. But this weekend I ate a lot of chocolate.</p><p>Neil: Do you have a sweet tooth?</p><p>Georgie: Yes! But I walk a lot, so I feel healthy.</p><p><br></p><p>👂 Student answers:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>What did Georgie eat this weekend?</p></li><li><p>this weekend georgie ate a lot of chocolate.</p></li><li><p>Does Georgie have a sweet tooth?</p></li><li><p>yes she does, she always eats her sweet treat at the end of the day.</p></li><li><p>What does Georgie do to stay healthy?</p></li><li><p>she walks to work or to places instead of taking public transportation or driving </p></li><li><p>Does Neil do something to stay healthy?</p></li><li><p>he eats healthy food, he eats less sugar, less fat and less junk food.</p></li><li><p>does georgie want to start to eat less sweat treat?</p></li><li><p>yes she will start next weak but she´s a liar she won´t start.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>5. Speaking – Personalization (10 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Student talks about her own life using target language:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>What do you do to stay healthy?</p></li><li><p>i practice exercise and eat healthy food , i drink water and sleep enough.</p></li><li><p>Do you have a sweet tooth? What sweet treats do you like?</p></li><li><p>no i dont´ i eat sweet treats not very often.</p></li><li><p>What advice do you give to a friend to stay healthy?</p></li><li><p>i think this friend <strong>should</strong> practice exercise, should drink more water, should eat healthy food such as vegetables, protein and grains is very good for your health.</p></li><li><p>What will you do soon for your health?</p></li><li><p>i will follow the diet of my nutrionist soon.</p></li><li><p>What do you still do that is not very healthy?</p></li><li><p>i still eat junk food sometimes but i don´t smoke or drink alcohol because this is not healthy.</p><p><br></p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>6. Writing (Homework or in class if time) (5 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Write 5 sentences about her routine:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Example: I eat a healthy diet. I go to the gym every day. I will sleep more soon. I still eat chocolate. My advice: drink water!</p></li></ul><p>writing:</p><p>using should in an advice for a friend that never worked out and now she wants a better and healthy life.</p><p><br></p><p>i think you should .....</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>7. Wrap-up (2 min)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Quick review:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Vocabulary check with flash questions (What is a sweet tooth?)</p></li><li><p>Practice soon and still one last time.</p></li></ul><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/241129" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-24 02:34:51 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3600829865</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3602173730</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_saving_money_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-24 16:15:00 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3602173730</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3602173973</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>buClass Plan – Saving Money</strong></p><p>🎯 Objectives</p><ul><li><p>Practice listening and speaking about money and savings.</p></li><li><p>Learn and use vocabulary: <strong>budget, shop around, offer, on offer, deal</strong>.</p></li><li><p>Share personal strategies about spending and saving.</p></li></ul><p>1. Warm-up (5–7 min)</p><p><strong>Discussion questions</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you usually save money or spend it quickly?</p></li><li><p>i usually save money because i think in my future is very important because at my age 34 is very necessary.</p></li><li><p>What<strong> was </strong>the last thing you <strong>bought</strong> that was a good deal?</p></li><li><p>the last thing i bought was a the treatment for lips because the product content is really good and the price was cheap, so i think it was a good deal. ( compra/negocio/fechamento/acordo)</p></li><li><p>i have a deal </p></li><li><p>(drug dealers)</p></li><li><p><strong>agreement </strong>- acordo - i <strong>agree</strong> with you</p></li><li><p>When you travel, do you usually <strong>stick</strong> to <strong>a budget</strong>?</p><p>yes because when i travel i do a budget and i try to save to stick to the budget. i think is very important.</p></li><li><p><strong>what´s you budget? how much can you spend?</strong></p></li></ul><p>2. Vocabulary (10 min)</p><p>Introduce the words from the episode with simple definitions and examples:</p><ul><li><p><strong>budget</strong> → “I have a budget of $5.000 for my trip to Guatemala.</p></li><li><p><strong>shop around</strong> → “Before buying a phone, I shop around online.”</p></li><li><p><strong>offer/deal</strong> → “The shop/store has a deal/offer on shoes: buy one, get one free.” it´s a good offer</p></li><li><p><strong>on offer</strong> → “Milk is on offer today – <strong>half</strong> price!”</p></li><li><p>on sale - american accent -</p></li></ul><p>👉 <strong>Activity</strong>: Give sentences with a gap, student completes:</p><ol><li><p>I can’t spend more than $200. That’s my ___budget_____.</p></li><li><p>Before buying a computer, it’s smart to __deal______.</p></li><li><p>These jeans are normally $40, but today they are $25. They are ____on offer____.</p></li></ol><p>3. Listening Practice (10–12 min)</p><p>🎧 Play or read a short part of the transcript (Beth talking about shopping around).</p><p><strong>Comprehension questions:</strong></p><ol><li><p>What does Beth do before she buys something expensive? </p><p>She <strong>goes to </strong>a different website and shop around.</p></li><li><p>Why does she think this is a good way to save money?she <strong>thinks</strong> shopping around is a good way to save money.</p></li><li><p>Do you do the same? </p><p>Yes, i do for me before buy something shop around is a good way.</p></li></ol><p>4. Speaking Practice – Role-play (12–15 min)</p><p>Set up scenarios where student uses the new vocabulary:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Situation 1</strong>: You are shopping online. You see a phone <strong>on offer</strong>. Talk to your friend about whether to buy it.</p></li><li><p><strong>Situation 2</strong>: You are planning a holiday. Decide on a <strong>budget</strong> and discuss how to save money.</p></li><li><p><strong>Situation 3</strong>: A shop has a great <strong>deal</strong> but you don’t really need the product. Discuss if it’s a good idea to buy.</p></li></ul><p>5. Personalization (8–10 min)</p><p><strong>Questions for student to expand:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Are you saving for something right now?</p></li><li><p>Yes.<strong> i am saving</strong> money for my future.</p></li><li><p>How do you usually save money?</p></li><li><p>I always make good deal and i buy on offer and shop around everything. </p></li><li><p>Do you prefer to buy things on offer, or do you prefer high-quality items even if they’re expensive? I prefer <strong>to </strong>buy on offer <strong>although</strong> in some cases i prefer<strong> to</strong> buy high quality.</p></li></ul><p>6. Wrap-up (3–5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Review vocabulary quickly.</p></li><li><p>Ask student: “What’s one new idea you learned today about saving money?”</p></li><li><p>Give a small homework task: <em>Write 5 sentences using today’s vocabulary in your own life.</em></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250919" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-24 16:15:09 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3602173973</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 3 - review </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3604314767</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🍴 Lesson Plan –</strong></p><p><strong>Prefer vs. Would Rather</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Level: Lower Intermediate</p><p>Topic: Talking about food choices (focus on grammar: prefer and would rather)</p><p>Length: ~60 minutes</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Quick chat:<br></p><ul><li><p>What did you eat for lunch yesterday?</p></li><li><p>What’s your favourite meal of the day?</p></li><li><p>Do you ever skip meals?</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage short, natural answers.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. Grammar Focus (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Prefer</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Form 1: Prefer + noun + to + noun<br></p><ul><li><p>I prefer tea to coffee.</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Form 2: Prefer + -ing + to + -ing<br></p><ul><li><p>I prefer eating at home to eating in a restaurant.</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Form 3: Prefer + to + infinitive (+ rather than + infinitive)<br></p><ul><li><p>I prefer to walk rather than take the bus.</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Would rather</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Form: Would rather + infinitive (without to)<br></p><ul><li><p>I’d rather eat pasta.</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Compare two things:<br></p><ul><li><p>I’d rather eat pasta than pizza.</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Key difference:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Prefer is more general (things you usually like).</p></li><li><p>Would rather is more specific / in this situation now.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3. Controlled Practice (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>💡 Student chooses the correct form:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>I (prefer / would rather) ___ tea to coffee.</p></li><li><p>I (prefer / would rather) ___ eat at home tonight.</p></li><li><p>She (prefers / would rather) ___ swimming to running.</p></li><li><p>I (prefer / would rather) ___ have pizza than sushi right now.</p></li><li><p>They (prefer / would rather) ___ buy lunch rather than cook.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4. Guided Practice – Food Choices (15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Give situations and student answers using prefer or would rather:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>You are very hungry. You can eat a salad or a burger. (right now)<br>→ I’d rather eat a burger than a salad.</p></li><li><p>In general, do you like eating at home or eating in restaurants?<br>→ I prefer <strong>eating</strong> at home to<strong> eating</strong> in restaurants.</p></li><li><p>You can drink water or soda. Which do you like better?<br>→ I prefer water to soda.</p></li><li><p>Imagine it’s lunch break. Your friend suggests sushi. Would you say yes?<br>→ I’d rather eat sushi than a sandwich.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5. Freer Practice – “Food Survey” (15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Roleplay: Teacher asks, student answers.</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you prefer… pasta or rice?</p></li><li><p>i prefer pasta to rice</p></li><li><p>Would you rather… have ice cream or cake right now?</p></li><li><p>i´d rather have ice cream than a cake</p></li><li><p>Do you prefer… eating with friends or eating alone?</p></li><li><p>i prefer eating with friends to eating alone</p></li><li><p>Would you rather… cook at home or go to a restaurant tonight?</p></li><li><p>i´d rather go to a restaurant than cook at home.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Student then asks teacher back.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6. Wrap-up &amp; Homework (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Quick recap:<br></p><ul><li><p>Prefer = general likes</p></li><li><p>Would rather = specific choice, often now</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Homework: Write 5 sentences with prefer and 5 with would rather about food, hobbies, or daily life.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250801" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-25 16:28:39 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3604314767</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3609251916</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🌟 Class Plan – Talking About Fears (Basic Level)</p><p>🎯 Objectives</p><ul><li><p>Learn vocabulary to talk about <strong>fear</strong>.</p></li><li><p>Practice <strong>intensifiers</strong> with adjectives (very, really, so, absolutely, completely).</p></li><li><p>Talk about personal fears in different situations.</p></li></ul><p>1. Warm-up (5 min)</p><p><strong>Teacher asks: fear- medo - scared - assustado afraid - com medo.</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you <strong>get</strong> scared easily?</p></li><li><p>not any more, but in the past i got <strong>very</strong> <strong>scared</strong> <strong>easily.</strong></p></li><li><p>What was the last time you felt <strong>afraid?</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>the last time i felt afraid was when Curica my cat was sick and i had to take her to the hospital i felt completly afraid/scared.</strong></p></li></ul><p>(Prompt student to use <strong>short, simple answers</strong>: <em>Yes, I was scared of a dog</em> / <em>I was afraid of the dark</em>).</p><p>2. Vocabulary (10 min)</p><p>Introduce with gestures, pictures, or simple examples:</p><ul><li><p><strong>afraid / frightened / scared of</strong> → "I’m completely scared of dogs."</p></li><li><p><strong>terrified of</strong> → stronger fear → "I’m absolutly terrified of snakes."</p></li><li><p><strong>phobia</strong> → extreme fear → "I have a phobia of heights."</p></li><li><p><strong>freak out</strong> → lose control → "I freak out when I see a cockroach!"</p></li></ul><p>👉 Write them on the board in order of intensity.</p><p>3. Grammar Focus: Intensifiers (10 min)</p><p>Explain simply:</p><ul><li><p><strong>very / really / so</strong> → make the adjective stronger.</p></li><li><p><strong>absolutely / completely / totally</strong> → only with strong adjectives.</p></li></ul><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I’m <strong>very scared</strong> of spiders.</p></li><li><p>I’m <strong>really afraid</strong> of the dark.</p></li><li><p>I’m <strong>so terrified</strong> of flying.</p></li><li><p>I’m <strong>absolutely terrified</strong> of snakes.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>completely freak out</strong> when I see a mouse.</p></li></ul><p>👉 Do quick practice:<br>You say the adjective → student makes a stronger sentence.</p><ul><li><p>Teacher: "afraid of dogs" → Student: "I’m really afraid of dogs."</p></li></ul><p>4. Listening / Reading Practice (8 min)</p><p>Use part of the <strong>Phil &amp; Beth conversation</strong> (shortened):</p><ul><li><p>Beth: <em>I’m afraid of spiders. I really hate spiders.</em></p></li><li><p>Phil: <em>I’m scared of small spaces. I’d be worried about getting stuck.</em></p></li><li><p>Beth: <em>My friend has a phobia of bananas. She completely freaks out!</em></p></li></ul><p>Ask comprehension questions:</p><ul><li><p>What is Beth afraid of? </p></li><li><p>Beth has afraid of spider.</p></li><li><p>What is Phil afraid of? </p></li><li><p>Phil has afraid of small space.</p></li><li><p>What phobia does Beth’s friend have?</p></li><li><p>The Beth's friend have a phobia of banana.</p></li></ul><p>5. New Situations for Practice (10–12 min)</p><p>Give student <strong>situations</strong> and ask: <em>Are you afraid? How afraid are you?</em><br>Encourage answers with intensifiers.</p><p><strong>Situations:</strong></p><ol><li><p>You are in the dark alone at night.</p></li><li><p>No, i'm nor afraid.</p></li><li><p>You see a big spider in your bed.</p></li><li><p>yes, i'm afraid. i'm terrified of spider in my bed. </p></li><li><p>You are in a small elevator and it stops.</p></li><li><p>No, i'm not afraid.</p></li><li><p>You hear thunder and lightning very close.</p></li><li><p>No,i'm not a fraid.</p></li><li><p>You watch a horror movie.</p></li><li><p>I'm a fraid a horror movie. i'm a frightened.</p></li><li><p>You are on a very high bridge.</p></li><li><p>yes, i am. i'm have phobia of high bridge.</p></li></ol><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>Teacher: "You are in the dark alone at night."</p></li><li><p>Student: "I’m so scared." / "I’m really afraid of the dark."</p></li></ul><p>6. Controlled Speaking (Pair Role-Play / Teacher-Student) (10 min)</p><p>Model a dialogue:</p><p>A: <em>What are you afraid of?</em><br>B: <em>I’m really afraid of snakes.</em><br>A: <em>Do you freak out?</em><br>B: <em>Yes, I completely freak out when I see one.</em></p><p><em>A: i have a phobia of snack </em></p><p><em>B: Are you terrified of?</em></p><p><em>A: Yes, i'm a freak out when i see snack. </em></p><p><em>i really scared since  i was child.</em></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Student practices with different fears.</p><p>7. Wrap-Up / Reflection (5 min)</p><ul><li><p>Review: words for fear + intensifiers.</p></li><li><p>Ask student: <em>What are you afraid of? Are you more afraid of spiders or of the dark?</em></p></li><li><p>Quick writing: 3 sentences with fears + intensifiers.</p></li></ul><p>✅ Homework idea:<br>Write <strong>5 sentences</strong> about fears using <em>very, really, so, absolutely, completely</em>.<br>Example: <em>I’m absolutely terrified of snakes.</em></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/250926" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-29 13:10:11 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3609251916</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3609253058</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_fears_worksheet_.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-09-29 13:10:46 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3609253058</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3613334300</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🌍 Lesson Plan:</strong></p><p><strong>Fears in Today’s World</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Level: Lower Intermediate</p><p>Focus: Reading comprehension + Grammar (I am afraid of / I am scared of / I am terrified of)</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Ask: What are some things people are afraid of today?]</p></li><li><p>today people<strong> are</strong> afraid of violence, crimes, corruption, injustice, the news, but this is not in Dubai but maybe in other countries like Brazil. </p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>👉 Introduce grammar input:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I am afraid of…</p></li><li><p>I am scared of…</p></li><li><p>I am terrified of…</p></li><li><p>i am frightened of <br>Give a simple example: I am afraid of spiders.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>⸻</p><p>📖 Extended Reading: Fears in Today’s World.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>People everywhere experience fear</strong>. Some <strong>fears</strong> are small and personal, while others are big and connected to society or the world. <strong>Fear </strong>is a natural feeling, but the things we are afraid of can change <strong>over time</strong>.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Long ago</strong>, people were afraid of animals, darkness, storms, or <strong>being attacked</strong>. These fears are still common today. For example, many people are still afraid of spiders, <strong>snakes</strong>, or flying in an airplane. Others are scared of speaking in public or going to the dentist.</p><p><br/></p><p>But modern life has also <strong>created </strong>new fears. Many people are afraid of climate change. They are scared of <strong>fires</strong>, floods, or hurricanes. They are also<strong> worried</strong> about the future of the planet and the next generations.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Another modern fear is technology. Some workers are afraid of losing their jobs because robots or artificial intelligence can replace them. Others are scared of the internet, because of hackers or online scams. </strong></p><p><br/></p><p>Teenagers especially are afraid of not being popular or not being <strong>accepted</strong> on social media. For them, “likes” and comments can feel very important, so they are terrified of being ignored or rejected online.</p><p><br/></p><p>Adults often have social and <strong>financial fears</strong>. Many are afraid <strong>of losing money</strong> or not having enough to support their families. Others are scared of being alone or not having enough time for the people they love. Some are terrified of illness, especially after the COVID-19 pandemic, which showed how quickly life can change.</p><p><br/></p><p>Fears are also different around the world. In countries with violence, many people are afraid of<strong> war</strong>, crime, or terrorism. In other countries, people are scared of not having clean water, good education, or safe hospitals. While fears can look different depending on where people live, one thing is the same everywhere: everyone has fears.</p><p><br/></p><p>Fear can be difficult, but it also connects us. When we talk about our fears, we see that we are not alone.<br></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. Pre-Reading Vocabulary (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Go over some key words:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>climate change = changes in world weather</p></li><li><p>floods = too much water in a place</p></li><li><p>hurricanes = very strong storms</p></li><li><p>hackers = people who steal information online</p></li><li><p>scams = lies to steal money</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Check with quick matching or examples.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3. Reading (10–12 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>📖 Extended Passage (already created in previous step).</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Options for delivery:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Teacher reads aloud first, student follows.</p></li><li><p>Then student reads one paragraph at a time.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4. Reading Comprehension (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask simple questions:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>What were people afraid of long ago?</p><p>the people were afraid of crimes, violence, the climate change and not being accepted online or rejected.</p></li><li><p>Why are many people scared of climate change today?</p><p>because we are having high temperatures globally and this makes people be scared of.</p></li><li><p>Why are some workers afraid of technology?</p><p>because the are afraid of losing their jobs, careers, and they are also scared od scams or hackers.</p></li><li><p>What are teenagers often terrified of?</p><p>the teeneagers are afraid of not being accepted, being ignored or rejected on social media and the likes and the comments are essential for them.</p></li><li><p>What fears do adults usually have?</p><p>the adults have many fears, like illness, losing money, financial problems and climate change.</p></li><li><p>Do fears change in different countries? Give examples.</p><p>yeah, in different countries have many fears like brazil, violence, corruption and the robbery of institutions and the biggest fear is lack of security.</p></li><li><p>Why does fear connect people?</p></li></ol><p>the fear connect the people around the world because the world had a pandemic and illness and everything changes in any moment to anyone and if you talk about it, people will feel it too and this connect us.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5. Grammar Focus:</strong></p><p><strong>I am afraid of / I am scared of / I am terrified of</strong></p><p><strong>(10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Model sentences from the text:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Many people are afraid of climate change.</p></li><li><p>Teenagers are scared<strong> of being</strong> rejected on social media.</p></li><li><p>Some adults are terrified of illness.</p></li><li><p>i am scared of los<strong>ing</strong> connection through internet because my work depends on the internet.</p></li><li><p>i am terrified of watching horror movies, because i see it every time in my dream and i hate it.</p></li><li><p>what are you afraid of?</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Practice:</p><p>Transform words into full sentences:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Spiders → I am afraid of spiders.</p></li><li><p>Speaking in public → I am scared of speaking in public.</p></li><li><p>War → I am terrified of war.</p></li><li><p>Losing money → I am afraid of losing money.</p></li><li><p>Flying → I am scared of flying.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>6. Speaking Practice (10–12 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Student writes 3 personal sentences with the target grammar.</p></li><li><p>Share aloud: I am afraid of ___. → Teacher responds naturally (Really? I am not. I am afraid of ___.).</p></li><li><p>Pair role-play: Imagine two friends talking about fears. Example:<br></p><ul><li><p>A: I am afraid of climate change.</p></li><li><p>B: Oh yes, me too! But I am also scared of losing my phone.</p></li></ul></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>7. Wrap-up / Reflection (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Review: vocabulary + grammar structure.</p></li><li><p>Ask: What is one fear you think most people in the world share today?</p></li><li><p>Homework option: Write 5 sentences about fears you and your family/friends have.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://images.pexels.com/photos/8458846/pexels-photo-8458846.jpeg" />
         <pubDate>2025-10-01 12:22:51 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3613334300</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Grammar session </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3613368532</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/250902" />
         <pubDate>2025-10-01 12:43:44 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3613368532</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3620132935</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>📝 <strong>Class Plan – Healthy vs Unhealthy Snacking</strong></p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Basic (A1–A2)<br><strong>Topic:</strong> Snacking and healthy lifestyle<br><strong>Skills:</strong> Vocabulary review, reading comprehension, speaking, writing<br><strong>Time:</strong> 45–60 minutes</p><p>1. 🧠 <strong>Warm-up (5 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Objective:</strong> Activate prior knowledge and get the student speaking.</p><p>Ask simple questions:</p><ul><li><p>Do you eat snacks every day?</p></li><li><p>yes i eat snacks, i eat whole grain biscuits with  milk and protein,  i think this is snack is healthy. </p></li><li><p>What snacks do you like?</p></li><li><p>i like many but i don´t eat all for example i eat bread, cheese bread. I like cornflakes, i like croissants much.</p></li><li><p>Are your snacks healthy or unhealthy?</p></li><li><p>the majority are healthy because i do diets and i try to be fit <strong>even though</strong> sometimes i eat unhealthy.</p></li></ul><p>👉 Encourage full but short answers:</p><blockquote><p>“Yes, I eat snacks every day.” / “I like fruit.” / “I eat chocolate sometimes.”</p></blockquote><p>2. 🗣️ <strong>Vocabulary Review (10 min)</strong></p><p>Go over the target vocabulary with examples, no charts:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Snack</strong> → a small thing that we eat between meals.<br>👉 <em>Example: I eat a snack at 4 p.m.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Snack on</strong> → to eat a little bit of something over time.<br>👉 <em>Example: I like to snack on nuts.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Junk food</strong> → food that is not good for our health.<br>👉 <em>Example: Crisps and chocolate are junk food.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Guilty pleasure</strong> → something we enjoy even if we know it’s not good for us.<br>👉 <em>Example: Chocolate is my guilty pleasure.</em></p></li></ul><p>👉 After explaining, ask the student to repeat and give their own example with each word.</p><p>3. 📖 <strong>Reading Comprehension (10–12 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Title:</strong> <em>When You Don’t Eat Healthy Snacks</em></p><blockquote><p>Emma loves snacks. Every afternoon, she eats chocolate bars and crisps. These snacks are her guilty pleasure. At first, she feels happy and full of energy. But later, she feels tired.</p><p>Sometimes Emma skips lunch and only eats junk food during the day. After some weeks, she notices changes: she has less energy in the morning, she feels sleepy during her classes, and she often has a headache.</p><p>Emma’s friend, Tom, snacks on fruit and nuts. He tells her that healthy snacks give more energy and help you feel better. Emma decides to try it. After a few days of eating healthier snacks, she feels stronger and more active.</p></blockquote><p>4. 📝 <strong>Comprehension Questions (10 min)</strong></p><p>Ask the student to answer orally or in writing. Keep questions simple and direct:</p><ol><li><p>What snacks does Emma eat in the afternoon?</p><p>Emma eat<strong>s</strong> in the afternoon chocolate bars and crisps.</p></li><li><p>How does Emma feel after eating junk food?</p><p>She has a headache.</p></li><li><p>What problems does Emma have after some weeks?</p><p>She<strong> feels</strong> sleepy during her classes, and she has less energy.</p></li><li><p>What does Tom snack on?</p><p>Tom snacks on fruit and nuts.</p></li><li><p>How does Emma feel after changing her snacks?</p><p>She <strong>feels</strong> stronger and more active.</p><p>she is feeling.....</p></li></ol><p>👉 Check understanding and correct gently.</p><p>5. 💬 <strong>Speaking Practice (10 min)</strong></p><p>Ask personalized questions to get the student using the vocabulary:</p><ul><li><p>Do you snack on fruit?</p></li><li><p>Yes, i do snack on fruit on my week.</p></li><li><p>What is your guilty pleasure?</p></li><li><p>My guilty pleasure is pasta, pizza and hamburgue.</p></li><li><p>Do you eat junk food every day?</p></li><li><p>No, i don't because i has a diet healthy i take care my health.</p></li><li><p>How do you feel after eating junk food?</p></li><li><p>I feel less energy and unmotived for my activety.</p></li><li><p>What healthy snacks do you like?</p></li><li><p>I like natural tuna sanduiches , nuts, and  banana cake with oats. </p></li></ul><p>👉 Encourage answers in complete sentences, but keep it light and supportive.</p><p>Optional: do a short roleplay — you are Tom, the student is Emma — and have a simple conversation about changing snacks.</p><p>6. ✍️ <strong>Mini Writing Activity (5–8 min)</strong></p><p>Ask the student to write <strong>4–5 short sentences</strong> about their snacking habits, using the vocabulary:</p><blockquote><p>Example: “I usually snack in the afternoon. I like to snack on nuts. Sometimes I eat chocolate. Chocolate is my guilty pleasure. I want to eat more fruit.”</p></blockquote><p>Then read it together and help with small corrections.</p><p>🟡 Optional Homework</p><p>Ask the student to keep a <strong>Snack Journal</strong> for 2 days.<br>They write:</p><ul><li><p>What they snack on</p></li><li><p>If it’s healthy or junk food</p></li><li><p>How they feel afterwards</p></li></ul><p>In my routine i eat snacks in the afternoon healthy biscuit and milk protein but sometimes i snack on junk food. My guilty pleasure is pizza and cake i am really obssessed for this.</p><p>After that i feel very sleepy and undesmotived but while i snack on healthy i feel more energy and  happy.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>i have english class. </p><p>i´ve  eaten pizza</p><p>i´ve (have) sent the link by email</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/251003" />
         <pubDate>2025-10-06 14:45:19 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3620132935</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3620133966</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_snacks_worksheet__.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-10-06 14:45:49 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3620133966</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 7 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3623726275</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>📝</strong></p><p><strong>Title: Healthy Habits for a Better Life</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Reading Text (≈150 words)</strong></p><p><strong>Many people want to live</strong> a healthy life. To be healthy, it is important to eat good food and have healthy habits every day.</p><p><br/></p><p>Healthy food <strong>gives</strong> our bodies the vitamins and energy we need.<strong> Fruits and vegetables are very important</strong> because they have many nutrients. For example, <strong>a</strong>pples, bananas, carrots, and spinach are full of vitamins. Drinking water is also essential. We <strong>should</strong> drink about 6 to 8 glasses of water every day.</p><p><br/></p><p>Healthy habits are also about how we <strong>live</strong>. Doing exercise <strong>helps</strong> us stay strong and happy. We can walk, run, dance, or play a sport. Sleeping well is another good habit — people need about 7 to 8 hours of sleep each night.</p><p><br/></p><p>doing 2 hours of cardio ( it) <strong>makes</strong> you body burn many calories</p><p><br/></p><p>Eating healthy food and having good habits make us feel better, give us more energy, and help prevent <strong>illness.</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🧠</strong></p><p><strong>Comprehension Questions</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>Why is healthy food important?</p></li><li><p>because <strong>it</strong> give<strong>s</strong> many nutrients for our bodies.</p></li><li><p>Name two examples of healthy foods from the text.</p><p>bananas, carrots, apples and vegetables.</p></li><li><p>How many glasses of water should we drink every day?</p><p>we should drink 6 to 8 glasses of water every day.</p></li><li><p>What are two examples of healthy habits (not food)?</p></li></ol><p>doing exercise and running are examples of healthy habits.</p><ol><li><p>How many hours of sleep do people need each night?</p><p>people need 6 to 8 hours<strong> of </strong>sleeping.</p><p><br/></p></li></ol><p><strong>💬</strong></p><p><strong>Vocabulary Focus</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Match the words with their meanings:</p><p>a. Nutrients/3</p><p>ex: i am eating many nutrients everyday <strong>for</strong> my body stay<strong>ing </strong>healthy.</p><p>b. Essential/1</p><p>ex; drinking water 10 to 12 glasses of water everyday <strong>is</strong> essential for our health.</p><p>c. Prevent/4</p><p>ex: for prevent<strong>ing</strong> illness is necessary good and healthy habits.</p><p>d. Energy/2</p><p>ex: i need much energy through my day.</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>Something very important or necessary</p></li><li><p>Power we get from food to move and work</p></li><li><p>Substances in food that help the body grow and stay healthy</p></li><li><p>To stop something from happening</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🗣️</strong></p><p><strong>Speaking / Personalization</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask and answer:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What healthy foods do you eat every day?</p></li><li><p>i eat chicken, meat and a lot of vegetables everyday.</p></li><li><p>How many hours do you usually sleep?</p></li><li><p>i usually sleep 7 to 8 hour each day/ per day.</p></li><li><p>What exercises do you like to do?</p></li><li><p>i like to train different workouts and biking .</p></li><li><p>Is there a habit you would like to change to be healthier?</p></li><li><p>maybe eating junk food on the weekend would make me healthier.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>After watching:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Comprehension questions:<br> 1. What are some healthy foods mentioned?</p></li><li><p>garlic vegetables, scrambled eggs, boiled eggs, boiled vegetables, baked potatos, grilled salmon. smashed potato<br> 2. What should people try to avoid or do less often?</p></li><li><p>people should avoid eating less junk food, and sugar and people should try to do more exercise.<br> 3. What is one tip from the video you’d like to try?</p></li><li><p>i would like to try to prepare my food and make it more healthy and <strong>at the same</strong> time delicious and yummmy.</p></li><li><p>Discussion / Speaking:<br> - Which habit from the video do you already do?</p></li><li><p>i already cook, i already eat vegetables and i already prepared smashed potatoes at home.<br> - Which one is hard for you?</p></li><li><p>for me is very  complicated to prepare typical food and grilled chicken  because i need practice.<br> </p></li><li><p>Extension:<br> - Ask students to write a short paragraph: “My Healthy Plan for Tomorrow” incorporating at least 3 habits from the video and from your reading activity.</p></li><li><p>ask Renan what are the healthy things he would like to try for getting hotter and healthier?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://youtu.be/Z-u1yzrUHms" />
         <pubDate>2025-10-08 14:06:15 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3623726275</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3640947042</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧠 CLASS PLAN – Topic: Relaxing</p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Lower Intermediate (A2–B1)<br><strong>Length:</strong> 60 minutes<br><strong>Skills:</strong> Listening, Vocabulary, Reading, Speaking</p><p>1. Warm-up (5 minutes)</p><p>Introduce the topic by asking a few simple questions to get the student speaking: </p><ul><li><p>“When you finish work or studying, what do you usually do to relax?”</p></li><li><p>I read a book, i listen my playlist and meditation.</p></li><li><p>“Do you find it easy to <strong>switch off</strong> after a busy day?”</p></li><li><p>yes i do, i take a shower and dress my baby doll and i relax it´s easy to do that.</p></li></ul><p>Write the word <strong>“Relaxing - relaxtion”</strong> on the board and brainstorm ideas together. Encourage the student to say activities they associate with relaxing (e.g., listening to music, sleeping, walking).</p><p>2. Vocabulary Introduction (10 minutes)</p><p>Pre-teach and drill pronunciation of the key words:</p><ul><li><p><strong>relax</strong> – to do less activity so that you are calm and happy.</p></li><li><p>so i normally<strong> relax</strong> at night watching series.</p></li><li><p>i am relaxing every sunday mornings.</p></li><li><p>i normally switch off around 10 pm.<br>Example: “I relax <strong>by</strong> listening to music.”</p></li><li><p>i relax <strong>by cooking</strong>.</p></li><li><p>i relax <strong>by traveling</strong></p></li><li><p>i relax <strong>by reding my book.</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>relaxing</strong> – something that gives a feeling of calmness and happiness.<br>Example: “The beach is relaxing.”</p></li><li><p>reading a book at the beach or the swimming pool is relaxing.</p></li><li><p><strong>switch off</strong> – to stop thinking about stressful things.<br>Example: “I switch off when I go for a walk.”</p></li><li><p>i normally <strong>switch off</strong> when i walk at the beach around the sunset.</p></li><li><p>i feel <strong>homesick</strong>, and the beach in this moment.</p></li><li><p>i <strong> miss</strong> my home.</p></li><li><p>i missed you/ ( saudade)  i miss you.</p></li><li><p>i  missed the bus/the flight/ the ride.</p></li><li><p><strong>rest</strong> – to stop doing activities so you can recover.<br>Example: “I need to <strong>rest</strong> after work.”</p></li><li><p>resting after work is necessary.</p></li><li><p><strong>take your mind off</strong> – to stop thinking about one thing and start thinking about another.<br>Example: “Watching TV takes my mind off work.”</p></li><li><p>i need to go to paris to <strong>take my mind off</strong> work.</p></li></ul><p>Do a quick oral gap-fill activity to check comprehension. For example:</p><ul><li><p>“When I want to forget stress, I ______.” (switch off)</p></li><li><p>“The beach is very ______.” (relaxing)</p></li></ul><p>3. Listening: Beth and Neil’s Conversation (15 minutes)</p><p>Read the transcript aloud (or play the audio if available).</p><p><strong>First listening – general understanding:</strong><br>Ask: “What are some ways Beth and Neil like to relax?”<br>The student listens and gives a general answer.</p><p><strong>Second listening – detail:</strong><br>Ask a few comprehension questions, for example:</p><ul><li><p>What does Neil like to do to relax?</p></li><li><p>What helps Beth switch off in the kitchen?</p></li><li><p>How does Beth like to rest?</p></li><li><p>Why does Neil find it difficult to rest?</p></li></ul><p>Clarify any vocabulary or expressions that were confusing.</p><p>4. Reading &amp; Analysis (10 minutes)</p><p>Give the student the short reading text below and read it together:</p><blockquote><p><strong>How People Relax Today</strong><br>In today’s fast world, people are looking for new ways to relax. Many prefer simple activities, like going for a walk, reading a book, or spending time with family. Technology also plays a role: some people watch series, listen to podcasts, or use relaxation apps. However, studies show that more people are trying “digital detox” — spending time without phones — to rest their minds. The tendency is clear: relaxation is becoming more personal and varied, depending on each person’s lifestyle.</p></blockquote><p>Ask comprehension questions:</p><ul><li><p>What are some traditional ways people relax?</p></li><li><p>the traditional ways people relax <strong>is</strong> walking, reading a book and spending their time with family.</p></li><li><p>What technological activities are popular?</p></li><li><p>watching series, relaxtion apps and listening to podcast.</p></li><li><p>What is “digital detox”?</p></li><li><p>digital detox is clearing your mind and not using phones and spending time with another thing.</p></li><li><p>What is the general trend about relaxation?</p></li><li><p> relaxation is becoming more personal and varied, depending on each person’s lifestyle.</p></li></ul><p>Then briefly highlight some verbs related to relaxing and connectors such as “however” and “also”.</p><p>5. Speaking Practice (15 minutes)</p><p>Use the new vocabulary to have a natural conversation. Suggested questions:</p><ul><li><p>“What do you usually do to relax?”</p></li><li><p>i usually use relaxation apps, i love this, and i love meditation.</p></li><li><p>“Do you prefer quiet activities or active ones?”</p></li><li><p>i prefer quier activities because is very calm and refresh my mind and i love spending time stretching with yoga that takes my mind off.</p></li><li><p>“Would you like to try digital detox? Why or why not?”</p></li><li><p>yes, i tried this digital detox, on sundays i forgot my phone and i concentrated on my things like courses, studying and i´ve tried much, because celphones take our concentration and that is not healthy.</p></li></ul><p>You can also do a short role-play where one person is a journalist asking about people’s relaxing habits.</p><p>6. Wrap-up (5 minutes)</p><p>Review the new words together. Ask:</p><ul><li><p>“What new words or phrases did you learn today?”</p></li><li><p>relaxation- rest- switch off - take your mind off - chilling out - folding laundry- and homesick.</p></li><li><p>“Which activity from the lesson do you find most relaxing?”</p></li></ul><p>Optional homework: ask the student to write a short paragraph titled <strong>“How I relax after a busy day.”</strong></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/251017" />
         <pubDate>2025-10-20 12:41:22 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3640947042</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3640947754</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_relaxing_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2025-10-20 12:41:53 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3640947754</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3669298975</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Reading </p><p>👥 Lesson: How to Make Friends as an Adult</p><p>Level: Lower Intermediate</p><p>Topic: Friendship and social life</p><p>Skills: Reading comprehension – Vocabulary – Speaking</p><p><br></p><p>1. Warm-up (5–7 minutes)</p><p>Ask students:</p><p>	•	Is it easy or difficult to make new friends as an adult? Why?</p><p><br></p><p>For me it is easy because I like talking with people I am very communicative, it is not easy at the first time but later you get more open to speak and get to know the person.</p><p><br></p><p>	•	Do you think people have more friends when they are younger or older?</p><p>I think it is very easy when younger because when it is a child we are very open to new relationships and we are not very selective at this age, we are not ashamed to talk and make new friends.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>2. Reading: How to Make Friends as an Adult</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Reading Text</p><p>	1.	At school you’re surrounded by people your own age. Of course, you spend a lot of time with them, and so some of the best friendships are forged at school. But later in life, it’s easy to lose touch – you work full-time, maybe start a family, and your old friends might be scattered across the country or even the world. A 2016 study in Finland found that after the age of 25, the number of friends someone has falls very quickly, and this number continues to decrease throughout a person’s life. So when you’re in your mid-to-late 20s, how can you make new friends?</p><p>	2.	Radhika Sanghani, a BBC journalist, decided to make new friends by saying yes to any invitations that came her way. If a colleague asked her for lunch, she didn’t shy away from it, and she soon made some of the closest friends she’d ever had. “We all message several times a week often leaving rambling voice notes; we host dinners at each other’s houses; and we’ve all cried on each other at least once (the true mark of friendship),” she wrote in a 2018 article.</p><p>	3.	The website Talk Twenties recommends joining a local class or group, like taking up running or joining a choir. Having something in common gives you something to talk about with your new acquaintances, which will hopefully then translate into meaningful relationships. When you don’t have mutual interests with someone, it can be difficult to get past the small talk stage, where conversation can quickly fizzle out, and a class can help avoid this.</p><p>	4.	Nowadays, there are also apps for meeting new people, like Bumble BFF or Meetup. Dr Robert Puff, who writes for Psychology Today, says solid friendships are essential for two main reasons. One is to help make life more enjoyable, and the other is to give us support in difficult times – to make hardships more tolerable.</p><p>	5.	As we grow up, we can feel like we’re not in control of what’s happening around us, but we can control our social life, so enrich your life with fulfilling friendships.</p><p>⸻</p><p>3. Reading Comprehension</p><p>1. Choose the best summary for the article.</p><p>a) Let go of friends who don’t bring you happiness.</p><p><strong>b) Meaningful relationships help you live longer.</strong></p><p>c) There are lots of ways to make new friends. </p><p>2. Choose the correct option based on the content.</p><p>	1.	What did a 2016 Finnish study find?</p><p>a) That you make more friends as you age.</p><p><strong>b) That the number of friends you have decreases with age. </strong></p><p>c) That you have the closest friends after 25.</p><p>	2.	What did Radhika decide to do?</p><p>a) Make a new friend each week.</p><p><strong>b) Say yes when invited to something. </strong></p><p>c) Host dinner parties for her school friends.</p><p>	3.	Which benefit of joining a class or group is mentioned?</p><p>a) You meet people you wouldn’t normally mix with.</p><p><strong>b) Developing a new interest gives you something to discuss.</strong></p><p>c) Sharing an interest can help develop more meaningful friendships. </p><p>	4.	Small talk can sometimes lead to conversation ending quickly.</p><p><strong>a) True </strong></p><p>b) False</p><p>c) Not given</p><p>	5.	What two reasons does Dr Puff give for having friends?</p><p>a) More social media presence and control over our life.</p><p>b) More interests and a fulfilled life.</p><p><strong>c) A happier life and support when life gets hard. </strong></p><p>⸻</p><p>4. Vocabulary Practice</p><p>Explain and practice these words in simple terms:</p><p>	•	forge – to make or create something, often with effort.</p><p>	•	lose touch – to stop communicating with someone.</p><p>	•	scattered – spread over a large area.</p><p>	•	shy away – to avoid something because you’re nervous.</p><p>	•	voice note – an audio message sent by phone.</p><p>	•	acquaintance – someone you know, but not very well.</p><p>	•	small talk – conversation about simple topics like the weather.</p><p>	•	fizzle out – to slowly end or disappear.</p><p>	•	BFF – best friends forever.</p><p>	•	solid friendship – a strong, long-lasting friendship.</p><p>⸻</p><p>5. Summary Completion</p><p>Use the words in the box to complete the sentences.</p><p>Words: acquaintance / lose touch / shy away / forged / BFF / scattered / solid friendship</p><p>As we get older, turning a/an acquaintance into a more solid friendship can be difficult. After school, friends are often scattered, and it can be easy to lose touch. Dr Puff says friendships are extremely important, so don’t shy away from meeting new people. You could join a class so that you have something in common to discuss.</p><p>⸻</p><p>6. Speaking (Pair Discussion)</p><p>	•	Do you agree that making new friends is harder as an adult? Why or why not?</p><p>	•	Would you try to make new friends through an app or a class?</p><p>	•	What do you think makes a friendship “solid”?</p><p>Encourage students to use the new vocabulary (for example, “lose touch”, “solid friendship”).</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/the_reading_room/ep-250921" />
         <pubDate>2025-11-06 04:20:03 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3669298975</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2 review </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3679455461</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🌟 Review Class:</strong></p><p><strong>Friendships Over Time</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Objectives</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Review and use key friendship vocabulary.</p></li><li><p>Talk about friendship experiences using present, past, and present perfect tenses.</p></li><li><p>Practice expressing opinions and personal experiences about friendships.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1. Warm-Up (5 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Start a short conversation to activate the topic.</p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you have many friends from school?</p></li><li><p>How do you usually make new friends?</p></li><li><p>Do you think it’s easy or hard to keep friends as an adult? Why?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage answers in the present tense first.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. Vocabulary Review (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Match the words to their meanings.</p><p><br/></p><p>Words:</p><p>forge – lose touch – scattered – shy away – acquaintance – small talk – fizzle out – BFF – solid friendship</p><p><br/></p><p>Meanings:</p><p>a) stop communicating with someone lose touch </p><p>EX, I lost touch with my Brazilian clients because I live in another country now.</p><p>b) a person you know but not very well acquaintance</p><p>i have many acquaintances here but exist some people that I love here.</p><p>c) avoid something because you’re scared or nervous shy away ex, I shy away when in talk in public for many people but I will improve.</p><p>d) conversation about unimportant things small talk</p><p>i have a small talk with my janitor.</p><p><br/></p><p>e) strong and lasting friendship solid friendship</p><p>ex I have a solid friendship and love with Renan everyday.</p><p>f) to slowly end or disappear fizzle out </p><p>ex, I fizzle out with my parents because I feel better far away from their problems. </p><p>g) spread over a wide area scattered </p><p>ex, i have scattered friends over Brazil.</p><p>h) to create or make under difficult conditions forge</p><p>i) best friends foreverBFF </p><p><br/></p><p>After checking answers together, ask the student to make short example sentences, for example:</p><p>I forged a friendship with my colleague at work.</p><p>I lost touch with my old neighbor.</p><p>My friends are scattered around the country.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3. Article Summary Activity (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask the student to complete the summary using the correct words.</p><p><br/></p><p>As we get older, turning a/an (1) _acquaintance_______ into a more (2) solid friendship________ can be difficult. After school, friends are often (3) __scattered______ and it can be easy to (4) __lose touch______. Dr Puff says friendships are extremely important, so don’t (5)shy away from meeting new people. You could join a class so that you have something in common to discuss.</p><p><br/></p><p>Words: acquaintance – lose touch – shy away – forged – BFF – scattered – solid friendship</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Afterward, have the student read it aloud and explain the meaning of the text in their own words.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4. Grammar Practice: Talking About Friendship (15 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Explain that the student will now talk about friendships using three different tenses — present, past, and present perfect.</p><p><br/></p><p>Give short examples:</p><p><br/></p><p>Present:</p><p>Who is your closest friend now?</p><p>– My closest friend is Ana. We talk every day.</p><p>- My closest friend  is katia. we talk every day.</p><p><br/></p><p>Past:</p><p>Who was your best friend when you were a child?</p><p>– My best friend was Carla. We played together after school.</p><p>My best friend was Luana. we played every day in the school and weekends.</p><p><br/></p><p>Present Perfect:</p><p>Have you ever lost touch with a friend?</p><p>– Yes, I’ve lost touch with many friends from university.</p><p>-Yes, i've lost touch with many friends from high school.</p><p><br/></p><p>Then, ask the student to make their own sentences using the same tenses.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5. Discussion Extension (15 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage open conversation and opinion sharing. Use these prompts:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>Do you think it’s easier to make friends when you are a child or an adult? Why?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever forged a strong friendship in a difficult situation (for example, at work or during a trip)?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever had a friendship that fizzled out? What happened?</p></li><li><p>Do you usually shy away from talking to new people, or do you enjoy small talk?</p></li><li><p>What’s more important for you — having one BFF or many acquaintances?</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Remind the student to use the vocabulary and tenses naturally while answering.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6. Optional Homework</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask the student to write a short paragraph (6–8 lines) titled:</p><p>“A Friendship That Changed My Life.”</p><p><br/></p><p>They should:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Use at least three of the new vocabulary words.</p></li><li><p>Include one sentence in the present, one in the past, and one in the present perfect.</p></li></ul><p>Answer key:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>acquaintance</p></li><li><p>solid friendship</p></li><li><p>scattered</p></li><li><p>lose touch</p></li><li><p>shy away</p></li></ol><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://elvis.padletcdn.com/1/fetch/e_in/pixabay.com/get/g2daf56192996d1f451ac46a3df070be7c00c799dd63855f53092bff636e4871eb4c6b589868c732472e428cac16d8aa9.jpg" />
         <pubDate>2025-11-12 15:23:19 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3679455461</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>🧠 Friendship &amp; Grammar Quiz 1 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3680511551</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Total: 5 marks</p><p><br/></p><p>Name: ____sabrina _______________________</p><p>Date: _________13/11/2025__________________</p><p><br/></p><p>⸻</p><p><br/></p><p>🌟 Part 1 – Vocabulary (Questions 1–5)</p><p><br/></p><p>Choose the correct word to complete each sentence.</p><p>Words: forge – lose touch – acquaintance – shy away – scattered – small talk – BFF – fizzle out – solid friendship</p><p>1. I met Lucas at a work event, but we aren’t close friends. He’s just an ___acquaintance_________________.</p><p>2. After university, my friends were ______scattered _____________ across different countries.</p><p>3. We _________BFF________ a great friendship during a difficult time at work.</p><p>4. I sometimes ______small talk/ fizzle out____________ from talking to new <sub>people</sub> because I’m shy.</p><p>5. Our friendship started strong but then it began to ______solid friends/ lose touch____________.</p><p><br/></p><p>📝 Vocabulary score ( /2.5): _______</p><p><br/></p><p>⸻</p><p><br/></p><p>🕓 Part 2 – Grammar Practice (Questions 6–10)</p><p><br/></p><p>Use the correct tense: present, past, or present perfect.</p><p>6. (Present)</p><p>Write one sentence about your best friend now.</p><p>→ __________My best friend have/has a many qualits she is a very imprtant to me._________________________________</p><p><br/></p><p>i have a friend In Dubai * </p><p>ive been a good friend to many people.</p><p>bruno has been my friend from the school. * he's been a good friend.</p><p><br/></p><p>7. (Past)</p><p>Who was your best friend when you were a child?</p><p>→ _______My best friend was a child was luana i played every day with her in the school. good time ____________________________________</p><p>8. (Present Perfect)</p><p>Write one sentence about a friendship experience that connects to your life today.</p><p>→ ________________________I've ( I have) a new friend here in dubai her name is taty is a wonderful person and help is much moment.________________</p><p>9. Complete the sentence:</p><p>I _______didnt see I haven't seen_____________ (not see) my school friends for years.</p><p>10. Choose the correct sentence:</p><p>a) I have met my best friend last year.</p><p>b)<strong> I met my best friend last year.</strong></p><p><strong>c) I have meet my best friend last year.x</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>📝 Grammar score ( /2.5): _______</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51UN5qmy0DL.png" />
         <pubDate>2025-11-13 04:29:47 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3680511551</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 3 and Quiz</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3681532377</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/s5english_in_a_minute/251021" />
         <pubDate>2025-11-13 16:50:42 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3681532377</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3690202158</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🌟 CLASS: Experiences or Possessions?</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Level: Lower Intermediate (B1)</p><p>Skills: Reading, Vocabulary, Speaking, Writing</p><p>Topic: Happiness — things or experiences?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🗣️ WARM-UP (5–7 minutes)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Ask your student:</p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>What makes you happier — buying something new or doing something fun?</p><p>sometimes I like buying things and sometimes I like doing something fun. like for example I went bowling with friends yesterday and I had a lot fun.</p><p><br></p></li><li><p>What is something you bought/buy that made you happy?</p><p>my first cellphone bought by me and that made me feel so happy.</p></li><li><p>What is an experience (like a trip, concert, or event) that made you happy?</p><p>so many experiences but the trip I went to caraiva in Bahia was very interesting and I liked it very much, the beautiful place. I will go to caravan again.</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Write examples on the board:</p><p>👜 a new phone – 🎢 a day at the amusement park</p><p><br></p><p>i don't like amusement park so, I prefer a new phone.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>📖 READING</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Title: What Makes Us Happier: Things or Experiences?</p><p><br></p><p>1️⃣ Some people prefer buying things like new phones, clothes, or cars. Others prefer to spend money on experiences — trips, concerts, or dinners with friends. A study in the UK found that 6 in 10 people prefer to spend their money on experiences, especially young people between 18 and 34 years old.</p><p><br></p><p>2️⃣ Things can last a long time, but we quickly get used to them. When we buy something new, we feel happy at first, but that feeling doesn’t last. Soon it becomes normal, and we want something better. We also compare what we have with other people, which can make us feel jealous.</p><p><br></p><p>3️⃣ Experiences are different. Even if they don’t last long, they can make us happy for a long time. Waiting for an experience can make us excited. Experiences are often shared with other people, which makes us feel connected. The memories become part of who we are.</p><p><br></p><p>4️⃣ However, not everyone feels the same. Some people may prefer buying things — for example, people who are more introverted or who don’t have many possessions. But for many of us, spending money on experiences makes us happier than buying things.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🧠 COMPREHENSION QUESTIONS</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>1. Match the headings to the paragraph.</p><p>Paragraph 1 __b</p><p>Paragraph 2 __c</p><p>Paragraph 3 __a</p><p>Paragraph 4 __d</p><p><br></p><p>a) Experiences make people happier</p><p>b) Experiences are more popular</p><p>c) People get bored of things</p><p>d) Not everyone feels the same</p><p><br></p><p>✅ Suggested answers (for checking after discussion):</p><p>1–b / 2–c / 3–a / 4–d</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>2. Choose the correct answer.</p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>Most UK people prefer to spend money on experiences.<br>a) True b) False c) xNot given</p></li><li><p>We get used to new things after some time.<br>a) xTrue b) False c) Not given</p></li><li><p>Experiences help us feel close to other people.<br>a)True b) xFalse c) Not given</p></li><li><p>Everyone prefers to buy things.<br>a) True b)x False c) Not given</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>✅ Answers: 1–a / 2–a / 3–a / 4–b</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🧩 VOCABULARY PRACTICE</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Match the words to their meanings:</p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>material possessions /</p></li><li><p>fleeting/</p></li><li><p>fade/ </p></li><li><p>envious /</p></li><li><p>anticipation/</p></li><li><p>deteriorate/</p></li><li><p>personality type/</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>a) feeling jealous of someone</p><p>b) things that you own</p><p>c) excited feeling before something happens</p><p>d) short, not lasting long</p><p>e) lose quality or get worse</p><p>f) the kind of person you are</p><p>g) to slowly disappear</p><p><br></p><p>✅ Answers: 1–b / 2–d / 3–g / 4–a / 5–c / 6–e / 7–f</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>✏️ SUMMARY GAP-FILL</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Use the words in the box to complete the text.</p><p><br></p><p>Box: material possessions – deteriorate – fleeting – anticipation – identity</p><p><br></p><p>Buying new (1)________ might not make us happy for long. They can (2)_______ or lose their value. While experiences may be (3)________, waiting for them often gives us a feeling of (4)________. The memories we make help form our (5)________.</p><p><br></p><p>✅ Answers: 1 material possessions / 2 deteriorate / 3 fleeting / 4 anticipation / 5 identity</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>💬 SPEAKING EXTENSION</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Discuss these questions:</p><p><br></p><ol><li><p>Do you agree that experiences make us happier than things? Why or why not?</p></li><li><p>What was the best experience of your life so far?</p></li><li><p>What is something you bought that made you happy — for how long?</p></li><li><p>What kind of person are you — someone who likes things or experiences?</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>📝 WRITING TASK</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Write a short paragraph (6–8 sentences):</p><p><br></p><p>“A time when I spent money on something that made me really happy.”</p><p><br></p><p>Include:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>What you spent money on</p></li><li><p>Why it made you happy</p></li><li><p>How long that happiness lasted</p></li><li><p>Would you rather buy or experience something next time?</p></li></ul><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/the_reading_room/ep-250916" />
         <pubDate>2025-11-19 14:30:19 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3690202158</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5 review </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3695634229</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🌟</strong></p><p><strong>Vocabulary Flashcards (simple definitions)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>1. material possessions – things you own</p><p>2. fleeting – short, doesn’t last long</p><p>3. fade – slowly disappear</p><p>4. envious – wanting what someone else has</p><p>5. anticipation – excited feeling before something happens</p><p>6. deteriorate – get worse</p><p>7. personality type – general way a person thinks/acts</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📘</strong></p><p><strong>Reading: Experiences or Things?</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Many people love to buy new phones, clothes, or other material possessions. These objects can make us happy, but the feeling is often fleeting. After a few days, the excitement begins to fade, and we want something new again.</p><p><br/></p><p>Experiences, like traveling or spending a day with friends, often make us happier for a longer time. Why? Because they help us connect with people and understand ourselves better. They stay in our memory, even when objects deteriorate or break.</p><p><br/></p><p>Sometimes we feel envious when we see other people buying nice things. But it is important to remember that happiness is not only about what we buy. It also depends on our personality type. Some people love objects; others prefer experiences. In the end, what matters is choosing what feels meaningful to you.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>❓</strong></p><p><strong>Comprehension Questions (low-intermediate)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>What are material possessions?</p></li><li><p>Why is happiness from buying things fleeting?</p></li><li><p>What usually fades after buying something new?</p></li><li><p>Why can experiences make us happier for longer?</p></li><li><p>What happens to objects over time?</p></li><li><p>When do we feel envious?</p></li><li><p>Do all people like the same things? Why or why not?</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎙️</strong></p><p><strong>Speaking Activity (guided discussion)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Use the vocabulary!</p><p><br/></p><p>A. Student completes the sentences:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>One material possession that is important to me is ______.</p></li><li><p>A fleeting moment of happiness I had was when ______.</p></li><li><p>A memory that will never fade for me is ______.</p></li><li><p>I sometimes feel envious when ______.</p></li><li><p>I feel anticipation when ______.</p></li><li><p>Something that deteriorates quickly is ______.</p></li><li><p>My personality type is more (object-focused / experience-focused) because ______.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>B. Optional conversation questions:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you prefer buying things or doing activities? Why?</p></li><li><p>What experience made you really happy?</p></li><li><p>Do you think social media makes people more envious?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>✍️</strong></p><p><strong>Writing Task (5–7 sentences)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Write a short paragraph:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Do experiences make people happier than material possessions?”</p><p><br/></p><p>Use at least 4 vocabulary words from the list.</p><p>Example starter: In my opinion… / I believe that…</p><p> In my opinion material possession is very important but experiences mark on our lives.  our time here is fleeting for this reason enjoy the moments end experiences with family, friends, lovers they make our lives more interesting. Material possessions deteriorate while experiences make our life significant.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>If you want, I can also make:</p><p>✔️ a quiz</p><p>✔️ a homework worksheet</p><p>✔️ a role-play activity</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-11-24 04:02:54 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3695634229</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3699576422</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Vocabulary Quiz</strong></p><p><strong>Choose the correct word from the box to complete each sentence.</strong><br><strong>material possessions – fleeting – fade – envious – anticipation – deteriorate – personality type</strong></p><p><strong>1.</strong> Maria felt <strong>_envious_______</strong> when she saw her friend’s new phone.</p><p>(= wanting what someone else has) ciumento/jelous/jelousy</p><p><strong>2.</strong> The paint on the old house began to <strong>__fade______</strong> after many years.</p><p>(= slowly disappear)</p><p><strong>3.</strong> Childhood feels <strong>__fleeting______</strong> because it goes by very fast.</p><p>(= short, doesn’t last long)</p><p><strong>4.</strong> He was full of <strong>__anticipation______</strong> before his birthday party.</p><p>(= excited feeling before something happens)</p><p><strong>5.</strong> My grandfather’s vision began to <strong>_deteriorate_______</strong> with age.</p><p>(= get worse)</p><p><strong>6.</strong> People sometimes think <strong>_material possessions_______</strong> make them happy, but true happiness is inside.</p><p>(= things you own)</p><p><strong>7.</strong> A <strong>__personality type______</strong> can help explain why someone is quiet or outgoing.</p><p>(= general way a person thinks/acts)</p><p><strong>Match the word to its meaning</strong></p><p>(Choose A–G)</p><p><strong>Words:</strong><br>8. anticipation/c<br>9. deteriorate/a<br>10. fleeting/b</p><p><strong>Meanings:</strong><br>A. get worse/get better<br>B. short; doesn’t last long<br>C. excited feeling before something happens</p><p><strong>Scoring Guide (Total: 10 points)</strong></p><ul><li><p><strong>1 point</strong> for each correct answer.</p></li><li><p><strong>10 points:</strong> Excellent!</p></li><li><p><strong>7–9 points:</strong> Very good understanding.</p></li><li><p><strong>5–6 points:</strong> Needs a bit more review.</p></li><li><p><strong>0–4 points:</strong> Review the vocabulary again together.</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://elvis.padletcdn.com/1/fetch/e_in/pixabay.com/get/gcd59fb804e00c7eb8eaeb39312cbabd0eca7c8d152fbc7c483e63705ea81a3e95e3dbb4f70cf8904afb3cffe8faf16e9.jpg" />
         <pubDate>2025-11-26 13:01:28 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3699576422</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>grammar 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3699578964</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Grammar explanation</strong></p><p><strong>see/notice/hear + object + -ing verb<br>see/notice/hear + personal pronoun e.g. him, her, us + -ing verb</strong></p><p><strong>Examples:</strong></p><p>I<strong> noticed a snake slithering </strong>in the grass.<strong><br></strong>I<strong> heard him talking&nbsp;</strong>to my dad on the phone.&nbsp;<br>She <strong>saw us whispering</strong> in the corner.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>see/notice/hear + (that) + object + be + -ing verb&nbsp;</strong></p><p><strong>Examples:</strong></p><p>I<strong> saw that my friend was standing</strong> in the queue.&nbsp;<strong><br></strong>I<strong> saw my friend was standing </strong>in the queue.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>We noticed that she is living alone. * we are gossiping </p><p>I saw him buying a car in the store.</p><p>3. They heard you speaking loud</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/251125" />
         <pubDate>2025-11-26 13:03:55 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3699578964</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>extra 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3699579788</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Writing</p><p>Now, write sentences giving advice using the following structures.</p><p>1. try + infinitive (with 'to')</p><p>I try to play with my cat but my time is short.</p><p>2. try + and</p><p>try and cook for your boyfriend for the first date.</p><p>3. try + '-ing' form</p><p>I try making exercise but my day is very busy.</p><p><br/></p><p>Renan <strong>tries</strong> to learn everyday something in arabic.</p><p><br/></p><p>My sisters try selling their products online or through social media. but sometimes they are silly.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/251118" />
         <pubDate>2025-11-26 13:04:45 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3699579788</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 7</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3705279834</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🌟 REVIEW CLASS: <em>notice / see / hear</em> + <em>try to / try -ing</em></p><p><strong>1️⃣ Warm-Up Reading (Short Dialogue)</strong></p><p><strong>Context:</strong><br>María is staying with her friend Lucas for the weekend. They are talking about what happened last night.</p><p><strong>Dialogue</strong></p><p><strong>María:</strong> Lucas, did you <em>notice</em> anything strange last night?<br><strong>Lucas:</strong> I’m not sure… I <em>heard</em> someone walking in the kitchen, but I didn’t <em>see</em> anyone.<br><strong>María:</strong> I also <em>heard</em> a noise. And I <em>noticed</em> that the fridge door was open this morning.<br><strong>Lucas:</strong> Really? I didn’t <em>notice</em> that! Maybe it was the cat.<br><strong>María:</strong> Maybe. By the way, I <em>tried to</em> sleep early, but I couldn’t.<br><strong>Lucas:</strong> Same. I <em>tried drinking</em> chamomile tea, but it didn’t help.</p><p><strong>Comprehension Questions</strong></p><ol><li><p>What did Lucas hear?</p></li><li><p>Lucas heard someone walking in the kitchen.</p></li><li><p>What did María notice?</p></li><li><p>maria noticed the fridge door was open.</p></li><li><p>What didn’t Lucas see?</p></li><li><p>he didn't see anything.</p></li><li><p>What did María try to do?</p></li><li><p>Maria tried sleeping early but she couldn't </p></li><li><p>What did Lucas try + ING?</p></li><li><p>Lucas tried drinking camomile tea.</p></li></ol><p><strong>2️⃣ Quick Review (Explained in Text)</strong></p><p><strong>A. Perception Verbs</strong></p><ul><li><p><strong>See</strong> = when something reaches your eyes naturally. You don’t make a special effort.<br><em>Example: I saw a dog crossing the street.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Hear</strong> = when something reaches your ears naturally.<br><em>Example: I heard loud music from next door.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Notice</strong> = when you become aware of something, usually a detail or something unexpected.<br><em>Example: I noticed he looked tired.</em></p></li></ul><p><strong>B. Try to vs. Try + -ing</strong></p><ul><li><p><strong>Try to + verb</strong> = make an effort to do something difficult.<br><em>Example: I tried to call you but you didn’t answer.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>Try + -ing</strong> = experiment with a method to solve a problem.<br><em>Example: My phone wasn’t working, so I tried restarting it.</em></p></li></ul><p><strong>Easy reminder:</strong><br>“Try to” = effort.</p><p>I tried to travel for Christmas but. I couldn't it's too expensive to go to Brazil this season.<br>“Try -ing” = method / solution.</p><p>I tried making the cake but I am not so good at the kitchen.</p><p><strong>3️⃣ Short Story With Target Grammar</strong></p><p><strong>Context: At the office</strong></p><p>Yesterday, Ana arrived early at work. When she entered the office, she <strong>noticed</strong> that her computer was still on, even though she had turned it off the night before. She walked around but didn’t <strong>see</strong> anyone. Then she <strong>heard</strong> a message notification from her phone.</p><p>She <strong>tried to</strong> open a file, but the program didn’t respond. So she <strong>tried restarting</strong> the computer, and finally everything worked.</p><p>Later, her boss asked, “Did you <strong>notice</strong> anything strange this morning?”<br>Ana said, “Not really, but I <strong>heard</strong> the cleaning staff talking very early.”</p><p><strong>Task:</strong> Ask your student to identify:<br>• all the examples of notice, see, hear<br>• all the examples of try to / try + ing</p><p><strong>4️⃣ Guided Practice (Fill-in Context)</strong></p><p><strong>A. notice / see / hear</strong></p><ol><li><p>You are cooking and your friend enters the kitchen quietly. You suddenly realize he is behind you.<br>→ “I __noticed____ my friend behind me.”</p></li><li><p>You walk on the street and a bus passes very loudly.<br>→ “I _heard_____ the bus.”</p></li><li><p>You visit your cousin and observe that the living room is very different.<br>→ “I __saw____ the new decoration.”</p></li></ol><p><strong>B. try to / try + -ing</strong></p><ol start="4"><li><p>Your phone doesn’t charge. What solution can you test?<br>→ “Tried _changing____ the cable.”/ try changing the cable/ try to change the cable.</p></li><li><p>You want to wake up earlier.<br>→ “I will try to __wake up____ up at 6 a.m.”</p></li><li><p>You can’t open a document.<br>→ “Try __restarting____ your computer.”</p></li></ol><p><strong>5️⃣ Communicative Conversation (Teacher–Student)</strong></p><p><strong>For perception verbs:</strong></p><ul><li><p>“What was the last thing you <em>noticed</em> while walking in your neighborhood?”</p></li><li><p>i noticed that people from different countries are living here. </p></li><li><p>“What did you <em>see</em> when you opened your window today?”</p></li><li><p>I saw the beautiful garden and the soccer field.</p></li><li><p>“What did you <em>hear</em> this morning?”</p></li><li><p>in this morning I heard beautiful songs from the birds.</p></li></ul><p><strong>homework</strong></p><p><strong>For try to / try -ing:</strong></p><ul><li><p>“Your friend can’t sleep. What should he <em>try -ing</em>?”</p></li><li><p><strong>he could try drinking chammomile tea.</strong></p></li><li><p>“You want to improve your English. What should you <em>try to</em> do?” </p></li><li><p><strong>I should try to study and pratice more.</strong></p></li><li><p>“Your computer is slow. What can you <em>try -ing</em>?”</p></li><li><p><strong>I can try restarding my computer</strong>.</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><strong>6️⃣ Final Output (Production Task)</strong></p><p>Tell your student:</p><p>“Describe your last 24 hours using:<br>• two sentences with <em>notice</em><br>• two with <em>see</em> or <em>hear</em><br>• one with <em>try to</em><br>• one with <em>try + -ing</em>”</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://elvis.padletcdn.com/1/fetch/e_in/pixabay.com/get/gc589132ca817aed88e643c7a0af44d0178d0ac103781940449830ad0645f76a5319544f42dc65914c495719931497ad9.png" />
         <pubDate>2025-12-01 15:47:25 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3705279834</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3708873381</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>CLASS: Watching Sports – Crowds, Atmosphere &amp; Nail-Biting Drama</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Level: Lower Intermediate</p><p>Length: 60 minutes</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1. Warm-Up (5 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask your student:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you watch sports? Which ones?</p></li><li><p>yes I do. I watch tennis with Renan because he likes it and maybe soccer with Renan.</p></li><li><p>Do you like watching sports live at a stadium or on TV?</p></li><li><p>i don't like stadiums because there are a lot of people in one place all together and screaming and I feel very little. so, I prefer watching tv at home.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever been in a big crowd? How did it feel?</p></li><li><p>yes I have been in big crowds and I felt pretty bad.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>2. Vocabulary (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Teach the four words:</p><p><br/></p><p>crowd – a large group of people</p><p>Example: The crowd shouted loudly in the stadium.</p><p>everytime I see a crowd at the beach I try to walk more distant so I can enjoy the silence.</p><p><br/></p><p>adj&gt; crowded, the beach is crowded/ I avoid to go to the shopping mall at Christmas because it is pretty/too/very/fucking crowded.</p><p><br/></p><p>atmosphere – the general feeling or mood</p><p>Example: The atmosphere at the game was very exciting.</p><p><br/></p><p>when I entered the house I felt the atmosphere too heavy so I walked away.</p><p><br/></p><p>drama – exciting or emotional events</p><p>Example: There was a lot of drama in the final match.</p><p>there was too much drama in the soap opera. *novela </p><p>there was too much drama at the family meeting.</p><p>there were a lot of people making drama to buy cosmetics for lower prices.</p><p><br/></p><p>nail-biting – very tense and exciting; makes you feel nervous</p><p>Example: The last minutes of the game were nail-biting.</p><p><br/></p><p>after the interview I was nail biting waiting for the results.</p><p><br/></p><p>Activity:</p><p>Ask the student to make one simple sentence with each word.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3. Reading (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Give the student a simple summary of the dialogue:</p><p><br/></p><p>Beth and Neil talk about watching sports. Neil watched football live at a stadium. Beth likes gymnastics and usually watches it on TV. They discuss if it’s better to watch sports live or on TV. They mention the crowd, the atmosphere, dramatic moments, and nail-biting finishes.</p><p><br/></p><p>Comprehension Questions:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>What sport <strong>did</strong> Neil watch?</p></li><li><p>He <strong>watched</strong> a football match.</p></li><li><p>What sport <strong>does </strong>Beth enjoy?</p></li><li><p>She <strong>enjoys </strong>gymnastic.</p></li><li><p>Does Beth prefer watching gymnastics live or on TV?</p></li><li><p>She<strong> prefers to</strong> watch on Tv because Gymnastics is a sport where there's lots of individual.</p></li><li><p>What exciting match <strong>did</strong> Neil see?</p></li><li><p>He <strong>saw</strong> a really exciting cricket match.</p></li><li><p>What does “nail-biting” mean? </p></li><li><p>something that makes you nervous and anxious.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4. Language for Preferences (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Teach or review these simple structures:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I prefer… because…</p></li><li><p>I <strong>prefer watching /to watch</strong> on tv because I hate <strong>crowded </strong>places.</p></li><li><p>I enjoy watching…</p></li><li><p>i <strong>enjoy</strong> watching tennis <strong>games/matches</strong> on tv.</p></li><li><p>It’s better to…</p></li><li><p>it's better to watch TV live because some games are very individual and have much details.</p></li><li><p>The atmosphere is…</p></li><li><p>The atmosfere is the general feeling or mood .</p></li><li><p>There was / There is…</p></li><li><p>There was a parking in the stadium. There is the best player on game.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Practice:</p><p>Ask the student to complete these sentences:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>I prefer watching sports ______ because __at home I am more relaxed____.</p></li><li><p>The atmosphere at a stadium is exciting.______.</p></li><li><p>A sport I enjoy watching is _tennis games_____.</p></li><li><p>The most nail-biting moment I remember was _the finals of the matches with Djokovic____.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5. Speaking Practice (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Use these prompts to make the student speak:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Have you ever watched a live game? Describe the crowd and atmosphere. Yes. I watched  the football game.</p><p>the crowd was excited and happy. the atmosphere was  great.</p></li><li><p>Have you seen a nail-biting moment in a sport or  move?</p><p>yes, movies make me feel that.</p></li><li><p>Do you like drama in sports? Why or why not?</p></li><li><p>No. i don't like. because it is normal that a team can lose the game.</p></li><li><p>Do your friends or family enjoy watching sports with you? Yes, but generally my boyfriend enjoys more!</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Optional:</p><p>Role-play: You are Beth, your student is Neil. Ask each other if you prefer watching sports live or on TV.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6. Focus on the Transcript (10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Choose these lines from the transcript:</p><p><br/></p><p>“The atmosphere – you can’t beat. And it’s definitely not the same at home.”</p><p>“The cricket match was so nail-biting. It was very exciting and made me feel nervous.”</p><p><br/></p><p>Activity:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Have the student identify the vocabulary words in the sentences.</p></li><li><p>Ask the student to rewrite the sentences in their own words.<br>Example: The atmosphere was amazing. Watching at home is not the same.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>7. Final Task (5–8 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask your student to speak for one minute:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Talk about a sport you like watching. Mention the crowd, the atmosphere, the drama, and a nail-biting moment if possible. Also say whether you prefer watching it live or on TV.”</p><p><br/></p><p>Give corrections and feedback.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>8. Homework (optional)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask the student to write 80–100 words about:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Describe the most exciting sports moment you remember. Why was it dramatic or nail-biting?”</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/251128" />
         <pubDate>2025-12-03 16:37:27 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3708873381</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3710440350</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Class: Watching Sports – Vocabulary &amp; Pronunciation Review</strong></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up (3–5 min)</strong></p><p>Ask your student:</p><ul><li><p>Do you like watching sports?</p></li><li><p>Do you prefer watching sports <strong>live</strong>, <strong>on TV</strong>, or <strong>online</strong>?</p></li><li><p>Describe a memorable sports moment you’ve seen.</p></li></ul><p><strong>2. Vocabulary Review &amp; Pronunciation (10 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Target Vocabulary</strong></p><ol><li><p><strong>crowd</strong> – /kraʊd/ – a large group of people</p></li><li><p><strong>atmosphere</strong> – /ˈætməsfɪr/ – the general feeling or mood at an event</p></li><li><p><strong>drama</strong> – /ˈdrɑːmə/ – an exciting or emotional experience</p></li><li><p><strong>nail-biting</strong> – /ˈneɪlˌbaɪtɪŋ/ – tense; causing anxiety and excitement</p></li></ol><p><strong>Pronunciation Drills</strong></p><p>Repeat each word 3 times:</p><ul><li><p><strong>crowd</strong> → “cr” blend + “ow” sound</p></li><li><p><strong>atmosphere</strong> → focus on <strong>ATM-uh-sfeer</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>drama</strong> → stress on <strong>DRA-ma</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>nail-biting</strong> → two words connected <strong>NAIL-BI-ting</strong></p></li></ul><p><strong>Sentence Pronunciation</strong></p><p>Have the student repeat:</p><ul><li><p>“The <strong>crowd</strong> was cheering loudly.”</p></li><li><p>“The <strong>atmosphere</strong> in the stadium was amazing.”</p></li><li><p>“There was so much <strong>drama</strong> in the last minute.”</p></li><li><p>“The game was <strong>nail-biting</strong> until the final second.”</p></li></ul><p><strong>3. Short Reading (5–6 min)</strong></p><p><em>Ask the student to read aloud. Then check comprehension.</em></p><p><strong>Reading: </strong></p><p><strong>The Championship Weekend</strong></p><p>Last Saturday, Beth and Neil decided to go to the city stadium to watch the final game of the basketball championship. They arrived early, but a large <strong>crowd</strong> was already waiting outside. Some people were wearing team jerseys, others were carrying snacks, and everyone seemed excited. Beth looked around and said, “Wow, this <strong>crowd</strong> is huge! It feels like the whole city is here.”</p><p>When they entered the stadium, the <strong>atmosphere</strong> immediately changed. Lights were flashing, music was playing, and fans were shouting the names of their favorite players. Neil smiled and said, “I love this <strong>atmosphere</strong>. It’s impossible not to feel the energy.” Even before the game started, the <strong>atmosphere</strong> made them feel like something big was about to happen.</p><p>The game began fast, and from the first minute, there was a lot of <strong>drama</strong>. One team scored quickly, but the other team responded with an even better play. Every few minutes, something surprising happened. A player slipped, another made an incredible shot, and the coaches kept shouting instructions. Beth whispered, “There’s so much <strong>drama</strong> tonight. I can’t stop watching!”</p><p>Halfway through the second half, the game became really <strong>nail-biting</strong>. The score was almost equal, and both teams were fighting for every point. The <strong>crowd</strong> stood up, shouting and clapping. The players looked tired but focused. Neil said, “This is getting <strong>nail-biting</strong>. I can’t believe how close the score is.”</p><p>In the last minute, the <strong>atmosphere</strong> became even more intense. Everyone held their breath. One team had the ball, and they only needed one more point to win. Beth felt her heart beating fast. The whole <strong>crowd</strong> was silent for a moment, and then—boom! The final shot went in. The stadium exploded with noise. People hugged, jumped, and waved their arms. The <strong>drama</strong> finally ended, and the winning team ran across the court celebrating.</p><p>As Beth and Neil left the stadium, they both felt happy and tired. “What a night,” Neil said. “The <strong>crowd</strong>, the <strong>atmosphere</strong>, the <strong>drama</strong>… everything was perfect.” Beth nodded and added, “And that last minute? So <strong>nail-biting</strong>! I loved it.”</p><p><strong>omprehension Questions</strong></p><p><strong>General Understanding</strong></p><ol><li><p>Where did Beth and Neil go last Saturday?</p></li><li><p>Why was the crowd already waiting outside the stadium?</p></li><li><p>How did the atmosphere change when they entered the stadium?</p></li><li><p>What made the beginning of the game full of drama?</p></li><li><p>Why did the game become nail-biting in the second half?</p></li><li><p>What happened in the last minute of the game?</p></li><li><p>How did the crowd react when the final shot went in?</p></li><li><p>How did Beth and Neil feel after the game ended?</p></li></ol><p><strong>Vocabulary in Context</strong></p><ol start="9"><li><p>What does <em>crowd</em> refer to in the story?</p></li><li><p>How would you describe the <em>atmosphere</em> in the stadium?</p></li><li><p>What moments created <em>drama</em> during the match?</p></li><li><p>Why was the ending considered <em>nail-biting</em>?</p></li></ol><p><strong>5. Vocabulary in Context – Practice (10 min)</strong></p><p><strong>A. Fill in the blanks</strong></p><p>Use: <strong>crowd / atmosphere / drama / nail-biting</strong></p><ol><li><p>The ________ in the stadium felt electric.</p></li><li><p>A ________ waited outside the gates.</p></li><li><p>The last moment of the game was very ________.</p></li><li><p>There was a lot of ________ during the match.</p></li></ol><p><strong>B. Personal connection (speaking)</strong></p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever been in a big <strong>crowd</strong>? Where?</p></li><li><p>Describe the <strong>atmosphere</strong> of your favorite sports event.</p></li><li><p>What is the most <strong>dramatic</strong> moment you’ve seen in sports?</p></li><li><p>What is a <strong>nail-biting</strong> situation you experienced?</p></li></ul><p><strong>6. Pronunciation Challenge (2 min)</strong></p><p>Practice minimal pairs:</p><ul><li><p>crowd → <em>cloud / cried</em></p></li><li><p>atmosphere → <em>sphere / fear</em></p></li><li><p>drama → <em>trauma / llama</em></p></li><li><p>nail → <em>male / bail</em></p></li><li><p>biting → <em>writing / fighting</em></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://elvis.padletcdn.com/1/fetch/e_in/pixabay.com/get/gc07527aad25ab65ae73442f1062837452caff9e65fb4ef1169e15590d7e61a810d009335613b3448fc63db228d697107.png" />
         <pubDate>2025-12-04 14:48:04 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3710440350</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3717737845</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>🎯 Sports Vocabulary &amp; Reading Quiz</strong></p><p><strong>Part 1 – Vocabulary (Choose the correct option)</strong></p><ol><li><p>A <strong>crowd</strong> is…<br>a) a single person<br>b) X a large group of people<br>c) a quiet place</p></li><li><p>The word <strong>atmosphere</strong> describes…<br>a) the weather<br>b) x the general feeling or mood<br>c) the type of food at the stadium</p></li><li><p>A <strong>dramatic</strong> moment usually feels…<br>a) boring and slow<br>b) x exciting or emotional<br>c) silent and empty</p></li><li><p>A <strong>nail-biting</strong> game is…<br>a) calm and easy<br>b) confusing and long<br>c) x tense and very exciting</p></li></ol><p><strong>Part 2 – Pronunciation Awareness (Circle the correct answer)</strong></p><ol start="5"><li><p>Which word has the “cr” sound at the beginning?<br>a) x crowd<br>b) drama<br>c) atmosphere</p></li><li><p>Which word has two connected parts when spoken?<br>a) drama<br>b) x nail-biting<br>c) crowd</p></li></ol><p><strong>Part 3 – Complete the Sentence (Use: crowd / atmosphere / drama / nail-biting)</strong></p><ol start="7"><li><p>The atmosphere __________ in the stadium was full of energy.</p></li><li><p>The final minutes of the game were very _nail biting_________.</p></li><li><p>There was so much __drama________ during the first half.</p></li><li><p>A huge __crowd________ was waiting outside the stadium.</p></li></ol><p><strong>Part 4 – Reading Comprehension</strong></p><p><strong>Answer the questions in full sentences.</strong></p><ol start="11"><li><p>Where did Beth and Neil go last Saturday?</p></li><li><p>they went to a cricket match </p></li><li><p>Why was the crowd already waiting outside the stadium?</p></li><li><p>they arrived early for the match but there were a huge crowd outside.</p></li><li><p>How did the atmosphere change when they entered the stadium?</p></li><li><p>the atmosphere changed when the other team made a score.</p></li><li><p>What made the beginning of the game full of drama?</p></li><li><p>a player fell down and the drama started.</p></li><li><p>Why did the game become nail-biting in the second half?</p></li><li><p>because Both teams were almost close to win.</p></li><li><p>What happened in the last minute of the game?</p></li><li><p>one of the team scored and won the game </p></li><li><p>How did the crowd react when the final shot went in?</p></li><li><p>they crowd pulled and yelled when the shot went in.</p></li><li><p>How did Beth and Neil feel after the game ended?</p></li><li><p>they feel very emotional and happy about this moment and they think the game was nail biting.</p></li></ol>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://elvis.padletcdn.com/1/fetch/e_in/pixabay.com/get/g420a43767861434fe41e3017e0739198b39e0aaea3579792f152d90539c0bc2887d660b92f3fd7eac03e9b437d7007bb.jpg" />
         <pubDate>2025-12-10 13:37:18 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3717737845</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class extension</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3717739956</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>🧠 Present Perfect – Explanation for Students</strong></p><p>The <strong>Present Perfect</strong> is used to talk about:</p><p><strong>1️⃣ Life experiences (no specific time)</strong></p><p>We use it to say if something has happened <em>at any time in your life</em> — but we don’t say <em>when</em>.</p><ul><li><p><strong>I have visited</strong> Spain.</p></li><li><p><strong>She has never tried</strong> sushi.</p></li><li><p>i have visited Morro de Sao Paulo many times * I've visited</p></li><li><p>i have been to the nude beach * I've been..</p></li></ul><p>We focus on the <strong>experience</strong>, not the time.</p><p><strong>2️⃣ Actions that started in the past and continue now</strong></p><p>We use <strong>have/has + past participle</strong> to show something is still true <strong>until now</strong>.</p><p>Usually with <strong>for</strong> (duration) or <strong>since</strong> (start time):</p><ul><li><p><strong>I have lived</strong> in Brazil <strong>for five years.</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>He has worked</strong> here <strong>since 2020.</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>i have worked here since last year </strong></p></li><li><p><strong>i (adopted) Little john in 2024/ he was a little cat.</strong></p></li></ul><p>Explain about progressive verbs </p><p><strong>3️⃣ Recent events with a result now</strong></p><p>We use it when something just happened and has an effect in the present.</p><ul><li><p><strong>She has lost</strong> her keys. (She can’t open the door now.)</p></li><li><p><strong>We have finished</strong> the report. (It is ready.)</p></li><li><p>she has gone! you can't talk to her</p></li><li><p>I just have baked the cake. you can't eat it now / it needs to get cold.</p></li></ul><p>Words like <strong>just, already, yet</strong> often appear.</p><p>i have just arrived from the gym.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📘 Short Reading: “The New Stadium Experience”</strong></p><p>Read the text and notice the Present Perfect verbs.</p><p>Lucas loves basketball, and this year he has followed every game of his favorite team. He has watched matches on TV, he has listened to games on the radio, and he has even travelled to other cities to support the players.</p><p>Today, Lucas is feeling especially excited. His city <strong>has opened</strong> a new stadium, and he and his friends <strong>have bought</strong> tickets for the very first match. The atmosphere is incredible. Thousands of fans <strong>have arrived</strong> early to see the place.</p><p>Lucas looks around and says, “I <strong>have never seen</strong> a stadium this big! The design is amazing.”<br>His friend Marta agrees: “Yes! And they <strong>have added</strong> new seats, new lights, and a huge screen. It looks great.”</p><p>The game hasn’t started yet, but the crowd is already cheering. Some fans <strong>have painted</strong> their faces, others <strong>have prepared</strong>banners, and everyone feels excited. Lucas smiles and says, “I <strong>have been</strong> a fan of this team for many years, but tonight feels special.”</p><p><strong>✔️ Comprehension Check</strong></p><ol><li><p>What new place has opened in the city?</p></li><li><p><strong>A new stadium has opened in the city.</strong></p></li><li><p>What activities has Lucas done to follow the team this year?</p></li><li><p><strong>He has watched matches on tv, has listtened to games on the radio and has trevelled to other cities to support the players.</strong></p></li><li><p>Why is this night special for Lucas?</p></li><li><p><strong>Because it is the first match in the new stadium and he feels especially excited.</strong></p></li><li><p>What has the stadium added?</p></li><li><p><strong>the stadium has added new seat, new ligths, and a huge screen.</strong></p></li><li><p>What have the fans done to show support? </p></li><li><p><strong>Some fans have painted their faces, others have prepered banners, and they have arrived early to support the team.</strong></p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p>create extra sentences with the present perfect</p><p>1</p><p>2</p><p>3</p><p>4</p><p>5</p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2025-12-10 13:39:15 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3717739956</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 3</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3718515567</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>🗣️ Class: Gossip — Good or Bad? (Upper-Intermediate)</strong></p><p><strong>1. Warm-up Questions</strong></p><p>Start with discussion:</p><ul><li><p>Do you think gossip is part of everyday life?</p></li><li><p>Is gossip different from sharing information?</p></li><li><p>Do people gossip in hotels? Why?</p></li><li><p>Is gossip always negative?</p></li></ul><p><strong>2. Key Vocabulary</strong></p><p>Introduce and explain:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Gossip</strong> – informal talk about other people’s private lives</p></li><li><p><strong>Rumour</strong> – information that may not be true</p></li><li><p><strong>Speculate</strong> – guess about something without complete information</p></li><li><p><strong>Reputation</strong> – what people think about someone</p></li><li><p><strong>Invade someone’s privacy</strong> – enter someone’s personal life without permission</p></li><li><p><strong>Social bonding</strong> – making connections with others</p></li><li><p><strong>Judgemental</strong> – quick to criticise</p></li><li><p><strong>Second-hand information</strong> – information that comes from someone else, not directly</p></li></ul><p><strong>3. Reading Text (≈ 300 words)</strong></p><p><strong>“Is Gossip Really That Bad?”</strong></p><p>Gossip is often seen as something negative — a bad habit, a waste of time, or even a way of hurting other people. However, gossip is much more complex than it seems. In fact, some psychologists say that gossip plays an important role in human relationships.</p><p>First, gossip helps us <strong>make sense of social behaviour</strong>. When we hear a rumour, we try to understand why someone did something unusual. For example, in a hotel environment, staff might speculate about why a guest is upset or why a coworker suddenly changed shifts. This information may be incomplete or even wrong, but it helps people feel connected and aware of what is happening around them.</p><p>Second, gossip can help create <strong>social bonds</strong>. Sharing stories — even small ones — can make people feel closer. When two people talk about a third person, they often feel they share a secret or a special connection. This is why gossip spreads quickly in offices, families and friend groups.</p><p>However, gossip also has a darker side. It can easily damage someone’s <strong>reputation</strong>, especially when the information is false or exaggerated. When we spread a story that invades someone’s privacy, we may hurt their feelings or create unnecessary conflict. In professional environments like hotels, gossip about guests or colleagues can also be unprofessional and disrespectful.</p><p>So, is gossip good or bad? The truth is that gossip is <strong>both</strong>. It can bring people together, but it can also pull them apart. What matters is the intention behind the gossip, the accuracy of the information, and the impact it has on others. A responsible person knows when to speak — and when to stay silent.</p><p><strong>4. Comprehension Questions</strong></p><p>Ask your student:</p><ol><li><p>Why do psychologists say gossip has an important role?</p></li><li><p>How can gossip help people in a workplace like a hotel?</p></li><li><p>Why does gossip make people feel bonded?</p></li><li><p>What are some negative consequences of gossip?</p></li><li><p>What factors decide whether gossip is good or bad?</p></li></ol><p><strong>5. Grammar Focus (Speculation + Reported Speech)</strong></p><p><strong>Speculation (may / might)</strong></p><ul><li><p>“He <strong>might</strong> be having problems at home.”</p></li><li><p>“The guest <strong>may</strong> have misunderstood the instructions.”</p></li></ul><p><strong>Past speculation (may/might have + past participle)</strong></p><ul><li><p>“The guest <strong>might have left</strong> early.”</p></li><li><p>“She <strong>may have forgotten</strong> to send the message.”</p></li></ul><p><strong>Reported speech</strong></p><ul><li><p>“He said he <strong>was</strong> leaving the hotel.”</p></li><li><p>“She told me she <strong>might arrive</strong> late.”</p></li></ul><p><strong>Practice:</strong> Turn these into reported speech:</p><ol><li><p>“I’m not sure the rumour is true.”</p></li><li><p>“We may talk about it later.”</p></li><li><p>“I might stay in Morro de São Paulo next month.”</p></li></ol>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/251209" />
         <pubDate>2025-12-11 02:09:08 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3718515567</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3744532334</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p>🌍 English Class – Lower Intermediate (A2–B1)</p><p><strong>Small Life Changes &amp; New Experiences</strong></p><p>⏱️ Duration: 60 minutes<br>🎯 Grammar review: Simple Past vs Present Perfect<br>🧠 Skills: reading, listening, noticing, guided writing, speaking</p><p>1️⃣ Warm-up: Personal &amp; Light (5–7 minutes)</p><p>Ask naturally:</p><ul><li><p>Have you  tried something new recently?</p></li><li><p>yes, recently I have tried to read a book in English , it is about the universe and the power of conciousness and many words I didn't understand but I will continue.</p></li><li><p>What did you do last weekend?</p></li><li><p>I joined with friends, I went to carols and gustavos[s house we prepared barbecue and we played many games together.</p></li></ul><p>Write <strong>one Present Perfect</strong> and <strong>one Simple Past</strong> answer on the screen, without explaining yet.</p><blockquote><p>Example:<br><em>I have started a new habit this month.</em><br><em>I watched a movie last Saturday.</em></p></blockquote><p>2️⃣ Lead-in to the Reading (5 minutes)</p><p>Tell her:</p><blockquote><p>Today we’re going to read about <strong>someone who decided to change a small part of their life</strong>.</p></blockquote><p>Prediction questions:</p><ul><li><p>What kind of change do people usually make?</p></li><li><p>the kind of change people do is for me is external and not spiritual rather than a deep change. sometimes they want to change through knowledge or physically which is sometimes hard but not impossible. </p></li><li><p>Is it easy or difficult to change habits?</p></li><li><p>sometimes is very difficult because is necessary to focus and if they really want to change but it is not impossible too.</p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ Reading + Listening (More interesting text) (15 minutes)</p><p>📖 Text: <strong>“I Tried Something New This Month”</strong></p><p>Read it aloud first (natural speed), then ask her to read it.</p><blockquote><p><strong>I Tried Something New This Month</strong></p><p>This month, I have decided to change my daily routine. I have felt very tired lately, so I wanted to do something different.</p><p>Last month, I worked long hours and spent too much time on my phone. I didn’t sleep very well, and I felt stressed. One day, I read an article about small habits, and it inspired me.</p><p>Since then, I have started waking up earlier and going for short walks in the morning. I have also stopped using my phone before bed.</p><p>Yesterday, I woke up at 6 a.m. and went for a walk in the park. I felt calm and motivated. It wasn’t easy, but it was worth it.</p><p><br/></p><p>I haven’t changed everything, but I have already noticed a difference.</p><p>grammar&gt; it is worth it/ she is worth it/ he is worth it / the price is not  worth it. the price wasn't worth it/  I am worth it.</p></blockquote><p>4️⃣ Comprehension (Meaning First) (5–7 minutes)</p><p>Ask orally:</p><ul><li><p>Why did the person want to change their routine?</p></li><li><p>because the routine is very stressful spending much time on the phone, sleeping late and working too much.</p></li><li><p>What did she do last month?</p></li><li><p>she changed her routine, she woke up earlier and she forgot her phone, she walked in the park.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Is the change finished or still happening?</p></li><li><p>the change is still happening because she felt much better, she knows is not easy but is very important for her health and her emotions, she is feeling much better.</p></li></ul><p>5️⃣ Grammar Noticing (10 minutes)</p><p>Ask her to <strong>find and write</strong> about your routine now </p><ul><li><p>4 sentences in <strong>Present Perfect</strong></p></li><li><p><strong> I HAVE WAKEN UP EARLIER BECAUSE I NEEDED TO STUDY AND WORK AT SAME TIME.</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>I HAVE SEEN MANY FRIENDS LATELY ON THE WEEKENDS AND I FELT VERY HAPPY WITH THEM.</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>I HAVE READ TWO BOOKS ONE IN ENGLISH AND ONE IN PORTUGUES BECAUSE IN THIS YEAR I WANT TO READ MORE!</strong></p></li><li><p>I HAVE THOUGHT IN OPENING ANOTHER BUSINESS TO COMPLEMENT MY WORK.</p></li><li><p>3 sentences in <strong>Simple Past</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>YESTERDAY I JOINED WITH RENAN[S FRIENDS AND THEY PREPARED DELICIOUS FOOD FOR US.</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>LAST MONTH I CHANGED MY DIET AND NOW MY DIET IS BETTER TO HAVE MORE MUSCLES.</strong></p></li><li><p>TODAY I STARTED THE NEW ROUTINE WITH MY SKINCARE FOR BETTER RESULTS.</p></li></ul><p>Then guide her:</p><ul><li><p>Which sentences talk about <em>finished time</em>? SIMPLE PAST</p></li><li><p>Which sentences talk about <em>experience or change until now</em>? PRESENT PERFECT</p></li></ul><p>Write a simple rule together:</p><blockquote><p><strong>Simple Past = finished time</strong><br><strong>Present Perfect = experience / change until now</strong></p></blockquote><p>6️⃣ Guided Writing (15 minutes)</p><p>✍️ Activity 1 – Sentence prompts</p><p>She listens → writes → you correct lightly.</p><ol><li><p>This month, I have __WORKED VERY LESS________.</p></li><li><p>Recently, I have __TRAVELED A LOT ________.</p></li><li><p>Yesterday, I __ENJOYED THE BEACH ________.</p></li><li><p>Last year, I _STARTED MY ENGLISH CLASSES._________.</p></li><li><p>I haven’t __WORKED HERE IN DUBAI________ yet, but I want to.</p></li></ol><p>✍️ Activity 2 – Short personal text</p><p>Ask her to write <strong>5–7 sentences</strong>:</p><blockquote><p><strong>“A small change I have made (or want to make)”</strong></p></blockquote><p>Requirements:</p><ul><li><p>At least <strong>2 Present Perfect</strong></p></li><li><p>At least <strong>2 Simple Past</strong></p></li></ul><p>You can help with vocabulary, not structure.</p><p>7️⃣ Speaking Extension (5–8 minutes)</p><p>Use her writing:</p><ul><li><p>How did you feel when you did that?</p></li><li><p>Is it easy for you to keep this habit?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever stopped a habit before?</p></li></ul><p>Recast gently:</p><blockquote><p><em>You have start waking up early</em> →<br><em>Yes, you’ve </em><strong><em>started</em></strong><em> waking up early.</em></p></blockquote><p>8️⃣ Optional Homework (Meaningful &amp; Simple)</p><p>Choose one:</p><p>📝 Writing</p><p>Write 6 sentences about:</p><ul><li><p>something you have changed recently</p></li><li><p>something you did yesterday</p></li></ul><p>🎧 Listening</p><p>Watch a short video about habits or routines and write:</p><ul><li><p>2 Present Perfect sentences you hear</p></li><li><p>2 Simple Past sentences you hear</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://elvis.padletcdn.com/1/fetch/e_in/pixabay.com/get/g4200793d2829eef18d3f75d0fc354b0b90994a86393d5f7b967aabf846a8d618d7e4e6e8475bad240f8b9e24397fd6ee.png" />
         <pubDate>2026-01-08 16:03:44 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3744532334</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3755875028</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>✅ TASK 1 — Choose &amp; Fix (Very Guided)</p><p><strong>Instructions for the student:</strong><br>Choose the <strong>correct option</strong>. Then <strong>rewrite the full sentence</strong>.</p><ol><li><p>I <strong>have / went</strong> to the cinema last night.</p></li><li><p>I went to the cinema last night.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>have / have never</strong> tried sushi.</p></li><li><p>I have never tried sushi.</p></li><li><p>She <strong>did / has done</strong> a lot of work this week.</p></li><li><p>She has done a lot of work this week.</p></li><li><p>We <strong>saw / have seen</strong> him yesterday.</p></li><li><p>we saw him yesterday.</p></li><li><p>They <strong>have / did</strong> just arrived home.</p></li><li><p>They have just arrived home.</p></li></ol><p>👉 What she practices:</p><ul><li><p>noticing tense</p></li><li><p>light correction</p></li><li><p>writing complete sentences (not just choosing)</p></li></ul><p>✨ TASK 2 — Complete the Sentence (Personal &amp; Simple)</p><p><strong>Instructions for the student:</strong><br>Complete the sentences with <strong>your own ideas</strong>.</p><ol><li><p>This week, I have _been__ with my friends_____________.</p></li><li><p>I have never ___eaten lamb_.</p></li><li><p>Yesterday, I practiced english with my boyfriend_____________.</p></li><li><p>Last weekend, I _started to read a book__________________.</p></li><li><p>I have already ___an appointment________________ today.</p></li></ol><p>👉 Tip for you:<br>If she hesitates, give <strong>verb options</strong>:<br><em>watched / visited / finished / eaten / gone</em></p><p>🌱 Optional Speaking Step (2–3 minutes)</p><p>Ask her to read <strong>2 sentences aloud</strong> and answer:</p><p><br/></p><p>I have lived in Dubai for one year, and during this time i have faced many challenges: making new friends,discovering new places, and learning a new language. </p><p>I admit that although it has been an enriching experience, it has also been extremely challenging.</p><p><br/></p><p>LIFE / LIVE/ LIVED / ON LIVE </p><p><br/></p><p>Last month, i felt very homesick because spending christmas away from my country is quite lonely.</p><p>But everything is for a good reason, and despite the challenges, being here has been a divine gift.</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>When did this happen?</p></li><li><p>This happened at christmas.</p></li><li><p>Is this finished or still true now?</p></li><li><p>Yes, finished! it was only for a while.</p></li></ul><p>(No grammar labels needed — just meaning.)</p><p><br/></p><p>SUMMARY</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://youtu.be/hkCH9IlWOA4?si=_cjvfEwiD_GK_Tdf" />
         <pubDate>2026-01-19 13:37:44 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3755875028</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3758738247</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Level:</strong> Intermediate<br><strong>Grammar focus:</strong> Passive voice (multiple tenses)<br><strong>Skills:</strong> Reading, speaking, noticing grammar, sentence reformulation<br><strong>Topic:</strong> Crime &amp; museum robbery (Louvre, Paris)</p><p><br/></p><p>STEAL / STOLE/ STOLEN </p><p>SOMEBODY STOLE MY JACKET IN THE RESTAURANT.</p><p>YOU ROBBED MY JACKET.</p><p> I HAD MY JACKET STOLEN.<br><strong>Communicative goal:</strong> Express facts, news, and opinions when the agent is unknown or unimportant</p><p>2. Warm-up (10 minutes)</p><p>Lead-in: Personal connection</p><p>Ask and encourage full sentences:</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever heard about a famous robbery?</p></li><li><p>NO  I HAVENT HEARD ABOUT  A FAMOUS ROBBERY.</p></li><li><p>Why do criminals often target museums or banks?</p></li><li><p>BECAUSE THERE ARE PRECIOUS THINGS IN THESE PLACES VERY IMPORTANT OBJECTS.</p></li><li><p>What objects are usually stolen in robberies?</p></li><li><p>THE JEWELLRY, PAINTINGS, SCULPTURES, MONEY  AND COINS.</p></li></ul><p>Write 1–2 student answers on the board and <strong>reformulate naturally into the passive</strong>, e.g.:</p><ul><li><p><em>“Someone stole a painting.”</em> → ACTIVE VOICE<br><strong>“A painting was stolen.”  PASSIVE VOICE</strong></p></li></ul><p>👉 Do <strong>not explain yet</strong> — just expose.</p><p>3. Guided Discovery: Noticing the Passive (10 minutes)</p><p>Use examples from the introduction:</p><ul><li><p><em>Neil’s guitar was stolen.</em></p></li><li><p><em>The shop was being broken into.</em></p></li></ul><p>Ask <strong>guided questions</strong>:</p><ol><li><p>Are we focusing on <strong>who did it</strong> or <strong>what happened</strong>? YES</p></li><li><p>Do we know who stole it? NO</p></li><li><p>What verb do you see in all sentences? (<em>be</em>) WAS </p><p>A PAINTING WAS STOLEN </p></li></ol><p>Highlight:</p><ul><li><p><strong>be + past participle</strong></p></li><li><p>Agent is optional: <em>by someone</em></p></li><li><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>4. Reading Text (Main Input)</p><p>📖 Reading: <em>Robbery at the Louvre</em></p><blockquote><p><strong>A Famous Museum Under Attack</strong></p><p>Last weekend, several valuable objects <strong>were stolen</strong> from the Louvre Museum in Paris. The robbery <strong>was discovered</strong> early on Sunday morning, when security staff noticed that one of the exhibition rooms <strong>had been damaged</strong>.</p><p>According to the police, the alarm system <strong>had been turned off</strong>, and a glass display case <strong>was broken</strong> during the night. Three ancient artifacts <strong>were taken</strong>, including a gold necklace and two historical coins. The items <strong>are valued</strong> at more than two million euros.</p><p>The robbery <strong>is being investigated</strong> by a special police unit. So far, no suspects <strong>have been identified</strong>, and no arrests <strong>have been made</strong>. Museum officials said that the stolen objects <strong>will be replaced</strong> temporarily by replicas so that the exhibition can remain open.</p><p>This is not the first time the Louvre <strong>has been targeted</strong> by criminals. In the past, artworks <strong>were recovered </strong>months after being stolen, but some pieces <strong>have never been found</strong>. Authorities hope that the artifacts <strong>will be returned</strong> safely.</p></blockquote><p>5. Reading Tasks (15 minutes)</p><p>Task 1 – Gist (easy)</p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>What happened at the Louvre?</p></li><li><p> ARTIFACTS WERE STOLEN </p></li><li><p>Were the criminals identified?</p></li><li><p>NO, SO FAR, NO ARRESTS WERE MADE.</p></li></ul><p>(Student answers orally.)</p><p>Task 2 – Grammar Noticing</p><p>Ask the student to:</p><p>👉 <strong>Underline all passive sentences</strong><br>👉 <strong>Circle the tense</strong> (past simple, present perfect, etc.)</p><p>Then ask:</p><ul><li><p>Why is the passive used here instead of the active?</p></li><li><p>Which sentences mention the criminal? Which don’t?</p></li></ul><p>6. Grammar Expansion (Controlled Practice – 10 minutes)</p><p>Task: Active → Passive</p><p>Ask her to transform:</p><ol><li><p>Someone stole three ancient artifacts.</p></li><li><p>THREE ANCIENT ARTIFACTS WERE STOLEN.</p></li><li><p>The police are investigating the robbery.</p></li><li><p>THE ROBBERY IS BEING INVESTIGATED.</p></li><li><p>They have not identified the suspects yet.</p></li><li><p>THE SUSPECTS HAVENT BEEN IDENTIFIED.</p></li><li><p>Someone had turned off the alarm system.</p></li><li><p>THE ALARM SYSTEM WAS TURNED OFF</p></li><li><p>THE ALARM SYSTEM HAD BEEEN TURNED OFF.</p></li></ol><p><strong>Possible answers:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Three ancient artifacts <strong>were stolen</strong>.</p></li><li><p>The robbery <strong>is being investigated</strong>.</p></li><li><p>The suspects <strong>have not been identified</strong>.</p></li><li><p>The alarm system <strong>had been turned off</strong>.</p></li></ul><p>7. Speaking Task (Freer Practice – 15 minutes)</p><p>Role-play: News Reporter 📰</p><p>Prompt:</p><blockquote><p>You are a journalist reporting on a museum robbery. Use at least <strong>5 passive sentences</strong>.</p></blockquote><p>Support with sentence starters:</p><ul><li><p>“It was discovered that…”</p></li><li><p>“Several objects were…”</p></li><li><p>“No suspects have been…”</p></li><li><p>“The case is being…”</p></li></ul><p>Optional challenge:<br>👉 Add <strong>one sentence with “by + agent”</strong></p><p>8. Reflection &amp; Wrap-up (5 minutes)</p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Why do journalists often use the passive?</p></li><li><p>When is it better to use the active instead?</p></li></ul><p>End with:</p><blockquote><p>“Next class, we’ll rewrite this news story using the <strong>active voice</strong> and compare the effect.”</p></blockquote><p>Optional Homework</p><ul><li><p>Write a <strong>short crime report ()</strong> using <strong>at least 6 passive sentences</strong>.</p></li><li><p>The aesthetics course was completed last week.</p><p>All the detail were carried out with great attention</p><p>and care.</p><p>The final content was prepared and sent to all the students.</p><p>Some issues were idenfified and were resolved before the final delivery.</p><p>In the end, the result was praised by everyone involved.</p><p>The course was a success!</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>1 The aesthetic course was completed last week.</p><p>2 All details were carreied out with great attention and care.</p><p>3 The final content was prepared and send to all students.</p><p>4 Were issues were identified.</p><p>5 Some issues were resolved before the final delivery.</p><p>6 the result was praised by everyone involved.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/260106" />
         <pubDate>2026-01-21 12:32:54 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3758738247</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 5</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3758739347</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk//learningenglish/features/learning_english_grammar/260106_Learning_English_Grammar_a_stolen_guitar_worksheet_.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2026-01-21 12:33:59 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3758739347</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3760410356</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🎯 Lesson Focus</p><p><strong>Grammar:</strong> Relative clauses (who / where / which / when / whose)<br><strong>Theme:</strong> Jobs &amp; work experience<br><strong>Level:</strong> Intermediate → <em>lower performance / shaky foundations</em></p><p><br/></p><p>what does a cosmetician do exactly?</p><p>a cosmetician is a person <strong>who</strong> does a professional skin care treatment, different procedures like eyebrows design, she takes care of your beauty.</p><p><br/></p><p>that/ who/ where/ which/what/ whose/ whom</p><p><br/></p><p>whose books are on the table??</p><p>ah it[s renan[s books.</p><p><br/></p><p>to whom it may concern this certificate provide real information that SABRINA LIMA HAS FINISHED HER ENGLISH CLASS IN 2 YEARS OF ACADEMY AND HAS DONE IT SUCCESSFULLY.</p><p><br/></p><p>whose car is parked in my slot?</p><p>it is your neighbour's </p><p><br><strong>Main aims:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Understand <strong>what relative clauses do</strong></p></li><li><p>Use <strong>who / where / whose</strong> accurately in <strong>simple sentences</strong></p></li><li><p>Speak about jobs using <strong>guided structures</strong></p></li></ul><p>1️⃣ Warm-up – Personal &amp; Low Pressure (5–7 minutes)</p><p><strong>Teacher questions (model first):</strong></p><blockquote><p><em>The most interesting job I’ve had was a job </em><strong><em>where</em></strong><em> I met many people.</em></p></blockquote><p>Ask her:</p><ul><li><p>What’s the most interesting job you’ve ever had?</p></li><li><p>Was it interesting or difficult?</p></li><li><p>Was there a person who helped you?</p></li></ul><p>👉 <strong>Support:</strong><br>Write these <strong>sentence starters</strong> on the screen / paper:</p><ul><li><p><em>I had a job where…</em></p></li><li><p><em>I worked with a person who…</em></p></li><li><p><em>It was a time when…</em></p></li></ul><p>(No correction yet — just listening.)</p><p>2️⃣ Gentle Introduction to Relative Clauses (Guided Discovery)</p><p>Simple explanation (student-friendly)</p><blockquote><p>A <strong>relative clause</strong> gives <strong>extra information</strong> about a person, place, thing, or time.</p></blockquote><p>Write on the board:</p><blockquote><p>I had a job.<br>The job was interesting.</p></blockquote><p>Then combine:</p><blockquote><p>I had a job <strong>which was interesting</strong>.</p></blockquote><p>Explain:</p><ul><li><p>We use <strong>who</strong> → for people</p></li><li><p>We use <strong>where</strong> → for places</p></li><li><p>We use <strong>whose</strong> → to show possession (something belongs to someone)</p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ Focus on DEFINING Relative Clauses (Main focus for this student)</p><p>Explain simply:</p><blockquote><p>Defining relative clauses are <strong>necessary information</strong>.<br>Without them, the sentence is unclear.</p></blockquote><p>Controlled examples (adapted &amp; simpler)</p><ul><li><p>I took that job at a time <strong>when</strong> I needed money.</p></li><li><p>That’s the office <strong>where</strong> I had my first job.</p></li><li><p>I was the person <strong>whose</strong> job was to help customers.</p></li></ul><p>Ask <strong>concept-check questions (CCQs):</strong></p><ul><li><p>Can we remove the relative clause? (❌ No)</p></li><li><p>Do we know <em>which</em> job / office / person? (✅ Yes)</p></li></ul><p>4️⃣ Guided Practice – Fill the Gaps (Very Controlled)</p><p>Complete the sentences:</p><ol><li><p>I worked with a manager ____who__ helped me a lot.</p></li><li><p>That was a company _where_____ I learned many things.</p></li><li><p>I remember a time __which/when ____ I was very stressed at work.</p></li><li><p>She’s the colleague _whose_____ job was to train new employees.</p></li></ol><p>👉 Options on the board:<br><strong>who / where / when / whose</strong></p><p>5️⃣ Introducing NON-DEFINING Relative Clauses (Light exposure only)</p><p>Don’t go deep — just awareness.</p><p>Explain:</p><blockquote><p>Non-defining relative clauses give <strong>extra information</strong>, not essential information.<br>We use <strong>commas</strong>.</p></blockquote><p>Example (job-related &amp; simple):</p><ul><li><p>My office, <strong>which was near my house</strong>, was very comfortable.</p></li><li><p>My manager, <strong>who was very patient</strong>, helped me a lot.</p></li></ul><p>⚠️ Tip for her level:</p><blockquote><p><em>Today, it’s OK if you just understand them. You don’t need to use them perfectly.</em></p></blockquote><p>6️⃣ Speaking Practice – Scaffolded &amp; Safe (Key part)</p><p>Step 1 – Choose</p><p>Ask her to choose <strong>ONE job</strong> (real or imaginary).</p><p>Step 2 – Build sentences together</p><p>Use this <strong>framework</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>It was a job <strong>where</strong> I… learned many things about eyebrow.</p></li><li><p>I worked with a person <strong>who</strong>…was very competent.</p></li><li><p>It was a time <strong>when</strong>…I had much money for that.</p></li><li><p>I had a colleague <strong>whose</strong> job was…to teach and managing students.</p></li></ul><p>Example model:</p><blockquote><p><em>I worked in a shop where I talked to customers. I worked with a woman who helped me a lot.</em></p></blockquote><p>7️⃣ Optional Extension (If she’s doing well)</p><p><strong>Error correction task (very gentle):</strong></p><p>Correct the sentence:</p><ul><li><p>❌ <em>I worked with a person which helped me.</em></p></li><li><p>✅ <em>I worked with a person </em><strong><em>who</em></strong><em> helped me.</em></p></li></ul><p>Ask:</p><blockquote><p>Why do we use <strong>who</strong> here?</p></blockquote><p>8️⃣ Wrap-up &amp; Confidence Check</p><p>Ask her:</p><ul><li><p>Which word is easier: <strong>who, where, or whose</strong>?</p></li><li><p>Can you tell me one sentence about a job using <strong>who</strong>?</p></li><li><p>I have a friend who lives in portugal.</p></li></ul><p>End with encouragement:</p><blockquote><p><em>Today you used real grammar that native speakers use every day.</em></p></blockquote>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/251028" />
         <pubDate>2026-01-22 13:40:06 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3760410356</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>worksheet 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3760411061</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk//learningenglish/features/learning_english_grammar/251028_Learning_English_Grammar_describing_a_job_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2026-01-22 13:40:42 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3760411061</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>CLASS 7 REVIEW</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3764525678</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🎯 Review Lesson – Relative Clauses through <em>Her Life Story</em></p><p><strong>Grammar:</strong> Relative clauses (who / where / when / whose / which)<br><strong>Core idea:</strong> <em>“Your English can tell your story.”</em></p><p>1️⃣ Warm-up – Personal Activation (5 minutes)</p><p><strong>You model first (very important):</strong></p><blockquote><p><em>I once lived in a city where I had to start again.</em></p></blockquote><p>Then ask her:</p><ul><li><p>You worked as a cosmetician in Brazil, right?</p></li><li><p>yes I work with cosmetics and my job is to beautify many women not only for the outside but the inside.</p><p>What was that a job <strong>where</strong> you learned a lot?</p></li><li><p>my first job happened with myself I learned with my <strong>mistakes</strong>, and talking with my clients about the <strong>procedures that they received by me</strong>. so, In my first studio in my city town I lived good moment <strong>which </strong>I bring with me all the time.</p></li><li><p>Is there a moment <strong>when</strong> you decided to move to Dubai?</p></li><li><p>yes, I went back to my relationship with my boyfriend at that time he talked to me about the plans and  I saw a big opportunity to live here and start again in my career and my job and for my economies which is necessary.</p></li></ul><p>📝 Write key nouns on the board:</p><ul><li><p>job / salon / client / city / moment / colleague</p></li></ul><p>2️⃣ Reading Context – <em>Her Story in Simple English</em></p><p>📘 Reading: <em>From Brazil to Dubai</em></p><blockquote><p>I worked as a cosmetician in Brazil, <strong>where</strong> I learned many professional skills.<br>It was a job <strong>which</strong> helped me become more confident.<br>I worked with clients <strong>who</strong> trusted my work and my experience.<br>There was a moment <strong>when</strong> I decided to move to Dubai.<br>In Dubai, I found new opportunities and met people <strong>whose</strong> stories inspired me.</p><p>Today, I live in a city <strong>that</strong> challenges me every day and helps me grow.</p></blockquote><p>my specialty is eyebrows design, and permanent make up.</p><p>👉 Before reading, ask:</p><blockquote><p><em>Does this text sound a little like your life?</em></p></blockquote><p>3️⃣ Task 1 – Noticing (Grammar without “Teaching”)</p><p><strong>Instruction:</strong></p><blockquote><p>Read again and <strong>underline the information that gives extra details</strong>.</p></blockquote><p>Then guide:</p><ul><li><p>Which words introduce that information?</p></li><li><p>Are they about <strong>people who/ whom, places where, time when things which, or possession whose</strong>?</p></li><li><p>i am a person who values effort.</p></li><li><p>i am from a place where people have a big heart.</p></li><li><p>when I was a child I loved makeup and beautify my dolls.</p></li><li><p>social media is a tool which I talk with my client and record information about procedures and daily life.</p></li><li><p>whose car is parked in my slot?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>4️⃣ Task 2 – Meaning Check (Very Personal)</p><p>Ask questions connected to <em>her</em>:</p><ul><li><p>Where did she learn her skills?</p></li><li><p>Who trusted her work?</p></li><li><p>When did she decide to move?</p></li><li><p>Whose stories inspired her?</p></li></ul><p>This reinforces <strong>why</strong> relative clauses matter.</p><p>5️⃣ Task 3 – Guided Practice (Based on Her Reality)</p><p>Do the first one together.</p><ol><li><p>I worked in a salon. The salon was in Brazil.<br>→ <em>I worked in a salon </em><strong><em>where</em></strong><em> I learned a lot.</em></p></li><li><p>I had clients. They trusted my work.</p></li><li><p>There was a moment. I decided to move abroad.</p></li><li><p>I met people. Their stories inspired me.</p></li></ol><p>Let <em>her</em> choose the relative word — pause, think, decide.</p><p>6️⃣ Task 4 – Speaking: <em>Her Story, Her Words</em> (Core Stage)</p><p>Give her this <strong>personal framework</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>I worked as a cosmetician <strong>where</strong>…</p></li><li><p>I had clients <strong>who</strong>…</p></li><li><p>There was a time <strong>when</strong>…</p></li><li><p>I met people <strong>whose</strong>…</p></li></ul><p>Ask her to create <strong>3 sentences</strong> about:</p><ul><li><p>Brazil</p></li><li><p>Her job</p></li><li><p>Dubai</p></li></ul><p>💬 Example model (simple &amp; achievable):</p><blockquote><p><em>I had clients who trusted my work.</em><br><em>Dubai is a city where I am learning a lot.</em></p></blockquote><p>7️⃣ Live Reformulation (Supportive Correction)</p><p>Recast gently:</p><ul><li><p>❌ <em>I met people which helped me a lot.</em></p></li><li><p>✅ <em>I met people </em><strong><em>who</em></strong><em> helped me a lot.</em></p></li></ul><p>Ask:</p><blockquote><p>Why <strong>who</strong>?</p></blockquote><p>Let her explain — even if imperfect.</p><p>8️⃣ Reflection – Empowering Close</p><p>Ask her:</p><ul><li><p>Which sentence talks about <strong>your past</strong>?</p></li><li><p>Which one talks about <strong>your present</strong>?</p></li></ul><p>End with:</p><blockquote><p><em>You already have the life. Now English is helping you tell it.</em></p></blockquote>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/45/Review_logo_Wiki.jpg" />
         <pubDate>2026-01-26 12:49:07 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3764525678</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>CLASS 7</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3764529297</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧩 Grammar &amp; Use Class</p><p>Phrasal Verbs in Real Life (Her Life)</p><p><strong>Student profile:</strong> Lower-intermediate, strong life experience<br><strong>Main goal:</strong> Understand + <strong>use phrasal verbs naturally</strong><br><strong>Grammar focus:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Separable phrasal verbs</p></li><li><p>Inseparable phrasal verbs</p></li><li><p>Phrasal verbs without an object</p></li></ul><p>1️⃣ Warm-up – Life First, Grammar Later (5 minutes)</p><p>You start with a model:</p><blockquote><p><em>When I moved to a new place, I had to get on with new people.</em></p></blockquote><p>Ask her:</p><ul><li><p>When you moved to Dubai, was it easy to <strong>get on</strong> with people?</p></li><li><p>Do you <strong>look after</strong> yourself more now than before?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever <strong>bumped into</strong> someone from Brazil in Dubai?</p></li></ul><p>📝 Write down <strong>her answers</strong>, don’t correct yet.</p><p>2️⃣ Context Reading – Phrasal Verbs in Her Reality</p><p>📘 Reading: <em>Starting a New Life Abroad</em></p><blockquote><p>When I decided to move to Dubai, many things changed.<br>At first, I needed to <strong>get on</strong> with new colleagues at work.<br>Some people <strong>looked after</strong> me when everything felt new.<br>One day, I <strong>bumped into</strong> a Brazilian friend in a shopping mall.</p><p>In Brazil, I worked as a cosmetician and <strong>looked after</strong> many clients.<br>Now, I’m more focused on my future and trying to <strong>settle down</strong> in a new country.</p></blockquote><p>Before grammar:</p><ul><li><p>Is this text closer to your life in Brazil or Dubai?</p></li><li><p>Which sentence feels very true for you?</p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ Grammar Discovery – What Are Phrasal Verbs?</p><p>Explain simply:</p><blockquote><p>A <strong>phrasal verb</strong> is a <strong>verb + a particle</strong> (preposition or adverb).<br>Together, they have a <strong>new meaning</strong>.</p></blockquote><p>Examples from the text:</p><ul><li><p>get on</p></li><li><p>look after</p></li><li><p>bump into</p></li><li><p>settle down</p></li></ul><p>👉 Emphasise: <em>The meaning is not always literal.</em></p><p>4️⃣ Grammar Focus 1 – Separable Phrasal Verbs</p><p>Explanation (simple &amp; visual)</p><blockquote><p>Some phrasal verbs take an <strong>object</strong> and can be <strong>separated</strong>.</p></blockquote><p><strong>Key rule (very important):</strong><br>👉 When we use a <strong>pronoun</strong>, it goes <strong>in the middle</strong>.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>asked out</strong> my friend.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>asked my friend out</strong>.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>asked her out</strong> ✅</p></li><li><p>❌ <em>I asked out her.</em></p></li></ul><p>Guided Practice (oral)</p><p>Complete together:</p><ol><li><p>I <strong>put on</strong> my jacket.<br>→ I put it ___.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>turned off</strong> the phone.<br>→ I turned it ___.</p></li></ol><p>5️⃣ Grammar Focus 2 – Inseparable Phrasal Verbs</p><p>Explain:</p><blockquote><p>Some phrasal verbs take an object but <strong>cannot be separated</strong>.</p></blockquote><p>Examples connected to her life:</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>look after</strong> my clients.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>went out with</strong> friends in Brazil.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>bumped into</strong> someone from my past.</p></li></ul><p>❌ <em>I looked my clients after.</em><br>✅ <em>I looked after my clients.</em></p><p>Quick Check</p><p>Ask:</p><blockquote><p>Can we separate <strong>look after</strong>? (No)</p></blockquote><p>6️⃣ Grammar Focus 3 – Phrasal Verbs Without an Object</p><p>Explain gently:</p><blockquote><p>Some phrasal verbs don’t need an object.</p></blockquote><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>get on</strong> with my colleagues.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>settled down</strong> in Dubai.</p></li><li><p>They <strong>broke up</strong>.</p></li></ul><p>Then show:</p><blockquote><p>If we add <strong>with</strong>, we can add an object.</p></blockquote><ul><li><p>I broke up <strong>with</strong> my boyfriend.</p></li></ul><p>7️⃣ Controlled Practice – Choose &amp; Complete</p><p>Choose the correct option:</p><ol><li><p>I ______ really well with my coworkers.<br>(get on / get on them)</p></li><li><p>I ______ my clients when I worked in Brazil.<br>(looked after / looked them after)</p></li><li><p>One day, I ______ a friend in the mall.<br>(bumped into / bumped)</p></li><li><p>Now I’m trying to ______ in Dubai.<br>(settle down / settle)</p></li></ol><p>8️⃣ Guided Speaking – Her Life, Her Words (Key Stage)</p><p>Give her this <strong>framework</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>When I moved to Dubai, I had to <strong>get on</strong> with…</p></li><li><p>In Brazil, I <strong>looked after</strong>…</p></li><li><p>One day, I <strong>bumped into</strong>…</p></li><li><p>Now I want to <strong>settle down</strong> and…</p></li></ul><p>Ask for <strong>3–4 sentences only</strong>.<br>Help her reformulate calmly.</p><p>9️⃣ Error Correction – Supportive Recasting</p><p>Use her sentences from the warm-up.</p><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>❌ <em>I bumped a friend in the mall.</em></p></li><li><p>✅ <em>I bumped </em><strong><em>into</em></strong><em> a friend in the mall.</em></p></li></ul><p>Ask:</p><blockquote><p>Why do we need <strong>into</strong>?</p></blockquote><p>🔁 Optional Homework / Extra Practice</p><p><strong>Mini task:</strong><br>Write 4 sentences:</p><ul><li><p>1 about Brazil</p></li><li><p>1 about Dubai</p></li><li><p>1 about people</p></li><li><p>1 about the future</p></li></ul><p>Each sentence must include <strong>one phrasal verb</strong>.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/260113" />
         <pubDate>2026-01-26 12:52:10 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3764529297</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3764956218</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk//learningenglish/features/learning_english_grammar/260113_Learning_English_Grammar_first_dates_transcript_.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2026-01-26 17:58:31 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3764956218</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>CLASS 8 REVIEW </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3767912881</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>4️⃣ Grammar Focus 1 – Separable Phrasal Verbs</p><p>Explanation (simple &amp; visual)</p><blockquote><p>Some phrasal verbs take an <strong>object</strong> and can be <strong>separated</strong>.</p></blockquote><p><strong>Key rule (very important):</strong><br>👉 When we use a <strong>pronoun</strong>, it goes <strong>in the middle</strong>.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>asked out</strong> my friend.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>asked my friend out</strong>.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>asked her out</strong> ✅</p></li><li><p>❌ <em>I asked out her.</em></p></li><li><p><em>When I </em><strong><em>met</em></strong><em> Renan, we </em><strong><em>got on well</em></strong><em> as friends, we were </em><strong><em>close friends</em></strong><em> actually and we always </em><strong><em>we went out </em></strong><em>together I don't remember when </em><strong><em>he ask me out</em></strong><em> for the first time, we </em><strong><em>were</em></strong><em> always together.</em></p></li></ul><p>Guided Practice (oral)</p><p>Complete together:</p><ol><li><p>I <strong>put on</strong> my jacket.<br>→ I put it on ___.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>turned off</strong> the phone.<br>→ I turned it _off__.</p></li><li><p>turn down/ turn up the radio</p></li><li><p>turn it up! turn it down!</p></li></ol><p>5️⃣ Grammar Focus 2 – Inseparable Phrasal Verbs</p><p>Explain:</p><blockquote><p>Some phrasal verbs take an object but <strong>cannot be separated</strong>.</p></blockquote><p>Examples connected to her life:</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>look after</strong> my clients.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>went out with</strong> friends in Brazil.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>bumped into</strong> someone from my past.</p></li></ul><p>❌ <em>I looked my clients after.</em><br>✅ <em>I looked after my clients.</em></p><p>Quick Check</p><p><br/></p><p>when I started my business as a cosmetician in Brazil I really cared my clients and<strong> I was always looking after them</strong> with much professionalism and motivation.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><blockquote><p>Can we separate <strong>look after</strong>? (No)</p></blockquote><p>6️⃣ Grammar Focus 3 – Phrasal Verbs Without an Object</p><p>Explain gently:</p><blockquote><p>Some phrasal verbs don’t need an object.</p></blockquote><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>get on</strong> with my colleagues.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>settled down</strong> in Dubai.</p></li><li><p>They <strong>broke up</strong>.</p></li></ul><p>Then show:</p><blockquote><p>If we add <strong>with</strong>, we can add an object.</p></blockquote><ul><li><p>I broke up <strong>with</strong> my boyfriend.</p></li></ul><p>7️⃣ Controlled Practice – Choose &amp; Complete</p><p>Choose the correct option:</p><ol><li><p>I _get on_____ really well with my coworkers.<br>(get on / get on them)</p></li><li><p>I really get on with my sisters even though each one is pretty different and unique.</p></li><li><p>I _looked after_____ my clients when I worked in Brazil.<br>(looked after / looked them after)</p></li><li><p>right now my sister who lives in Brazil, she looks after her clients in her beauty salon.</p></li><li><p>One day, I _bumped into_____ a friend in the mall.<br>(bumped into / bumped)</p></li><li><p>yesterday bumped into my new Indian colleague here in the gym.</p></li><li><p>Now I’m trying to _settle down _____ in Dubai.<br>(settle down / settle)</p></li><li><p>I finally settle down in my relationship I am not available for anyone only the ones I love.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>HOMEWORK</p><p>1.Do you believe that is very easy to settle down in a new country?</p><p>No. i don´t believe that, it's important to have a plan </p><p>to settle down in a new country, like a job and AN affinity with a new culture make  friends and to create a good atmosphere for this.</p><p><br/></p><p>2.Do you think people now are breaking up more than before, why? </p><p>Yes i do. People are breaking up more in this time, because the social media and the advances of society teach us that ! absolutely everything can be replaced, including a relationship.</p><p><br/></p><p>3.Do you think that is common to go on a blind date? </p><p>No. i think is very unusual go on a blind date, for safety and care with your life, maybe in the past go on a blind date was very common but now i really DONT THINK SO.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>4.would you accept to be asked out for a date with an stranger?</p><p>No way. for me is very important before to be asked out i know who is the person and possess some kind of trust. i love myself and take care of my life. strangers are not welcome.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>5. what do you think people should look after for a better life? I think maybe look after yourself. More health more plan and action for your life. finding the way isn't always  easy but is possible.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/45/Review_logo_Wiki.jpg" />
         <pubDate>2026-01-28 15:52:10 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3767912881</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>CLASS 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3769551682</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🗣️ Speaking Class: <em>“Afraid to Speak English?”</em></p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Lower-Intermediate<br><strong>Main skill:</strong> Speaking<br><strong>Secondary skills:</strong> Listening, vocabulary, confidence<br><strong>Time:</strong> 45–60 minutes</p><p>1️⃣ Warm-up: Personal connection (5–8 min)</p><p>👉 Goal: make the student feel safe + start speaking immediately</p><p>Ask <strong>simple, open questions</strong> (one at a time):</p><ul><li><p>😬 <em>Do you feel nervous when you speak English?</em></p></li><li><p>🗣️ <em>When do you feel MORE nervous?</em></p><ul><li><p>with friends</p></li><li><p>with strangers</p></li><li><p>at work / in class</p></li></ul></li><li><p>❌ <em>What are you afraid of?</em></p><ul><li><p>making mistakes</p></li><li><p>pronunciation</p></li><li><p>people judging you</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>👉 Follow-up prompts (very important for speaking):</p><ul><li><p><em>Why?</em></p></li><li><p><em>Can you give me an example?</em></p></li><li><p><em>How do you feel in your body?</em> (hands, heart, voice)</p></li></ul><p>2️⃣ Lead-in to the topic (BBC context) (5 min)</p><p>Say something like:</p><blockquote><p>“Many people feel nervous speaking English — even people who are GOOD at English.”</p></blockquote><p>Then ask:</p><ul><li><p>🤔 <em>Do you think good English speakers can feel anxiety too? Why?</em></p></li><li><p>☕ <em>How do you feel when you order food or coffee in English?</em></p></li></ul><p>(Connect directly to the <strong>barista story</strong>.)</p><p>3️⃣ Vocabulary – Speaking first, not memorizing (8–10 min)</p><p>Present <strong>only the most useful words</strong>, with examples the student can relate to:</p><p>Key vocabulary (with guided speaking)</p><ul><li><p><strong>pretty</strong> = quite / a bit<br>👉 <em>Are you pretty confident in English or pretty nervous?</em></p></li><li><p><strong>relate to</strong><br>👉 <em>Do you relate to Hanan’s story? Why?</em></p></li><li><p><strong>anxiety/ anxious adj.</strong><br>👉 <em>What gives you anxiety in English? Speaking, listening, or pronunciation?</em></p></li><li><p><strong>irrational beliefs</strong> (simplify!)<br>👉 <em>Do you think “I must speak perfectly” is a good belief or an irrational belief?</em></p></li><li><p><em>believe/ I believe I can fly, this is my belief.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>self-perception</strong><br>👉 <em>How do you see yourself when you speak English? Confident or shy?</em></p></li><li><p><strong>internal</strong><br>👉 <em>Is your fear internal (inside you) or external (people)?</em></p></li></ul><p>⚠️ Tip: Let the student answer freely. Don’t correct every mistake.</p><p>4️⃣ Guided discussion (main speaking task) (15–20 min)</p><p>Use <strong>scaffolded questions</strong> → easy ➜ deeper.</p><p>Part A – Personal experience</p><ul><li><p>🗣️ <em>Tell me about a time you felt nervous speaking English. </em></p></li><li><p><em>One day i took a taxi and </em><strong><em>simply </em></strong><em>i couldn't talk to the driver.</em></p></li><li><p><em> who only had a card. he </em><strong><em>insisted</em></strong><em> he only accepted cash, clearly noticing my nervousness, and he took advantage of the situation to </em><strong><em>charge me more</em></strong><em>. he got angry and demanded payment in cash! it was a terrible day. </em></p></li><li><p><em>A felt anxious and lost, believing in an irrational belief that i should speak perfectly, but i know it's an internal fear.</em></p></li><li><p>😓 <em>What happened?</em></p></li><li><p>🧠 <em>What were you thinking at that moment?</em></p></li></ul><p>Part B – Reflection</p><ul><li><p>👀 <em>Do people really judge your mistakes? Or is it more in your head?</em></p></li><li><p>🔄 <em>Do you make mistakes in your own language? Is that a problem?</em></p></li></ul><p>Part C – Opinion</p><ul><li><p>💡 <em>Do you agree with this sentence? Why or why not?</em></p><blockquote><p>“Mistakes are necessary to learn a language.”</p></blockquote></li></ul><p>5️⃣ Quiz discussion (speaking, not testing) (5 min)</p><p>Ask <strong>before revealing the answer</strong>:</p><ul><li><p>📊 <em>How many words do YOU think people use in daily English?</em><br>a) 2,000–3,000<br>b) 20,000–30,000<br>c) 200,000–300,000</p></li></ul><p>Follow-up:</p><ul><li><p>😲 <em>Are you surprised by the answer?</em></p></li><li><p>💭 <em>Does this number make you feel more confident or more nervous? Why?</em></p></li></ul><p>👉 Key takeaway:</p><blockquote><p>“You don’t need ALL the words. You need confidence with the words you have.”</p></blockquote><p>6️⃣ Confidence-building speaking task (role play) (8–10 min)</p><p>🎭 Role play (very effective)</p><p><strong>Situation options (choose ONE):</strong></p><ul><li><p>Ordering coffee ☕</p></li><li><p>Introducing yourself at work 👋</p></li><li><p>Asking for help in a shop 🛍️</p></li></ul><p>Rules:</p><ul><li><p>✅ Fluency &gt; accuracy</p></li><li><p>❌ No interrupting</p></li><li><p>🧠 Focus on message, not perfection</p></li></ul><p>After:</p><ul><li><p><em>How did you feel?</em></p></li><li><p><em>Was it easier than you expected?</em></p></li></ul><p>7️⃣ Wrap-up reflection (5 min)</p><p>End with <strong>positive awareness</strong>:</p><p>Ask the student to complete:</p><ul><li><p>🌱 <em>Today I learned that…</em></p></li><li><p>💬 <em>One thing I want to improve in speaking is…</em></p></li><li><p>💪 <em>One thing I do well in English is…</em></p></li></ul><p>⭐ Teacher tip (important for this topic)</p><ul><li><p>Correct <strong>after</strong> the student finishes speaking</p></li><li><p>Praise effort, not accuracy</p></li><li><p>Normalize fear: <em>“This feeling is very common.”</em></p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2026/260122" />
         <pubDate>2026-01-29 17:06:20 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3769551682</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Grammar input 2 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3776917724</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/260203" />
         <pubDate>2026-02-04 12:01:24 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3776917724</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 3 - Review </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3776917897</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Lesson title</p><p><strong>Food, Mood &amp; Life Experience: Reviewing the Present Perfect</strong></p><p>Level</p><p>Lower-intermediate (A2–B1)</p><p>Main grammar focus</p><p>✅ <strong>Present perfect (have / has + past participle)</strong><br>– life experience<br>– recent changes<br>– effects on the present</p><p>Topic</p><p>Food, emotions, habits, and mental health</p><p>1️⃣ Warm-up (5–8 minutes) – Personal &amp; easy</p><p><strong>Teacher prompts (oral):</strong></p><ul><li><p>When you feel sad or stressed, what food do you usually eat?</p></li><li><p>Do you eat because you are hungry or because of your mood?</p></li><li><p>expressions to use when you are in a mood for something.</p></li><li><p>i am in the mood of ice cream </p></li><li><p>I feel like having ice cream </p></li><li><p>I feel like dancing</p></li><li><p>I feel like watching tv/ I dont feel like ...</p></li></ul><p>summary&lt;</p><p><br/></p><p>this podcast talks about the food and mood, a research shows a fact that eating healthy benifits for the health, and an example we have a chef that  talked about his experience in the restaurant and he said he doesnt have time to sit down and he only grabs and go so, we can say that many people deal with bad nutrition everytime they do not have time for food and their mood is affected.</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Write 2 answers your student gives on the board.</p><p>Then introduce <strong>naturally</strong>:</p><blockquote><p>“So, you <em>have eaten</em> food because of your emotions. That’s emotional eating.”</p></blockquote><p>No grammar explanation yet — just exposure.</p><p>2️⃣ Vocabulary activation (8–10 minutes)</p><p>Use <strong>simple definitions + examples</strong>, not translation first.</p><p>Key vocabulary (from the programme)</p><ul><li><p><strong>emotional eating</strong><br>Eating food because of feelings, not hunger<br>➝ <em>I eat chocolate when I feel stressed.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>appetite</strong><br>The feeling that you want to eat<br>➝ <em>I’ve lost my appetite when I’m anxious.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>grab and go</strong><br>Take food quickly, no time to sit<br>➝ <em>I’ve grabbed a sandwich and eaten at my desk.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>bananas (slang)</strong><br>Silly or crazy<br>➝ <em>People thought the idea was bananas.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>roll your eyes</strong><br>Show annoyance or disbelief<br>➝ <em>He rolled his eyes when I talked about dieting.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>patronising</strong><br>Talking to someone like they are stupid<br>➝ <em>The doctor has been patronising.</em></p></li></ul><p>💡 <strong>Quick check</strong><br>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Which word is positive?</p></li><li><p>Which words are negative?</p></li><li><p>Which words describe <em>feelings</em>?</p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ Guided listening / reading focus (10 minutes)</p><p>You <strong>do not need the full audio</strong>. Use <strong>short excerpts</strong>.</p><p>Task 1 – Meaning first</p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Why do people eat comfort food?</p></li><li><p>Why is emotional eating sometimes a problem?</p></li></ul><p>Task 2 – Notice the grammar</p><p>Write these sentences on the board (adapted from the transcript):</p><ul><li><p><em>People </em><strong><em>have linked</em></strong><em> food with mood.</em></p></li><li><p><em>Danny </em><strong><em>has suffered</em></strong><em> from depression.</em></p></li><li><p><em>Scientists </em><strong><em>have studied</em></strong><em> the connection between food and mood.</em></p></li><li><p><em>Her ideas </em><strong><em>have not been accepted</em></strong><em> by everyone.</em></p></li></ul><p>Ask:</p><blockquote><p>Are we talking about <strong>yesterday</strong>, <strong>last week</strong>, or <strong>life experience</strong>?</p></blockquote><p>👉 Lead them to: <strong>experience / changes / results now</strong></p><p>4️⃣ Present Perfect Review – Clear &amp; simple (10 minutes)</p><p>Form (keep it light)</p><p><strong>have / has + past participle</strong></p><ul><li><p>I have eaten</p></li><li><p>She has studied</p></li><li><p>They have felt better</p></li></ul><p>Use it for this lesson:</p><p>1. Life experience</p><blockquote><p><em>Have you ever eaten because you felt sad?</em></p></blockquote><p>2. Changes</p><blockquote><p><em>My eating habits have changed.</em></p></blockquote><p>3. Present result</p><blockquote><p><em>I’ve eaten junk food, so I feel tired now.</em></p></blockquote><p>⚠️ Contrast briefly (no deep dive):</p><ul><li><p>Past simple = <em>when</em></p></li><li><p>Present perfect = <em>experience / result</em></p></li></ul><p>5️⃣ Controlled practice (8 minutes)</p><p>Exercise A – Choose the correct option</p><ol><li><p>I <strong>have eaten / ate</strong> chocolate when I feel stressed.</p></li><li><p>She <strong>has lost / lost</strong> her appetite recently.</p></li><li><p>People <strong>have become / became</strong> more interested in food and mood.</p></li></ol><p>👉 Correct together, ask <em>why</em>.</p><p>Exercise B – Finish the sentence</p><p>Give sentence starters:</p><ul><li><p>I’ve eaten __________ when I felt stressed.</p></li><li><p>I’ve grabbed __________ when I had no time.</p></li><li><p>I’ve felt better after __________.</p></li></ul><p>6️⃣ Speaking practice – Personal but safe (10 minutes)</p><p>Guided questions (present perfect)</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever eaten because of stress or sadness?</p></li><li><p>Have you noticed that food has changed your mood?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever lost your appetite because of stress?</p></li><li><p>Have you tried eating healthier food to feel better?</p></li></ul><p>Encourage follow-up:</p><ul><li><p>Really?</p></li><li><p>How did you feel?</p></li><li><p>Why do you think that happened?</p></li></ul><p>7️⃣ Natural wrap-up (5 minutes)</p><p>Recap together</p><p>Ask the student to complete orally:</p><ul><li><p>Today I’ve learned that __________.</p></li><li><p>I’ve realised that food __________ my mood.</p></li><li><p>I’ve used the present perfect to talk about __________.</p></li></ul><p>Finish with:</p><blockquote><p>“So today, you’ve connected <strong>grammar</strong>, <strong>food</strong>, and <strong>real life</strong> — well done.”</p></blockquote><p>Optional homework (simple &amp; meaningful)</p><p><strong>Writing (6–8 sentences):</strong></p><blockquote><p><em>Write about your food habits and emotions. Use the present perfect at least 4 times.</em></p></blockquote><p>Example model:</p><blockquote><p><em>I’ve eaten chocolate when I felt stressed. I’ve noticed that healthy food has made me feel better. I haven’t changed my diet completely, but I’ve started thinking more about food and mood.</em></p></blockquote>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/features/6-minute-english_2023/ep-230316" />
         <pubDate>2026-02-04 12:01:35 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3776917897</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3778736930</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Lesson title</p><p><strong>Food, Mood &amp; Life Experience: Reviewing the Present Perfect</strong></p><p>Level</p><p>Lower-intermediate (A2–B1)</p><p>Main grammar focus</p><p>✅ <strong>Present perfect (have / has + past participle)</strong><br>– life experience<br>– recent changes<br>– effects on the present</p><p>Topic</p><p>Food, emotions, habits, and mental health</p><p>1️⃣ Warm-up (5–8 minutes) – Personal &amp; easy</p><p><strong>Teacher prompts (oral):</strong></p><ul><li><p>When you feel sad or stressed, what food do you usually eat?</p></li><li><p>Do you eat because you are hungry or because of your mood?</p></li><li><p>expressions to use when you are in a mood for something.</p></li><li><p>i am in the mood of ice cream </p></li><li><p>I feel like having ice cream </p></li><li><p>I feel like dancing</p></li><li><p>I feel like watching tv/ I dont feel like ...</p><p><br></p></li></ul><p>👉 Write 2 answers your student gives on the board.</p><p>Then introduce <strong>naturally</strong>:</p><blockquote><p>“So, you <em>have eaten</em> food because of your emotions. That’s emotional eating.”</p></blockquote><p>No grammar explanation yet — just exposure.</p><p>2️⃣ Vocabulary activation (8–10 minutes)</p><p>Use <strong>simple definitions + examples</strong>, not translation first.</p><p>Key vocabulary (from the programme)</p><ul><li><p><strong>emotional eating</strong><br>Eating food because of feelings, not hunger<br>➝ <em>I eat chocolate when I feel stressed.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>appetite</strong><br>The feeling that you want to eat<br>➝ <em>I’ve lost my appetite when I’m anxious.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>grab and go</strong><br>Take food quickly, no time to sit<br>➝ <em>I’ve grabbed a sandwich and eaten at my desk.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>bananas (slang)</strong><br>Silly or crazy<br>➝ <em>People thought the idea was bananas.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>roll your eyes</strong><br>Show annoyance or disbelief<br>➝ <em>He rolled his eyes when I talked about dieting.</em></p></li><li><p><strong>patronising</strong><br>Talking to someone like they are stupid<br>➝ <em>The doctor has been patronising.</em></p></li></ul><p>💡 <strong>Quick check</strong><br>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Which word is positive?</p></li><li><p>Which words are negative?</p></li><li><p>Which words describe <em>feelings</em>?</p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ Guided listening / reading focus (10 minutes)</p><p>You <strong>do not need the full audio</strong>. Use <strong>short excerpts</strong>.</p><p>Task 1 – Meaning first</p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Why do people eat comfort food?</p></li><li><p>Why is emotional eating sometimes a problem?</p></li></ul><p>Task 2 – Notice the grammar</p><p>Write these sentences on the board (adapted from the transcript):</p><ul><li><p><em>People </em><strong><em>have linked</em></strong><em> food with mood.</em></p></li><li><p><em>Danny </em><strong><em>has suffered</em></strong><em> from depression.</em></p></li><li><p><em>Scientists </em><strong><em>have studied</em></strong><em> the connection between food and mood.</em></p></li><li><p><em>Her ideas </em><strong><em>have not been accepted</em></strong><em> by everyone.</em></p></li></ul><p>Ask:</p><blockquote><p>Are we talking about <strong>yesterday</strong>, <strong>last week</strong>, or <strong>life experience</strong>?</p></blockquote><p>👉 Lead them to: <strong>experience / changes / results now</strong></p><p>4️⃣ Present Perfect Review – Clear &amp; simple (10 minutes)</p><p>Form (keep it light)</p><p><strong>have / has + past participle</strong></p><ul><li><p>I have eaten</p></li><li><p>She has studied</p></li><li><p>They have felt better</p></li></ul><p>Use it for this lesson:</p><p>1. Life experience</p><blockquote><p><em>Have you ever eaten because you felt sad?</em></p></blockquote><p>2. Changes</p><blockquote><p><em>My eating habits have changed.</em></p></blockquote><p>3. Present result</p><blockquote><p><em>I’ve eaten junk food, so I feel tired now.</em></p></blockquote><p>⚠️ Contrast briefly (no deep dive):</p><ul><li><p>Past simple = <em>when</em></p></li><li><p>Present perfect = <em>experience / result</em></p></li></ul><p>5️⃣ Controlled practice (8 minutes)</p><p>Exercise A – Choose the correct option</p><ol><li><p>I <strong>have eaten / ate</strong> chocolate when I feel stressed.</p></li><li><p>She <strong>has lost / lost</strong> her appetite recently.</p></li><li><p>People <strong>have become / became</strong> more interested in food and mood.</p></li></ol><p>👉 Correct together, ask <em>why</em>.</p><p>Exercise B – Finish the sentence</p><p>Give sentence starters:</p><ul><li><p>I’ve eaten __________ when I felt stressed.</p></li><li><p>I’ve grabbed __________ when I had no time.</p></li><li><p>I’ve felt better after __________.</p></li></ul><p>6️⃣ Speaking practice – Personal but safe (10 minutes)</p><p>Guided questions (present perfect)</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever eaten because of stress or sadness?</p></li><li><p>Have you noticed that food has changed your mood?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever lost your appetite because of stress?</p></li><li><p>Have you tried eating healthier food to feel better?</p></li></ul><p>Encourage follow-up:</p><ul><li><p>Really?</p></li><li><p>How did you feel?</p></li><li><p>Why do you think that happened?</p></li></ul><p>7️⃣ Natural wrap-up (5 minutes)</p><p>Recap together</p><p>Ask the student to complete orally:</p><ul><li><p>Today I’ve learned that __________.</p></li><li><p>I’ve realised that food __________ my mood.</p></li><li><p>I’ve used the present perfect to talk about __________.</p></li></ul><p>Finish with:</p><blockquote><p>“So today, you’ve connected <strong>grammar</strong>, <strong>food</strong>, and <strong>real life</strong> — well done.”</p></blockquote><p>Optional homework (simple &amp; meaningful)</p><p><strong>Writing (6–8 sentences):</strong></p><blockquote><p><em>Write about your food habits and emotions. Use the present perfect at least 4 times.</em></p></blockquote><p>Example model:</p><blockquote><p><em>I’ve eaten chocolate when I felt stressed. I’ve noticed that healthy food has made me feel better. I haven’t changed my diet completely, but I’ve started thinking more about food and mood.</em></p></blockquote>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/features/6-minute-english_2023/ep-230316" />
         <pubDate>2026-02-05 13:36:19 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3778736930</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3783467136</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🧠 ENGLISH CLASS (LOWER-INTERMEDIATE – A2/B1)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Losing a Language: Refugee Children and Identity</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Based on a listening text (BBC-style)</strong></p><p>THIS PODCAST TALKS ABOUT CHILD REFUGEES SPECIALLY A GIRL WHO SPEAKS ENGLISH BECAUSE HER MOTHER TONGUE DISSAPEARED AND THIS CAUSES MANY CHANGES OF THE PERSON WHO CANNOT SPEAK THEIR MOTHER TONGUE ANYMORE.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 LESSON GOALS</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Understand what it means to lose a first language</p></li><li><p>Talk about refugees and language change in simple English</p></li><li><p>Learn and use new vocabulary from the text</p></li><li><p>Share personal opinions about language, identity, and belonging</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1️⃣ WARM-UP (5–8 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Teacher asks:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What is your mother tongue?</p></li><li><p>Can you speak more than one language?</p></li><li><p>How would you feel if you could not speak your first language anymore?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Board key idea:</p><p>Language = identity</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2️⃣ CONTEXT SETTING (Teacher explains – simple English)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Today we will listen to a story about a woman who was a child refugee.</p><p>She left her country and later forgot her first language, Czech.</p><p>Now, she only speaks English.</p><p><br/></p><p>Ask students:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Is that possible?</p></li><li><p>Is language easy or difficult to lose?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3️⃣ LISTENING / READING FOCUS QUESTIONS</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Before listening or reading, give students these questions:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>Why did the woman leave her country?</p></li><li><p>What language did she stop speaking?</p></li><li><p>What language does she speak now?</p></li><li><p>How do you think she feels about this?</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4️⃣ KEY QUESTION OF THE PROGRAMME (Prediction)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>This week’s question:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>According to the United Nations, how many people are living as displaced refugees today?</p><p><br/></p><p>a) 3 million</p><p>b) 53 million</p><p>c) 103 million</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Students choose before listening</p><p>👉 No correction yet — just opinions</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5️⃣ VOCABULARY WORK (Core of the lesson)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Vocabulary from the programme</strong></p><ol><li><p>reveal  / verb </p></li><li><p>struggled / verb/ adj.</p></li><li><p>graving/ luto/ mourning</p><p><br/></p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p>(Teacher explains + examples)</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1.</strong></p><p><strong>Mother tongue</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 the first language you learn as a child</p><p>🗣 Example:</p><p><br/></p><p>Portuguese is my mother tongue.</p><p><br/></p><p>ex&gt; RENAN'S MOTHER TONGUE IS PORTUGUESE, TOO.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2.</strong></p><p><strong>Native language</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 same meaning as mother tongue</p><p>🗣 Example:</p><p><br/></p><p>Her native language is Czech.</p><p>MY NATIVE LANGUAGE IS PORTUGUESE.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3.</strong></p><p><strong>(To be) dunked into</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 suddenly put into a new situation</p><p>🗣 Example:</p><p><br/></p><p>She was dunked into a new culture.</p><p>I WAS DUNKED INTO A NEW CULTURE WITH A LOT OF CHANGES AND CHALLENGES.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4.</strong></p><p><strong>Have faith</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 to believe or trust</p><p>🗣 Example:</p><p><br/></p><p>She had faith in her family.</p><p>I HAVE FAITH THAT I WILL SPEAK ENGLIH FLUENTLY.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5.</strong></p><p><strong>Sort itself out</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 a problem stops without help</p><p>🗣 Example:</p><p><br/></p><p>The situation will sort itself out.</p><p>RENAN SORTED THE SITUATION OUT</p><p>I NEED TO SORT A SITUATION OUT RIGHT NOW </p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6.</strong></p><p><strong>Full-fledged</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 complete, fully developed</p><p>🗣 Example:</p><p><br/></p><p>She became a full-fledged English speaker.</p><p>I BECAME A FULL FLEDGE COSMETICIAN EXPERT IN EYEBROWS IN DUBAI.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>7.</strong></p><p><strong>Either-or</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 only two choices</p><p>🗣 Example:</p><p><br/></p><p>It was an either-or decision.</p><p>YOU CAN SPEAK TO ME EITHER PORTUGUESE OR ENGLISH * POSITIVE</p><p><br/></p><p>NEITHER  NOR </p><p><br/></p><p>NEITHER SPANISH  NOR GERMAN I SPEAK </p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Quick practice</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Students complete:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>My mother tongue is  PORTUGUESE</p></li><li><p>Moving to another country can be a DIFFICULT  situation.</p></li><li><p>I have faith in _MY CAPACITY AND MY PROFESSIONALISM_____.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6️⃣ COMPREHENSION CHECK (Simple)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Did the woman choose to forget her language?</p></li><li><p>NO, SHE DIDN'T SHE IS A REFUGEE WHEN SHE WAS A CHILD AND SHE WAS DUNKED INTO MANY COUNTRIES AND SITUATIONS.</p></li><li><p>Why do some refugee children lose their first language?</p></li><li><p>BECAUSE THEY LEARN MANY LANGUAGES AT THE SAME TIME AND THERE IS A TENDENCY TO FORGET THEIR MOTHER TONGUE.</p></li><li><p>Is learning a new language always positive?</p></li><li><p>YES, BECAUSE LEARNING NEW VOCABULARY, MAKING NEW FRIENDS AND BEING OPEN FOR SPEAKING IS ESSENTIAL AND VERY POSITIVE FOR ME.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>7️⃣ SPEAKING ACTIVITY (Guided)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Small-group or pair discussion:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Is language part of who we are?</p></li><li><p>Can you be the same person in another language?</p></li><li><p>Is it sad or normal to lose a language?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Sentence starters on the board:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I think that…</p></li><li><p>In my opinion…</p></li><li><p>For me, language is…</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>8️⃣ CRITICAL THINKING (Very accessible)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Teacher asks:</p><p><br/></p><p>Do you think learning a new language means losing your old one?</p><p><br/></p><p>IT IS POSSIBLE BUT EXIST WAYS TO KEEP THE LANGUAGE WITH YOU FOR EXAMPLE SPEAKING YOUR LANGUAGE WITH SOMEBODY ELSE IS A GOOD PRACTICE .</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Students answer yes / no / maybe, then explain.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>9️⃣ ANSWER TO THE QUIZ QUESTION (End of class)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Correct answer:</p><p>✅ c) 103 million</p><p><br/></p><p>Teacher adds:</p><p><br/></p><p>Many of these people are children.</p><p>Language change is part of their life story.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔚 CLOSING REFLECTION</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask one final question:</p><p><br/></p><p>If you moved to another country as a child, which language would you want to keep — and why?</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2023/ep-230302" />
         <pubDate>2026-02-09 15:15:27 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3783467136</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5 Review losing your mother tongue</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3786540458</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧠 ENGLISH CLASS REVIEW</p><p>Losing a Language: Refugee Children and Identity</p><p>🌍 1️⃣ Quick Recall – What Was the Story About?</p><p>Answer in 2–3 sentences:</p><p>• Who was the woman in the story?<br>• Why did she leave her country?<br>• What happened to her mother tongue?<br>• What language does she speak now?</p><p>👉 Try to use: <strong>mother tongue / native language / refugee</strong></p><p>📚 2️⃣ Vocabulary in Context (Core Focus)</p><p>Complete the sentences using the correct vocabulary word:</p><p><strong>mother tongue – native language – dunked into – have faith – sort itself out – full-fledged – either-or</strong></p><ol><li><p>Portuguese is my __<strong>mother tongue</strong>________.</p></li><li><p>When she moved to a new country, she was _<strong>dunked into</strong>_________ a new culture.</p></li><li><p>Her _<strong>native language </strong>_________ was Czech, but she forgot it.</p></li><li><p>Her parents had FAITH__________ that life would improve.</p></li><li><p>The family hoped the situation would SORT ITSELF OUT__________.</p></li><li><p>She became a _FULL FLEDGE____ English speaker.</p></li><li><p>It was an __EITHER OR ________ decision: stay or leave.</p></li></ol><p>✍️ 3️⃣ Vocabulary Production (Personalized)</p><p>Answer using full sentences:</p><ol><li><p>My mother tongue is __PORTUGUESE________ and it is important to me because  IS MY NATIVE LANGUAGE__ ________.</p></li><li><p>Moving to another country can be _EITHER GOOD OR BETTER________ because IN THE NEW COUNTRY YOU HAVE MORE OPPORTUNITY, NEW FRIENDS, NEW JOB AND SECURITY AND SOMETHING VERY IMPORTANT MONEY __________.</p></li><li><p>I have faith in __MYSELF________.</p></li><li><p>I think language is _AN OPPORTUNITY TO BE IN THE LABOR MARKET_________.</p></li></ol><p>👉 Focus on <strong>natural sentences</strong>, not only short answers.</p><p>🧠 4️⃣ Comprehension Check</p><p>Answer in simple English:</p><ol><li><p>Did the woman choose to forget her first language? Why or why not?</p></li><li><p>Why do some refugee children lose their native language?</p></li><li><p>Is losing a language always negative? Explain.</p></li></ol><p>💬 5️⃣ Speaking Review (Use Context + Vocabulary)</p><p>Choose ONE question and answer for 1–2 minutes:</p><p>• Is language part of identity?<br>• Can you be the same person in another language?<br>• Does learning a new language mean losing your old one?</p><p>👉 Try to use at least <strong>3 vocabulary words</strong> from the lesson.</p><p>🌎 6️⃣ Global Context Question</p><p>According to the United Nations, how many people are displaced refugees today?</p><p>a) 3 million<br>b) 53 million<br>c) 103 million ✅</p><p>👉 Why is this number important when we talk about language and identity?</p><p>🔎 7️⃣ Reflection</p><p>Imagine you move to another country as a child.</p><p>• Which language would you want to keep?<br>• Why?<br>• How would you feel if you lost it?</p><p>Try to connect your answer to:</p><p><strong>identity / mother tongue / belonging</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>I RECOGNIZE MYSELF AS A PERSON THAT DID THE BEST TO IMPROVE MY IDENTITY AS A CITIZEN WITH A LOT OF EFFORT AND PROFESSIONALISM IN MY AREA OF COSMETIC AND WELLNESS. MY MOTHER TONGUE IS PORTUGUES AND I AM LEARNING ENGLISH AND I LIVE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY BUT I FEEL THAT NOW I BELONG HERE.</strong></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2026-02-11 14:18:21 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3786540458</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>grammar class 5</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3786565605</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/features/s5english_in_a_minute/260210" />
         <pubDate>2026-02-11 14:34:03 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3786565605</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3794243588</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br></p><p><strong>🧠 ENGLISH CLASS (INTERMEDIATE – B1/B2)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Why Do We Procrastinate?</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>🎯 CLASS GOALS</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>By the end of the lesson, students will be able to:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Explain why people procrastinate</p></li><li><p>Discuss personal habits related to delay and motivation</p></li><li><p>Use new vocabulary related to behaviour and psychology</p></li><li><p>Express certainty, cause and consequence</p></li><li><p>Participate in a structured discussion</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>1️⃣ WARM-UP (8–10 minutes)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Write on the board:</p><p><br></p><p>“I work better under pressure.”</p><p><br></p><p>Ask students:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Do you agree or disagree?</p></li><li><p>Do you usually start tasks early or at the last minute?</p></li><li><p>Is procrastination always negative?</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Pair discussion first → then open class feedback.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>2️⃣ INTRODUCTION TO THE TOPIC</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Explain:</p><p><br></p><p>Today we are talking about procrastination — delaying things we need to do.</p><p><br></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Why do people procrastinate?</p></li><li><p>I think the first thing is the humans habit and laziness attack you and the emotions can contribute too, and not to have a focus on something can make you procrastinate.</p></li><li><p>Is it laziness, fear, stress, or something else?</p></li><li><p>a little of every thing I think because our mind looks for excuses for not to do every time so, we need to learn how to take action in front of it.</p></li><li><p>Do you procrastinate more with work, study, or personal tasks?</p></li></ul><p>i procrastinate more with studies because since my childhood I procrastinated Many things I always hated studying but when I like something I get motivated and I need to like something very much.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>3️⃣ WEEKLY QUESTION (Prediction)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>According to research from DePaul University in Chicago, what percentage of people procrastinate so much that it interferes with their daily life?</p><p><br></p><p>a) 10%</p><p>b) 20%</p><p>c) 30%</p><p><br></p><p>Students vote and explain their guess.</p><p><br></p><p>(No answer yet!)</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>4️⃣ KEY VOCABULARY (Core Section)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>1️⃣ Procrastination</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Delaying something you need to do.</p><p><br></p><p>Example:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>I procrastinate when I have difficult tasks.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>2️⃣ Without a shadow of a doubt</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Completely certain.</p><p><br></p><p>Example:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Without a shadow of a doubt, I work better at night.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Practice:</p><p>Students complete:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Without a shadow of a doubt, I procrastinate when…</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>3️⃣ Under pressure</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Feeling stressed because you have too much to do.</p><p><br></p><p>Example:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>I only start working when I’m under pressure.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Discussion:</p><p>Is pressure good or bad for productivity?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>4️⃣ Impulsive</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Acting without thinking.</p><p><br></p><p>Example:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Checking Instagram instead of working is impulsive behaviour.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Ask:</p><p>Are procrastinators lazy or impulsive?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>5️⃣ Gratification</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>A feeling of pleasure or satisfaction.</p><p><br></p><p>Explain:</p><p>Procrastination is often about instant gratification.</p><p><br></p><p>Example:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Watching Netflix gives immediate gratification.</p></li><li><p>Studying gives delayed gratification.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Mini discussion:</p><p>Which one is stronger for you?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>6️⃣ Oodles of (something)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>A very large amount.</p><p><br></p><p>Example:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>I have oodles of homework.</p></li><li><p>There are oodles of distractions online.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Students create their own sentence.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>5️⃣ DISCUSSION – CRITICAL THINKING (15–20 minutes)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Question 1:</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Is procrastination a time-management problem or an emotional problem?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Question 2:</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Why do we choose short-term gratification over long-term success?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Question 3:</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Do deadlines help or create anxiety?</p><p><br></p><p>Encourage students to use:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>I believe that…</p></li><li><p>In my experience…</p></li><li><p>On the one hand… on the other hand…</p></li><li><p>It depends on…</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>6️⃣ REAL-LIFE APPLICATION ACTIVITY</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>In pairs:</p><p><br></p><p>Student A:</p><p>Describe something you are currently procrastinating.</p><p><br></p><p>Student B:</p><p>Give advice using:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>You should…</p></li><li><p>Maybe you could…</p></li><li><p>If you…, you might…</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Switch roles.</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>7️⃣ ANSWER TO THE QUIZ</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Correct answer:</p><p>✅ b) 20 percent</p><p><br></p><p>Explain:</p><p>Around 1 in 5 people procrastinate so much that it affects their daily life.</p><p><br></p><p>Ask:</p><p>Does that surprise you?</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><strong>8️⃣ OPTIONAL EXTENSION (If Time)</strong></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Connect to modern habits:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><p>Why do we doomscroll?</p></li><li><p>Does social media increase procrastination?</p></li><li><p>Is technology making us more impulsive?</p></li></ul><p><br></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2023/ep-230216" />
         <pubDate>2026-02-19 01:46:16 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3794243588</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3801673512</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/260224" />
         <pubDate>2026-02-25 10:33:10 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3801673512</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 6 Review </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3801679817</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>1️⃣ Warm-Up – Personal Connection (8 minutes)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Write on the board:</p><p><br/></p><p>“I work better under pressure.”</p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you agree or disagree?</p></li><li><p>When was the last time you did something at the last minute?</p></li><li><p>How did you feel?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Encourage full sentences:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I agree because…</p></li><li><p>I disagree because…</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2️⃣ Vocabulary in Context (Core Review Section)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Instead of just explaining, follow this structure:</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Step 1: Meaning</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Step 2: Personal Example</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Step 3: Student Personalization</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>unpleasant/ emphasise/ emphasis/ threatened/blame/ caveman/ squarely/ rushing off/ rush hour/ putting  things off/ </p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1️⃣ Procrastination</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Meaning: Delaying something you need to do.</p><p><br/></p><p>Example:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I procrastinate when I have difficult tasks.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Student task:</p><p>Complete:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I procrastinate when I need to learn something boring for me but important.</p></li><li><p>I usually procrastinate with deliver<strong>ing </strong>something immediately because I need the time and I dont like short time.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Follow-up:</p><p>Why?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2️⃣ Under Pressure</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Meaning: Feeling stress because of deadlines.</p><p><br/></p><p>Example:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I only start studying when I’m under pressure.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you work better under pressure?</p></li><li><p>i don't. I work better when I have time because I need an organisation of my work, studies or everything I work better this way.</p></li><li><p>What happens to your body when you feel pressure?</p></li><li><p>my body feels very stressful because I sweat my hands and my heart accelerate and I feel much adrenaline and I have to feel this, and I feel very nervous and stressed.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3️⃣ Without a Shadow of a Doubt</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Meaning: Completely certain.</p><p><br/></p><p>Example:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Without a shadow of a doubt, I procrastinate when I’m tired.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Student completes:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Without a shadow of a doubt, I work better when my things are organised and on time.</p></li><li><p>Without a shadow of a doubt, my biggest distraction is my cellphone because I want to see every time what is happening in the world and that can be a distraction and you start to procrastinate.</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>4️⃣ Impulsive</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Meaning: Acting without thinking.</p><p><br/></p><p>Example:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Checking Instagram instead of studying is impulsive.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Are you impulsive with your phone?</p></li><li><p>yes a little bit because I have time and sometimes I spend  time with my phone and I could study or prepare something about my work.</p></li><li><p>Is procrastination impulsive behavior?</p></li><li><p>sometimes I think it is because we adquiere these habits every time since we wake up until we go to sleep and the addiction is an impulsive behaviour.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5️⃣ Gratification</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Meaning: Pleasure or satisfaction.</p><p><br/></p><p>Explain simply:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Watching Netflix = instant gratification</p></li><li><p>Studying = delayed gratification</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p>Which one is stronger for you? Why?</p><p><br/></p><p>i prefer the delayed gratification But my mind needs the instant gratification because I feel the impulse of the motivation for do<strong>ing </strong>things. But it is very important to think that we can change this habit for a delayed gratification which is very difficult sometimes but certain.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6️⃣ Oodles of</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Meaning: A lot of.</p><p><br/></p><p>Example:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I have oodles of homework.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Student creates:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I have oodles of time in my day/ clients lately/ treatments to attend.</p></li><li><p>There are oodles of distractions when  I pick up my cellphone and check people's stories.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>3️⃣ Controlled Practice – Cause &amp; Consequence (10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Write on the board:</p><p><br/></p><p>Because…</p><p>So…</p><p>If…</p><p><br/></p><p>Model:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Because I feel stressed, I procrastinate.</p></li><li><p>If I don’t start early, I feel anxious.</p></li><li><p>I procrastinate, so I work under pressure.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Student creates 4 sentences using:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Because</p></li><li><p>So</p></li><li><p>If</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Correct gently and reformulate.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4️⃣ Guided Discussion (Lower-Intermediate Friendly)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Instead of very abstract questions, simplify:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>Is procrastination laziness or emotion?</p></li><li><p>Why do we choose Netflix instead of studying?</p></li><li><p>Do deadlines help you or stress you?</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I think…</p></li><li><p>In my opinion…</p></li><li><p>It depends because…</p></li><li><p>Sometimes…</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5️⃣ Real-Life Application (Very Important)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Role-play:</p><p><br/></p><p>Student A:</p><p>Describe something you are procrastinating.</p><p><br/></p><p>Student B:</p><p>Give advice using:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>You should…</p></li><li><p>Maybe you could…</p></li><li><p>If you start today, you will…</p></li><li><p>Why don’t you…?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Switch.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6️⃣ Quiz Reveal</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask again:</p><p><br/></p><p>What percentage of people procrastinate seriously?</p><p><br/></p><p>Reveal:</p><p>✅ 20%</p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p>Does that make you feel normal? 😄</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>7️⃣ Reflection (Powerful Ending)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask her:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What is one thing you are procrastinating now?</p></li><li><p>When will you start it?</p></li><li><p>What is your first small step?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Make her answer using:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Tomorrow I will…</p></li><li><p>Tonight I will…</p></li><li><p>This week I will…</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2023/ep-230216" />
         <pubDate>2026-02-25 10:40:14 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3801679817</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 7 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3802702382</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🔵 INTERMEDIATE VERSION (B1–B2)</p><p>If you see they speak comfortably, switch to this level 👇</p><p>1️⃣ Discussion Warm-Up (10–15 min)</p><p>Ask deeper questions:</p><ul><li><p>Are birthdays more important for children or adults?</p></li><li><p>I think for children because actually we join with friends, we eat cake and sweets and for sure we play a lot with games. </p></li><li><p>for adults we enjoy with family, with close friends and we eat something we like , and drink and make a toast for our new cycle.</p></li><li><p>Do milestone birthdays create pressure?</p></li><li><p>I think when an adolescent makes a birthday is very important and creates a pressure about a big party, growing up, make money and be independent. so, when you turn 30 or 40 years old we think about our elderly and we worry about the health, life circumstances and money all the time because is important, and have medicine and very expensive to buy.</p></li><li><p>Is getting older positive or negative?</p></li><li><p>positive, and it depends because when we have more confidence and maturity to face the life circumstances. and negative because our body gets fragile, our mind gets weak and we get very tired of things or even people that aren't important in our day to day life.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>highlights&gt;</p><p>my birthday is in February / in january</p><p>my birthday is on February 15th / on January 31st.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage opinions + reasons.</p><p>2️⃣ Vocabulary Expansion</p><p>Teach more naturally:</p><ul><li><p>milestone birthday</p></li><li><p>celebration</p></li><li><p>tradition</p></li><li><p>anniversary</p></li><li><p>chaos</p></li><li><p>terrifying</p></li></ul><p>Ask them to create sentences with:</p><p>“I think milestone birthdays are ___ because…”</p><p>3️⃣ Listening Analysis</p><p>After reading the transcript, ask:</p><ul><li><p>Why doesn’t Phil like big parties?</p></li><li><p>because I think he doesn't like the chaos that normally children have in their birthday. he prefers something calm like going to a restaurant with special people and blow out the candles that is important.</p></li><li><p>Why do milestone birthdays feel scary for some people?</p></li><li><p>sometimes people are scared.</p></li><li><p>Why is getting older a good thing?</p></li></ul><p>Encourage longer answers.</p><p>4️⃣ Debate Activity (Teens Love This)</p><p>Statement:</p><p>👉 “Getting older is scary.”</p><p>One student agrees.<br>One disagrees.</p><p>They must explain WHY.</p><p>You observe:</p><ul><li><p>Vocabulary range</p></li><li><p>Grammar accuracy</p></li><li><p>Fluency</p></li><li><p>Confidence</p></li></ul><p>5️⃣ Creative Speaking Task</p><p>🎬 Scenario:</p><p>“You are turning 18. This is your milestone birthday. Describe the celebration.”</p><p>Ask them to include:</p><ul><li><p>Location</p></li><li><p>Guests</p></li><li><p>Music</p></li><li><p>Emotions</p></li><li><p>Traditions</p></li></ul><p>Push them to use:</p><ul><li><p>future tense</p></li><li><p>past experiences</p></li><li><p>conditionals (if possible)</p></li></ul><p>🟣 Mixed-Level Strategy (If One Is Stronger)</p><p>If levels are different:</p><ul><li><p>Ask easier questions to the weaker student.</p></li><li><p>Ask follow-up “why?” questions to the stronger one.</p></li><li><p>Pair them for short dialogues.</p></li><li><p>Let the stronger one model answers.</p></li></ul><p>🎯 Diagnostic Checklist (Very Important for First Class)</p><p>During the class, observe:</p><p>✅ Can they use past tense correctly?<br>✅ Do they understand natural speed?<br>✅ Do they answer with full sentences?<br>✅ Do they use connectors (because, but, so)?<br>✅ Are they shy or confident?</p><p>Take notes!</p><p>✨ Nice Closing Activity (All Levels)</p><p>Ask:</p><p>“If you could make one birthday wish right now, what would it be?” </p><p>without a doubt, it would be a memorable celebretion with all my family and friends gathered together.</p><p>Something truly special the kind of moment that stays in everyone's heart long after the night is over. </p><p>A celebration filled with joy, laughter and meaningful moments. Every detail would be thoughtfully planned from the menu to the party gifts. There would be a live band to bring energy and life to the evening and most importantly i would wish for the presence of the most difficult person in my family  and it is to have there my father. That would be my true wish for my 40th birthday.</p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260220" />
         <pubDate>2026-02-26 01:27:16 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3802702382</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3808094715</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>👶 Class Theme: Having Children Today</p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Lower Intermediate<br><strong>Focus:</strong> Speaking + Vocabulary + Real-life conversation<br><strong>Tone:</strong> Light, sincere, realistic</p><p>1️⃣ Warm-up (10 minutes)</p><p>Write on the board:</p><ul><li><p>Do you want to have children? Why or why not?</p></li><li><p>What are good things about having children?</p></li><li><p>What are difficult things?</p></li></ul><p>Let students discuss in pairs first (very important for lower levels).<br>Then open the discussion with the whole class.</p><p>Encourage simple answers:</p><ul><li><p>"I think children bring happiness."</p></li><li><p>"Children are expensive."</p></li><li><p>"It is a big responsibility."</p></li></ul><p>2️⃣ Vocabulary Presentation (10 minutes)</p><p>Teach the target words with simple explanations and examples:</p><p>👩‍🍼 pregnant</p><p>When a woman has a baby growing inside her.<br>Example: <em>My sister is pregnant. She will have a baby in June.</em></p><p>👨‍👩‍👧 raise a child</p><p>To take care of and support a child while they grow.<br>Example: <em>It is not easy to raise a child today.</em></p><p>👨‍👩‍👧 parenting</p><p>Being a parent.<br>Example: <em>Parenting is beautiful but challenging.</em></p><p>🚼 toddler</p><p>A young child (1–3 years old) who is learning to walk.<br>Example: <em>Toddlers love to explore everything.</em></p><p>😡 tantrum</p><p>When a child screams and cries because they are angry.<br>Example: <em>The toddler had a tantrum in the supermarket.</em></p><p>👉 Quick practice:<br>Ask students to make 1 sentence for each word.</p><p>3️⃣ Listening / Reading: Beth &amp; Phil’s Conversation (15 minutes)</p><p>You can read it aloud dramatically or ask two students to read.</p><p>🎙️ Beth and Phil Talk About Having Kids</p><p><strong>Beth:</strong> So… do you ever think about having children?</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> Yes, I do. But honestly, I feel a little scared.</p><p><strong>Beth:</strong> Why scared?</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> Because life is expensive now. Raising a child costs a lot of money.</p><p><strong>Beth:</strong> That’s true. And parenting is a big responsibility.</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> Exactly. And what about sleep? I heard parents don’t sleep for years!</p><p><strong>Beth:</strong> (laughs) Especially when the baby is a toddler. Toddlers wake up early and sometimes have tantrums.</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> Oh no… tantrums in public?</p><p><strong>Beth:</strong> Yes! Supermarkets, restaurants… everywhere!</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> That sounds stressful.</p><p><strong>Beth:</strong> It is. But many parents say it’s also the best feeling in the world.</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> I guess love makes everything easier.</p><p><strong>Beth:</strong> Not easier… but more meaningful.</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> That’s a good way to say it.</p><p>4️⃣ Comprehension Questions (10 minutes)</p><ol><li><p>Why does Phil feel scared?</p></li><li><p>What does Beth say about toddlers?</p></li><li><p>Where can tantrums happen?</p></li><li><p>Is parenting easy?</p></li><li><p>How does Beth describe having children at the end?</p></li></ol><p>5️⃣ Language Focus – Talking About Expectations (10 minutes)</p><p>Teach useful expressions:</p><ul><li><p>I think…</p></li><li><p>I feel that…</p></li><li><p>I’m afraid that…</p></li><li><p>I guess…</p></li><li><p>In my opinion…</p></li><li><p>It seems that…</p></li></ul><p>Practice:<br>Students complete:</p><ul><li><p>I think raising a child is…</p></li><li><p>I’m afraid that parenting can be…</p></li><li><p>In my opinion, children need…</p></li></ul><p>6️⃣ Speaking Practice – Real Talk (15–20 minutes)</p><p>Discussion Questions</p><ol><li><p>Do you think it is harder to raise a child today than in the past?</p></li><li><p>Is money the biggest problem?</p></li><li><p>What is more important: love or money?</p></li><li><p>At what age is good to become a parent?</p></li><li><p>Should both parents work?</p></li></ol><p>Encourage respectful conversation.<br>Remind them: There is no right or wrong answer.</p><p>7️⃣ Light Reality Reflection (Optional Closing Activity)</p><p>Write on the board:</p><p><strong>Having children is…</strong></p><ul><li><p>beautiful because…</p></li><li><p>difficult because…</p></li><li><p>worth it because…</p></li></ul><p>Students complete the sentences.</p><p>8️⃣ Homework (Optional)</p><p>GIVE A PIECE OF ADVICE FOR YOUR SISTER THAT IS HAVING A BABY VERY SOON.</p><p><br/></p><p>One small piece of advice for when the  baby arrives: Try to enjoy every little moment, even the simple ones. The day can feel long and sometimes exhausting, but the moths pass incredibly fast. Take pictures, laugh at the chaos, rest whenever you can, and don't be too hard on <a rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" href="http://yourself.You">yourself. You</a> are going to be an amazing mothe,and this new chapter will bring more love than you can imagine.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260213" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-02 12:40:20 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3808094715</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>homework </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3808198962</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/260213_REE_having_kids_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-02 13:54:21 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3808198962</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>CLASS 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3813294370</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🎭 Lesson Theme: When You’re Not Sure What’s Happening</p><p>Level: Lower Intermediate (B1)</p><p>Grammar Focus:</p><ul><li><p><strong>seem + adjective</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>seem like + clause</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>(it) was / felt / looked as if / as though + clause</strong></p></li></ul><p>🔥 1. Warm-up (Lead-in Discussion – 8 minutes)</p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever thought something was happening… but you were wrong?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever seen something strange in the street?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever misunderstood a situation?</p></li></ul><p>Tell a quick mini example:</p><blockquote><p>“One time, I saw two people arguing in the street. It seemed serious… but they were actually rehearsing a play.”</p></blockquote><p>Now ask the student to share one short story.</p><p>🎥 2. Context Introduction (George &amp; Phil)</p><p>Explain briefly:</p><ul><li><p>George thought he was seeing a crime.</p></li><li><p>Phil thought a town was quiet — but he discovered a big festival.</p></li></ul><p>Ask prediction questions:</p><ul><li><p>Why might George think it was a crime?</p></li><li><p>Why might a quiet town suddenly feel different?</p></li></ul><p>📚 3. Grammar Presentation</p><p>1️⃣ Seem + adjective</p><p>Structure:</p><blockquote><p>Subject + seem(s) + adjective</p></blockquote><p>Use when:<br>✔ You have a general impression<br>✔ You are not 100% sure</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>The street seemed empty.</p></li><li><p>The man seemed nervous.</p></li><li><p>The town seemed quiet.</p></li></ul><p>👉 Often turns out to be wrong.</p><p>Mini-check:<br>Change this:<br>“The restaurant is closed.” (but maybe not)</p><p>Student:<br>“The restaurant seems closed.”</p><p>2️⃣ Seem like + clause</p><p>Structure:</p><blockquote><p>It seemed like + subject + verb</p></blockquote><p>Use when:<br>✔ You give a more detailed interpretation</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>It seemed like someone was following him.</p></li><li><p>It seemed like they were arguing.</p></li><li><p>It seemed like a good idea at the time.</p></li></ul><p>Ask:<br>What’s the difference?</p><p>Guide them:</p><ul><li><p>“seemed nervous” → general</p></li><li><p>“seemed like he was hiding something” → specific idea</p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ As if / As though</p><p>Structure:</p><blockquote><p>It was / felt / looked / seemed + as if / as though + clause</p></blockquote><p>Use when:<br>✔ You describe how something appeared<br>✔ Often dramatic or strong impression</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>It was as if they were hiding something.</p></li><li><p>It felt as though something bad was going to happen.</p></li><li><p>It looked as if it was about to rain.</p></li></ul><p>👉 “As if” and “as though” = same meaning (as if is more common)</p><p>🧠 4. Controlled Practice (10–12 minutes)</p><p>A) Choose the correct form</p><ol><li><p>The man ______ nervous.</p></li><li><p>It seemed like someone ______ following us.</p></li><li><p>It was as if they ______ planning something.</p></li><li><p>The town seemed ______ quiet.</p></li></ol><p>(Answers: seemed / was / were / very)</p><p>B) Rewrite Using the Target Grammar</p><ol><li><p>I thought it was going to rain.<br>→ It seemed as if it was going to rain.</p></li><li><p>Maybe she was angry.<br>→ She seemed angry.<br>→ It seemed like she was angry.</p></li><li><p>I had the impression he was lying.<br>→ It was as though he was lying.</p></li></ol><p>🎭 5. Story Building Activity (Key Part – 15 minutes)</p><p>Give the student a situation:</p><p>Scenario 1:</p><p>You see two people running out of a shop quickly.</p><p>Student must say:</p><ul><li><p>It seemed…</p></li><li><p>It seemed like…</p></li><li><p>It was as if…</p></li></ul><p>Example answer:</p><ul><li><p>It seemed suspicious.</p></li><li><p>It seemed like they had stolen something.</p></li><li><p>It was as if they were escaping from someone.</p></li></ul><p>Scenario 2:</p><p>You arrive in a small town. Everything is silent. Suddenly loud music starts.</p><p>Student describes:</p><ul><li><p>The town seemed…</p></li><li><p>It seemed like…</p></li><li><p>It was as though…</p></li></ul><p>Push for creativity.</p><p>🗣 6. Personalisation – Real Life (10 minutes)</p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever thought someone was angry but they weren’t?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever felt as if something bad was going to happen?</p></li><li><p>Has something ever seemed like a good idea… but wasn’t?</p></li></ul><p>Encourage longer answers:</p><p>“I thought my boss was angry. She seemed upset. It seemed like she was disappointed with me. It was as though I had made a big mistake — but actually, she was just tired.”</p><p>✍️ 7. Mini Writing Task (Homework or Final 8 min)</p><p>Title:<br><strong>A Time I Was Wrong</strong></p><p>Write 6–8 sentences using:</p><ul><li><p>1 × seem + adjective</p></li><li><p>1 × seem like</p></li><li><p>1 × as if / as though</p></li></ul><p>🧩 8. Error Correction Drill (Quick Review)</p><p>Correct:</p><ol><li><p>It seemed like he was nervous. (OK)</p></li><li><p>He seemed like nervous. ❌</p></li><li><p>It was as if she is crying. ❌</p></li><li><p>The movie seemed boring. (OK)</p></li></ol><p>(Student corrects:<br>2 → He seemed nervous.<br>3 → It was as if she was crying.)</p><p>🎯 Lesson Outcome</p><p>By the end, your student should:</p><p>✔ Express uncertainty<br>✔ Describe impressions<br>✔ Tell short dramatic stories<br>✔ Understand subtle meaning differences</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/260303" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-05 12:51:21 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3813294370</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3813294506</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk//learningenglish/features/learning_english_grammar/260303_Learning_English_Grammar_an_interesting_sight_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-05 12:51:30 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3813294506</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3817567481</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🌧️ English Class – Talking About Rain</p><p>Level: Lower-Intermediate<br>Length: ~50–60 minutes<br>Goal: Learn and use vocabulary about <strong>different types of rain</strong></p><p>Vocabulary focus:</p><ul><li><p>spitting</p></li><li><p>drizzling</p></li><li><p>pouring</p></li><li><p>soaked</p></li><li><p>soaked to the skin/bone</p></li><li><p>caught in the rain</p></li><li><p>refreshing</p></li></ul><p>1️⃣ Warm-up (Conversation – 5 minutes)</p><p>Start with <strong>personal questions</strong> to activate vocabulary.</p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Do you like rainy weather? Why or why not?</p></li><li><p>I like the rainy weather is very comfortable, I love to wear dresses and be refreshed and I feel better, my skin and my hair get much beautiful.</p></li><li><p>rain/ rainy/ it is raining </p></li><li><p>Does it rain a lot in Dubai?</p></li><li><p>not at all, rarely. Because in winter is a little drizzling but normally there is no rain, unfortunately.</p></li><li><p>What do you usually do when it rains?</p></li><li><p>well, I love to watch tv or read a book. or I eat something delicious.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever been catch/<strong>caught in the rain</strong>?</p></li><li><p>not yet here in Dubai because here is very dry and hot and humid but In salvador I have been caught in the rain many times.</p></li></ul><p>Teacher tip:<br>Encourage full sentences.</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>"Yes, it rains a lot in Salvador in April."</p></blockquote><p>2️⃣ Context Introduction (Listening / Reading – 5 minutes)</p><p>Explain:</p><blockquote><p>In England, it rains very often. People don’t just say <strong>“rain”</strong> — they have many words to describe different types of rain.</p></blockquote><p>Tell the student:</p><blockquote><p>Today we will learn how English speakers describe rain.</p></blockquote><p>3️⃣ Vocabulary in Context (10 minutes)</p><p>Explain each word using <strong>simple situations</strong>.</p><p>🌦️ Spitting</p><p>Very light rain.</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>It’s spitting a little. I don't need an umbrella.</p></blockquote><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Do you take an umbrella if it’s <strong>spitting</strong>?</p></li></ul><p>🌫️ Drizzling</p><p>Light rain with very small drops.</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>It’s drizzling all morning.</p></blockquote><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Do you like walking when it’s <strong>drizzling</strong>?</p></li></ul><p>🌧️ Pouring</p><p>Very heavy rain.</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>It’s pouring! I can’t go outside.</p></blockquote><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>What do you do when it’s <strong>pouring</strong> in Salvador?</p></li></ul><p>💦 Soaked</p><p>Very wet.</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>My clothes are soaked.</p></blockquote><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever arrived home <strong>soaked</strong>?</p></li></ul><p>💧 Soaked to the skin / bone</p><p>Completely wet.</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>I forgot my umbrella and got soaked to the bone.</p></blockquote><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>When was the last time this happened to you?</p></li></ul><p>🌧️ Caught in the rain</p><p>Rain starts when you are outside without preparation.</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>I was walking home and got caught in the rain.</p></blockquote><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Where were you the last time you were <strong>caught in the rain</strong>?</p></li></ul><p>🌿 Refreshing</p><p>Cool and pleasant.</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>After a hot day, rain feels refreshing.</p></blockquote><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Do you think rain is <strong>refreshing</strong> sometimes?</p></li></ul><p>4️⃣ Situation Practice (Speaking – 10 minutes)</p><p>Give small situations.<br>The student chooses the correct word.</p><p>Example:</p><p><strong>Situation 1</strong><br>You go outside and there are only a few drops.</p><p>Student answer:</p><blockquote><p>It's spitting  I love it the nature thanks that </p></blockquote><p><strong>Situation 2</strong><br>Rain is very strong and loud.</p><p>Answer:</p><blockquote><p>It's pouring I dont know how much time it will last</p></blockquote><p><strong>Situation 3</strong><br>You forgot your umbrella and your clothes are completely wet.</p><p>Answer: I am soaked to the skin I was walking to the supermarket and I got caught in the rain. </p><blockquote><p>.</p></blockquote><p>5️⃣ Mini Story Practice (10 minutes)</p><p>Ask the student to complete the story using vocabulary.</p><p>Story:</p><blockquote><p>Yesterday I left home and it was only _drizzling_____.<br>After 10 minutes it started _sppitting_____.<br>Suddenly it was _pouring_____!<br>I didn’t have an umbrella and I got _soaked to the skin/ I got caught in the rain _____.</p></blockquote><p>(Student uses vocabulary.)</p><p>6️⃣ Personal Conversation (10 minutes) homework</p><p>Discussion questions:</p><ul><li><p>Do you enjoy walking in the rain?</p><p>no, i don't i prefer stay home and watch tv.</p><p> I hate to feel soaked. </p></li><li><p>Is rain <strong>refreshing</strong> or annoying for you?</p><p>Well. for me is very refreshing i love grey sky and drizzling.</p></li><li><p>What do people usually do in Salvador when it rains a lot? </p><p>Many people feel sad and demotivated but when that happens, they go to the mall or they meet with friends at home.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever been <strong>soaked to the bone</strong> in the street?</p><p>yes, i have been soaked to the bone when i walked in the street, was pouring and a car sped past me and splashed me all over.</p></li></ul><p>Encourage <strong>longer answers</strong>.</p><p>7️⃣ Final Speaking Challenge (5 minutes) homework</p><p>Ask the student to <strong>tell a real story</strong>.</p><p>Prompt:</p><blockquote><p>Tell me about a time you were caught in the rain.</p></blockquote><p>Encourage them to use <strong>at least 3 new words</strong>.</p><p>Example answer:</p><blockquote><p>I was walking home and it started drizzling. Suddenly it was pouring and I got soaked.</p></blockquote><p><br/></p><p>I was going to the work when started spitting. Suddenly it was pouring and i got soaked to the bone. when i arrived in  my work my first client was waiting for me, i was very embarrassed because i was very soaked it wasn't a good impression.</p><p>✅ <strong>Homework idea</strong></p><p>Ask the student to write <strong>5 sentences about rain</strong>, for example:</p><ul><li><p>Yesterday it was pouring.</p></li><li><p>I got caught in the rain last week.</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260306" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-09 12:38:16 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3817567481</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3817571007</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/260306_REE_rain__worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-09 12:41:06 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3817571007</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 3</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3821125817</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>English Class Plan – Telling Stories in the Past</p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Lower Intermediate<br><strong>Objective:</strong> Help the student <strong>tell past stories with better flow and clearer sequence of events</strong>.</p><p>1. Warm-up (5–7 minutes)</p><p>Start with simple questions to activate past experiences.</p><p>Ask your student:</p><ul><li><p>Did anything funny or unexpected happen recently?</p></li><li><p>yes, I know you know that we faced some attacks here in Dubai and we felt scared and very sad with this situation.</p></li><li><p>Have you ever had a strange experience in Dubai?</p></li><li><p>yes I think living in another country makes you experience many things and sometimes is strange like for example a war and explosions happening around you and that is very strange.</p></li></ul><p>Follow-up prompts:</p><ul><li><p>What happened first?</p></li><li><p>And then what happened?</p></li><li><p>How did it end?</p></li></ul><p>Explain:</p><p>💡 <em>When we tell stories, we usually use different past tenses to organize events clearly.</em></p><p>2. Grammar Input – Story Timeline (10 minutes)</p><p>Explain the idea using a <strong>story timeline</strong>.</p><p>1️⃣ Past Simple – the main events</p><p>Used for <strong>completed actions that move the story forward.</strong></p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>left</strong> home early.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>spilled</strong> coffee on my shirt.</p></li><li><p>My phone <strong>stopped</strong> working.</p></li></ul><p>Teacher explanation:</p><p>👉 This tense is the <strong>skeleton of the story</strong>.</p><p>Practice question:</p><p><strong>What did you do yesterday evening?</strong></p><p>2️⃣ Past Continuous – background actions</p><p>Used for <strong>actions in progress when something else happened.</strong></p><p>Structure:<br><strong>was / were + verb-ing</strong></p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>was leaving</strong> the party when I saw my friend.</p></li><li><p>Everyone <strong>was dancing</strong> when the music stopped.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>was driving</strong> home when it started raining.</p></li></ul><p>Teacher explanation:</p><p>👉 This gives <strong>background or context</strong> in the story.</p><p>Mini practice:</p><p>Finish the sentence:</p><ul><li><p>I was walking in the street when…</p></li><li><p>I was talking to a friend when…</p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ Past Perfect – the past before the past</p><p>Used for <strong>something that happened before the main event</strong>.</p><p>Structure:<br><strong>had + past participle</strong></p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>hadn't seen</strong> him for years.</p></li><li><p>She <strong>had forgotten</strong> her phone.</p></li><li><p>We <strong>had never been</strong> there before.</p></li></ul><p>Teacher explanation:</p><p>👉 This helps explain <strong>earlier events in the story</strong>.</p><p>Mini practice:</p><p>Complete:</p><ul><li><p>I was nervous because I <strong>had never…</strong></p></li><li><p>I was tired because I <strong>had slept…</strong></p></li></ul><p>4️⃣ Past Perfect Continuous – duration before something happened</p><p>Structure:</p><p><strong>had been + verb-ing</strong></p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I <strong>had been studying</strong> for hours when I fell asleep.</p></li><li><p>She <strong>had been working</strong> all day before the party started.</p></li><li><p>I <strong>had been waiting</strong> for 30 minutes when the bus arrived.</p></li></ul><p>Teacher explanation:</p><p>👉 This shows <strong>how long something was happening before another event</strong>.</p><p>Mini practice:</p><p>Finish:</p><ul><li><p>I had been working for ___ hours when…</p></li><li><p>I had been waiting for ___ minutes when…</p></li></ul><p>3. Guided Practice – Build the Story (10 minutes)</p><p>Give the student a <strong>story skeleton</strong>.</p><p>Ask them to complete it using different past tenses.</p><p>Story:</p><blockquote><p>Last Saturday I went to a party.<br>When I arrived, people __________ (dance).<br>I suddenly saw someone I __________ (not see) for years.<br>Before I came to the party, I __________ (work) all day.<br>Then something strange __________ (happen).</p></blockquote><p>Follow-up speaking questions:</p><ul><li><p>What happened next?</p></li><li><p>How did you feel?</p></li><li><p>What did you do after that?</p></li></ul><p>Encourage <strong>longer sentences</strong>.</p><p>4. Speaking Practice – Real Story (15 minutes)</p><p>Ask the student to tell a <strong>real story</strong>.</p><p>Topic options:</p><p><strong>1️⃣ An embarrassing moment</strong><br><strong>2️⃣ A strange experience</strong><br><strong>3️⃣ A funny situation with friends</strong><br><strong>4️⃣ A surprising moment</strong></p><p>Give them this <strong>story structure</strong>:</p><p>1️⃣ Set the scene</p><ul><li><p>Where were you?</p></li><li><p>Who were you with?</p></li></ul><p>2️⃣ Background actions</p><ul><li><p>What was happening?</p></li></ul><p>3️⃣ Main event</p><ul><li><p>What suddenly happened?</p></li></ul><p>4️⃣ Earlier context</p><ul><li><p>Had something happened before that?</p></li></ul><p>5️⃣ Result</p><ul><li><p>How did the story end?</p></li></ul><p>Example prompt:</p><blockquote><p>Tell me about a time when something unexpected happened while you were doing something.</p></blockquote><p>Teacher role:</p><ul><li><p>Encourage full sentences.</p></li><li><p>Ask follow-up questions:</p><ul><li><p>What were you doing at that moment?</p></li><li><p>Had you ever experienced that before?</p></li><li><p>How long had it been happening?</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>5. Fluency Challenge – 1 Minute Story (8 minutes)</p><p>Give a <strong>random situation</strong> and the student must tell a quick story.</p><p>Situations:</p><ul><li><p>You lost your phone</p></li><li><p>You missed an important bus</p></li><li><p>You met someone famous</p></li><li><p>Something strange happened at work</p></li></ul><p>Rule:</p><p>They must use <strong>at least 3 different past tenses</strong>.</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>I was walking in the street when I realized I had lost my phone. I had been using it just five minutes earlier…</p></blockquote>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/260310" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-11 12:38:42 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3821125817</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>worksheet 3</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3821126806</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk//learningenglish/features/learning_english_grammar/260303__Learning_English_Grammar_stories_from_the_past_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-11 12:39:32 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3821126806</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3831218697</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🍫 1. </strong></p><p>Warm-up </p><ul><li><p>Do you like chocolate?</p></li><li><p>yes I do I like it very much I control myself  because is very caloric and it has much sugar on it.</p></li><li><p>How often do you eat it?</p></li><li><p>I eat it twice a month because I am healthy and I try to stick to my diet.</p></li><li><p>What is your favorite chocolate?</p></li><li><p>I love Sneakers and I am crazy for them.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>👉</p><p><br/></p><p>Today we will talk about chocolate 🍫</p><p>Chocolate is very popular in Europe, in Brazil and here in Dubai we have a famous chocolate combination made of pistachio. </p><p><br/></p><p>But now, chocolate could become more expensive.</p><p>Why? Because there is a new law to protect forests.</p><p><br/></p><p>We will learn:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Where chocolate comes from</p></li><li><p>Why forests are important 🌳</p></li><li><p>New words in English</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 2. SIMPLIFIED STORY (SHORT READING)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Why Chocolate May Become More Expensive</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Chocolate comes from cocoa beans. These beans grow in farms in hot countries. * in Brazil it grows in the northeast In Ilheus.</p><p><br/></p><p>Sometimes, farmers cut down trees to make more space for cocoa farms. This is called <strong>deforestation</strong>.</p><p><br/></p><p>Now, the European Union wants to stop this.</p><p><br/></p><p>They made a new rule:</p><p>👉 Companies must show where their cocoa comes from.</p><p><br/></p><p>If the cocoa comes from places with deforestation, they cannot sell it in Europe.</p><p><br/></p><p>Because of this:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Chocolate may cost more money 💰</p></li><li><p>Companies need more time and work</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Some people say:</p><p>✅ “This is good for the planet”</p><p><br/></p><p>Other people say:</p><p>❌ “This is difficult for farmers and businesses”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📚 3. VERY SIMPLE VOCABULARY</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Focus on fewer words + more repetition:</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🌳 deforestation</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Cutting down many trees</p><p>👉 People cut trees to make farms</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>👨‍🌾 co-op</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>A farm owned by workers together</p><p>👉 The farmers work as a team</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>❤️ social enterprise</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>A business that helps people</p><p>👉 Not only money, but also helping</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔍 trace back</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Find where something comes from</p><p>👉 We trace chocolate back to the farm</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📍 geolocation</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>Technology that shows location</p><p>👉 It shows where the farm is</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🏝️ remote</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>Far away from cities</p><p>👉 A remote farm = far from people</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎲 4. MAKE THE QUESTION EASIER</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Original question is too hard. Adapt like this:</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Guess:</p><p><br/></p><p>Europe buys a LOT of cocoa.</p><p><br/></p><p>Is it:</p><p>a) small amount</p><p>b) medium amount</p><p>c) very big amount</p><p><br/></p><p>(Then explain: It’s very big → millions of tonnes)</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🗣️ 5. SPEAKING PRACTICE (CONTROLLED)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Give sentence frames (VERY important for low level):</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I like chocolate because… it is sweet and makes me happy. </p></li><li><p>I eat chocolate every…every week</p></li><li><p>Chocolate comes from…cacoa beans</p></li><li><p>Trees are important because…they give us oxygen and clean the air</p></li><li><p>I think the law is good/bad because…it helps pleople live safely.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 6. SIMPLE DISCUSSION</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Keep it personal:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you care where your chocolate comes from? </p><p>yes, i care because i want good quality and fair production.</p></li><li><p>Would you pay more for chocolate?</p><p>yes, i would pay more if it is better and more natural.</p></li><li><p>Is it important to protect forests?</p><p>yes, it is very important because forests help the environment and animals.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎮 7. FUN ACTIVITY (WORKS VERY WELL)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>“Chocolate journey”</p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p>👉 “From farm → factory → shop → you”</p><p><br/></p><p>Student explains:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>First…chocolate comes from cacao farmas</p></li><li><p>Then… it goes to the factory where it is made into chocolate.</p></li><li><p>Finally it is sold in shops and we buy and eat it.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2026/ep-260312" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-19 02:17:28 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3831218697</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3840395905</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>❄️ Lesson Plan:</strong></p><p><strong>How do we adapt to the cold?</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Level: B1 (Lower-Intermediate)</p><p>Time: 45–60 minutes</p><p>Focus: Listening, Speaking, Vocabulary</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Objectives</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>By the end of the class, the student will be able to:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Talk about weather and temperature</p></li><li><p>Explain how people react to cold</p></li><li><p>Use new vocabulary in simple sentences</p></li><li><p>Share personal experiences</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🧊 1. Warm-up (5–10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Start with easy, personal questions:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Where is the coldest place you have ever been?</p></li><li><p>Once I visited gramado and  Brasilia the temperature was 9 degrees and I felt very cold.</p></li><li><p>Do you like cold weather or hot weather?</p></li><li><p>i prefer cold weather not much but I prefer cloudy and little rainy. I like the combination of the cold and the hot.</p></li><li><p>What do you wear when it’s very cold?</p></li><li><p>I wear cold jackets, boots, gloves and scarf.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Follow-up:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Do you think you are good with cold weather?”</p><p>yes I am good and I think is fancy when you are in the cold weather.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🌍 2. Pre-Listening Prediction (5 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask the question from the episode:</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Where was the lowest temperature (-89°C) recorded?</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>a) Arctic</p></li><li><p>b) Antarctica</p></li><li><p>c) Mount Everest</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What do you think?</p></li><li><p>Why?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>(Don’t give the answer yet 👀)</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>👂 3. Listening Task (10–15 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask the student to listen (or you can summarize if needed).</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>First Listening:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 General idea:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Why do people feel cold differently?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Second Listening:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Try to catch:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What helps people adapt to the cold?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>💬 4. Vocabulary (Simple + Practical)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Teach with examples and ask them to repeat/use:</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🧠</strong></p><p><strong>first and foremost</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>= most important thing</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 “First and foremost, we need warm clothes.”</p><p>first and foremost, i need to do my hair and my nails for this event.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🥶</strong></p><p><strong>tolerant of (cold)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>= able to handle something difficult</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 “Some people are more tolerant of cold weather.”</p><p>i am tolerant of hot because I lived in a desert.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔁</strong></p><p><strong>used to</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>= familiar with something</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 “I am used to hot weather.”</p><p>👉 Ask: Are you used to cold weather?</p><p><br/></p><p>i am used to wearing sport wear because I am Brazilian.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🤷</strong></p><p><strong>yes and no</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>= partly true</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 “Do people adapt quickly? Yes and no.”</p><p>yes and no I am used to taking care of Carlitos here.</p><p><strong>👤</strong></p><p><strong>subjectively</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>= based on personal feeling</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 “Cold feels different subjectively.”</p><p><br/></p><p>(Simplify: “It depends on the person”)</p><p><br/></p><p>my opinion is subjectively because is my experience of life.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🫨</strong></p><p><strong>shiver</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>= body shakes when cold</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 “I shiver when it’s very cold.”</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask student to mimic → makes it fun 😄</p><p><br/></p><p>i shiver for the cold and the air conditioner.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🗣️ 5. Speaking Practice (15–20 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Part 1 – Personal Questions</strong></p><p>homework&gt;</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you shiver easily?</p></li><li><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Are you tolerant of cold?</p></li><li><p><br/></p></li><li><p>What do you do to stay warm?</p></li><li><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Is cold weather a problem in your country?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Part 2 – Opinion (simple level)</strong></p><p>homework</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Why do some people feel colder than others?</p><p><br/></p><p>well, many factors influence this. sensitivity in the body, hormones, body fat,metabolism and blood . Another factor is the place and climate in which the person  grows up.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Is it physical or psychological?</p></li></ul><p>        </p><p>       For me it's physical, not psychological because there are        several factors that demonstrate this.</p><p>      </p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Help them:</p><p><br/></p><p>“I think it is… because…”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎭 6. Mini Role Play (Fun + Simple)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Situation:</p><p>You are traveling to a very cold country.</p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What will you take?</p></li><li><p>What will you wear?</p></li><li><p>How will you prepare?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 You can play the “friend”:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Don’t forget! It’s -20°C!”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>✍️ 7. Simple Writing (Optional – 5–10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask them to write 4–6 sentences:</p><p><br/></p><p>“How do I deal with cold weather?”</p><p><br/></p><p>Example structure:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I don’t like / I like cold weather</p></li><li><p>I usually…</p></li><li><p>First and foremost…</p></li><li><p>When it’s very cold, I…</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>✅ 8. Answer to the Quiz</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Correct answer: b) Antarctica</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Homework (Optional)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Describe your “perfect weather”</p></li><li><p>OR: My perfect </p></li><li><p>Record a short audio:<br>“Do you prefer hot or cold weather? Why</p></li></ul><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2026/ep-260319" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-26 02:42:48 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3840395905</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3845576977</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🧠 Lesson Plan:</strong></p><p><strong>Food, Thoughts &amp; Self-Control</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Objectives</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>By the end of the class, the student will:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Understand and use key expressions about food and thoughts</p></li><li><p>Talk about habits, decisions, and self-control</p></li><li><p>Express opinions about health and lifestyle</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔥 1. Warm-up (5–8 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you think about food a lot during the day?</p></li><li><p>no, I think food most of the time at night, that is my problem my night craving.</p></li><li><p>What’s your favorite “temptation food”?</p></li><li><p>my temptation food is pizza and bread and pasta.</p></li><li><p>Do you think eating is more physical or mental?</p></li><li><p>both because we need to eat for energy and health and mental because when we are anxious we need to eat more, for having a self control or simply forgetting things.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>👉 Follow-up:</p><p>“Do you ever feel like your brain tells you to eat even when you’re not hungry?”</p><p><br/></p><p>yes I do and I obey everything my brain tells me to do... but I have self control because I want a perfect body.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📚 2. Vocabulary Presentation (10–12 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Teach meanings + simple examples:</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🥗 food noise</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>→ intrusive thoughts about food</p><p>Example:</p><p>“I have a lot of food noise when I’m stressed.”</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p>Do you have food noise when you are bored?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🌫️ into the ether (idiom)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>→ disappeared completely</p><p>Example:</p><p>“My motivation to diet went into the ether.”</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p>Have your plans ever disappeared into the ether?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>😇😈 angel vs devil</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>→ internal conflict</p><p>Example:</p><p>“One part of me wants salad, the other wants pizza.”</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p>What does your “devil” usually say?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>💪 self-esteem</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>→ confidence in yourself</p><p>Example:</p><p>“Exercise improves my self-esteem.”</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p>What helps your self-esteem?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🏷️ on the market</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>→ available to buy</p><p>Example:</p><p>“There are many healthy snacks on the market.”</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p>What healthy products are popular now?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>💊 side effect</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>→ extra negative effect</p><p>Example:</p><p>“This medicine has side effects.”</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p>Do you worry about side effects?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎧 3. Listening / Reading (Teacher Script) (8–10 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Read or paraphrase:</p><p><br/></p><p>“These days, many people talk about ‘food noise’ — constant thoughts about eating. Some say new medications help reduce this noise, but they can have side effects. For some people, this improves their self-esteem, but others worry about long-term effects. It’s like having an angel on one shoulder and a devil on the other — one says ‘be healthy,’ the other says ‘just enjoy food.’”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Comprehension Questions:</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What is “food noise”?</p></li><li><p>What do medications do?</p></li><li><p>Why are people worried?</p></li><li><p>What is the dilemma?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🗣️ 4. Speaking Practice (15–20 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔹 Controlled Practice homework</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Complete:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>When I feel stressed, I have food noise about ___snack and sugary food, especially chocolate.</p></li><li><p>My motivation sometimes goes into the ether when ___i feel overwhelmed or too tired.___</p></li><li><p>My angel says ____stay disciplined__ but my devil says ___just relax and do it tomorrow.___</p></li><li><p>My self-esteem improves when __i accomplish my goals and take care of myself.____</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔹 Discussion homework</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you think “food noise” is a real problem today?</p><p>Yes, i think it's a real problem because people are constantly exposed to food through social media and advertising, which makes them think about food all time.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Would you take medicine to control your appetite?</p><p>It depends. I would only take it if it were recommended by doctor and if i really needed it.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Are side effects worth it for losing weight?</p><p>In my opinion, its depends on the severity of the side effects. Health should always come first.</p><p><br/></p></li><li><p>Is food more emotional or physical?</p><p>I think it's both, but for many people it is more emotional, especially when they eat because of stress or anxiety.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Push follow-ups:</p><p>“Why?”</p><p>“Can you give an example?”</p><p>“Do you agree or disagree?”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2026/ep-260326" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-30 12:04:40 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3845576977</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Complementary 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3845577069</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/features/6min/260326_6_minute_english_weight_loss_drugs_worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2026-03-30 12:04:46 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3845577069</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 7</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3849029662</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧠 Lesson Plan: Dyslexia – A Different Way of Thinking</p><p><strong>Level:</strong> A2–B1 (Lower Intermediate)<br><strong>Time:</strong> 50–60 minutes<br><strong>Focus:</strong> Speaking, Vocabulary, Listening/Reading, Confidence building<br><strong>Theme:</strong> Strengths, differences, intelligence</p><p>🎯 Objectives</p><p>By the end of the lesson, the student will:</p><ul><li><p>Understand what dyslexia is (simple explanation)</p></li><li><p>Learn and use 6 key vocabulary words</p></li><li><p>Talk about strengths and abilities</p></li><li><p>Express opinions using simple structures</p></li></ul><p>🔹 1. Warm-up (5–7 min)</p><p><strong>Ask:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you like reading?</p></li><li><p>I love reading. I read maybe 2 books in a year I would like to read more but my priorities are 2 books for a year.</p></li><li><p>Is reading easy or difficult for you?</p></li><li><p>for me is very easy because I have a habit since I was an adolescent and I <strong>read/red</strong> magazines and gifts came with it and I loved it, it was like a motivation to read more.</p></li><li><p>about your skills, What are you good at?</p></li><li><p>I am really good at many things but I love handmade and art and that's why I work with cosmetic and eyebrows procedures and i am good at work<strong>ing</strong> with it </p></li></ul><p>👉 <strong>Follow-up:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Everyone is good at something. What is your “special ability”?</p></li><li><p>I am really good at many things but I love handmade and art and that's why I work with cosmetic and eyebrows procedures and i am good at work<strong>ing</strong> with it </p></li></ul><p>🔹 2. Pre-Teach Vocabulary (10 min)</p><p>Teach with <strong>simple definitions + examples</strong>:</p><ol><li><p><strong>Life skill/ </strong><br>👉 Important skill for life<br>Example: Cooking is a life skill.</p></li></ol><p>taking care of my pets is a life skill for me.</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p><strong>Superpower</strong><br>👉 Something you do very well<br>Example: My superpower is learning languages.</p><p> i have a superpower about learning cosmetics and I am a fast learner. </p></li><li><p><strong>Spy</strong><br>👉 A person who secretly gets information<br>Example: A spy works for the government.</p><p>I think everyone has a spy on the social media.</p></li><li><p><strong>Read people</strong><br>👉 Understand people (feelings, intentions)<br>Example: She can read people very well.</p><p> I think I am really good at reading people.</p></li><li><p><strong>Value (verb)</strong><br>👉 Think something is important<br>Example: I value my family.</p><p>I think now I value more my principles as a woman living in another country.</p></li><li><p><strong>Reach for the stars</strong> ⭐<br>👉 Try to do something big/difficult<br>Example: He wants to reach for the stars.</p><p><br/></p><p>studying English is like reaching for the stars but I will achieve it. this is my new achievement.</p><p><br/></p></li></ol><p>🔹 3. Prediction Question (5 min)</p><p>Ask:</p><p>👉 Which famous scientist had dyslexia?</p><p>a) Stephen Hawking<br>b) Albert Einstein<br>c) Marie Curie</p><p>👉 Student guesses + explain why</p><p>🔹 4. Reading / Listening (Simplified) (10–12 min)</p><p><strong>Give a simplified version:</strong></p><blockquote><p>Dyslexia is a condition that makes reading and writing difficult.<br>Many students with dyslexia have problems at school.<br>But dyslexic people often have other strong skills.<br>They are good at problem-solving and creative thinking.<br>Some people say dyslexia is a “superpower”.</p><p>Dyslexic people can also be good at jobs like spies.<br>Why? Because they can read people and understand situations quickly.</p><p>It is important to value different skills.<br>When people work together, they can reach for the stars.</p></blockquote><p>🔹 5. Comprehension Check (5–7 min)</p><p>Ask simple questions:</p><ul><li><p>What is dyslexia?</p></li><li><p>Is dyslexia only bad? Why/why not?</p></li><li><p>What are dyslexic people good at?</p></li><li><p>Why can they be good spies?</p></li><li><p>What does “reach for the stars” mean?</p></li></ul><p>🔹 6. Speaking Practice (Guided) (10–15 min)</p><p>🗣️ Part A – Personal</p><ul><li><p>What are your strengths?</p></li><li><p>What is your “superpower”?</p></li><li><p>What is difficult for you?</p></li></ul><p>👉 Give sentence frames:</p><ul><li><p>I am good at…</p></li><li><p>I am not very good at…</p></li><li><p>My superpower is…</p></li><li><p>I think ___ is important because…</p></li></ul><p>🗣️ Part B – Opinion</p><ul><li><p>Do you think school values all skills?</p></li><li><p>Is being different good or bad?</p></li><li><p>Can problems become advantages?</p></li></ul><p>👉 Help with:</p><ul><li><p>I think yes because…</p></li><li><p>I think no because…</p></li><li><p>In my opinion…</p></li></ul><p>🔹 7. Mini Discussion (Real Life) (5–8 min)</p><p>Ask:</p><p>👉 Do you know someone who learns differently?</p><p>👉 Teacher can guide:</p><ul><li><p>Some people learn fast</p></li><li><p>Some people learn differently</p></li><li><p>Is that a problem?</p></li></ul><p>🔹 8. Answer Reveal (2 min)</p><p>✔ Correct answer: <strong>Albert Einstein</strong></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Are you surprised?</p></li></ul><p>🔹 9. Wrap-up (3–5 min)</p><p>Quick review:</p><p>👉 Ask student to complete:</p><ul><li><p>A life skill is…</p></li><li><p>A superpower is…</p></li><li><p>One thing I learned today is…</p></li><li><p>I want to reach for the stars by…</p></li></ul><p>✨ Optional Homework</p><ul><li><p>Write 5–8 sentences:<br>👉 “My strengths and my challenges”</p></li></ul><p>OR</p><ul><li><p>Describe someone you admire and their “superpower”</p></li></ul><p>💡 Teacher Tip</p><p>For lower-intermediate:</p><ul><li><p>Speak slowly</p></li><li><p>Use examples from student’s life</p></li><li><p>Repeat vocabulary often</p></li><li><p>Encourage short answers first, then expand</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2026/ep-260205" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-01 10:31:22 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3849029662</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1 continuation Class 8 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3849976156</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Vocabulary and examples </p><p><strong>influencer<br></strong>someone who is paid by a company to promote its brand on social media, encouraging other people to buy their products</p><p><strong>dos and don’ts<br></strong>rules about how people should and should not behave in a certain situation</p><p><br/></p><p>dos and donts </p><p>example </p><p>in a trip you should answer the phone or  be very alert for some unexpected things,  <strong>do and donts</strong> are essential in a trip.</p><p><strong>crack a joke<br></strong>tell a joke</p><p><br/></p><p>i crack a joke with friends and family on a table all the time </p><p><strong>took off<br></strong>suddenly started to be successful or popular</p><p>my career took off when I started to post more about cosmetic tips and talking with my followers.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>intrigued<br></strong>very interested in someone, often because of an unusual or unexpected quality</p><p><br/></p><p>I got many followers that were very intrigued with my work.</p><p><strong>a given<br></strong>some detail or fact that is considered as true or real.</p><p>my trip went wrong for a universe given in the day of the trip.</p><p><br/></p><p>summary</p><p>HOMEWORK:</p><p><br/></p><p>1 She is an influencer who promotes skincare products on instragram.</p><p><br/></p><p>2 before traveling, it's good to learn the dos and don'ts of the country.</p><p><br/></p><p>3 I like to crack a joke when i'm with my friends.</p><p><br/></p><p>4 Her Youtube channel took off last year.</p><p><br/></p><p>5 I was intrigued by her story.</p><p><br/></p><p>6 Good communication is a given in any relationship.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Transcript</p><p><em>Note: This is not a word-for-word transcript.</em></p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Hello.&nbsp;This is 6 Minute English from BBC Learning English. I’m Neil.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>And I’m Sam. In the UK there’s a well-known children’s game called, Happy Families. Players have to collect all the cards belonging to one family - there’s a butcher, a baker, a carpenter, a doctor, and a tailor - some of the traditional jobs that people in the UK have been doing for centuries.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>But since the invention of the internet and social media, a more up-to-date list of jobs in the 21st century would be very different. It would include modern jobs which didn’t exist before, online jobs like web designer and YouTuber.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>One of the most unusual of these new digital jobs is the <strong>influencer</strong> – someone who is paid by a company to promote their brand on social media, encouraging people to buy their products. In this programme, we’ll meet two beauty influencers from different parts of the world: Nigeria and Pakistan. We’ll discover how these women are using their online influence to change attitudes towards female beauty, and as usual, we’ll learn some related vocabulary too.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>But first I have a question for you, Sam. YouTube make-up tutorials are very modern, but make-up has been around for a long time. So, when was lipstick first used?Was it:<br>a)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; around 3000 years ago by the ancient Celts?<br>b)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; around 4000 years ago by the ancient Egyptians? or<br>c)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; around 5000 years ago by the ancient Sumerians?</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>I’ll say it was being used 5000 years ago by the ancient Sumerians.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>OK, Sam, we’ll find out if you’re right later on. Dimma Umeh is a beauty influencer from Nigeria. She’s been creating make-up video tutorials for women of colour for eight years and has hundreds of thousands of followers. Her videos go from eyebrow-shaping tips to shopping trips in Nigeria’s biggest city, Lagos.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Here’s Dimma telling BBC World Service programme, The Conversation, how her life as an influencer got started.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Dimma Umeh<br></strong>So, I did a make-up <strong>dos and don’ts</strong> video in 2017. I had seen a couple of people doing it prior to that but then, you know, I kind of did it in a way that was a bit funny, maybe&nbsp;<strong>cracked </strong>a couple of<strong> jokes</strong> around the ways - or maybe not so great ways - some people were doing things at the time and that video just <strong>took off.</strong></p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>In 2017, Dimma made a YouTube video of make-up <strong>dos and don’ts</strong> - rules about what to do and what not to do in a certain situation, or when doing a certain activity.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Dimma wasn’t the first Nigerian influencer to post videos on YouTube, but the difference was her humour - the way she laughed and <strong>cracked</strong>, or told, <strong>jokes</strong>. More and more people started watching Dimma’s make-up videos and they soon <strong>took off</strong>, meaning they suddenly became successful and popular.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Our next beauty influencer is Rammal Mehmud, a photographer turned make-up artist based in Islamabad, Pakistan. As well make-up tips, Rammal creates colourful face painting designs which, she says, helped her through a period of depression. She has popular Instagram and YouTube accounts on which she shares content to help other women with their confidence and mental health.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Like Dimma, Rammal now has Instagram followers numbering in the hundreds of thousands. So, how does she decide what to share in her blogs and videos? What boundaries does she set for her followers? Here’s what Rammal told BBC World Service programme, The Conversation.&nbsp;</p><p><strong>Rammal Mehmud<br></strong>Well, people are very <strong>intrigued </strong>about your personal life as a blogger – that’s <strong>a given,</strong> but you need to have strong boundaries. I do fear about my family and friends. You actually have to ask people if they are comfortable being on your platform or not.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Rammal says her followers are <strong>intrigued </strong>about her personal life. If you’re <strong>intrigued</strong>, you are very interested in someone, often because of something unusual or unexpected about them.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Rammal accepts that her followers’ interest in her personal life is <strong>a given</strong> – something that is considered to be a fact, or that is certain to happen. For example, you could say, ‘it’s a given that there will be champagne at a typical British wedding’, meaning, it’s certain - it’s a fact – there will be champagne.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>But just because her followers’ interest in her life is a given, that doesn’t mean Rammal shares everything with them. She has to set boundaries.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Both Dimma and Rammal make money as beauty influencers, but what’s amazing is how they’re using social media to start conversations about what beauty means to women in their country. And sharing some great lipstick tips as well!</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>And speaking of lipstick, let’s reveal the answer to my question, Sam. I asked you when lipstick was first used.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>I said it was around 5000 years ago by the ancient Sumerians.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Which was the correct answer! Ancient Sumerians, both men and women, painted their faces, eyes and lips – a very early kind of lipstick. OK, let’s recap the vocabulary from this programme on <strong>influencers</strong> – people who influence their social media followers to try different products.</p><p><strong>Sam<br>Dos and don’ts</strong> are rules about what you should and shouldn’t do in certain situations.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>To <strong>crack a joke</strong>, means to tell a joke.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>The phrasal verb <strong>take off</strong> means to suddenly become popular or successful.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>If you are <strong>intrigued</strong>, you’re interested in someone, often because of something unusual about them.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>And finally, <strong>a given</strong> describes something that is considered to be a fact, or that is certain to happen.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Once again, our six minutes are up! Goodbye for now!</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Bye bye!</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/features/6-minute-english_2022/ep-220825" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-02 02:23:20 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3849976156</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3857091386</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Vocabulary and examples </p><p><strong>influencer<br></strong>someone who is paid by a company to promote its brand on social media, encouraging other people to buy their products</p><p><strong>dos and don’ts<br></strong>rules about how people should and should not behave in a certain situation</p><p><br></p><p>dos and donts </p><p>example </p><p>in a trip you should answer the phone or  be very alert for some unexpected things,  <strong>do and donts</strong> are essential in a trip.</p><p><strong>crack a joke<br></strong>tell a joke</p><p><br></p><p>i crack a joke with friends and family on a table all the time </p><p><strong>took off<br></strong>suddenly started to be successful or popular</p><p>my career took off when I started to post more about cosmetic tips and talking with my followers.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>intrigued<br></strong>very interested in someone, often because of an unusual or unexpected quality</p><p><br></p><p>I got many followers that were very intrigued with my work.</p><p><strong>a given<br></strong>some detail or fact that is considered as true or real.</p><p>my trip went wrong for a universe given in the day of the trip.</p><p><br></p><p>summary</p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p><br></p><p>Transcript</p><p><em>Note: This is not a word-for-word transcript.</em></p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Hello. This is 6 Minute English from BBC Learning English. I’m Neil. </p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>And I’m Sam. In the UK there’s a well-known children’s game called, Happy Families. Players have to collect all the cards belonging to one family - there’s a butcher, a baker, a carpenter, a doctor, and a tailor - some of the traditional jobs that people in the UK have been doing for centuries.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>But since the invention of the internet and social media, a more up-to-date list of jobs in the 21st century would be very different. It would include modern jobs which didn’t exist before, online jobs like web designer and YouTuber.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>One of the most unusual of these new digital jobs is the <strong>influencer</strong> – someone who is paid by a company to promote their brand on social media, encouraging people to buy their products. In this programme, we’ll meet two beauty influencers from different parts of the world: Nigeria and Pakistan. We’ll discover how these women are using their online influence to change attitudes towards female beauty, and as usual, we’ll learn some related vocabulary too.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>But first I have a question for you, Sam. YouTube make-up tutorials are very modern, but make-up has been around for a long time. So, when was lipstick first used?Was it:<br>a)    around 3000 years ago by the ancient Celts?<br>b)    around 4000 years ago by the ancient Egyptians? or<br>c)    around 5000 years ago by the ancient Sumerians?</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>I’ll say it was being used 5000 years ago by the ancient Sumerians.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>OK, Sam, we’ll find out if you’re right later on. Dimma Umeh is a beauty influencer from Nigeria. She’s been creating make-up video tutorials for women of colour for eight years and has hundreds of thousands of followers. Her videos go from eyebrow-shaping tips to shopping trips in Nigeria’s biggest city, Lagos.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Here’s Dimma telling BBC World Service programme, The Conversation, how her life as an influencer got started. </p><p><strong>Dimma Umeh<br></strong>So, I did a make-up <strong>dos and don’ts</strong> video in 2017. I had seen a couple of people doing it prior to that but then, you know, I kind of did it in a way that was a bit funny, maybe <strong>cracked </strong>a couple of<strong> jokes</strong> around the ways - or maybe not so great ways - some people were doing things at the time and that video just <strong>took off.</strong></p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>In 2017, Dimma made a YouTube video of make-up <strong>dos and don’ts</strong> - rules about what to do and what not to do in a certain situation, or when doing a certain activity.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Dimma wasn’t the first Nigerian influencer to post videos on YouTube, but the difference was her humour - the way she laughed and <strong>cracked</strong>, or told, <strong>jokes</strong>. More and more people started watching Dimma’s make-up videos and they soon <strong>took off</strong>, meaning they suddenly became successful and popular.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Our next beauty influencer is Rammal Mehmud, a photographer turned make-up artist based in Islamabad, Pakistan. As well make-up tips, Rammal creates colourful face painting designs which, she says, helped her through a period of depression. She has popular Instagram and YouTube accounts on which she shares content to help other women with their confidence and mental health.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Like Dimma, Rammal now has Instagram followers numbering in the hundreds of thousands. So, how does she decide what to share in her blogs and videos? What boundaries does she set for her followers? Here’s what Rammal told BBC World Service programme, The Conversation. </p><p><strong>Rammal Mehmud<br></strong>Well, people are very <strong>intrigued </strong>about your personal life as a blogger – that’s <strong>a given,</strong> but you need to have strong boundaries. I do fear about my family and friends. You actually have to ask people if they are comfortable being on your platform or not.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Rammal says her followers are <strong>intrigued </strong>about her personal life. If you’re <strong>intrigued</strong>, you are very interested in someone, often because of something unusual or unexpected about them.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Rammal accepts that her followers’ interest in her personal life is <strong>a given</strong> – something that is considered to be a fact, or that is certain to happen. For example, you could say, ‘it’s a given that there will be champagne at a typical British wedding’, meaning, it’s certain - it’s a fact – there will be champagne.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>But just because her followers’ interest in her life is a given, that doesn’t mean Rammal shares everything with them. She has to set boundaries.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Both Dimma and Rammal make money as beauty influencers, but what’s amazing is how they’re using social media to start conversations about what beauty means to women in their country. And sharing some great lipstick tips as well!</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>And speaking of lipstick, let’s reveal the answer to my question, Sam. I asked you when lipstick was first used.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>I said it was around 5000 years ago by the ancient Sumerians.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Which was the correct answer! Ancient Sumerians, both men and women, painted their faces, eyes and lips – a very early kind of lipstick. OK, let’s recap the vocabulary from this programme on <strong>influencers</strong> – people who influence their social media followers to try different products.</p><p><strong>Sam<br>Dos and don’ts</strong> are rules about what you should and shouldn’t do in certain situations.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>To <strong>crack a joke</strong>, means to tell a joke.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>The phrasal verb <strong>take off</strong> means to suddenly become popular or successful.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>If you are <strong>intrigued</strong>, you’re interested in someone, often because of something unusual about them.</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>And finally, <strong>a given</strong> describes something that is considered to be a fact, or that is certain to happen.</p><p><strong>Neil<br></strong>Once again, our six minutes are up! Goodbye for now!</p><p><strong>Sam<br></strong>Bye bye!</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/features/6-minute-english_2022/ep-220825" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-08 02:01:18 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3857091386</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3858936064</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>🥕 Class Theme:</strong></p><p><strong>Food Waste – Why Are We Throwing Food Away?</strong></p><p>to throw/threw a party/ throw/threw me against the wall/</p><p>to throw away/ throw out</p><p>put away / guardar. can you put the bread away?</p><p>waste</p><p>leave it on the floor</p><p>pick it up</p><p>to litter/ dont litter!</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Objectives</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Talk about food habits and waste</p></li><li><p>Learn and use key vocabulary in context</p></li><li><p>Express opinions and give simple explanations</p></li><li><p>Improve listening prediction and discussion skills</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🧊 Warm-up (Personal Connection)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Start naturally:</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Do you ever throw food away at home? Why?</p><p><br/></p><p>yes, because in my house there are two people only and we have leftovers everyday and it is inevitable to keep all the food so, some food will get rotten. I do my best to not throw away the food.</p><p><br/></p><p>Follow-up questions:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What food do people waste the most?</p></li><li><p>in my opinion maybe is the vegetables, and fruits because they get rotten very easily.</p></li><li><p>How do you feel when you waste food?</p></li><li><p>I feel bad because exist many hungry people around the world and throwing away the food is not a good decision but maybe controlling is essential.</p></li><li><p>Do you think food waste is a big problem in the planet?</p></li><li><p>I think so, but sometimes is inevitable because is necessary the comprehension about this behaviour from the human beings.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🧠 Lead-in (Think &amp; Predict)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Say:</p><p><br/></p><p>“According to the United Nations, one third of all food produced is wasted.”</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Does this surprise you?</p></li><li><p>no because some companies have the obligation to throw food away following the sanitation laws.</p></li><li><p>Where do you think most waste happens? (home, supermarkets, farms, restaurants?)</p></li><li><p>I think it happens more waste in restaurants and supermarkets because they are in constant change of our food.</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>HOMEWORK:</p><p><br/></p><p>This yogurt is past its use-by date, so don't eat it.</p><p><br/></p><p>Restaurants that eat local usually have fresher ingredients.</p><p><br/></p><p>Buying directly from the farmer avoids the middleman.</p><p><br/></p><p>The campany commissioned a new report on market trends.</p><p><br/></p><p>The worst- case scenario, the system could go offline.</p><p><br/></p><p>The store created a blanket restriction on experired product refunds.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>❓ Pre-Listening Question (Prediction)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Which of these foods can be grown in Britain all year?</p><p><br/></p><p>a) strawberries</p><p>b) kale</p><p>c) rhubarb</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Student guesses and explains:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I think it’s… because…</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>(Don’t give the answer yet)</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📚 Vocabulary Focus (In Context)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Introduce vocabulary through simple examples:</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>1.</strong></p><p><strong>Use-by date</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 The date until food is safe to eat</p><p>Example:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Check the use-by date before eating the yogurt.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>2.</strong></p><p><strong>Eat local, eat seasonal</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Eat food from your area and from the current season</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“In summer, I try to eat seasonal fruits.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>3.</strong></p><p><strong>Middleman</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 A person who buys from farmers and sells to shops</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“The middleman makes food more expensive.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>4.</strong></p><p><strong>Commissioned</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Paid depending on how much you sell</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Salespeople are often commissioned.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>5.</strong></p><p><strong>Worst-case scenario</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 The worst thing that could happen</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“The worst-case scenario is getting sick from bad food.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>6.</strong></p><p><strong>Blanket (rule/action)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 The same rule for everything</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“Some supermarkets use blanket rules to throw food away.”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🗣️ Controlled Practice</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Fill the gaps:</p><p><br/></p><ol><li><p>I always check the ______ before eating meat.</p></li><li><p>It’s better to ______ because the food is fresher.</p></li><li><p>The ______ buys food from farmers.</p></li><li><p>A ______ rule doesn’t consider differences.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>💬 Main Discussion (Guided Conversation)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Part 1: The Problem</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Why do people throw food away?</p></li><li><p>Do supermarkets waste food? Why?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Part 2: Understanding the System</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Explain simply:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Sometimes food is thrown away because of rules, appearance, or business decisions.”</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Is it okay to throw away food that doesn’t look perfect?</p></li><li><p>Do you trust use-by dates 100%?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Part 3: Real-Life Reflection</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What do you do with leftover food?</p></li><li><p>Do you plan your meals or buy too much?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎭 Speaking Activity: “What Would You Do?”</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Give situations:</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Situation 1:</p><p>You see food at home past the use-by date.</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you eat it or throw it away?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Situation 2:</p><p>A supermarket throws away “ugly” vegetables.</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Is this right or wrong?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>I think…</p></li><li><p>In my opinion…</p></li><li><p>Maybe… but…</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🧭 Solutions (Interactive Thinking)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Say:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Some people are trying to reduce food waste.”</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>What solutions can you suggest?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Help if needed:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Buy less food</p></li><li><p>Freeze leftovers</p></li><li><p>Share food</p></li><li><p>Eat seasonal products</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔄 Mini Debate (Light)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Statement:</p><p><br/></p><p>“People are responsible for food waste, not companies.”</p><p><br/></p><p>Student:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Agree or disagree</p></li><li><p>Give 2 reasons</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>✍️ Final Reflection</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Ask:</p><p><br/></p><p>What is one thing you can change this week to waste less food?</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🏁 Homework (Optional)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Check your fridge at home</p></li><li><p>Write a short answer:</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 What food do you usually waste and why?</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2022/ep-221229" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-09 01:50:21 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3858936064</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 3</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3864518582</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧠 Class Theme</p><p><strong>Understanding Opinions &amp; Decisions</strong></p><p>🎯 Objectives</p><p>By the end of the class, the student will:</p><ul><li><p>Understand and use 6 new vocabulary items</p></li><li><p>Express opinions in a simple but clear way</p></li><li><p>Talk about decisions and mistakes</p></li><li><p>Practice speaking with examples and personal ideas</p></li></ul><p>🧊 Warm-up (5–7 min)</p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Do you like giving your opinion? Why / why not?</p></li><li><p>Do people usually agree with you?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever made a bad decision?</p></li></ul><p>👉 <em>Follow-up (push a bit):</em></p><ul><li><p>What happens when people don’t agree?</p></li></ul><p>📚 Vocabulary Presentation (10 min)</p><p>Teach with <strong>simple explanations + examples</strong>:</p><p>1. Opinion pollster</p><p>👉 A person who asks people questions about what they think</p><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>Opinion pollsters ask people who they will vote for.</p></li></ul><p>2. Misfire</p><p>👉 Something that doesn’t work as planned</p><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>My plan to study all night was a misfire.</p></li></ul><p>3. Figure something out</p><p>👉 To understand or solve something</p><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>I couldn’t do the exercise, but I figured it out later.</p></li></ul><p>4. Blank cheque</p><p>👉 Unlimited freedom or money</p><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>My boss gave me a blank cheque for the project.</p></li></ul><p>5. Laser-like</p><p>👉 Very focused and precise</p><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>She has laser-like focus when she studies.</p></li></ul><p>6. Stark</p><p>👉 Very clear, obvious, or strong</p><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>There is a stark difference between the two ideas.</p></li></ul><p>🗣️ Controlled Practice (10 min)</p><p>👉 Ask the student to complete:</p><ol><li><p>Yesterday, I couldn’t __________, but today I understand.</p></li><li><p>My last plan was a __________ because…</p></li><li><p>A good leader needs __________ focus.</p></li><li><p>A __________ difference I see in my life is…</p></li><li><p>If I had a blank cheque, I would…</p></li></ol><p>💬 Speaking Practice (15 min)</p><p>Activity: <strong>Opinions &amp; Decisions</strong></p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Do you trust opinion pollsters? Why?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever made a decision that was a misfire?</p></li><li><p>When do you need laser-like focus?</p></li><li><p>What would you do if someone gave you a blank cheque?</p></li><li><p>What is a stark difference between your life now and 5 years ago?</p></li></ul><p>👉 Encourage:</p><ul><li><p>“I think…”</p></li><li><p>“In my opinion…”</p></li><li><p>“For me…”</p></li></ul><p>🎭 Role Play (10 min)</p><p><strong>Situation:</strong></p><p>You are starting a new project.</p><ul><li><p>Student = Project leader</p></li><li><p>Teacher = Boss</p></li></ul><p>👉 The boss says:</p><ul><li><p>“I give you a blank cheque. Do anything you want.”</p></li></ul><p>Student must:</p><ul><li><p>Explain their plan</p></li><li><p>Stay focused (laser-like!)</p></li><li><p>Avoid a misfire</p></li></ul><p>✍️ Mini Writing (Optional Homework)</p><p>Write 5–6 sentences:</p><p><strong>Topic:</strong><br>“A time I made a mistake but figured it out”</p><p>Try to use:</p><ul><li><p>figure out</p></li><li><p>misfire</p></li><li><p>stark</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2022/ep-221215" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-13 11:23:25 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3864518582</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Vocabulary reference </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3864553934</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🗳️ <strong>opinion pollster</strong></p><p>👉 <strong>pesquisador de opinião / instituto de pesquisa</strong></p><p><strong>Definição:</strong><br>Pessoa ou organização que realiza pesquisas para descobrir a opinião do público, especialmente sobre temas políticos.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Opinion pollsters asked people about their voting preferences.</p></li></ul><p>💥 <strong>misfire</strong></p><p>👉 <strong>falha / algo que não funcionou como esperado</strong></p><p><strong>Definição:</strong><br>Algo que não teve o resultado esperado ou não funcionou como planejado.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong></p><ul><li><p>The plan was a complete misfire.</p></li></ul><p>🧠 <strong>figure (something) out</strong></p><p>👉 <strong>descobrir / entender / resolver</strong></p><p><strong>Definição:</strong><br>Conseguir entender ou encontrar a solução para algo após pensar com atenção.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong></p><ul><li><p>I couldn’t solve it at first, but I finally figured it out.</p></li></ul><p>💰 <strong>blank cheque (blank check)</strong></p><p>👉 <strong>carta branca</strong></p><p><strong>Definição:</strong><br>Liberdade total, muitas vezes com recursos ilimitados, para tomar decisões ou realizar uma tarefa.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong></p><ul><li><p>The manager gave her a blank check to lead the project.</p></li></ul><p>🎯 <strong>laser-like</strong></p><p>👉 <strong>muito focado / extremamente preciso</strong></p><p><strong>Definição:</strong><br>Que demonstra um nível muito alto de foco e precisão.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong></p><ul><li><p>He has laser-like focus when he works.</p></li></ul><p>⚡ <strong>stark</strong></p><p>👉 <strong>evidente / gritante / marcante / duro</strong></p><p><strong>Definição:</strong><br>Algo muito claro, fácil de perceber, ou que causa impacto por ser forte ou contrastante.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong></p><ul><li><p>There is a stark difference between the two situations.</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-13 11:53:32 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3864553934</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3867360554</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>💘 <strong>Lesson Plan: Soulmates &amp; Relationships</strong></p><p>🎯 <strong>Objective</strong></p><p>By the end of the lesson, the student will:</p><ul><li><p>Understand and use vocabulary related to love and relationships</p></li><li><p>Express opinions about romance and “soulmates”</p></li><li><p>Practice speaking through discussion and personal reflection</p></li></ul><p>🔥 <strong>Warm-up (5–7 min)</strong></p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Do you believe in soulmates? Why or why not?</p></li><li><p>not anymore, because the people attract through their similarities not for an excuse. I dont believe in coincidence everything has a purpose in life.</p></li><li><p>Can people fall in love more than once?</p></li><li><p>yes of course... is very possible, because we are prepared for this, and the life is aways welcoming a new love, a new possibility or a new beginning.</p></li><li><p>What makes a relationship strong?</p></li><li><p>in my opinion is confidence, transparency, agreement about many things, respect is fundamental, and water the relationship with love. there are differences in personality traits but they attract themselves to keep the relationship stronger and the balance.</p></li></ul><p>👉 Encourage full answers, not just “yes/no.”</p><p>📚 <strong>Vocabulary (10–12 min)</strong></p><p><strong>1. soulmate</strong><br>👉 the person you have a special romantic bond with and love very much<br><strong>Example:</strong> <em>She thinks she has found her soulmate.</em></p><p><strong>2. cynicism</strong><br>👉 the belief that something will not be successful, or that people are not sincere.<br><strong>Example:</strong> <em>His cynicism about love comes from past experiences.</em></p><p><strong>3. validated</strong><br>👉 having confirmation that your ideas, feelings, or actions are worthwhile<br><strong>Example:</strong> <em>She felt validated when her partner supported her dreams.</em></p><p><strong>4. Go for it!</strong><br>👉 used to encourage someone<br><strong>Example:</strong> <em>You like her? Go for it!</em></p><p><strong>5. heartbreak</strong><br>👉 deep sadness, especially after a romantic relationship ends<br><strong>Example:</strong> <em>He experienced heartbreak after the breakup.</em></p><p><strong>6. get over (someone/something)</strong><br>👉 recover emotionally<br><strong>Example:</strong> <em>It took her months to get over her ex.</em></p><p>🧠 <strong>Controlled Practice (8–10 min)</strong></p><p>Fill in the blanks:</p><ol><li><p>After the breakup, he couldn’t _get over______ her.</p></li><li><p>I’m not romantic because I have a lot of __cynicism______ about love.</p></li><li><p>When she said yes, I felt completely _validated_______.</p></li><li><p>If you like him, just __go for it______!</p></li><li><p>Losing her was a real __heartbreak______.</p></li><li><p>Some people believe their _soulmate_______ is already chosen.</p></li></ol><p>👉 Correct together and ask WHY for each answer.</p><p>🗣️ <strong>Speaking Practice (15–20 min)</strong></p><p>💬 Discussion Questions</p><ul><li><p>Do you think soulmates really exist or is it just a myth?</p></li><li><p>I think it's a myth. I believe in building relationships.</p></li><li><p>Why do people become cynical about love?</p></li><li><p>Many people become cynical because have suffered or been disappointed by someone.</p></li><li><p>Is heartbreak necessary to grow emotionally?</p></li><li><p>Not always, but relationships play an important role in our maturity.</p></li><li><p>How long does it take to get over someone?</p><p>It depends. Some people get over it very quicky while others grieve for longer.</p></li><li><p>What advice would you give a friend with a broken heart?</p></li><li><p>the life is pretty simple and enjoy your life and the good times with family and friends. you need to get over it. </p></li></ul><p>👉 Push the student to:</p><ul><li><p>Explain reasons</p></li><li><p>Give examples</p></li><li><p>Use at least 3 vocabulary words</p></li></ul><p>🎭 <strong>Role Play (10 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Scenario 1:</strong><br>Your friend is scared to confess their feelings. Encourage them.</p><p><strong>Scenario 2:</strong><br>Your friend just had heartbreak. Give advice.</p><p>👉 Encourage use of:</p><ul><li><p><em>Go for it!</em></p></li><li><p><em>get over</em></p></li><li><p><em>heartbreak</em></p></li></ul><p>✍️ <strong>Production (Homework or in class)</strong></p><p><strong>Option A – Writing:</strong><br>Write a short paragraph (8–10 lines):<br>👉 “Do you believe in soulmates? Why or why not?”</p><p><strong>Option B – Speaking:</strong><br>Tell a short story about:</p><ul><li><p>A relationship (real or imaginary)</p></li><li><p>Include at least 3 vocabulary words</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2022/ep-221201" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-14 21:06:38 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3867360554</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3869390160</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><br/></p><p><strong>📱 Lesson Plan:</strong></p><p><strong>Are Social Media Apps Addictive?</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Level: A2–B1 (Lower Intermediate)</p><p>Time: 45–60 minutes</p><p>Focus: Vocabulary, speaking, simple opinions</p><p>Theme: Social media, responsibility, mental health</p><p><br/></p><p>a woman asking for the court to bring her benefits for her passing through depression after using social media.</p><p><br/></p><p>lawsuit/ process legal </p><p>trial/ tribunal / </p><p>judge/ juiz</p><p>sue/ colocar na justiça </p><p>to claim/ claiming/ damages/struggles/ to be blamed/don't blame me/ misleading people/ denial/ deny/ overwhelmed/ overwhelming/ awarded/ received/ punishment/punish/ found liable/ I am liable of my own actions.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Objectives</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>By the end of the lesson, the student will:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Understand a simple news story</p></li><li><p>Learn and use key vocabulary</p></li><li><p>Express opinions with basic reasons</p></li><li><p>Talk about social media habits</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🔥 1. Warm-up (5–8 min)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Start simple and personal:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you use Instagram, YouTube, or WhatsApp?</p></li><li><p>yes </p></li><li><p>How many hours do you spend on your phone every day?</p></li><li><p>4 to 5 hours </p></li><li><p>Is it easy or difficult to stop using your phone?</p></li></ul><p>it is a little bit difficult because In some specific times I need to check on my phone/ use my phone.</p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Follow-up:</p><p>“Do you think social media is addictive?”</p><p>yes, because  many platforms stimulate dopamine and this is very addictive for everyone.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>📖 2. Reading (Simplified News)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>You can read this together:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Meta and YouTube were found responsible for creating addictive platforms. Meta owns Facebook, Instagram, and WhatsApp.</p><p><br/></p><p>I own a business in peru </p><p>i am the owner of the house.</p><p>i have my own opinion. </p><p><br/></p><p>A woman named Kaley started a lawsuit in the United States. She said social media hurt her mental health. She received $6 million.</p><p><br/></p><p>Meta said they are trying to make their platforms safer, especially for young people. But in another case, Meta had to pay $375 million because they gave wrong information about child safety.”</p><p><br/></p><p>3 headlines </p><p><br/></p><p><strong>✅ 3. Check Understanding (5–10 min) homework</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Ask simple questions:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Who started the lawsuit? </p></li><li><p>The woman her name is kaley.</p></li><li><p>Why did she sue the companies?</p></li><li><p>Because the social media hurt her mental health.</p></li><li><p>How much money did she receive?</p></li><li><p>She received 6 million.</p></li><li><p>What did Meta say in response?</p></li><li><p>Meta said they are trying to make their platforms safer, especially for young people.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 If needed, allow short answers.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>💬 4. Vocabulary (10 min) homework</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Teach + practice:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>find liable = say someone is responsible<br>👉 “The company was found liable.”</p></li><li><p>renans friend was found liable for driving her car drunk.</p></li><li><p>addictive = hard to stop<br>👉 “This game is addictive.”</p></li><li><p>Using social media is addictive.</p></li><li><p>mental health = how you feel in your mind<br>👉 “Social media can affect mental health.”</p></li><li><p>Mental health is important for our lives.</p></li><li><p>reshape = change something<br>👉 “Technology reshaped our lives.”</p></li><li><p>The social media reshaped many works.</p></li><li><p>having a moment = emotional for a short time<br>👉 “Sorry, I was having a moment.</p></li><li><p>I needed to have a moment with myself in many times.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Practice:</p><p>Ask the student to make 1 simple sentence for each word.</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>⚡ 5. Speaking Practice (15–20 min) homework</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Keep questions simple but encourage explanation:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Do you think social media is addictive? Why?</p></li><li><p>Should companies be responsible for addiction?</p></li><li><p>Is social media good or bad for mental health?</p></li><li><p>Do you think $6 million is fair?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Support with structures:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>“I think… because…”</p></li><li><p>“In my opinion…”</p></li><li><p>“For example…”</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>💣 6. Mini Discussion (Guided)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Give a simple situation:</p><p><br/></p><p>“A teenager uses social media 8 hours every day and feels sad.”</p><p><br/></p><p>Ask:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Who is responsible? (the teenager / the company / parents)</p></li><li><p>What should change?</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>👉 Help them build longer answers:</p><p>“I think ___ is responsible because ___.”</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>✍️ 7. Simple Writing Task (Optional / Homework)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Write 5–8 sentences:</p><p><br/></p><p>“Is social media addictive? Is it dangerous?”</p><p><br/></p><p>Encourage:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Simple opinions</p></li><li><p>Basic connectors (and, but, because)</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>🎯 Extra Support (Important for this level)</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>If the student struggles:</p><p><br/></p><ul><li><p>Offer choices: “good or bad?”</p></li><li><p>Accept short answers first → then expand</p></li><li><p>Reformulate their sentences correctly</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>Example:</p><p>Student: “Social media bad.”</p><p>You: “Yes, social media i</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-from-the-news_2026/260401" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-15 22:57:56 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3869390160</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 7</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3877449992</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧑‍💼 Class Theme</p><p><strong>Work and How We Feel About It HOMEWORK</strong></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Georgie:</strong> Do you like your job?<br><strong>Becca:</strong> Yes, but sometimes I feel stressed.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Why?<br><strong>Becca:</strong> Because I have many tasks and little time.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> I understand. My job is calm, but sometimes I feel nervous in meetings.<br><strong>Becca:</strong> Is your team supportive?<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Yes, they help me a lot.</p><p>👉 Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Who feels stressed?</p></li><li><p>Who feels calm?</p></li><li><p>Why does Becca feel stressed?</p></li></ul><p>💬 Controlled Practice (10 min)</p><p>Student answers:</p><ul><li><p>I feel stressed when ______</p></li><li><p>I feel calm when ______</p></li><li><p>I feel nervous when ______</p></li><li><p>My work is (organised / disorganised) because ______</p></li><li><p>My environment is supportive because ______</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p>🇧🇷 Brazil Discussion (Guided Argumentation – 15 min)</p><p>Now guide the student to <strong>build simple opinions</strong> about working hours in Brazil.</p><p>Step 1: Give structure</p><p>Teach simple opinion phrases:</p><ul><li><p>“I think…”</p></li><li><p>“In my opinion…”</p></li><li><p>“For me…”</p></li><li><p>“Because…”</p></li></ul><p>Step 2: Ask guided questions</p><ul><li><p>Do people work a lot in Brazil?</p></li><li><p>In my opinion they do, yes long journeys of work.</p></li><li><p>Do people feel stressed or calm? Why?</p></li><li><p>I think they feel stressed because they work a lot and they have few time for enjoying their families, friends, practicing sports or working out, keeping a lifestyle is difficult.</p></li><li><p>Do you think working many hours is good or bad?</p></li><li><p>I think is bad for the employers because they have a target to meet and good for the employees because they need time for taking care of their health and home family and children in the majority of cases.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p>Step 3: Build argumentation (VERY IMPORTANT)</p><p>Help the student expand ideas:</p><p>👉 Model:</p><p><strong>“I think people in Brazil work many hours because they need money. This can make people stressed.”</strong></p><p>👉 Student practice:</p><ul><li><p>I think working many hours is ______ because ______</p></li><li><p>I think shorter workdays are ______ because ______</p></li><li><p>People feel ______ because ______</p></li></ul><p>🗣️ </p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Working Hours: Are 4-Day Workweeks the Future?</strong></p><p><br/></p><p>Today, many people around the world are talking about working hours. In the past, a normal workweek was five days, usually from Monday to Friday. However, this is starting to change. Some companies and countries are testing a four-day workweek.</p><p><br/></p><p>The idea is simple: people work fewer days, but they try to stay productive. Many workers say this helps them feel less stress. When people are less stressed, they can feel more calm and focused at work.</p><p><br/></p><p>For example, in some countries, companies tested a four-day workweek and saw positive results. Workers were more organised, and they used their time better. They also had more time to rest, spend time with family, and take care of their health.</p><p><br/></p><p>In Brazil, this idea is also becoming popular. Some companies are starting to test shorter workweeks. Many people believe this can improve quality of life. When workers are not too tired, they can do their jobs better and feel happier.</p><p><br/></p><p>In places like Dubai, where many people work long hours, this idea is also interesting. A shorter workweek could help people who feel nervous or tired because of work pressure. Having more free time can help people relax and feel more balanced.</p><p><br/></p><p>Another important factor is the work environment. A supportive workplace can make a big difference. When people feel supported by their managers and colleagues, they are less stressed and more confident.</p><p><br/></p><p>However, not everyone agrees with the four-day workweek. Some people think it can be difficult for certain jobs, especially in industries that need constant service. Others worry that workers may feel more pressure to finish all their tasks in less time.</p><p><br/></p><p>In conclusion, the four-day workweek is a growing trend. It may not be perfect for every job, but it shows that the world is changing. People want to work in a way that is healthier, more balanced, and less stressful.</p><p>What do you think? Would you prefer to work four days or five days a week? Why?</p><p><br/></p><p>I live in Dubai in here they adopted 4 workdays, and interesting and but has a pressure for employees to finish their tasks and this can be sometimes very complicated and stressful for people's lives not only in Dubai but around the world.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260417" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-21 11:24:59 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3877449992</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3881548898</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🧑‍💼 Class Theme</p><p><strong>Work and How We Feel About It</strong></p><p>🎯 Objectives</p><p>By the end of the class, the student will:</p><ul><li><p>Talk about their job or daily work routine</p></li><li><p>Describe feelings (stress, calm, nervousness)</p></li><li><p>Use simple arguments to express opinions</p></li><li><p>Give ideas about working hours in Brazil</p></li></ul><p>🔥 Warm-up (5–7 min)</p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Do you work or study?</p></li><li><p>Yes, I work and study. I work as a freelancer I am a cosmetician and I study 3 days a week I study English.</p></li><li><p>What do you do every day?</p></li><li><p>I prepare a routine every day, not everyday I have a schedule but I have Many things to do in my day <strong>like</strong> preparing my lunch, cleaning the house, walking the dog, feeding my pets and studying.</p></li><li><p>Do you like your routine?</p></li><li><p>Yes, I like because I have my time for many things and<strong> I get to </strong>take care of my skin, my hair, my mental health.</p></li></ul><p>👉 Follow-up:<br>“How do you feel during your workday?”</p><p>I don't have a real difficult workday but Renan does, and he is very tired sometimes and with no energy and I feel everything. I wish he could work less and be more energised working out and spending more time at home with our pets and myself.</p><p><br></p><p>🧠 Vocabulary (10 min)</p><p>Teach and practice:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Stress</strong> → “I feel stress when I have many tasks.”</p></li><li><p>i have many tasks to do </p></li><li><p><strong>Calm</strong> → “I feel calm when I finish my work.”</p></li><li><p>I feel calm when I am with my pets.</p></li><li><p><strong>Nervous</strong> → “I feel nervous before meetings.”</p></li><li><p>I feel nervous when I talk to a stranger in English.</p></li><li><p><strong>Organised</strong> → “I plan my day. I am organised.”</p></li><li><p>I try to organise everything before my attendance for the day.</p></li><li><p><strong>Disorganised</strong> → “I forget things. I am disorganised.”</p></li><li><p>i am not disorganised but I can forget things.</p></li><li><p><strong>Supportive</strong> → “My boss helps me. He is supportive.”</p></li><li><p>i am very supportive for my husband all the time.</p></li></ul><p>👉 Quick practice:<br>Ask the student:</p><ul><li><p>Are you organised or disorganised?</p></li><li><p>Is your work environment supportive?</p></li></ul><p>🎧 Listening / Speaking (10 min)</p><p>Create a <strong>simple dialogue</strong> (you can read it together):</p><p><strong>Georgie:</strong> Do you like your job?<br><strong>Becca:</strong> Yes, but sometimes I feel stressed.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Why?<br><strong>Becca:</strong> Because I have many tasks and little time.<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> I understand. My job is calm, but sometimes I feel nervous in meetings.<br><strong>Becca:</strong> Is your team supportive?<br><strong>Georgie:</strong> Yes, they help me a lot.</p><p>👉 Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Who feels stressed?</p></li><li><p>Who feels calm?</p></li><li><p>Why does Becca feel stressed?</p></li></ul><p>💬 Controlled Practice (10 min)</p><p>Student answers:</p><ul><li><p>I feel stressed when ______</p></li><li><p>I feel calm when ______</p></li><li><p>I feel nervous when ______</p></li><li><p>My work is (organised / disorganised) because ______</p></li><li><p>My environment is supportive because ______</p></li></ul><p>🇧🇷 Brazil Discussion (Guided Argumentation – 15 min)</p><p>Now guide the student to <strong>build simple opinions</strong> about working hours in Brazil.</p><p>Step 1: Give structure</p><p>Teach simple opinion phrases:</p><ul><li><p>“I think…”</p></li><li><p>“In my opinion…”</p></li><li><p>“For me…”</p></li><li><p>“Because…”</p></li></ul><p>Step 2: Ask guided questions</p><ul><li><p>Do people work a lot in Brazil?</p></li><li><p>Do people feel stressed or calm? Why?</p></li><li><p>Do you think working many hours is good?</p></li></ul><p>Step 3: Build argumentation (VERY IMPORTANT)</p><p>Help the student expand ideas:</p><p>👉 Model:</p><p><strong>“I think people in Brazil work many hours because they need money. This can make people stressed.”</strong></p><p>👉 Student practice:</p><ul><li><p>I think working many hours is ______ because ______</p></li><li><p>I think shorter workdays are ______ because ______</p></li><li><p>People feel ______ because ______</p></li></ul><p>🗣️ Mini Debate (Simple) (10–15 min)</p><p><strong>Question:</strong><br>👉 “Should people work fewer hours in Brazil?”</p><p>Help student answer with structure:</p><p><strong>Opinion + reason + result</strong></p><p>Example:</p><ul><li><p>“I think people should work fewer hours because they feel stressed. They can be more calm and happy.”</p></li></ul><p>Encourage:</p><ul><li><p>At least <strong>2 reasons</strong></p></li><li><p>Use vocabulary (stress, calm, supportive, etc.)</p></li></ul><p>🎭 Role Play (Optional)</p><p><strong>Situation:</strong><br>Student = employee<br>Teacher = boss</p><p>Student says:</p><ul><li><p>“I feel stressed because…”</p></li><li><p>“I want fewer hours because…”</p></li></ul><p>✍️ Homework (Optional)</p><p>Write 5–6 sentences:</p><p><strong>“My work and how I feel”</strong></p><p>Guide:</p><ul><li><p>What do you do?</p></li><li><p>How do you feel?</p></li><li><p>Do you want more or fewer hours? Why?</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260417" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-23 12:43:36 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3881548898</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3881556136</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Questions about the text</strong></p><p><strong>1. Basic understanding</strong></p><ul><li><p>How many days do people usually work in a traditional workweek?</p></li><li><p>well it is normally the people usually work 5 days a week  from Monday to Friday. </p></li><li><p>Which two countries are mentioned in the text?</p></li><li><p>dubai and brazil</p></li></ul><p><strong>2. Vocabulary check</strong></p><ul><li><p>What does “stress” mean?</p></li><li><p>it means to have worries and anxiety and some other things.</p></li><li><p>How do people feel when they are “calm”?</p></li><li><p>they feel calm and relaxed and positive.</p></li><li><p>What is the difference between “organised” and “disorganised”?</p></li><li><p>organised has a list to do and disorganised doesn't have anything.</p></li><li><p>What is a “supportive” workplace?</p></li><li><p>it is a workplace which gives you more time for yourself and benefits for your family and for your wellbeing.</p></li></ul><p><strong>3. True or False</strong></p><ul><li><p>People feel more stressed in a four-day workweek. false </p></li><li><p>Some companies in Brazil are testing shorter workweeks. true</p></li><li><p>A supportive environment can help workers feel better. true</p></li><li><p>Everyone agrees that a four-day workweek is perfect. false </p></li></ul><p><strong>4. Personal opinion</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you feel stressed in your daily routine? Why?</p></li><li><p>no, I have a to do list for my day, I like my routine is very organised and I follow it.</p></li><li><p>Do you prefer to be organised or disorganised?</p></li><li><p>Do you think a supportive boss is important? Why? Renans life </p></li><li><p>very important, because the health and the mental health starts at the job and the relationship with the boss is very appreciative and important for both, employer and employee. </p></li></ul><p><strong>5. Discussion (speaking practice)</strong></p><ul><li><p>Would you like to work four days a week? Why or why not?</p></li><li><p>yes I would, because I would have more time for myself and my family.</p></li><li><p>Do you think people in Dubai work too much?</p></li><li><p>yes they do, many people in Dubai work a lot and they have much work to do , they work and think about work.</p></li><li><p>Do you think this idea could work well in Brazil?</p></li><li><p>yes because in Brasil people like to work less and this can help them with other things or other jobs.</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-23 12:50:01 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3881556136</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 1 Review </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3885988103</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>🧠 Lesson Plan:</strong></p><p><strong>Memory &amp; Being Forgetful</strong></p><p><strong>Level: Lower-intermediate (A2–B1)</strong></p><p><strong>Objective:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Talk about memories and past experiences</p></li><li><p>Use <strong>remember / remind / mind</strong> correctly</p></li><li><p>Build fluency with personal stories</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>1. 🔥 Warm-up (5–7 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Simple questions:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Are you a forgetful person?</p></li><li><p>a little bit, sometimes I forget my activities, I forgot all the times people's names and I hate that.</p></li><li><p>What things do you forget often? (keys, names, passwords…)</p></li><li><p>my problem is names.</p></li><li><p>Do you like talking about the past?</p></li><li><p>yes I do, I get the positive and the bad as a learning process.</p></li></ul><p>👉 Follow-up:</p><ul><li><p>What is a good memory from your childhood?</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>2. 🧠 Vocabulary Input (8–10 min)</strong></p><p>Teach with examples + CCQs:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Memory</strong> → “I have a great memory for names.”</p></li><li><p><strong>Forgetful</strong> → “I’m very forgetful. I forget my keys.”</p></li><li><p><strong>Reminisce</strong> → “I like to reminisce with my friends.”</p></li><li><p><strong>Memento</strong> → “I keep photos as mementos.”</p></li></ul><p><strong>Quick check:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Is a memento an object or a feeling? <em>(object)</em></p></li><li><p>If you reminisce, are you talking about the future? <em>(no)</em></p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>3. 📥 Grammar Input: Remember / Remind / Mind (CORE)</strong></p><p>Keep it simple and practical.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>✅ 1.</strong></p><p><strong>REMEMBER</strong></p><p>👉 Use: when YOU have a memory</p><ul><li><p>“I remember my first school.”</p></li><li><p>“I remembered to call my mom.”</p></li><li><p>“I forgot to call her.” (contrast)</p></li></ul><p><strong>Pattern:</strong></p><ul><li><p>remember + noun → <em>I remember that day</em></p></li><li><p>remember + to + verb → <em>don’t forget obligation</em></p></li><li><p>remember + -ing → <em>memory from the past</em></p></li></ul><p>👉 Examples:</p><ul><li><p>“I remembered to bring my keys.” (obligation)</p></li><li><p>“I remember meeting you.” (past memory)</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>✅ 2.</strong></p><p><strong>REMIND</strong></p><p>👉 Use: when something/someone helps you remember</p><p><strong>Pattern:</strong></p><ul><li><p>remind + person + to + verb</p></li><li><p>remind + person + of + thing</p></li></ul><p>👉 Examples:</p><ul><li><p>“Remind me to call my mom.”</p></li><li><p>“This song reminds me of my childhood.”</p></li></ul><p>👉 Key idea:<br>➡️ <em>You remind someone. You remember something.</em></p><p><br></p><p><strong>✅ 3.</strong></p><p><strong>MIND</strong></p><p>👉 Use: to ask about preference (polite)</p><p><strong>Pattern:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you mind + -ing…?</p></li></ul><p>👉 Examples:</p><ul><li><p>“Do you mind opening the window?”</p></li><li><p>“Do you mind if I sit here?”</p></li></ul><p>👉 Short answers:</p><ul><li><p>“No, I don’t mind.” (OK 👍)</p></li><li><p>“Yes, I mind.” (Not OK ❌ — explain carefully!)</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>4. 🧩 Controlled Practice (10 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Exercise 1: Choose the correct verb</strong></p><ol><li><p>This photo ______ me of my childhood.</p></li><li><p>I always ______ to lock the door.</p></li><li><p>Can you ______ me to buy milk?</p></li><li><p>Do you ______ helping me?</p></li></ol><p>✔️ Answers:</p><ol><li><p>reminds</p></li><li><p>forget / remember (depending context)</p></li><li><p>remind</p></li><li><p>mind</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><strong>Exercise 2: Complete</strong></p><ul><li><p>I remember ______ (visit) my grandmother.</p></li><li><p>Please remind me ______ (call) him.</p></li><li><p>Do you mind ______ (wait) here?</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>5. 🎧 Listening / Speaking (based on conversation)</strong></p><p>Tell student:<br>“Two people are talking about memory and the past.”</p><p><strong>First task:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Are they forgetful or organized?</p></li></ul><p><strong>Second task:</strong></p><ul><li><p>What kinds of memories do they talk about?</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>6. 🗣️ Speaking Practice (Main Production)</strong></p><p><strong>Activity 1: Personal questions</strong></p><ul><li><p>What do you remember about your first school?</p></li><li><p>Do you keep mementos? What kind?</p></li><li><p>What reminds you of your childhood?</p></li><li><p>Are you forgetful? Give examples.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>Activity 2: Functional speaking</strong></p><p>Roleplay:</p><p><strong>Student A:</strong> forgetful person<br><strong>Student B:</strong> helpful friend</p><p>Use:</p><ul><li><p>“Remind me to…”</p></li><li><p>“Do you mind…?”</p></li><li><p>“I remember…”</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>7. 🎤 Fluency Task (Stronger push)</strong></p><p>👉 Topic:<br>“Why do people like to remember the past?”</p><p>Encourage:</p><ul><li><p>“I think people like to reminisce because…”</p></li><li><p>“For example…”</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>8. ✍️ Homework (optional)</strong></p><p><strong>Option 1 (easy):</strong><br>Write 5 sentences:</p><ul><li><p>2 with <em>remember</em></p></li><li><p>2 with <em>remind</em></p></li><li><p>1 with <em>mind</em></p></li></ul><p><strong>Option 2 (personal):</strong><br>Write about:<br>👉 “A memory I will never forget”</p><p><br></p><p><strong>🧠 Teaching Tips</strong></p><ul><li><p>Students often confuse:<br>❌ <em>I remind my childhood</em><br>✔️ <em>I remember my childhood</em></p></li><li><p>Drill contrast clearly:<br>👉 “This reminds me of…”<br>👉 “I remember…”</p></li><li><p>With <em>mind</em>, emphasize meaning:<br>✔️ “Do you mind…?” = polite request</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260424" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-27 02:00:08 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3885988103</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3889842337</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>🧠 Lesson Plan:</strong></p><p><strong>Memory &amp; Being Forgetful</strong></p><p><strong>Level: Lower-intermediate (A2–B1)</strong></p><p><strong>Objective:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Talk about memories and past experiences</p></li><li><p>Use <strong>remember / remind / mind</strong> correctly</p></li><li><p>Build fluency with personal stories</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>1. 🔥 Warm-up (5–7 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Simple questions:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Are you a forgetful person?</p></li><li><p>a little bit, sometimes I forget my activities, I forgot all the times people's names and I hate that.</p></li><li><p>What things do you forget often? (keys, names, passwords…)</p></li><li><p>my problem is names.</p></li><li><p>Do you like talking about the past?</p></li><li><p>yes I do, I get the positive and the bad as a learning process.</p></li></ul><p>👉 Follow-up:</p><ul><li><p>What is a good memory from your childhood?</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>2. 🧠 Vocabulary Input (8–10 min)</strong></p><p>Teach with examples + CCQs:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Memory</strong> → “I have a great memory for names.”</p></li><li><p><strong>Forgetful</strong> → “I’m very forgetful. I forget my keys.”</p></li><li><p><strong>Reminisce</strong> → “I like to reminisce with my friends.”</p></li><li><p><strong>Memento</strong> → “I keep photos as mementos.”</p></li></ul><p><strong>Quick check:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Is a memento an object or a feeling? <em>(object)</em></p></li><li><p>If you reminisce, are you talking about the future? <em>(no)</em></p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>3. 📥 Grammar Input: Remember / Remind / Mind (CORE)</strong></p><p>Keep it simple and practical.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>✅ 1.</strong></p><p><strong>REMEMBER</strong></p><p>👉 Use: when YOU have a memory</p><ul><li><p>“I remember my first school.”</p></li><li><p>“I remembered to call my mom.”</p></li><li><p>“I forgot to call her.” (contrast)</p></li></ul><p><strong>Pattern:</strong></p><ul><li><p>remember + noun → <em>I remember that day</em></p></li><li><p>remember + to + verb → <em>don’t forget obligation</em></p></li><li><p>remember + -ing → <em>memory from the past</em></p></li></ul><p>👉 Examples:</p><ul><li><p>“I remembered to bring my keys.” (obligation)</p></li><li><p>“I remember meeting you.” (past memory)</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>✅ 2.</strong></p><p><strong>REMIND</strong></p><p>👉 Use: when something/someone helps you remember</p><p><strong>Pattern:</strong></p><ul><li><p>remind + person + to + verb</p></li><li><p>remind + person + of + thing</p></li></ul><p>👉 Examples:</p><ul><li><p>“Remind me to call my mom.”</p></li><li><p>“This song reminds me of my childhood.”</p></li></ul><p>👉 Key idea:<br>➡️ <em>You remind someone. You remember something.</em></p><p><br></p><p><strong>✅ 3.</strong></p><p><strong>MIND</strong></p><p>👉 Use: to ask about preference (polite)</p><p><strong>Pattern:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do you mind + -ing…?</p></li></ul><p>👉 Examples:</p><ul><li><p>“Do you mind opening the window?”</p></li><li><p>“Do you mind if I sit here?”</p></li></ul><p>👉 Short answers:</p><ul><li><p>“No, I don’t mind.” (OK 👍)</p></li><li><p>“Yes, I mind.” (Not OK ❌ — explain carefully!)</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>4. 🧩 Controlled Practice (10 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Exercise 1: Choose the correct verb</strong></p><ol><li><p>This photo ______ me of my childhood.</p></li><li><p>I always ______ to lock the door.</p></li><li><p>Can you ______ me to buy milk?</p></li><li><p>Do you ______ helping me?</p></li></ol><p>✔️ Answers:</p><ol><li><p>reminds</p></li><li><p>forget / remember (depending context)</p></li><li><p>remind</p></li><li><p>mind</p></li></ol><p><br></p><p><strong>Exercise 2: Complete</strong></p><ul><li><p>I remember ______ (visit) my grandmother.</p></li><li><p>Please remind me ______ (call) him.</p></li><li><p>Do you mind ______ (wait) here?</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>5. 🎧 Listening / Speaking (based on conversation)</strong></p><p>Tell student:<br>“Two people are talking about memory and the past.”</p><p><strong>First task:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Are they forgetful or organized?</p></li></ul><p><strong>Second task:</strong></p><ul><li><p>What kinds of memories do they talk about?</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>6. 🗣️ Speaking Practice (Main Production)</strong></p><p><strong>Activity 1: Personal questions</strong></p><ul><li><p>What do you remember about your first school?</p></li><li><p>Do you keep mementos? What kind?</p></li><li><p>What reminds you of your childhood?</p></li><li><p>Are you forgetful? Give examples.</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>Activity 2: Functional speaking</strong></p><p>Roleplay:</p><p><strong>Student A:</strong> forgetful person<br><strong>Student B:</strong> helpful friend</p><p>Use:</p><ul><li><p>“Remind me to…”</p></li><li><p>“Do you mind…?”</p></li><li><p>“I remember…”</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>7. 🎤 Fluency Task (Stronger push)</strong></p><p>👉 Topic:<br>“Why do people like to remember the past?”</p><p>Encourage:</p><ul><li><p>“I think people like to reminisce because…”</p></li><li><p>“For example…”</p></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>8. ✍️ Homework (optional)</strong></p><p><strong>Option 1 (easy):</strong><br>Write 5 sentences:</p><ul><li><p>2 with <em>remember</em></p></li><li><p>2 with <em>remind</em></p></li><li><p>1 with <em>mind</em></p></li></ul><p><strong>Option 2 (personal):</strong><br>Write about:<br>👉 “A memory I will never forget”</p><p><br></p><p><strong>🧠 Teaching Tips</strong></p><ul><li><p>Students often confuse:<br>❌ <em>I remind my childhood</em><br>✔️ <em>I remember my childhood</em></p></li><li><p>Drill contrast clearly:<br>👉 “This reminds me of…”<br>👉 “I remember…”</p></li><li><p>With <em>mind</em>, emphasize meaning:<br>✔️ “Do you mind…?” = polite request</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260424" />
         <pubDate>2026-04-29 02:43:04 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3889842337</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 2</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3899134997</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>🦷 <strong>Class Topic: Going to the Dentist</strong></p><p>🎯 <strong>Objectives</strong></p><p>By the end of the class, the student will:</p><ul><li><p>Understand and use basic vocabulary about dental care</p></li><li><p>Talk about personal experiences at the dentist</p></li><li><p>Ask and answer simple health questions</p></li></ul><p>🔹 <strong>1. Warm-up (5–7 min)</strong></p><p>Ask simple questions:</p><ul><li><p>Do you go to the dentist often?</p></li><li><p>I always wanted to be a dentist when I was a child, and I always went to dentist when it was possible. maybe once in a month for cleaning my teeth/tooth.</p></li><li><p>in Dubai, When was your last visit?</p></li><li><p>here I haven't gone yet, but when I was in Brazil  I went very often. </p></li><li><p>Do you like going to the dentist? Why or why not?</p></li><li><p>What do you usually do there?</p></li></ul><p>👉 Encourage short answers first, then expand:</p><blockquote><p>“I go once a year.” → “I go once a year for a check-up.”</p></blockquote><p>🔹 <strong>2. Key Vocabulary (10 min)</strong></p><p>Teach and practice:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Check-up</strong> → A visit to the dentist to check your teeth</p></li><li><p><strong>Toothache</strong> → Pain in your tooth</p></li><li><p>backache / stomachache/headache / I have aches </p></li><li><p><strong>Filling</strong> → Material used to fix a hole in a tooth/</p></li><li><p><strong>Braces</strong> → Metal wires to make teeth straight</p></li><li><p>i wear/wore/used  braces when I was 8 years old until 15 years old</p></li></ul><p>👉 Practice:</p><ul><li><p>Repeat pronunciation</p></li><li><p>Ask concept questions:</p><ul><li><p>Do you go for a check-up when you are healthy? (Yes)</p></li><li><p>Is a toothache comfortable? (No)</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>👉 Quick matching:</p><ul><li><p>Toothache → pain</p></li><li><p>Filling → fix a hole</p></li><li><p>Braces → straight teeth</p></li></ul><p>🔹 <strong>3. Reading / Listening (10 min)</strong></p><p><strong>Simple Dialogue (adapted)</strong></p><blockquote><p><strong>Neil:</strong> Hi Becca, how are you?<br><strong>Becca:</strong> Not great. I have a toothache.<br><strong>Neil:</strong> Oh no! Are you going to the dentist?<br><strong>Becca:</strong> Yes, I have a check-up tomorrow.<br><strong>Neil:</strong> That’s good. Maybe you need a filling.<br><strong>Becca:</strong> I hope not! When I was younger, I had braces.<br><strong>Neil:</strong> Really? Your teeth look great now!<br><strong>Becca:</strong> Thanks! But I don’t like going to the dentist.</p></blockquote><p>Comprehension Questions:</p><ul><li><p>Why is Becca not feeling well?</p></li><li><p>When is her appointment?</p></li><li><p>What did she have when she was younger?</p></li></ul><p>🔹 <strong>4. Language Focus (10 min)</strong></p><p>Talking about health problems:</p><p>Structure:</p><ul><li><p><strong>I have + problem</strong></p><ul><li><p>I have a toothache</p></li><li><p>I have a headache</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>Talking about plans:</p><ul><li><p><strong>I’m going to + place</strong></p><ul><li><p>I’m going to the dentist</p></li><li><p>I’m going to the doctor</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>👉 Practice:</p><ul><li><p>I have ______</p></li><li><p>I’m going to ______</p></li></ul><p>🔹 <strong>5. Speaking Practice (15–20 min)</strong></p><p>🗣️ Role Play</p><p><strong>Situation 1: At the dentist</strong></p><ul><li><p>Student = patient</p></li><li><p>Teacher = dentist</p></li></ul><p>Prompts:</p><ul><li><p>What’s the problem?</p></li><li><p>How long?</p></li><li><p>Do you have pain?</p></li></ul><p><strong>Situation 2: Talking to a friend</strong></p><ul><li><p>“I have a toothache.”</p></li><li><p>“You should go to the dentist.”</p></li></ul><p>🧩 Personal Questions</p><ul><li><p>Have you ever had braces?</p></li><li><p>Do you have fillings?</p></li><li><p>What do you do for a toothache?</p></li></ul><p>🔹 <strong>6. Optional Extension (if time)</strong></p><p>Advice Practice:</p><p>Teach:</p><ul><li><p><strong>You should…</strong></p><ul><li><p>You should go to the dentist</p></li><li><p>You should brush your teeth</p></li></ul></li></ul><p>👉 Student gives advice:</p><ul><li><p>“I have a toothache” → Student: “You should…”</p></li></ul><p>🔹 <strong>7. Homework (Optional)</strong></p><p>Write 5–6 sentences:</p><ul><li><p>When was your last check-up?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever had a toothache?</p></li><li><p>Do you like the dentist? Why?</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260501" />
         <pubDate>2026-05-05 22:56:55 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3899134997</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>homework</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3900439236</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/realeasyenglish/RealEasyEnglish_dentist__worksheet.pdf" />
         <pubDate>2026-05-06 13:47:09 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3900439236</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 3</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3900974833</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>💄 <strong>Lesson Theme: Beauty, Services &amp; Getting Things Done (Causatives)</strong></p><p>🎯 Objectives</p><p>By the end of the lesson, your student will:</p><ul><li><p>Use <strong>causative structures</strong> naturally</p></li><li><p>Talk about <strong>beauty treatments &amp; services</strong></p></li><li><p>Understand causatives in a <strong>real-life context (dentist experience)</strong></p></li><li><p>Compare <strong>services in Dubai vs elsewhere</strong></p></li></ul><p>🧠 1. Warm-up (Personalized Speaking)</p><p>Start with her world:</p><p><strong>Questions:</strong></p><ul><li><p>What services do your clients usually get done?</p></li><li><p>They get their eyebrows done, they get their derma planing done, they get their lips done with nutrigloss.</p></li><li><p>Do clients prefer natural or styled eyebrows in Dubai?</p></li><li><p>normally my clients prefer natural because my clients are Brazilians girls living in Dubai but they prefer more natural procedures.</p></li><li><p>What do <em>you</em> get done regularly? (hair, nails, skin, etc.)</p></li><li><p>I get my hair done in a salon but the service I use the most is nails and I get my nails done done in my own house, so the nail specialist comes home and get the service done.</p></li></ul><p>👉 Push:</p><ul><li><p>“Do you do everything yourself or do you sometimes ask someone to do things for you?”</p></li><li><p>many things I do by myself but Many others I ask someone to do for me for example I get my groceries delivered, I get my house cleaned every 15 days and forth.</p></li></ul><p>💬 2. Lead-in to Grammar (Natural Discovery)</p><p>Write examples based on her life:</p><ul><li><p>“I design eyebrows.”</p></li><li><p>“I <strong>have my eyebrows done</strong> every month.”</p></li></ul><p>Ask:<br>👉 What’s the difference?</p><p>Guide her to notice:</p><ul><li><p><strong>Doing vs receiving a service</strong></p></li></ul><p>📘 3. Grammar Focus: CAUSATIVES</p><p>🔹 Structure 1: Services (Focus on result)</p><p>👉 Use this visual block:</p><p>have/get&nbsp;+&nbsp;object&nbsp;+&nbsp;past&nbsp;participlehave/get&nbsp;+&nbsp;object&nbsp;+&nbsp;past&nbsp;participle</p><p><strong>Examples (beauty context):</strong></p><ul><li><p>I <strong>get my eyebrows done</strong> every two weeks. * present </p></li><li><p>She <strong>had her lashes lifted</strong> yesterday. / past </p></li><li><p>I’m going to /I will  <strong>have my skin treated</strong> next week./ future</p></li></ul><p>👉 Concept:<br>Focus = the <strong>service</strong>, not the person</p><p>🔹 Structure 2: Persuasion / Arranging</p><p>get&nbsp;+&nbsp;person&nbsp;+&nbsp;to&nbsp;+&nbsp;verbget&nbsp;+&nbsp;person&nbsp;+&nbsp;to&nbsp;+&nbsp;verb</p><p><strong>Examples:</strong></p><ul><li><p>I <strong>got my colleague to help me</strong> with a client.</p></li><li><p>She <strong>got the technician to fix</strong> the machine.</p></li></ul><p>👉 Concept:<br>Focus = <strong>who does the action</strong></p><p>✍️ 4. Controlled Practice</p><p>Task A – Transform (Basic → Causative)</p><ul><li><p>Someone cleaned my skin → past<br>👉 I _got my skin cleaned last week_________________________</p></li><li><p>A technician fixed my laser machine →<br>👉 I _got/had my laser machine fixed by a technician yesterday _________________________</p></li><li><p>Someone shaped my eyebrows →<br>👉 I __got my eyebrows shaped last weekend ________________________</p></li></ul><p>Task B – Personalization</p><p>Complete:</p><ul><li><p>I usually get my nails done every weekend </p></li><li><p>Last month, I had my hair done in a salon </p></li><li><p>I need to get someone to fix my eyebrows machine </p></li></ul><p>📖 5. Reading: Dentist Experience (Causatives in Context)</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Text: “A Visit to the Dentist in Dubai”</strong></p><p>Last week, I went to a dental clinic in Dubai because I had a problem with one of my teeth. The clinic was very modern, and the staff were extremely professional.</p><p><br></p><p>When I arrived, I <strong>had my teeth checked</strong> by the dentist. He told me I needed some treatment, so I decided to <strong>have my tooth cleaned</strong> and <strong>get a cavity filled</strong>.</p><p><br></p><p>At first, I was nervous, but the dentist explained everything carefully. I also <strong>got the assistant to explain the procedure again</strong>, just to feel more comfortable.</p><p><br></p><p>The whole experience was surprisingly pleasant. I even decided to <strong>have my teeth whitened</strong> next month.</p><p>In Dubai, many people regularly <strong>get their teeth cleaned</strong> and <strong>have cosmetic treatments done</strong>, just like they do with beauty services.</p><p><br></p><p>🔍 6. Comprehension + Grammar Awareness</p><p><strong>Questions:</strong></p><ul><li><p>What treatments did the person receive?</p></li><li><p>How did the person feel at the beginning and at the end?</p></li><li><p>Why did they ask the assistant for help?</p></li></ul><p>👉 Grammar focus:</p><ul><li><p>Find 3 examples of:</p><ul><li><p><strong>have/get + object + past participle</strong></p></li><li><p><strong>get + person + to + verb</strong></p></li></ul></li></ul><p>💬 7. Speaking: Real-Life Application</p><p>Role-play 1: Client &amp; Cosmetician</p><ul><li><p>She = expert</p></li><li><p>You = client</p></li></ul><p>👉 Include:</p><ul><li><p>“I’d like to get my eyebrows done”</p></li><li><p>“You should have them shaped”</p></li><li><p>“I can get someone to help you”</p></li></ul><p>Role-play 2: Service Culture in Dubai</p><p><strong>Questions:</strong></p><ul><li><p>Do people in Dubai prefer to do things themselves or pay for services?</p></li><li><p>Are beauty services expensive?</p></li><li><p>Is it common to “get things done” regularly?</p></li></ul><p>👉 Push:</p><ul><li><p>“Do you think people depend too much on services?”</p></li></ul><p>🔗 8. Final Task (Fluency Challenge)</p><p><strong>Task:</strong><br>Describe your weekly routine using <strong>at least 4 causatives</strong></p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>“I usually get my eyebrows done every week. I also have my nails done…”</p></blockquote><p>✍️ Optional Homework</p><p><strong>Writing:</strong></p><blockquote><p>“Describe all the services you had done last month.”</p></blockquote><p>🧠 Teaching Tip (Important for Intermediate)</p><p>She might:<br>❌ Say: <em>“I did my eyebrows”</em> (when she means service)<br>✅ Encourage: <em>“I had my eyebrows done”</em></p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/learning-english-grammar/260127" />
         <pubDate>2026-05-06 21:34:33 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3900974833</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title> Working Nowadays</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3927921126</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Reading Text – Working Nowadays</p><p>Today, many people feel stressed at work. Modern life is fast, and workers often have many responsibilities. Emails, meetings, deadlines, and long hours can make people feel nervous and tired.</p><p>Some workplaces are very organised. Managers plan tasks carefully, and employees know what they need to do. In organised companies, workers usually feel calmer and more confident.</p><p>However, other workplaces can be disorganised. People may not communicate well, meetings start late, and employees sometimes do not understand their tasks. This situation can increase stress and create problems between coworkers.</p><p>Supportive colleagues and managers are very important nowadays. When people help each other and communicate clearly, employees feel happier and more relaxed. Small actions, like listening carefully or offering help, can make a big difference.</p><p>Many people are also trying to create a better work-life balance. They want time for family, hobbies, exercise, and rest. Psychologists say that calm moments during the day can reduce stress and improve mental health.</p><p>Working nowadays can be difficult, but good communication, organisation, and supportive people can help create a healthier workplace.</p><p>Comprehension Questions</p><ol><li><p>Why do many people feel stressed at work?</p></li><li><p>How do organised companies help workers?</p></li><li><p>What happens in disorganised workplaces?</p></li><li><p>Why are supportive colleagues important?</p></li><li><p>What can reduce stress according to psychologists?</p></li></ol><p>Discussion Questions</p><ul><li><p>Is your workplace organised or disorganised?</p></li><li><p>What causes stress at work?</p></li><li><p>How do you stay calm during difficult days?</p></li><li><p>Are supportive coworkers important?</p></li><li><p>What advice do psychologists give about stress?</p></li></ul><p>Useful Expressions</p><ul><li><p>“I feel stressed at work sometimes.”</p></li><li><p>“My workplace is very organised.”</p></li><li><p>“Supportive colleagues make work easier.”</p></li><li><p>“Good communication helps reduce stress.”</p></li><li><p>“I try to stay calm during busy days.”</p></li></ul><p>Writing Practice</p><p>Write 5–8 sentences about your work routine.</p><p>You can answer:</p><ul><li><p>Is your work stressful?</p></li><li><p>Are your coworkers supportive?</p></li><li><p>Is your workplace organised?</p></li><li><p>How do you relax after work?</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://elvis.padletcdn.com/1/fetch/e_in/pixabay.com/get/g8e67d26e83bb44a3916440747f0ff23ad71e8df59074681fb482e964420da6b42ef3ea497d1953f521468b97c0bfb760.jpg" />
         <pubDate>2026-05-25 01:55:06 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3927921126</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3928428489</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Objectives</p><p>Students will:</p><ul><li><p>talk about their names and nicknames</p></li><li><p>use the expressions <strong>named after</strong>, <strong>common</strong>, and <strong>unusual</strong></p></li><li><p>read and discuss a short text about names in Brazil today</p></li><li><p>practice speaking through a dialogue</p><p><br/></p></li></ul><p>Warm-up</p><p>Ask students:</p><ul><li><p>What’s your name?</p></li><li><p>Do people call you by your full name or nickname?</p></li><li><p>Who chose your name?</p></li><li><p>Were you named after someone?</p></li><li><p>Is your name common or unusual in Brazil?</p></li><li><p>Do you like your name?</p></li></ul><p>Give students a few minutes to discuss in pairs before sharing with the class.</p><p>Vocabulary</p><p><strong>nickname</strong><br>an informal name used by family and friends</p><p><em>Example:</em> My nickname is Ju.</p><p><strong>to name someone</strong><br>to give someone a name</p><p><em>Example:</em> My parents named me Pedro.</p><p><strong>named after</strong><br>to have the same name as another person because of them</p><p><em>Example:</em> I was named after my grandfather.</p><p><strong>common</strong><br>used by many people</p><p><em>Example:</em> Gabriel is a common name in Brazil.</p><p><strong>unusual</strong><br>different or not very common</p><p><em>Example:</em> Her name is unusual.</p><p>Reading</p><p>Names in Brazil Today</p><p>Names in Brazil tell stories about family, culture, and now technology too.</p><p>In the past, many Brazilian children were named after relatives. It was very common for a son to have his father’s name or for a daughter to be named after her grandmother. Names like Maria, José, João, and Ana were everywhere.</p><p>Today, society is different. Technology connects people to the world every day through phones, social media, music, movies, and games. Because of this, parents hear many new names from other countries and cultures.</p><p>Some parents still choose traditional family names. Others prefer modern or unusual names because they want something unique. English-inspired names have become more common in Brazil, and some parents even create new spellings to make a name feel more personal.</p><p>Nicknames are also an important part of Brazilian culture. Many people use nicknames more than their real names. A Beatriz becomes Bia. An Eduardo becomes Duda. A Fernando becomes Nando.</p><p>Today, a name can carry family history, but it can also reflect the modern digital world we live in.</p><p>Reading questions</p><p>Ask students:</p><ol><li><p>How were many children named in Brazil in the past?</p></li><li><p>What has changed the way parents choose names today?</p></li><li><p>Why do some parents choose unusual names?</p></li><li><p>Why are nicknames important in Brazil?</p></li><li><p>Do you think technology influences names? Why or why not?</p></li></ol><p>Conversation – Phil and Georgie</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> Hi Georgie. Can I ask you something?</p><p><strong>Georgie:</strong> Sure.</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> Were you named after anyone?</p><p><strong>Georgie:</strong> Yes, I was named after my grandmother. Her name was Georgia.</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> That’s nice. And Georgie is your nickname?</p><p><strong>Georgie:</strong> Yes. My family always calls me Georgie.</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> I like it. My full name is Philip, but everyone calls me Phil.</p><p><strong>Georgie:</strong> Is Philip common where you’re from?</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> Yes, it’s pretty common.</p><p><strong>Georgie:</strong> Mine feels a little unusual.</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> Do you have any other nicknames?</p><p><strong>Georgie:</strong> My little brother calls me “G.” It’s funny, but I like it.</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> That’s a good one.</p><p><strong>Georgie:</strong> What about you?</p><p><strong>Phil:</strong> My uncle calls me Philly. Only him.</p><p>Speaking practice</p><p>Students work in pairs.</p><p>Student A asks:</p><ul><li><p>What’s your full name?</p></li><li><p>Do you have a nickname?</p></li><li><p>Who named you?</p></li><li><p>Were you named after someone?</p></li></ul><p>Student B answers and then switches roles.</p><p>Final speaking task</p><p>Students introduce themselves to the class:</p><p><strong>Example:</strong></p><p>“My name is Lucas, but my friends call me Lu. My parents named me after my uncle. Lucas is a common name in Brazil. I like my name because it is simple and easy to say.”</p><p>Optional homework</p><p>Write 6–8 sentences answering:</p><p><strong>What is the story behind your name?</strong></p><p>Include:</p><ul><li><p>your full name</p></li><li><p>nickname</p></li><li><p>who named you</p></li><li><p>if you were named after someone</p></li><li><p>if your name is common or unusual</p></li><li><p>if you like it and why</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260522" />
         <pubDate>2026-05-25 12:02:57 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3928428489</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 5</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3931391966</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Warm-up</p><p>Ask:</p><ul><li><p>Do you think life exists on another planet?</p></li><li><p>Do you believe in aliens?</p></li><li><p>Would you like to visit another planet?</p></li><li><p>Could humans live somewhere other than Earth?</p></li><li><p>Which planet would you like to visit?</p></li></ul><p>Encourage simple answers first:</p><blockquote><p>Yes, maybe.<br>I’m not sure.<br>I think so because…<br>Probably not because…</p></blockquote><p>Space Vocabulary</p><p>planet</p><p>A large object in space that moves around a star.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>Earth is our planet.</p><p>alien</p><p>A living creature from another planet.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>Some people believe aliens exist.</p><p>Earth</p><p>The planet we live on.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>Earth is the only planet we know with life.</p><p>star</p><p>A large ball of burning gas in space.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>The Sun is a star.</p><p>solar system</p><p>The Sun and all the planets around it.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>Earth is part of our solar system.</p><p>habitable</p><p>A place where life can live.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>Scientists think the planet may be habitable.</p><p>zone</p><p>An area with a special characteristic.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>The habitable zone is the area where water may exist.</p><p>potential</p><p>Possible in the future.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>The planet has potential for life.</p><p>rule out</p><p>To say something is not possible.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>Scientists cannot rule out life on the planet.</p><p>dominated</p><p>Controlled by something.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>Its atmosphere may be dominated by gases.</p><p>fingers crossed</p><p>A phrase we say when we hope something good happens.</p><p><strong>Example:</strong><br>Scientists are waiting for more data—fingers crossed!</p><p>Quick Question</p><p>How long would it take to drive to the Sun at 100 km/h?</p><p>Choose one:</p><p>a) 70 years</p><p>b) 170 years</p><p>c) 1,700 years</p><p>Ask your student to guess before reading.</p><p>(Answer: <strong>c) around 1,700 years</strong>)</p><p>Reading</p><p>Could There Be Life on TRAPPIST-1e?</p><p>Scientists are always looking for life beyond Earth. One planet that interests them is called <strong>TRAPPIST-1e</strong>.</p><p>TRAPPIST-1e is outside our solar system. It is very far from Earth, but scientists believe it may be a <strong>potentially habitable</strong> planet.</p><p>This means it could possibly support life.</p><p>The planet is in what scientists call the <strong>habitable zone</strong>. This is the area around a star where temperatures may allow liquid water to exist. Water is important because all life on Earth needs it.</p><p>Scientists are studying the atmosphere of TRAPPIST-1e. They want to know if it has gases, clouds, or conditions that could support life.</p><p>Right now, they cannot confirm life exists there—but they also cannot <strong>rule it out</strong>.</p><p>Could there be plants? Tiny organisms? Or even aliens?</p><p>Nobody knows yet.</p><p>For now, scientists continue collecting data and learning more.</p><p>And like many people interested in space, they are keeping their <strong>fingers crossed</strong>.</p><p>Reading comprehension</p><p>Ask:</p><ol><li><p>What is TRAPPIST-1e?</p></li><li><p>Why do scientists find it interesting?</p></li><li><p>What is the habitable zone?</p></li><li><p>Why is water important?</p></li><li><p>Can scientists confirm life there now?</p></li><li><p>What are scientists doing next?</p></li></ol><p>Language in use</p><p>Could</p><p>We use <strong>could</strong> to talk about possibility.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>There <strong>could</strong> be life on another planet.</p></li><li><p>Humans <strong>could</strong> live there one day.</p></li><li><p>Aliens <strong>could</strong> exist somewhere in space.</p></li></ul><p>Practice:</p><p>Complete:</p><ul><li><p>TRAPPIST-1e __________ be habitable.</p></li><li><p>There __________ be water there.</p></li><li><p>Scientists __________ find life in the future.</p></li></ul><p>Speaking practice</p><p>Discussion questions</p><ul><li><p>Would you like to travel to space?</p></li><li><p>Would you live on another planet if you could?</p></li><li><p>What do you think aliens look like?</p></li><li><p>Do you think alien life is intelligent?</p></li><li><p>Why are humans interested in space?</p></li><li><p>Do you think we will find life in your lifetime?</p></li></ul><p>Fun vocabulary – Describing aliens</p><p>Teach:</p><ul><li><p>strange</p></li><li><p>intelligent</p></li><li><p>friendly</p></li><li><p>dangerous</p></li><li><p>small</p></li><li><p>giant</p></li><li><p>green</p></li><li><p>peaceful</p></li><li><p>mysterious</p></li></ul><p>Ask:</p><p>What do you imagine aliens look like?</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>I imagine aliens are small and intelligent.<br>Maybe they have large eyes.<br>Maybe they live under the ground or in water.</p></blockquote><p>Fill in the blanks</p><p>Use:</p><p><strong>planet – aliens – habitable – water – star – zone – scientists</strong></p><ol><li><p>Earth is a __________.</p></li><li><p>The Sun is a __________.</p></li><li><p>Some people believe __________ exist.</p></li><li><p>TRAPPIST-1e may be __________.</p></li><li><p>Life needs __________.</p></li><li><p>It is in the habitable __________.</p></li><li><p>__________ are studying the planet.</p></li></ol><p>Final task – Imagine life on another planet</p><p>Prompt:</p><p>Imagine you discover a new planet.</p><p>Answer:</p><ul><li><p>What is the planet called?</p></li><li><p>Is it hot or cold?</p></li><li><p>Can people live there?</p></li><li><p>Are there aliens?</p></li><li><p>What do they look like?</p></li><li><p>Would you visit?</p></li></ul><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>My planet is called Blue-X. It is very cold. There is water and ice. Small blue aliens live there. They are friendly and intelligent. I would visit the planet because it sounds beautiful.</p></blockquote><p>Homework (optional)</p><p>Write 6–8 sentences:</p><p>“Do you think life exists on another planet? Why or why not?”</p><p>Try to use:</p><ul><li><p>planet</p></li><li><p>alien</p></li><li><p>habitable</p></li><li><p>could</p></li><li><p>scientists</p></li><li><p>fingers crossed</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2026/ep-260507" />
         <pubDate>2026-05-27 10:49:41 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3931391966</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title></title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3945106453</link>
         <description><![CDATA[]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/the-english-we-speak_2026/ep-260608" />
         <pubDate>2026-06-08 12:13:24 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3945106453</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 7 - To be continued </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3945120283</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>ESL Lesson Plan: Debt, Borrowing Money &amp; Financial Life</p><p><br></p><p>Lesson Objectives</p><p>By the end of the lesson, the student will be able to:</p><ul><li><p>Talk about borrowing and lending money.</p></li><li><p>Discuss personal financial habits.</p></li><li><p>Use vocabulary related to debt and money management.</p></li><li><p>Express opinions about spending, saving, and financial responsibility.</p></li><li><p>Use common financial verbs naturally in conversation.</p></li></ul><p>Warm-Up (10 minutes)</p><p>Discussion Questions</p><ol><li><p>Have you ever borrowed money from someone?</p></li><li><p>What is the most expensive thing you have ever bought?</p></li><li><p>Do you prefer paying in cash, by card, or in installments?</p></li><li><p>Is it common to buy things on credit in your country?</p></li><li><p>Do you think debt is always a bad thing?</p></li></ol><p><strong>Follow-up Questions</strong></p><ul><li><p>Why?</p></li><li><p>Can you give an example?</p></li><li><p>How did you feel about it?</p></li><li><p>What would you do differently?</p></li></ul><p>Pre-Listening Vocabulary</p><p>Core Vocabulary</p><p>Debt</p><p>Money that you owe to another person or institution.</p><blockquote><p>Many people have debt after buying a house.</p></blockquote><p>Pay back</p><p>To return borrowed money.</p><blockquote><p>I borrowed $100 and paid it back the next week.</p></blockquote><p>Pay off</p><p>To completely finish paying a debt.</p><blockquote><p>She finally paid off her student loan.</p></blockquote><p>Clear a debt</p><p>To remove all debt.</p><blockquote><p>He worked extra hours to clear his debts.</p></blockquote><p>Make ends meet</p><p>To have just enough money for necessities.</p><blockquote><p>It is difficult to make ends meet when prices increase.</p></blockquote><p>In arrears</p><p>Late with payments.</p><blockquote><p>Some people fall in arrears on their rent.</p></blockquote><p>The never-never</p><p>Buying something through regular payments over time.</p><blockquote><p>My grandparents bought their first television on the never-never.</p></blockquote><p>Financial strain</p><p>Stress caused by money problems.</p><blockquote><p>Rising prices are creating financial strain for many families.</p></blockquote><p>Language Focus: Financial Verbs</p><p>Introduce these naturally through examples.</p><p>Earn</p><blockquote><p>I earn my salary every month.</p></blockquote><p>Spend</p><blockquote><p>I spend a lot on transportation.</p></blockquote><p>Save</p><blockquote><p>I'm saving for a vacation.</p></blockquote><p>Save up</p><blockquote><p>I'm saving up for a new laptop.</p></blockquote><p>Borrow</p><blockquote><p>He borrowed money from the bank.</p></blockquote><p>Lend</p><blockquote><p>Would you lend money to a friend?</p></blockquote><p>Owe</p><blockquote><p>I owe the bank $5,000.</p></blockquote><p>Repay</p><blockquote><p>She repaid the loan quickly.</p></blockquote><p>Afford</p><blockquote><p>I can't afford a new car right now.</p></blockquote><p>Budget</p><blockquote><p>We budget carefully every month.</p></blockquote><p>Invest</p><blockquote><p>Some people invest their money in stocks.</p></blockquote><p>Deposit</p><blockquote><p>I deposited my paycheck yesterday.</p></blockquote><p>Withdraw</p><blockquote><p>He withdrew cash from the ATM.</p></blockquote><p>Take out a loan</p><blockquote><p>They took out a loan to buy a house.</p></blockquote><p>Cut back on</p><blockquote><p>I'm cutting back on unnecessary spending.</p></blockquote><p>Vocabulary Practice</p><p>Complete the sentences.</p><ol><li><p>I need to <mark>save up</mark> for sao Joao's party.</p></li><li><p>She <mark>borrowed</mark>  money <mark>from</mark> her sister last month.</p></li><li><p>We can't <mark>afford </mark>a bigger apartment.</p></li><li><p>He finally  off his debt.</p></li><li><p>Many families struggle to ______ ends meet.</p></li><li><p>I try not to ______ more than I earn.</p></li></ol><p>Prediction Activity</p><p>Ask:</p><p>The cost of living is increasing in many countries.</p><p>What financial problems do people face today?</p><p>Possible ideas:</p><ul><li><p>Expensive rent</p></li><li><p>Expensive food</p></li><li><p>Credit card debt</p></li><li><p>Low salaries</p></li><li><p>Unemployment</p></li><li><p>High interest rates</p></li></ul><p>Reading</p><p>Read together:</p><blockquote><p>Many people borrow money to buy expensive things such as houses and cars. The money they owe is called debt. Usually, they pay this money back through monthly payments. However, because the cost of living is rising, some people now borrow money even for daily expenses such as food and utility bills. If debt becomes too large, it can cause financial strain, anxiety, and stress.</p></blockquote><p>Comprehension Questions</p><ol><li><p>What is debt?</p></li><li><p>Why do people borrow money?</p></li><li><p>What does "pay back" mean?</p></li><li><p>Why are some people borrowing money for food?</p></li><li><p>What can happen when debt becomes too large?</p></li><li><p>What is financial strain?</p></li></ol><p>Speaking Activity: Money Habits</p><p>Ask the student to answer in complete sentences.</p><p>Saving</p><ul><li><p>Are you good at saving money?</p></li><li><p>What are you currently saving for?</p></li></ul><p>Spending</p><ul><li><p>What do you spend most of your money on?</p></li><li><p>Is there anything you spend too much money on?</p></li></ul><p>Borrowing</p><ul><li><p>Would you borrow money to buy a car?</p></li><li><p>Would you borrow money to travel?</p></li></ul><p>Debt</p><ul><li><p>Is debt common in your country?</p></li><li><p>What kinds of debt are acceptable?</p></li></ul><p>Functional Language: Giving Financial Advice</p><p>Useful Expressions</p><ul><li><p>You should...</p></li><li><p>You shouldn't...</p></li><li><p>If I were you, I'd...</p></li><li><p>It might be a good idea to...</p></li><li><p>Why don't you...?</p></li></ul><p>Practice</p><p>A friend:</p><ul><li><p>has credit card debt</p></li><li><p>spends too much on shopping</p></li><li><p>cannot save money</p></li></ul><p>Give three pieces of advice.</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>You should create a budget.</p><p>You shouldn't use your credit card so often.</p><p>It might be a good idea to save a small amount every month.</p></blockquote><p>practices these verbs with some examples</p><ul><li><p>owe</p></li><li><p>borrow</p></li><li><p>save up</p></li><li><p>afford</p></li><li><p>budget</p></li><li><p>pay off</p></li></ul><p>Discussion Questions</p><ol><li><p>Is it better to save first or buy in installments?</p></li><li><p>Would you lend money to a friend?</p></li><li><p>What financial advice did your parents give you?</p></li><li><p>What is the biggest financial mistake people make?</p></li><li><p>Should schools teach personal finance?</p></li><li><p>What would you do if you suddenly received $10,000?</p></li></ol><p>Homework</p><p>Writing Task (150–200 words)</p><p><strong>Topic:</strong> My Relationship with Money</p><p>Include:</p><ul><li><p>How you earn money</p></li><li><p>What you usually spend money on</p></li><li><p>Whether you save money</p></li><li><p>Something you are saving up for</p></li><li><p>Your opinion about borrowing money</p></li><li><p>Your opinion about debt</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2026/ep-260528" />
         <pubDate>2026-06-08 12:17:26 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3945120283</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3947421153</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>ESL Lesson Plan: Debt, Borrowing Money &amp; Financial Life</p><p><br></p><p>Lesson Objectives</p><p>By the end of the lesson, the student will be able to:</p><ul><li><p>Talk about borrowing and lending money.</p></li><li><p>Discuss personal financial habits.</p></li><li><p>Use vocabulary related to debt and money management.</p></li><li><p>Express opinions about spending, saving, and financial responsibility.</p></li><li><p>Use common financial verbs naturally in conversation.</p></li></ul><p>Warm-Up (10 minutes)</p><p>Discussion Questions</p><ol><li><p>Have you ever borrowed money from someone?</p></li><li><p>What is the most expensive thing you have ever bought?</p></li><li><p>Do you prefer paying in cash, by card, or in installments?</p></li><li><p>Is it common to buy things on credit in your country?</p></li><li><p>Do you think debt is always a bad thing?</p></li></ol><p><strong>Follow-up Questions</strong></p><ul><li><p>Why?</p></li><li><p>Can you give an example?</p></li><li><p>How did you feel about it?</p></li><li><p>What would you do differently?</p></li></ul><p>Pre-Listening Vocabulary</p><p>Core Vocabulary</p><p>Debt</p><p>Money that you owe to another person or institution.</p><blockquote><p>Many people have debt after buying a house.</p></blockquote><p>Pay back</p><p>To return borrowed money.</p><blockquote><p>I borrowed $100 and paid it back the next week.</p></blockquote><p>Pay off</p><p>To completely finish paying a debt.</p><blockquote><p>She finally paid off her student loan.</p></blockquote><p>Clear a debt</p><p>To remove all debt.</p><blockquote><p>He worked extra hours to clear his debts.</p></blockquote><p>Make ends meet</p><p>To have just enough money for necessities.</p><blockquote><p>It is difficult to make ends meet when prices increase.</p></blockquote><p>In arrears</p><p>Late with payments.</p><blockquote><p>Some people fall in arrears on their rent.</p></blockquote><p>The never-never</p><p>Buying something through regular payments over time.</p><blockquote><p>My grandparents bought their first television on the never-never.</p></blockquote><p>Financial strain</p><p>Stress caused by money problems.</p><blockquote><p>Rising prices are creating financial strain for many families.</p></blockquote><p>Language Focus: Financial Verbs</p><p>Introduce these naturally through examples.</p><p>Earn</p><blockquote><p>I earn my salary every month.</p></blockquote><p>Spend</p><blockquote><p>I spend a lot on transportation.</p></blockquote><p>Save</p><blockquote><p>I'm saving for a vacation.</p></blockquote><p>Save up</p><blockquote><p>I'm saving up for a new laptop.</p></blockquote><p>Borrow</p><blockquote><p>He borrowed money from the bank.</p></blockquote><p>Lend</p><blockquote><p>Would you lend money to a friend?</p></blockquote><p>Owe</p><blockquote><p>I owe the bank $5,000.</p></blockquote><p>Repay</p><blockquote><p>She repaid the loan quickly.</p></blockquote><p>Afford</p><blockquote><p>I can't afford a new car right now.</p></blockquote><p>Budget</p><blockquote><p>We budget carefully every month.</p></blockquote><p>Invest</p><blockquote><p>Some people invest their money in stocks.</p></blockquote><p>Deposit</p><blockquote><p>I deposited my paycheck yesterday.</p></blockquote><p>Withdraw</p><blockquote><p>He withdrew cash from the ATM.</p></blockquote><p>Take out a loan</p><blockquote><p>They took out a loan to buy a house.</p></blockquote><p>Cut back on</p><blockquote><p>I'm cutting back on unnecessary spending.</p></blockquote><p>Vocabulary Practice</p><p>Complete the sentences.</p><ol><li><p>I need to <mark>save up</mark> for sao Joao's party.</p></li><li><p>She <mark>borrowed</mark>  money <mark>from</mark> her sister last month.</p></li><li><p>We can't <mark>afford </mark>a bigger apartment.</p></li><li><p>He finally  off his debt.</p></li><li><p>Many families struggle to ______ ends meet.</p></li><li><p>I try not to ______ more than I earn.</p></li></ol><p>Prediction Activity</p><p>Ask:</p><p>The cost of living is increasing in many countries.</p><p>What financial problems do people face today?</p><p>Possible ideas:</p><ul><li><p>Expensive rent</p></li><li><p>Expensive food</p></li><li><p>Credit card debt</p></li><li><p>Low salaries</p></li><li><p>Unemployment</p></li><li><p>High interest rates</p></li></ul><p>Reading</p><p>Read together:</p><blockquote><p>Many people borrow money to buy expensive things such as houses and cars. The money they owe is called debt. Usually, they pay this money back through monthly payments. However, because the cost of living is rising, some people now borrow money even for daily expenses such as food and utility bills. If debt becomes too large, it can cause financial strain, anxiety, and stress.</p></blockquote><p>Comprehension Questions</p><ol><li><p>What is debt?</p></li><li><p>Why do people borrow money?</p></li><li><p>What does "pay back" mean?</p></li><li><p>Why are some people borrowing money for food?</p></li><li><p>What can happen when debt becomes too large?</p></li><li><p>What is financial strain?</p></li></ol><p>Speaking Activity: Money Habits</p><p>Ask the student to answer in complete sentences.</p><p>Saving</p><ul><li><p>Are you good at saving money?</p></li><li><p>What are you currently saving for?</p></li></ul><p>Spending</p><ul><li><p>What do you spend most of your money on?</p></li><li><p>Is there anything you spend too much money on?</p></li></ul><p>Borrowing</p><ul><li><p>Would you borrow money to buy a car?</p></li><li><p>Would you borrow money to travel?</p></li></ul><p>Debt</p><ul><li><p>Is debt common in your country?</p></li><li><p>What kinds of debt are acceptable?</p></li></ul><p>Functional Language: Giving Financial Advice</p><p>Useful Expressions</p><ul><li><p>You should...</p></li><li><p>You shouldn't...</p></li><li><p>If I were you, I'd...</p></li><li><p>It might be a good idea to...</p></li><li><p>Why don't you...?</p></li></ul><p>Practice</p><p>A friend:</p><ul><li><p>has credit card debt</p></li><li><p>spends too much on shopping</p></li><li><p>cannot save money</p></li></ul><p>Give three pieces of advice.</p><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>You should create a budget.</p><p>You shouldn't use your credit card so often.</p><p>It might be a good idea to save a small amount every month.</p></blockquote><p>practices these verbs with some examples</p><ul><li><p>owe</p></li><li><p>borrow</p></li><li><p>save up</p></li><li><p>afford</p></li><li><p>budget</p></li><li><p>pay off</p></li></ul><p>Discussion Questions</p><ol><li><p>Is it better to save first or buy in installments?</p></li><li><p>Would you lend money to a friend?</p></li><li><p>What financial advice did your parents give you?</p></li><li><p>What is the biggest financial mistake people make?</p></li><li><p>Should schools teach personal finance?</p></li><li><p>What would you do if you suddenly received $10,000?</p></li></ol><p>Homework</p><p>Writing Task (150–200 words)</p><p><strong>Topic:</strong> My Relationship with Money</p><p>Include:</p><ul><li><p>How you earn money</p></li><li><p>What you usually spend money on</p></li><li><p>Whether you save money</p></li><li><p>Something you are saving up for</p></li><li><p>Your opinion about borrowing money</p></li><li><p>Your opinion about debt</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2026/ep-260528" />
         <pubDate>2026-06-10 01:52:37 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3947421153</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 8</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3949808362</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>How Advertising Influences Our Choices</p><p>Level:</p><p><br/></p><p>Lesson Objectives</p><p>By the end of the lesson, the student will be able to:</p><ul><li><p>Talk about things they buy and why they buy them.</p></li><li><p>Discuss how advertising influences people's decisions.</p></li><li><p>Learn and use new vocabulary related to shopping and marketing.</p></li><li><p>Express opinions and personal experiences.</p></li><li><p>Practice reading, speaking, and vocabulary skills.</p></li></ul><p>Warm-Up</p><p>Discussion Questions</p><ol><li><p>What was the last thing you bought?</p></li><li><p>Why did you buy it?</p></li><li><p>Did you compare different products before buying?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever bought something because you saw an advertisement?</p></li><li><p>Do advertisements influence your decisions?</p></li></ol><p>Pre-Reading Vocabulary</p><p>Match the words with their meanings.</p><ol><li><p>mental shortcut/e</p></li><li><p>judged/d</p></li><li><p>upsell/c</p></li><li><p>basket spend /b</p></li><li><p>think outside the box/f</p></li><li><p>model/a</p></li></ol><p>a. show behaviour that others can copy</p><p>b. amount of money spent in one purchase/compra.</p><p>c. sell a more expensive product or extra products</p><p>d. worried about what other people think</p><p>e. a quick way to make a decision</p><p>f. think creatively</p><p>Answers</p><p>1-e</p><p>2-d</p><p>3-c</p><p>4-b</p><p>5-f</p><p>6-a</p><p>Reading</p><p>Why Do We Buy Things?</p><p>Many people believe they make rational decisions when they go shopping. However, advertisers and businesses use different strategies to influence customers.</p><p>Sometimes people use a <strong>mental shortcut</strong> when choosing a product. Instead of carefully comparing every option, they choose the brand they recognize or the product that seems popular.</p><p>People may also worry about being <strong>judged</strong> by others. For example, they might buy certain clothes, phones, or shoes because they want to make a good impression.</p><p>Stores often try to <strong>upsell</strong> customers. A salesperson may suggest a more expensive product or offer additional items to increase the <strong>basket spend</strong>.</p><p>Companies also try to <strong>model</strong> behaviour. If customers see other people enjoying a product, they may be more likely to buy it too.</p><p>Understanding these techniques can help people become smarter shoppers and <strong>think outside the box</strong> when making decisions.</p><p>Reading Comprehension</p><p>True or False</p><ol><li><p>People always compare every product carefully before buying. TRUE</p></li><li><p>Mental shortcuts help people make decisions quickly. TRUE.</p></li><li><p>Upselling means selling cheaper products. FALSE</p></li><li><p>Companies sometimes use other people as examples to influence customers. TRUE</p></li><li><p>Understanding advertising techniques can help consumers. TRUE</p></li></ol><p>Answer the Questions</p><ol><li><p>What is a mental shortcut?</p></li><li><p>Why might people buy certain products to avoid being judged?</p></li><li><p>What is upselling?</p></li><li><p>What does basket spend mean?</p></li><li><p>How can understanding advertising help consumers?</p></li></ol><p>Language Focus</p><p>Talking About Purchases</p><p>Useful phrases:</p><ul><li><p>I bought it because...</p></li><li><p>I chose it because...</p></li><li><p>It was cheaper than...</p></li><li><p>It looked better than...</p></li><li><p>I saw it in an advertisement.</p></li><li><p>A friend recommended it.</p></li><li><p>I needed it for...</p></li><li><p>It seemed like a good deal.</p></li></ul><p>Examples</p><ul><li><p>I bought these shoes because they were comfortable.</p></li><li><p>I chose this phone because it had a better camera.</p></li><li><p>I bought it after seeing an online advertisement.</p></li></ul><p>Speaking Practice</p><p>Tell Me About Your Last Purchase</p><p>Answer the questions:</p><ol><li><p>What was the last thing you bought?</p></li><li><p>Where did you buy it?</p></li><li><p>Why did you choose it?</p></li><li><p>Did you compare it with other products?</p></li><li><p>Were you influenced by an advertisement, a friend, or social media?</p></li></ol><p>Vocabulary Practice</p><p>Complete the sentences with the words below.</p><p><strong>mental shortcut – judged – upsell – basket spend – model – think outside the box</strong></p><ol><li><p>The salesperson tried to __________ me a more expensive laptop.</p></li><li><p>Many people use a __________ when choosing familiar brands.</p></li><li><p>Some teenagers worry about being __________ by their friends.</p></li><li><p>The store wants to increase the customer's __________.</p></li><li><p>Good leaders often __________ positive behaviour.</p></li><li><p>We need to __________ to solve this problem.</p></li></ol><p>Discussion</p><p>Agree or Disagree?</p><ol><li><p>Advertising influences everyone.</p></li><li><p>Social media influencers are effective advertisers.</p></li><li><p>People spend too much money on brands.</p></li><li><p>Companies know how to influence customers better than customers realize.</p></li><li><p>Young people are more influenced by advertising than adults.</p></li></ol><p>Explain your answers using:</p><ul><li><p>I agree because...</p></li><li><p>I disagree because...</p></li><li><p>In my opinion...</p></li><li><p>I think that...</p></li></ul><p>Mini Role Play</p><p>Customer and Salesperson</p><p><strong>Student A:</strong> Customer</p><p>You want to buy a new backpack.</p><p><strong>Student B:</strong> Salesperson</p><p>Try to upsell the customer by recommending a more expensive backpack with extra features.</p><p>After the role play, discuss:</p><ul><li><p>Did the customer buy the more expensive product?</p></li><li><p>Why or why not?</p></li></ul><p>Homework</p><p>Writing Task (100–120 words)</p><p><strong>Describe the last thing you bought.</strong></p><p>Include:</p><ul><li><p>What it was</p></li><li><p>Where you bought it</p></li><li><p>Why you chose it</p></li><li><p>Whether advertising influenced your decision</p></li><li><p>Whether you are happy with your purchase</p></li></ul><p>Try to use at least <strong>three vocabulary words</strong> from today's lesson.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2026/ep-260611" />
         <pubDate>2026-06-11 12:32:55 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3949808362</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 1</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3957020694</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>The Positive Power of Poetry</p><p><strong>Upper-Intermediate English Class (B2)</strong><br><strong>Topic:</strong> Poetry, Emotions, and Self-Expression<br><strong>Duration:</strong> 60–75 minutes</p><p>Warm-up Discussion</p><p>Discuss the questions:</p><ol><li><p>Do you enjoy reading poetry? Why or why not?</p></li><li><p>What is the difference between poetry and song lyrics?</p></li><li><p>Have you ever heard someone recite a poem?</p></li><li><p>Can poetry help people express difficult emotions?</p></li><li><p>Do you think poetry is still relevant today?</p></li><li><p>What topics make the best poems?</p></li></ol><p>Vocabulary</p><p>Match the words to the definitions.</p><p>Words</p><ul><li><p>open mic night</p></li><li><p>touch your soul</p></li><li><p>jargon</p></li><li><p>impenetrable</p></li><li><p>turn-off</p></li><li><p>get goose bumps</p></li></ul><p>Definitions</p><p>a. difficult or impossible to understand</p><p>b. special language used by a particular profession or group</p><p>c. something that makes people lose interest</p><p>d. a live event where anyone can perform</p><p>e. affect someone deeply emotionally</p><p>f. feel physically or emotionally affected so that the hairs on your skin stand up</p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><br/></p><p><mark>Reading</mark></p><p><mark>Why Poetry Continues to Inspire People</mark></p><p><br/></p><p>Poetry has existed for thousands of years, yet it remains an important form of expression today. Many people think poetry belongs only in schools or old books, but poems continue to be shared on social media, at festivals, and during open mic nights.</p><p>One reason poetry remains popular is its ability to express emotions. Sometimes people find it difficult to describe feelings such as love, grief, hope, or fear. A poem can provide words for experiences that are hard to explain. The right poem can touch your soul and help you understand yourself better.</p><p>However, poetry can also have a reputation for being difficult. Some readers find certain poems impenetrable because of unusual vocabulary or complex symbolism. Others are turned off by the academic jargon often used when discussing poetry in school.</p><p>Despite these challenges, poetry continues to attract new audiences. Spoken-word performances, online communities, and poetry videos have introduced younger generations to the art form. Many people discover poems that give them goose bumps because they feel personally connected to the message.</p><p>Poetry reminds us that language is not only a tool for communication but also a way to share emotions, experiences, and ideas.</p><p>Reading Comprehension</p><p>Choose the Correct Answer</p><ol><li><p>Why do many people still enjoy poetry?</p></li></ol><p>a) It helps express emotions.</p><p>b) It teaches mathematics.</p><p>c) It is always easy to understand.</p><ol start="2"><li><p>What might make a poem difficult to understand?</p></li></ol><p>a) Too many pictures.</p><p>b) Complex symbolism and vocabulary.</p><p>c) Short sentences.</p><ol start="3"><li><p>Why are some people turned off by poetry?</p></li></ol><p>a) They dislike reading.</p><p>b) They find the academic jargon confusing.</p><p>c) Poems are too expensive.</p><ol start="4"><li><p>How are younger people discovering poetry?</p></li></ol><p>a) Through social media and spoken-word performances.</p><p>b) Through newspapers only.</p><p>c) Through television commercials.</p><ol start="5"><li><p>According to the article, poetry is a way to:</p></li></ol><p>a) memorize information.</p><p>b) communicate emotions and ideas.</p><p>c) learn foreign languages only.</p><p>Language Focus: Literary Devices</p><p>This Week's Question</p><p>The phrase:</p><p><strong>"The Positive Power of Poetry"</strong></p><p>repeats the same initial <strong>p</strong> sound.</p><p>What is this called?</p><p>a) Assonance</p><p>b) Alliteration</p><p>c) Simile</p><p>✅ <strong>Answer: Alliteration</strong></p><p>More Examples</p><ul><li><p>Wild winds whisper.</p></li><li><p>Busy bees buzz.</p></li><li><p>Silver stars shine.</p></li></ul><p>Practice</p><p>Create your own alliteration using:</p><ul><li><p>the letter S</p></li><li><p>the letter B</p></li><li><p>the first letter of your name</p></li></ul><p>Speaking Activity</p><p>Discussion Questions</p><ol><li><p>Have you ever read a poem that moved you emotionally?</p></li><li><p>Why do some people love poetry while others dislike it?</p></li><li><p>Can poetry help people during difficult times?</p></li><li><p>Should poetry be taught more often in schools?</p></li><li><p>Are song lyrics a form of poetry?</p></li><li><p>Can poetry create social or political change?</p></li></ol><p>Poetry Analysis</p><p>Read the poem:</p><blockquote><p>The ocean speaks in waves of blue,<br>A thousand stories coming through.<br>The wind carries dreams across the sea,<br>Whispering softly to you and me.<br>Though storms may come and skies grow gray,<br>Hope is the light that shows the way.</p></blockquote><p>Discuss</p><ol><li><p>What is the main message of the poem?</p></li><li><p>What emotions does it create?</p></li><li><p>Which images can you visualize?</p></li><li><p>What does "Hope is the light that shows the way" mean?</p></li></ol><p>Writing Task</p><p>Option A – Personal Reflection</p><p>Write 120–150 words about a piece of writing, song, or poem that has touched your soul.</p><p>Include:</p><ul><li><p>What it was</p></li><li><p>When you discovered it</p></li><li><p>Why it affected you</p></li><li><p>What message you learned from it</p></li></ul><p>Option B – Create Your Own Poem</p><p>Write a poem of 6–10 lines about one of the following topics:</p><ul><li><p>Friendship</p></li><li><p>Hope</p></li><li><p>Nature</p></li><li><p>Family</p></li><li><p>The future</p></li></ul><p>Try to include:</p><ul><li><p>one example of alliteration</p></li><li><p>descriptive language</p></li><li><p>an emotional message</p></li></ul><p>Extension Activity</p><p>Read this quote and discuss:</p><blockquote><p>"Poetry is when an emotion has found its thought and the thought has found words."</p></blockquote><p>— Robert Frost</p><p>Questions</p><ol><li><p>What do you think this quote means?</p></li><li><p>Do you agree with it?</p></li><li><p>Can emotions always be expressed with words?</p></li></ol><p>Homework</p><p>Find a short English poem online and prepare to:</p><ul><li><p>Read it aloud.</p></li><li><p>Explain its meaning.</p></li><li><p>Identify any examples of alliteration, rhyme, or imagery.</p></li><li><p>Describe whether the poem gave you goose bumps and why.</p></li></ul><p><strong>Answers:</strong><br>1-d | 2-e | 3-b | 4-a | 5-c | 6-f</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2026/ep-260604" />
         <pubDate>2026-06-18 02:08:08 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3957020694</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>Class 2 </title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3960824331</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Screen Time and Children: How Much Is Too Much?</strong></p><p><strong>Lesson Objectives</strong></p><p>By the end of this lesson, students will be able to:</p><ul><li><p>Discuss screen time habits and social media use.</p></li><li><p>Express opinions about technology and children.</p></li><li><p>Use new vocabulary in context.</p></li><li><p>Practice speaking, reading, listening comprehension, and writing.</p></li><li><p>Talk about advantages and disadvantages of screen use.</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>Warm-up</strong></p><p>Discuss the questions:</p><ol><li><p>How much time do you spend on your phone each day?</p></li><li><p>What apps do you use the most?</p></li><li><p>Do you think children spend too much time on screens?</p></li><li><p>At what age should a child have a smartphone?</p></li><li><p>Should governments regulate children’s screen time? Why or why not?</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><strong>Before Listening</strong></p><p><strong>Quiz Question</strong></p><p>According to the UK media regulator, how many children aged 3–4 have a smartphone?</p><p>a) One in twenty</p><p>b) One in ten</p><p>c) One in five</p><p>Make your guess and explain why.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Vocabulary/homework</strong></p><p><strong>Match the words with their meanings.</strong></p><ol><li><p>intentional</p></li><li><p>enable</p></li><li><p>eager</p></li><li><p>shift</p></li><li><p>set someone up for something</p></li><li><p>the bar needs to be higher</p></li></ol><p>Definitions:</p><p>a. To make something possible</p><p>b. A small change</p><p>c. Acting with a specific plan or purpose</p><p>d. To prepare someone for a future situation</p><p>e. Very excited and willing to do something</p><p>f. Expectations should be increased</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Vocabulary Practice</strong></p><p>Complete the sentences:</p><ol><li><p>Parents should be __________ about how much screen time their children have.</p></li><li><p>Educational apps can __________ children to learn new skills.</p></li><li><p>Many teenagers are __________ to join social media.</p></li><li><p>There has been a __________ in attitudes toward technology.</p></li><li><p>Good study habits can __________ students for success.</p></li><li><p>When it comes to online safety, __________.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><strong>Reading/ homework</strong></p><p><strong>Are Children Spending Too Much Time Online?</strong></p><p>Many parents worry that their children spend too much time looking at screens. Smartphones, tablets, video games, and social media are now part of everyday life. While technology offers many benefits, excessive screen time can sometimes affect sleep, concentration, and physical activity.</p><p>As a result, some governments are introducing online safety measures. Countries such as the UK, Australia, and China have discussed or implemented rules designed to protect children online. These measures may limit access to social media or encourage healthier digital habits.</p><p>Supporters believe these policies help children develop better relationships with technology. They argue that young people need time for face-to-face communication, exercise, and creative activities.</p><p>Others believe that technology itself is not the problem. Instead, they argue that children should learn how to use digital tools responsibly because technology will continue to play an important role in education and future careers.</p><p>The debate continues as families, schools, and governments search for the best balance between technology and healthy childhood development.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Reading Comprehension</strong></p><p>Answer the questions.</p><ol><li><p>Why are many parents concerned about screen time?</p></li><li><p>What are some benefits of technology?</p></li><li><p>What measures are some governments introducing?</p></li><li><p>Why do some people support restrictions?</p></li><li><p>What is the argument against strict limits?</p></li></ol><p><strong>True or False?</strong></p><ol><li><p>Technology has no benefits for children.</p></li><li><p>Some governments want to improve online safety.</p></li><li><p>Everyone agrees on the best solution.</p></li><li><p>Face-to-face communication is mentioned as important.</p></li><li><p>Technology will probably remain important in the future.</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><strong>Speaking Activity</strong></p><p><strong>Discussion</strong></p><ol><li><p>How much screen time is healthy for children?</p></li><li><p>Should children under 13 use social media?</p></li><li><p>What are the advantages of smartphones for children?</p></li><li><p>What are the disadvantages?</p></li><li><p>Did you spend more or less time on screens when you were young?</p></li><li><p>How can parents encourage healthy technology habits?</p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><strong><mark>Grammar Focus/ homework </mark></strong></p><p><strong><mark>First Conditional</mark></strong></p><p><mark>We use the first conditional to talk about real future possibilities.</mark></p><p><strong><mark>Structure</mark></strong></p><p><strong><mark>If + present simple, will + verb</mark></strong></p><p><mark>Examples:</mark></p><ul><li><p><mark>If children spend too much time online, they will sleep less.</mark></p></li><li><p><mark>If parents set limits, children will develop healthier habits.</mark></p></li><li><p><mark>If governments create regulations, social media companies will need to adapt.</mark></p></li></ul><p><strong><mark>Practice</mark></strong></p><p><mark>Complete the sentences:</mark></p><ol><li><p><mark>If children use screens before bed, they ________.</mark></p></li><li><p><mark>If parents monitor social media use, children ________.</mark></p></li><li><p><mark>If schools teach digital literacy, students ________.</mark></p></li><li><p><mark>If screen time becomes excessive, ________.</mark></p></li></ol><p><br/></p><p><strong>Debate</strong></p><p><strong>Statement</strong></p><p><strong>“Children under 13 should not have smartphones.”</strong></p><p>Prepare arguments:</p><p><strong>Agree</strong></p><ul><li><p>Better concentration</p></li><li><p>Less social media pressure</p></li><li><p>More outdoor activities</p></li></ul><p><strong>Disagree</strong></p><ul><li><p>Safety and communication</p></li><li><p>Educational resources</p></li><li><p>Technology skills</p></li></ul><p>Discuss which side is more convincing.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Role Play</strong></p><p>Student A: Concerned parent</p><p>Student B: Child who wants a smartphone</p><p>Discuss:</p><ul><li><p>Why the child wants a phone</p></li><li><p>Parents’ concerns</p></li><li><p>Rules and limits</p></li><li><p>Possible compromise</p></li></ul><p>Try to reach an agreement.</p><p><br/></p><p><strong>Writing Task</strong></p><p><strong>Opinion Paragraph (120–150 words)</strong></p><p><strong>Question:</strong></p><p>Should governments limit children’s access to social media?</p><p>Include:</p><ul><li><p>Your opinion</p></li><li><p>Two reasons</p></li><li><p>One possible disadvantage</p></li><li><p>A conclusion</p></li></ul><p>Useful expressions:</p><ul><li><p>In my opinion…</p></li><li><p>I believe that…</p></li><li><p>One advantage is…</p></li><li><p>However…</p></li><li><p>On the other hand…</p></li><li><p>Therefore…</p></li></ul><p><br/></p><p><strong>Homework</strong></p><p>Track your own screen time for one day.</p><p>Write a short reflection (100–120 words):</p><ul><li><p>How many hours did you spend on screens?</p></li><li><p>Which apps did you use most?</p></li><li><p>Was your screen time intentional or automatic?</p></li><li><p>What would you like to change about your digital habits?</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/6-minute-english_2026/ep-260618" />
         <pubDate>2026-06-22 11:21:26 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3960824331</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 3</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3963816747</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Things We Can't Stand!</p><p><strong>Level:</strong> Upper-Intermediate (B2)<br><strong>Topic:</strong> Annoying vs Frustrating Situations<br><strong>Time:</strong> 60–75 minutes</p><p>Warm-up Questions</p><ol><li><p>What is something you absolutely can't stand?</p></li><li><p>What annoys you most about modern life?</p></li><li><p>What frustrates you when you're using technology?</p></li><li><p>Are you easily annoyed, or are you usually patient?</p></li><li><p>What annoying habit do many people have?</p></li><li><p>What's the most frustrating thing that happened to you recently?</p></li></ol><p>Useful Expressions</p><ul><li><p>I can't stand...</p></li><li><p>It drives me crazy when...</p></li><li><p>It really gets on my nerves when...</p></li><li><p>One thing that annoys me is...</p></li><li><p>I find it frustrating when...</p></li><li><p>It makes me lose my patience.</p></li></ul><p>Vocabulary</p><p>Can't stand</p><p>To strongly dislike something.</p><p><strong>Examples</strong></p><ul><li><p>I can't stand people who are always late.</p></li><li><p>She can't stand waiting in long lines.</p></li></ul><p>Annoying / Irritating</p><p>Something that causes a small feeling of anger or discomfort.</p><p><strong>Examples</strong></p><ul><li><p>Loud chewing is annoying.</p></li><li><p>The constant noise is irritating.</p></li></ul><p>Annoyed / Irritated</p><p>The feeling you experience.</p><p><strong>Examples</strong></p><ul><li><p>I get annoyed when people interrupt me.</p></li><li><p>He was irritated by the loud music.</p></li></ul><p>Frustrating</p><p>Something that prevents you from doing what you want to do.</p><p><strong>Examples</strong></p><ul><li><p>Slow internet is frustrating.</p></li><li><p>It's frustrating when your phone battery dies unexpectedly.</p></li></ul><p>Frustrated</p><p>The feeling you experience.</p><p><strong>Examples</strong></p><ul><li><p>I felt frustrated because I couldn't solve the problem.</p></li><li><p>She's frustrated with the delays.</p></li></ul><p>Vocabulary Check</p><p>Choose the best word:</p><ol><li><p>When my computer freezes while I'm working, I feel:</p><ul><li><p>annoyed</p></li><li><p>frustrated</p></li></ul></li><li><p>A mosquito buzzing near your ear is:</p><ul><li><p>annoying</p></li><li><p>frustrating</p></li></ul></li><li><p>If you can't finish something because of a problem, you are:</p><ul><li><p>irritated</p></li><li><p>frustrated</p></li></ul></li><li><p>Someone talking loudly in the cinema is:</p><ul><li><p>annoying</p></li><li><p>frustrating</p></li></ul></li></ol><p>Explain your answers.</p><p>Reading: Why Small Things Make Us So Angry</p><p>Many people believe that major problems cause the most stress, but surprisingly, it is often the small things that affect us the most. Psychologists call these daily annoyances "minor stressors." They include situations such as waiting in traffic, listening to noisy neighbours, dealing with slow internet, or standing behind someone who takes a long time to order food.</p><p>One reason these situations are so irritating is that they happen repeatedly. A single delay may not be a problem, but when the same thing happens every day, it can become difficult to ignore. Over time, these small frustrations can have a significant effect on our mood.</p><p>Technology has also created a new category of frustrations. Modern devices are designed to make life easier, so when they fail, people often feel frustrated. A frozen computer, a weak Wi-Fi signal, or a website that crashes just before a payment is completed can quickly test a person's patience.</p><p>Interestingly, people react differently to annoying situations. Some individuals remain calm and patient, while others become irritated very quickly. Experts suggest that personality, stress levels, and even lack of sleep can influence how people respond to everyday problems.</p><p>Although we cannot eliminate every annoyance from our lives, learning to stay calm can help. Taking a deep breath, focusing on what we can control, and maintaining a sense of humour are all effective ways to deal with annoying and frustrating situations.</p><p>Reading Comprehension</p><p>Multiple Choice</p><ol><li><p>According to the article, what often affects people more than major problems?<br>a) Technology<br>b) Daily annoyances<br>c) Work</p></li><li><p>Why do small annoyances become more irritating?<br>a) They are expensive.<br>b) They happen repeatedly.<br>c) They are dangerous.</p></li><li><p>Why are technology problems often frustrating?<br>a) Technology is difficult to understand.<br>b) Technology is expensive.<br>c) Technology is supposed to make life easier.</p></li><li><p>What can influence how people react to annoying situations?<br>a) Personality and stress levels<br>b) Age only<br>c) Income</p></li></ol><p>Discussion</p><ul><li><p>Do you agree with the article? Why or why not?</p></li><li><p>Which example from the text do you relate to most?</p></li><li><p>Are you more patient today than you were five years ago?</p></li><li><p>What strategies do you use to stay calm?</p></li></ul><p>Grammar Focus: Gerunds After "Can't Stand"</p><p>After <strong>can't stand</strong>, we usually use a verb ending in <strong>-ing</strong>.</p><p>Examples</p><ul><li><p>I can't stand waiting in traffic.</p></li><li><p>She can't stand listening to loud music.</p></li><li><p>We can't stand being interrupted.</p></li></ul><p>Practice</p><p>Complete the sentences:</p><ol><li><p>I can't stand __________ (wait) for people who are late.</p></li><li><p>My friend can't stand __________ (lose) arguments.</p></li><li><p>She can't stand __________ (be) ignored.</p></li><li><p>We can't stand __________ (hear) loud noises while studying.</p></li><li><p>He can't stand __________ (deal) with customer complaints.</p></li></ol><p>Speaking Activity: My Biggest Pet Peeves</p><p>Choose five things that annoy or frustrate you.</p><p>For each one, explain:</p><ul><li><p>Why it annoys or frustrates you</p></li><li><p>How often it happens</p></li><li><p>How you usually react</p></li><li><p>Whether other people agree with you</p></li></ul><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>I can't stand people who stop suddenly while walking. It annoys me because I often walk quickly and it interrupts my pace.</p></blockquote><p>Useful Expressions for Speaking</p><ul><li><p>That really gets on my nerves.</p></li><li><p>I find that incredibly annoying.</p></li><li><p>It drives me crazy.</p></li><li><p>I lose my patience when...</p></li><li><p>One thing I can't stand is...</p></li><li><p>It's frustrating because...</p></li><li><p>I try not to let it bother me.</p></li><li><p>I've learned to be more patient about it.</p></li></ul><p>Debate Question</p><p><strong>Are people becoming less patient because of technology?</strong></p><p>Discuss:</p><ul><li><p>Faster internet and instant communication</p></li><li><p>Online shopping and same-day delivery</p></li><li><p>Social media and short attention spans</p></li><li><p>Whether technology has made people more demanding</p></li></ul><p>Try to use:</p><ul><li><p>annoying</p></li><li><p>frustrated</p></li><li><p>frustrating</p></li><li><p>irritated</p></li><li><p>can't stand</p></li></ul><p>Homework</p><p>Writing Task (200–250 words)</p><p><strong>The Most Annoying and Frustrating Things in Modern Life</strong></p><p>Write about:</p><ul><li><p>Three things that annoy you.</p></li><li><p>Two things that frustrate you.</p></li><li><p>Why they affect you.</p></li><li><p>How you usually react.</p></li><li><p>Whether people today are less patient than before.</p></li></ul><p>Use at least <strong>8 vocabulary words or expressions</strong> from today's lesson.</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260619" />
         <pubDate>2026-06-25 01:11:52 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3963816747</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 5 review</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3966797765</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>English Class: <strong>Moving to a New Home</strong><br><strong>Topic:</strong> Moving House &amp; Living in a New Country<br><strong>Time:</strong> 60–75 minutes</p><p>1. Warm-up (10 minutes)</p><p>Start with a personal conversation.</p><p>Questions</p><ul><li><p>Where did you live in Brazil?</p></li><li><p>I lived in the northeast of Brazil, my city is called SALVADOR my neighbour was Stella Maris this a beach zone and natural views is just beautiful there. </p></li><li><p>How long have you lived in Dubai?</p></li><li><p>i have lived here for 1 year and a half.  </p></li><li><p>Why did you move?</p></li><li><p>because, first it was a dream for a long time, I always wanted to live in another country, I like the new cultures, new opportunities, make money which is very important and to live new experiences far from the family and the same things. </p></li><li><p>What do you like most about living in Dubai?</p></li><li><p>I think the first thing I like here is the security, the safety, the clean public spaces, it is amazing. The government takes the best decisions for the citizens and everyone has a job and protection. </p></li><li><p>What do you miss about Brazil?</p></li><li><p>I miss so much the food, even though I like cook my own food but can not be compared. I miss the beach and the climate which is very hot and I cant deal with it because it is hot as hell. </p></li><li><p>Was moving easy or difficult?</p></li><li><p>it was easy because I sell all my stuff in brazil before I left the country. </p></li><li><p>Would you move to another country again? Why?</p></li><li><p>yes, I would move again. I guess I would like to go to Paris or the USA. because I would like to learn English better in a native speaking country. </p></li></ul><p><strong>Follow-up Questions</strong></p><ul><li><p>Did you bring many things from Brazil?</p></li><li><p>Did you leave some possessions behind?</p></li><li><p>How long did it take to pack?</p></li><li><p>What was the most difficult part of moving?</p></li></ul><p>2. Vocabulary</p><p>Possessions</p><p>Things that belong to you.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I packed all my possessions before moving.</p></li><li><p>My most valuable possession is my laptop.</p></li></ul><p>Removal Van</p><p>A large vehicle used to move furniture and boxes.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>The removal van arrived early in the morning.</p></li><li><p>Everything was loaded into the removal van.</p></li></ul><p>Removals Company</p><p>A company that helps people move house.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>We hired a removals company.</p></li><li><p>The removals company packed our furniture.</p></li></ul><p>Packing</p><p>Putting your belongings into boxes.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>Packing took three days.</p></li><li><p>My family helped me with the packing.</p></li></ul><p>Fragile</p><p>Easy to break.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>These glasses are fragile.</p></li><li><p>Please be careful with the fragile boxes.</p></li></ul><p>Vocabulary Practice</p><p>Complete the sentences.</p><ol><li><p>I put all my clothes into boxes. I was __________.</p></li><li><p>Plates and glasses are __________.</p></li><li><p>A __________ helped us move our furniture.</p></li><li><p>Everything I own is called my __________.</p></li><li><p>The furniture arrived in a large __________.</p></li></ol><p>3. Reading</p><p>A New Life in Dubai</p><p>When Julia decided to move from Brazil to Dubai, she knew her life would change completely. She was excited, but she was also nervous because she had never lived in another country before.</p><p>The first challenge was packing. Julia had to decide what to take with her and what to leave behind. Some of her possessions, such as clothes and books, were easy to pack. However, her favourite coffee mugs, picture frames, and decorations were fragile, so she wrapped them carefully in bubble wrap.</p><p>Because she had many boxes, Julia hired a removals company. They collected her furniture and boxes and transported everything safely to Dubai. The removal van arrived on time, and nothing was broken during the journey.</p><p>Today, Julia enjoys her new apartment. She loves the modern buildings, the international atmosphere, and the opportunity to meet people from different countries. However, she still misses Brazilian food, spending weekends with her family, and speaking Portuguese every day.</p><p>Looking back, Julia believes moving abroad was one of the best decisions she has ever made. Although the process was stressful, it helped her become more independent and confident.</p><p>4. Reading Comprehension</p><p>Answer the questions.</p><ol><li><p>Why was Julia nervous about moving?</p></li><li><p>What was the first challenge?</p></li><li><p>Which possessions were fragile?</p></li><li><p>Why did she hire a removals company?</p></li><li><p>What does she enjoy about Dubai?</p></li><li><p>What does she miss about Brazil?</p></li><li><p>Do you think moving was a good decision? Why?</p></li></ol><p>5. Grammar Focus: Past Simple vs Present Simple</p><p>We use the <strong>Past Simple</strong> for completed actions in the past.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>She moved to Dubai last year.</p></li><li><p>She packed her boxes.</p></li><li><p>She hired a removals company.</p></li></ul><p>We use the <strong>Present Simple</strong> for facts and routines now.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>She lives in Dubai.</p></li><li><p>She works in an office.</p></li><li><p>She enjoys her new life.</p></li></ul><p>Practice</p><p>Complete the sentences.</p><ol><li><p>Last year I __________ (move) to Dubai.</p></li><li><p>Before moving, I __________ (pack) many boxes.</p></li><li><p>Now I __________ (live) in a new apartment.</p></li><li><p>I __________ (miss) my family in Brazil.</p></li><li><p>I __________ (meet) new people every week.</p></li></ol><p>6. Speaking Activity</p><p>Tell Me About Your Move</p><p>Answer using complete sentences.</p><ul><li><p>When did you move?</p></li><li><p>How many suitcases did you bring?</p></li><li><p>What was the first thing you packed?</p></li><li><p>Did you use a removals company?</p></li><li><p>What was your most fragile possession?</p></li><li><p>Was anything broken?</p></li><li><p>What do you miss most about Brazil?</p></li><li><p>What do you enjoy most about Dubai?</p></li><li><p>If you moved again, what would you do differently?</p></li></ul><p>Encourage longer answers by asking:</p><ul><li><p>Why?</p></li><li><p>Can you tell me more?</p></li><li><p>How did you feel?</p></li><li><p>What happened next?</p></li></ul><p>7. Useful Expressions</p><ul><li><p>I moved abroad last year.</p></li><li><p>It was a big change.</p></li><li><p>Packing was stressful.</p></li><li><p>I had too many things.</p></li><li><p>I brought only the essentials.</p></li><li><p>I left some things behind.</p></li><li><p>Fortunately, nothing was broken.</p></li><li><p>It took me a long time to settle in.</p></li><li><p>Now I feel at home.</p></li><li><p>I still miss my family and friends.</p></li></ul><p>8. Role-play</p><p>Situation</p><p>Your friend is moving from Brazil to Dubai next month.</p><p>Give advice.</p><p>You can talk about:</p><ul><li><p>packing clothes</p></li><li><p>important documents</p></li><li><p>fragile items</p></li><li><p>choosing a removals company</p></li><li><p>what to expect in Dubai</p></li><li><p>making new friends</p></li></ul><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>"Don't pack too many clothes because you can buy new ones here. Make sure you protect anything fragile with bubble wrap. Keep your passport and important documents in your hand luggage."</p></blockquote><p>9. Discussion</p><ul><li><p>Is moving to another country more exciting or more stressful?</p></li><li><p>What is the hardest part about living abroad?</p></li><li><p>Is it easy to make friends in a new country?</p></li><li><p>How has living in Dubai changed you?</p></li><li><p>Would you return to Brazil one day? Why or why not?</p></li></ul><p>10. Homework</p><p>Writing (120–150 words)</p><p><strong>My Experience Moving to Dubai</strong></p><p>Write about:</p><ul><li><p>Why you moved.</p></li><li><p>How you prepared for the move.</p></li><li><p>What you packed.</p></li><li><p>Your most important possessions.</p></li><li><p>What you like about Dubai.</p></li><li><p>What you miss about Brazil.</p></li><li><p>What advice you would give to someone moving abroad for the first time.</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260626" />
         <pubDate>2026-06-29 00:45:04 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3966797765</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 4</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3969099059</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>English Class: <strong>Moving to a New Home</strong><br><strong>Topic:</strong> Moving House &amp; Living in a New Country<br><strong>Time:</strong> 60–75 minutes</p><p>1. Warm-up (10 minutes)</p><p>Start with a personal conversation.</p><p>Questions</p><ul><li><p>Where did you live in Brazil?</p></li><li><p>I lived in the northeast of Brazil, my city is called SALVADOR my neighbour was Stella Maris this a beach zone and natural views is just beautiful there. </p></li><li><p>How long have you lived in Dubai?</p></li><li><p>i have lived here for 1 year and a half.  </p></li><li><p>Why did you move?</p></li><li><p>because, first it was a dream for a long time, I always wanted to live in another country, I like the new cultures, new opportunities, make money which is very important and to live new experiences far from the family and the same things. </p></li><li><p>What do you like most about living in Dubai?</p></li><li><p>I think the first thing I like here is the security, the safety, the clean public spaces, it is amazing. The government takes the best decisions for the citizens and everyone has a job and protection. </p></li><li><p>What do you miss about Brazil?</p></li><li><p>I miss so much the food, even though I like cook my own food but can not be compared. I miss the beach and the climate which is very hot and I cant deal with it because it is hot as hell. </p></li><li><p>Was moving easy or difficult?</p></li><li><p>it was easy because I sell all my stuff in brazil before I left the country. </p></li><li><p>Would you move to another country again? Why?</p></li><li><p>yes, I would move again. I guess I would like to go to Paris or the USA. because I would like to learn English better in a native speaking country. </p></li></ul><p><strong>Follow-up Questions</strong></p><ul><li><p>Did you bring many things from Brazil?</p></li><li><p>Did you leave some possessions behind?</p></li><li><p>How long did it take to pack?</p></li><li><p>What was the most difficult part of moving?</p></li></ul><p>2. Vocabulary</p><p>Possessions</p><p>Things that belong to you.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>I packed all my possessions before moving.</p></li><li><p>My most valuable possession is my laptop.</p></li></ul><p>Removal Van</p><p>A large vehicle used to move furniture and boxes.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>The removal van arrived early in the morning.</p></li><li><p>Everything was loaded into the removal van.</p></li></ul><p>Removals Company</p><p>A company that helps people move house.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>We hired a removals company.</p></li><li><p>The removals company packed our furniture.</p></li></ul><p>Packing</p><p>Putting your belongings into boxes.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>Packing took three days.</p></li><li><p>My family helped me with the packing.</p></li></ul><p>Fragile</p><p>Easy to break.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>These glasses are fragile.</p></li><li><p>Please be careful with the fragile boxes.</p></li></ul><p>Vocabulary Practice</p><p>Complete the sentences.</p><ol><li><p>I put all my clothes into boxes. I was __________.</p></li><li><p>Plates and glasses are __________.</p></li><li><p>A __________ helped us move our furniture.</p></li><li><p>Everything I own is called my __________.</p></li><li><p>The furniture arrived in a large __________.</p></li></ol><p>3. Reading</p><p>A New Life in Dubai</p><p>When Julia decided to move from Brazil to Dubai, she knew her life would change completely. She was excited, but she was also nervous because she had never lived in another country before.</p><p>The first challenge was packing. Julia had to decide what to take with her and what to leave behind. Some of her possessions, such as clothes and books, were easy to pack. However, her favourite coffee mugs, picture frames, and decorations were fragile, so she wrapped them carefully in bubble wrap.</p><p>Because she had many boxes, Julia hired a removals company. They collected her furniture and boxes and transported everything safely to Dubai. The removal van arrived on time, and nothing was broken during the journey.</p><p>Today, Julia enjoys her new apartment. She loves the modern buildings, the international atmosphere, and the opportunity to meet people from different countries. However, she still misses Brazilian food, spending weekends with her family, and speaking Portuguese every day.</p><p>Looking back, Julia believes moving abroad was one of the best decisions she has ever made. Although the process was stressful, it helped her become more independent and confident.</p><p>4. Reading Comprehension</p><p>Answer the questions.</p><ol><li><p>Why was Julia nervous about moving?</p></li><li><p>What was the first challenge?</p></li><li><p>Which possessions were fragile?</p></li><li><p>Why did she hire a removals company?</p></li><li><p>What does she enjoy about Dubai?</p></li><li><p>What does she miss about Brazil?</p></li><li><p>Do you think moving was a good decision? Why?</p></li></ol><p>5. Grammar Focus: Past Simple vs Present Simple</p><p>We use the <strong>Past Simple</strong> for completed actions in the past.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>She moved to Dubai last year.</p></li><li><p>She packed her boxes.</p></li><li><p>She hired a removals company.</p></li></ul><p>We use the <strong>Present Simple</strong> for facts and routines now.</p><p>Examples:</p><ul><li><p>She lives in Dubai.</p></li><li><p>She works in an office.</p></li><li><p>She enjoys her new life.</p></li></ul><p>Practice</p><p>Complete the sentences.</p><ol><li><p>Last year I __________ (move) to Dubai.</p></li><li><p>Before moving, I __________ (pack) many boxes.</p></li><li><p>Now I __________ (live) in a new apartment.</p></li><li><p>I __________ (miss) my family in Brazil.</p></li><li><p>I __________ (meet) new people every week.</p></li></ol><p>6. Speaking Activity</p><p>Tell Me About Your Move</p><p>Answer using complete sentences.</p><ul><li><p>When did you move?</p></li><li><p>How many suitcases did you bring?</p></li><li><p>What was the first thing you packed?</p></li><li><p>Did you use a removals company?</p></li><li><p>What was your most fragile possession?</p></li><li><p>Was anything broken?</p></li><li><p>What do you miss most about Brazil?</p></li><li><p>What do you enjoy most about Dubai?</p></li><li><p>If you moved again, what would you do differently?</p></li></ul><p>Encourage longer answers by asking:</p><ul><li><p>Why?</p></li><li><p>Can you tell me more?</p></li><li><p>How did you feel?</p></li><li><p>What happened next?</p></li></ul><p>7. Useful Expressions</p><ul><li><p>I moved abroad last year.</p></li><li><p>It was a big change.</p></li><li><p>Packing was stressful.</p></li><li><p>I had too many things.</p></li><li><p>I brought only the essentials.</p></li><li><p>I left some things behind.</p></li><li><p>Fortunately, nothing was broken.</p></li><li><p>It took me a long time to settle in.</p></li><li><p>Now I feel at home.</p></li><li><p>I still miss my family and friends.</p></li></ul><p>8. Role-play</p><p>Situation</p><p>Your friend is moving from Brazil to Dubai next month.</p><p>Give advice.</p><p>You can talk about:</p><ul><li><p>packing clothes</p></li><li><p>important documents</p></li><li><p>fragile items</p></li><li><p>choosing a removals company</p></li><li><p>what to expect in Dubai</p></li><li><p>making new friends</p></li></ul><p>Example:</p><blockquote><p>"Don't pack too many clothes because you can buy new ones here. Make sure you protect anything fragile with bubble wrap. Keep your passport and important documents in your hand luggage."</p></blockquote><p>9. Discussion</p><ul><li><p>Is moving to another country more exciting or more stressful?</p></li><li><p>What is the hardest part about living abroad?</p></li><li><p>Is it easy to make friends in a new country?</p></li><li><p>How has living in Dubai changed you?</p></li><li><p>Would you return to Brazil one day? Why or why not?</p></li></ul><p>10. Homework</p><p>Writing (120–150 words)</p><p><strong>My Experience Moving to Dubai</strong></p><p>Write about:</p><ul><li><p>Why you moved.</p></li><li><p>How you prepared for the move.</p></li><li><p>What you packed.</p></li><li><p>Your most important possessions.</p></li><li><p>What you like about Dubai.</p></li><li><p>What you miss about Brazil.</p></li><li><p>What advice you would give to someone moving abroad for the first time.</p></li></ul>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/real-easy-english/260626" />
         <pubDate>2026-07-01 00:18:01 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3969099059</guid>
      </item>
      <item>
         <title>class 6</title>
         <author>edurami15</author>
         <link>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3969112876</link>
         <description><![CDATA[<p>Read the article and answer the questions below. To listen to this article, <a rel="noopener noreferrer nofollow" href="https://downloads.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/features/the_reading_room/trr_do_birds_build_their_homes_like_humans.mp3"><strong>click here</strong></a> for an audio download.</p><p><br></p><p>Vocabulary</p><p><strong>hive</strong><br>a home for bees</p><p><strong>spin</strong><br>(of a web) when spiders make their homes</p><p><strong>dam</strong><br>a wall built to stop or control water</p><p><strong>nest</strong><br>a home built by animals (like birds) for eggs or babies</p><p><strong>architect</strong><br>a person who designs buildings</p><p><strong>pass down</strong><br>give something (like traits or knowledge) from parent to child</p><p><strong>transmit</strong><br>send something from one place or person to another</p><p><strong>trait</strong><br>a feature or characteristic of a living thing<br><br><strong>imitate<br></strong>to copy someone or something</p><p><strong>caregiver</strong><br>who looks after someone else</p><p><strong>coin</strong><br>to invent a new word or phrase</p><p><strong>evolution</strong><br>the slow change of living things over time</p><p><strong>invasive</strong><br>has spread quickly in a new place and caused harm</p><p><strong>mate<br></strong>who you choose to reproduce or have babies</p>]]></description>
         <enclosure url="https://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/english/features/the_reading_room/ep-260518" />
         <pubDate>2026-07-01 00:27:45 UTC</pubDate>
         <guid>https://padlet.com/edurami15/Sabrina25/wish/3969112876</guid>
      </item>
   </channel>
</rss>
